Handbuch_33_apm 467484 Catalog

119285-Attachment 119285-Attachment 119285-Attachment 639889 Batch8 unilog cesco-content

271532-Catalog 271532-Catalog 271532-Catalog 639889 Batch6 unilog cesco-content

100331-Catalog 100331-Catalog 100331-Catalog 639889 Batch6 unilog cesco-content

2014-09-05

: Pdf 467484-Catalog 467484-Catalog 639889 Batch7 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 648

DownloadHandbuch_33_apm 467484-Catalog
Open PDF In BrowserView PDF
2012 /2013

Catalogue 33
Edition 2012 / 2013

䡲 Enclosures

Catalogue 33

䡲 Power Distribution
䡲 Climate Control
䡲 IT Infrastructure

12.2011 / E913

䡲 Software & Services

Rittal. Power and Vision!

RITTAL GmbH & Co. KG
Postfach 1662 䡠 D-35726 Herborn
Phone +49(0)2772 505-0 䡠 Fax +49(0)2772 505-2319
E-mail: info@rittal.de 䡠 www.rittal.com

ENCLOSURES

POWER DISTRIBUTION

CLIMATE CONTROL

IT INFRASTRUCTURE

SOFTWARE & SERVICES

Enclosures

from page 23

Small enclosures............................................................ 27
Compact enclosures...................................................... 43
Wall-mounted network enclosures................................. 53
Enclosure systems ......................................................... 69
Floor-standing network enclosures................................ 79
Server enclosures .......................................................... 91
Console systems/PC enclosure systems/IW.................. 97
Operating housings/support arm systems/stand systems. 113
Hygienic Design........................................................... 153
Stainless steel .............................................................. 159
Ex enclosures/EMC...................................................... 175
Outdoor enclosures ..................................................... 181

Power

from page 189

UPS – Power Modular Concept ................................... 190
Power Distribution Rack............................................... 200
Power System Module ................................................. 201
Fuel cell system ........................................................... 205

Climate control

from page 207

Cooling with ambient air .............................................. 211
Cooling units ................................................................ 231
Liquid cooling .............................................................. 251
IT cooling ..................................................................... 271
CS Outdoor climate control.......................................... 285
Climate control accessories......................................... 291

IT infrastructure

from page 307

Wall-mounted/floor-standing network enclosures..... 53/79
Server enclosures .......................................................... 91
Power ........................................................................... 189
IT cooling ..................................................................... 271
Monitoring .................................................................... 577
Security solutions ......................................................... 321

Software & services

from page 333

Software ....................................................................... 337
Service ......................................................................... 349
Quality management.................................................... 353

System accessories

from page 355

Enclosures ................................................................... 357
Monitoring .................................................................... 577
Human/machine interface............................................ 599
List of model numbers ................................................. 625
Index ............................................................................ 640

Dear Customer,
In 2011, Rittal can reflect on five very successful decades. For the past 50 years, we
have been redefining the future, in every project. Together with our customers, we have
developed an innovative, value-creating system with precise-fit solutions for almost every
industry. The new Rittal Catalogue 33 2012/2013 contains more than 600 pages of detailed
information on “Rittal – The System.”. Discover the many different facets of our unique
range of solutions that is unrivalled anywhere else. Each day, “Rittal – The System.”,
with its coordinated modular system, facilitates innovative solutions with maximum cost
efficiency for companies of all sizes. Embark on a voyage of discovery. The future – your
success – starts right here.
Best wishes

Friedhelm Loh
Owner and CEO of the Friedhelm Loh Group

3

1961: Series production of the very first standard enclosure, AE, begins.

4

Setting standards.
For 50 years, and well into the future.
To have been setting standards for 50 years, you not only need a good idea, but also the strength
and ambition to implement it consistently. Rittal had the idea of producing standardised enclosures for
its customers. This idea became a reality in 1961 with the very first standard enclosure AE, laying the
foundations for long-term success.
Today, Rittal are world market leaders. We do not see this as a reason to rest on our laurels, but rather
as an incentive for future outstanding achievements: By permanently improving our products and
services and constant, innovative collaboration with our customers.

5

1969: Development of the modular series enclosure system RS.
1985: Presentation of the perfect enclosure system PS 4000. With more than 7.1 million units sold, it becomes a global standard.
1999: Perfecting of the global standard PS 4000 and extending it to infinite possibilities with the Top enclosure system TS 8.

6

Perfect collaboration.
For 50 years, and well into the future.
We attach great value to direct contact with our customers, with qualified employees who listen
attentively and understand your concerns. This is what enabled us to develop ground-breaking
product series such as the modular series enclosure system RS at an early stage, in collaboration
with our customers. This cooperation is based on our many years of expertise and the unstinting
willingness of our employees to acquire forward-thinking knowledge and implement it in a professional fashion. Our customers are still the most important source of new products and services.
We continue this dialogue enthusiastically throughout every phase of the process, from the initial
idea, to development of a solution, through to the use of our products.

7

1983: Development and production of enclosure cooling units
1992: Ground-breaking ProOzone initiative to develop the first CFC-free cooling units.
2002: Revolutionising enclosure climate control with cooling units in the TopTherm series with innovative air routing.
2010: Development of the TopTherm chiller as a new modular concept in machine and process cooling.

8

Always two steps ahead.
For 50 years, and well into the future.
Rittal always offers solutions that make its customers’ business more efficient. One good example of
this is the problem of heat generation in enclosures as a result of electronic components. Rittal has
identified this problem and solved it by developing a wide range of climate control technologies.
Highly efficient and versatile. With every innovation, we set new trends: With energy-saving cooling
units with nano-technology, fan-and-filter units with innovative diagonal technology, modular recooling
systems and modern software tools.

9

1988: Start of enclosure production for network technology.
2000: Rittal IT racks with an extensive range of accessories for modern IT infrastructures.
2011: Modular, scalable system solution for complete data centres.

10

We are always there for you.
For 50 years, and well into the future.
For years, we have seen increasing convergence between the IT and industrial markets.
Back in 1988, Rittal seized on this opportunity, and has since used its industrial expertise to tap
into global IT markets with the production of enclosures for modern network technologies. First,
our experience and competency from industry were transferred to the individual components for IT
use. From this, Rittal has continuously developed an unbeatable system solution with perfectly
coordinated products and processes. Today, not only can our customers rely on pioneering solutions
for super-efficient and reliable data centres, IT environments and infrastructures, but also on our
global presence and availability.

11

The future

12

begins today!
The fact that we are not content to look to the past, but instead are always looking to the future,
has been pivotal to our success in recent decades. And the same goes for the next 50 years.
For Rittal, the future starts afresh with every project. Be it the development of new materials,
product improvements, process optimisations or investing in new production sites around the
globe, everything we do is to your benefit and your advantage.

13

14

Faster.
For 50 years, and well into the future.
For Rittal, being faster is not an empty promise, but a claim that is practised throughout every area
of the company, and that is linked to direct customer benefits:
 Fast development of innovations, with short paths and fast decision-making
 Fast tapping of new markets and industries
 Fast, problem-free use of all products worldwide, thanks to national and international approvals
 Fast individual solutions through direct product development in collaboration with customers
 Faster thanks to a perfect interplay between development, engineering, products and service
 Faster thanks to flexible project implementation with system solutions from a single source

15

Axia Award, Diesel Medal, Top Employer, Prize for Innovation – these are just a few examples of what other people think of Rittal!

16

Better.
For 50 years, and well into the future.
Many companies promise to be better. Rittal really is better. This isn’t just an empty claim; it has been
confirmed by independent experts and selection jury members. They bear witness to our outstanding
innovations and corporate achievements with positive analyses and awards. Most important of all for
us, however, is the confirmation we get from our customers. For 50 years, they have been placing their
trust in us, and therefore play a large part in our current position as global market leaders.
The reasons for this are:
 Better with powerful innovative strength and the associated safeguarding of competitive advantages
on the market
 Better thanks to certified quality in management, production and environmental protection
 Better thanks to rational production on state-of-the art, automated production lines
 Better through targeted solutions that are designed to make our customers’ lives easier
 Better thanks to the verifiable energy efficiency of our products with tangible cost savings
 Better with outstanding education and training, and superbly trained staff

17

18

Worldwide.
For 50 years, and well into the future.
One major advantage that our customers really appreciate is our global presence.
For more than 50 years we have been on hand to offer advice, assistance and products.
Around the globe. We call this healthy customer relationships. It helps our customers to successfully tap into new markets. A dynamic status quo that we will be further expanding in future.
The cornerstones of our global availability:
 Worldwide thanks to outstanding logistics with 63 subsidiaries, 40 agencies, 100 warehouses
with a total storage area of more than 160,000 m2 worldwide
 Worldwide thanks to production sites on 3 continents, in 10 state-of-the-art plants with a total
production area of more than 210,000 m2
 Worldwide thanks to global service with 5 global support points, more than 250 service partners
and over 1,000 service engineers
 Worldwide thanks to international expertise with country-specific know-how and cross-regional
approvals

19

20

Dynamic success.
For 50 years, and well into the future.
Rittal – a global success for more than 50 years – is part of the dynamic Friedhelm Loh Group,
which invests continuously in new technologies and markets. It specialises in the invention,
development and production of customised products and system solutions. At the heart of its
success is a lively and exemplary corporate culture which is wholly committed to ethical, social
and environmental values with commercial responsibility.
The Friedhelm Loh Group includes the following specialists:
Rittal

Stahlo

The world’s leading system suppliers of

A modern steel service centre

enclosures, power distribution, climate control,
IT infrastructure and software & services
Eplan
Software for global engineering solutions
Mind8

LKH
Processors of plastics in the hot pressing and
injection moulding fields
Würz Energy
Combined heat and power (CHP) units

Solution providers for products that are available
in a large number of versions and which require
intensive explanation

21

22

Enclosures
Small enclosures
Polycarbonate enclosures PK .....................................................................28
Aluminium enclosures GA ...........................................................................32
Terminal boxes KL.......................................................................................34
E-Box EB .....................................................................................................37
Bus enclosures BG......................................................................................39

Compact enclosures
Compact enclosures AE..............................................................................44
Compact system enclosures CM ................................................................48
Plastic enclosures KS ..................................................................................50

Wall-mounted network enclosures
Wall-mounted enclosures ............................................................................54

Enclosure systems
Baying systems TS 8 ...................................................................................70

Network distribution enclosures
Network enclosures TS 8.............................................................................80
Network enclosures TE 7000.......................................................................85
Distributor racks ..........................................................................................88

Server enclosures
Server enclosures TS 8 ...............................................................................92
Server enclosures TE 7000 .........................................................................95

Console systems/PC enclosure systems/IW
TopConsole system TP..............................................................................100
One-piece consoles TP .............................................................................106
Universal consoles TP ...............................................................................107
PC enclosure systems ...............................................................................108
Enclosure for tower PC ..............................................................................109
Industrial Workstations ..............................................................................110

Operating housings/support arm systems/
stand systems
Comfort Panel............................................................................................116
Optipanel ...................................................................................................118
Operating housings...................................................................................120
Support arm systems ................................................................................128
Stand systems ...........................................................................................147

Hygienic Design
Small and compact enclosures HD...........................................................154

Stainless steel
Enclosures .................................................................................................160
Support arm system CP-S .........................................................................168
Enclosure systems ....................................................................................170

Ex enclosures/EMC
Ex enclosures ............................................................................................176
EMC enclosures ........................................................................................178

Outdoor enclosures
Outdoor enclosures...................................................................................182

23

24

Competency
in enclosure systems
As system providers, Rittal are the world’s leading suppliers
of innovative enclosure and case technology. Rittal meets very high
standards of security, ergonomics, energy and cost efficiency.

Your benefits
Planning and engineering
● Software tools for targeted planning and project management
● Component library RiCAD 3D for efficient engineering
Products
● Modular enclosure and case technology
● Extensive Rittal system solutions for a high level of investment reliability
and maximum flexibility
● Compatibility with all types of applications: Industrial, IT,
power distribution and climate control
● A comprehensive range of system accessories for individual installation
and fast assembly
Service
● Contiguous global delivery and service network
● Comprehensive quality management
● Our own accredited laboratories for tests, trials and protection category
verification
● Global spare parts service
● AE Laser Express – Individual enclosures to order

25

26

Small enclosures
Polycarbonate enclosures PK
Polycarbonate enclosures PK .....................................................................28
Polycarbonate enclosures PK, accessories ................................................31

Cast aluminium enclosures GA
Cast aluminium enclosures GA ...................................................................32
Cast aluminium enclosures GA, accessories..............................................33

Terminal boxes KL
Terminal boxes KL.......................................................................................34

E-Box EB
E-Box EB .....................................................................................................37

Bus enclosures BG
Bus enclosures BG......................................................................................39

27

Polycarbonate enclosures PK

PK accessories Page 31 System accessories Page 355 Polyamide cable gland Page 519
Material:
− Housing of fibre-glass
reinforced polyamide
− Cover either transparent
(version .100) or grey (version .000), made from fibreglass-reinforced polycarbonate
− Cover screws from polyamide
− Insulating bung from polyethylene
− All-round foamed-in PU seal

Colour:
RAL 7035

Supply includes:
− Enclosure with cover
− Cover screws
− Insulating bungs for wall
mounting screws

Protection category:
IP 66 to IEC 60 529

Approvals:
− UL
− cUL
− Bureau Veritas
Detailed drawing:
Available on the Internet.

Width mm

65

94

94

94

110

110

Height mm

65

65

94

94

110

110

Depth mm
Model No. PK
Packs of
Cover

57

57

57

81

66

90

9500.000

9502.000

9504.000

9505.000

9506.000

9507.000
6

12

8

6

6

6

Transparent

–

–

–

–

–

–

Grey













Page

Accessories
Installation in the width

12

–

–

9564.000

9564.000

9564.000

9564.000

Installation in the height

12

–

–

9564.000

9564.000

9564.000

9564.000

31

40

9583.000

9583.000

9583.000

9583.000

9583.000

9583.000

31

100

9582.000

9582.000

9582.000

9582.000

9582.000

9582.000

31

10 sets

9580.000

9580.000

9580.000

9580.000

9580.000

9580.000

31

Width mm

130

130

130

130

130

130

Page

Height mm

94

94

94

94

130

130

Support rail
TS 35/7.5

Wall mounting brackets
Turn-lock fastener
Hinges

Depth mm
Model No. PK
Packs of
Cover

57

57

81

81

75

75

9508.100

9508.000

9509.100

9509.000

9510.100

9510.000
4

4

4

4

4

4

Transparent



–



–



–

Grey

–



–



–



–

–

–

–

9545.000

9545.000

–

–

–

–

10

10

31

Accessories
Mounting plate
Support rail
TS 35/7.5

Packs of

31

Installation in the width

12

9565.000

9565.000

9565.000

9565.000

9565.000

9565.000

31

Installation in the height

12

9564.000

9564.000

9564.000

9564.000

9565.000

9565.000

31

Wall mounting brackets

40

9583.000

9583.000

9583.000

9583.000

9583.000

9583.000

31

Turn-lock fastener

100

9582.000

9582.000

9582.000

9582.000

9582.000

9582.000

31

10 sets

9580.000

9580.000

9580.000

9580.000

9580.000

9580.000

31

Hinges

28

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

Polycarbonate enclosures PK
Width mm

130

130

180

180

180

180

Height mm

130

130

94

94

94

94

Depth mm
Model No. PK

99

99

57

57

81

81

9511.100

9511.000

9512.100

9512.000

9513.100

9513.000
2

Packs of
Cover

4

4

2

2

2

Transparent



–



–



–

Grey

–



–



–



9545.000

9545.000

–

–

–

–

10

10

–

–

–

–

Page

Accessories
Mounting plate
Support rail
TS 35/7.5

Packs of

31

Installation in the width

12

9565.000

9565.000

9566.000

9566.000

9566.000

9566.000

31

Installation in the height

12

9565.000

9565.000

9564.000

9564.000

9564.000

9564.000

31

Wall mounting brackets

40

9583.000

9583.000

9583.000

9583.000

9583.000

9583.000

31

Turn-lock fastener

100

9582.000

9582.000

9582.000

9582.000

9582.000

9582.000

31

10 sets

9580.000

9580.000

9580.000

9580.000

9580.000

9580.000

31

Width mm

180

180

180

180

180

180

Page

Height mm

110

110

110

110

110

110

Hinges

Depth mm
Model No. PK

90

90

111

111

165

165

9514.100

9514.000

9515.100

9515.000

9516.100

9516.000

Packs of
Cover

2

2

2

2

2

2

Transparent



–



–





Grey

–



–



–

–

9547.000

9547.000

9547.000

9547.000

9547.000

9547.000

10

10

10

10

10

10

Accessories
Mounting plate
Support rail
TS 35/7.5

Packs of

31

Installation in the width

12

9566.000

9566.000

9566.000

9566.000

9566.000

9566.000

31

Installation in the height

12

9564.000

9564.000

9564.000

9564.000

9564.000

9564.000

31

Wall mounting brackets

40

9583.000

9583.000

9583.000

9583.000

9583.000

9583.000

31

Turn-lock fastener

100

9582.000

9582.000

9582.000

9582.000

9582.000

9582.000

31

10 sets

9581.000

9581.000

9581.000

9581.000

9581.000

9581.000

31

Hinges

Width mm

182

182

182

182

182

182

254

254

Height mm

180

180

180

180

180

180

180

180

Depth mm
Model No. PK
Packs of
Cover

90

90

111

111

165

165

90

90

9517.100

9517.000

9518.100

9518.000

9519.100

9519.000

9520.100

9520.000
1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

Transparent



–



–



–



–

Grey

–



–



–



–



9548.000

9548.000

9548.000

9548.000

9548.000

9548.000

9549.000

9549.000

10

10

10

10

10

10

8

8

Page

Accessories
Mounting plate
Support rail
TS 35/7.5

Packs of

31

Installation in the width

12

9566.000

9566.000

9566.000

9566.000

9566.000

9566.000

9567.000

9567.000

31

Installation in the height

12

9566.000

9566.000

9566.000

9566.000

9566.000

9566.000

9566.000

9566.000

31

Wall mounting brackets

40

9583.000

9583.000

9583.000

9583.000

9583.000

9583.000

9583.000

9583.000

31

Turn-lock fastener

100

9582.000

9582.000

9582.000

9582.000

9582.000

9582.000

9582.000

9582.000

31

10 sets

9581.000

9581.000

9581.000

9581.000

9581.000

9581.000

9581.000

9581.000

31

Width mm

254

254

254

254

360

360

360

360

Page

Height mm

180

180

180

180

254

254

254

254

Hinges

Depth mm
Model No. PK
Packs of
Cover

111

111

165

165

111

111

165

165

9521.100

9521.000

9522.100

9522.000

9523.100

9523.000

9524.100

9524.000
1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

Transparent



–



–



–



–

Grey

–



–



–



–



9549.000

9549.000

9549.000

9549.000

9550.000

9550.000

9550.000

9550.000

8

8

8

8

4

4

4

4

Accessories
Mounting plate
Support rail
TS 35/7.5

Packs of

31

Installation in the width

12

9567.000

9567.000

9567.000

9567.000

9568.000

9568.000

9568.000

9568.000

31

Installation in the height

12

9566.000

9566.000

9566.000

9566.000

9567.000

9567.000

9567.000

9567.000

31

Wall mounting brackets

40

9583.000

9583.000

9583.000

9583.000

9583.000

9583.000

9583.000

9583.000

31

Turn-lock fastener

100

9582.000

9582.000

9582.000

9582.000

9582.000

9582.000

9582.000

9582.000

31

10 sets

9581.000

9581.000

9581.000

9581.000

9581.000

9581.000

9581.000

9581.000

31

Hinges

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

29

Polycarbonate enclosures PK

PK accessories Page 31 System acessories Page 355 Polyamide cable gland Page 519
Approvals:
− UL
− cUL
− Bureau Veritas

Protection category:
IP 66 to IEC 60 529

T
T

Detailed drawing:
Available on the Internet.

Supply includes:
− Enclosure with cover
− Cover screws
− Insulating bung for wall
mounting screws
(not with PK 9530.000
and PK 9531.000)

H

Colour:
RAL 7035

H

Material:
− Housing and cover of fibreglass reinforced polyamide
− Cover screws from polyamide
− Insulating bung from polyethylene
− All-round foamed-in PU seal

B

B

Width (B) mm

65

130

180

254

50

50

Height (H) mm

65

94

110

180

52

65

Depth (T) mm

57

57

90

111

35

35

Model No. PK

9500.050

9508.050

9514.050

9521.050

9530.000

9531.000
10

Packs of
Cover

12

4

2

1

10

Transparent

–

–

–

–

–

–

Grey













M16/20

4

10

–

–

–

–

M20

–

–

16

24

–

–

M20/25

–

–

2

–

–

–

M25/32

–

–

–

4

–

–

M32/40

–

–

2

4

–

–

–

–

–

–





–

–

9547.000

9549.000

–

–

–

–

10

8

–

–

No. of metric knockouts

Cable gland for cable diameter
5 – 10 mm

Page

Accessories
Mounting plate
Support rail
TS 35/7.5

Packs of

31

Installation in the width

12

–

9565.000

9566.000

9567.000

–

–

31

Installation in the height

12

–

9564.000

9564.000

9566.000

–

–

31

Wall mounting brackets

40

9583.000

9583.000

9583.000

9583.000

–

–

31

Turn-lock fastener

100

9582.000

9582.000

9582.000

9582.000

–

–

31

Hole patterns for metric knockout available on the Internet.

30

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

Polycarbonate enclosures PK
Accessories
Mounting plate

Colour:
RAL 7035

For universal interior installation.

Supply includes:
− Mounting plate
− Self-tapping assembly screws

Material:
2.5 mm melamine phenol-coated laminated
paper.

Width
mm

Height
mm

PK 9510.000/.100, PK 9511.000/.100

110

110

10

PK 9514.000/.100, PK 9514.050, PK 9515.000/.100, PK 9516.000/.100

150

90

10

9547.000

PK 9517.000/.100, PK 9518.000/.100, PK 9519.000/.100

150

150

10

9548.000

For enclosure

Packs of Model No. PK
9545.000

PK 9520.000/.100, PK 9521.000/.100, PK 9521.050, PK 9522.000/.100

220

150

8

9549.000

PK 9523.000/.100, PK 9524.000/.100

331

220

4

9550.000

Support rail

Rail

The support rail section provides good flexibility
for accommodating terminal blocks and installed
components.

TS 35/7.5

Supply includes:
− Support rails
− Self-tapping assembly screws

Rail length mm

Packs of

Model No. PK

81

12

9564.000

106

12

9565.000

144

12

9566.000

216

12

9567.000

336

12

9568.000

Turn-lock fastener
For all enclosures

A quick, convenient screw fastening aid is
obtained by clipping into the head of the lid
screw.

Packs of

Model No. PK

100

9582.000

Supply includes:
1 pack = 100 pieces

Material:
Polyamide
Colour:
Similar to RAL 7035

Hinges
For hinged attachment of covers.
The supplied drilling template ensures problemfree assembly.
Colour:
Similar to RAL 7035

Supply includes:
1 set =
2 hinges,
4 assembly screws,
4 polyethylene sealing bungs,
1 drilling template.

For enclosure

Material

Packs of

Model No. PK

PK 9500.000/.100 – PK 9513.000/.100

Polycarbonate

10 sets

9580.000

PK 9514.000/.100 – PK 9524.000/.100

Polystyrene

10 sets

9581.000

Wall mounting brackets
The enclosure can be screwed to the wall using
four wall mounting brackets. The bracket is
securely attached to the enclosure by means of
pins.

For all enclosures

Packs of

Model No. PK

40

9583.000

Supply includes:
1 pack = 40 pieces

Material:
Polyamide, grey
Colour:
Similar to RAL 7035
Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

31

Cast aluminium enclosures GA

GA accessories Page 33 System accessories Page 355
Material:
− Enclosure: Cast aluminium
− Cover: Cast aluminium,
all-round foamed-in PU seal
Surface finish:
Textured paint
Colour:
RAL 7001

Protection category:
IP 66 to IEC 60 529,
complies with NEMA 4.

Detailed drawing:
Available on the Internet.

Supply includes:
− Enclosure with cover
− Cover screws, captive
− Screws for attaching support
rails
− Screw for connection of the
PE conductor

Width mm

50

58

98

150

75

125

175

250

122

Height mm

45

64

64

64

80

80

80

80

120

Depth mm

Page

30

34

35

35

57

57

57

57

80

9100.210

9101.210

9102.210

9103.210

9104.210

9105.210

9106.210

9107.210

9108.210

Packs of

6

5

3

2

1

1

1

1

1

–

–

–

–

–

9105.700

–

–

9108.700

Packs of

–

–

–

–

–

10

–

–

2

Wall mounting brackets

2

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

9121.122

33

Hinge, exterior

2

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

9123.000

33

Page

Model No. GA
Accessories
Mounting plate
Support rail TS 35, length 2 m

33

see page 467

Earth straps

see page 501

Cable gland

see page 519

Width mm

220

360

160

260

360

202

280

334

330

Height mm

120

120

160

160

160

232

232

233

230

Depth mm
Model No. GA
Packs of

91

82

91

91

91

111

111

111

181

9110.210

9111.210

9112.210

9113.210

9114.210

9116.210

9117.210

9118.210

9119.210

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

Accessories
9110.700

–

9112.700

9113.700

9114.700

9116.700

9117.700

9118.700

9118.700

Packs of

2

–

2

2

1

1

1

1

1

Wall mounting brackets

2

9121.122

9121.122

9121.160

9121.160

9121.160

9121.230

9121.230

9121.230

9121.230

33

Hinge, exterior

2

9123.000

9123.000

9123.000

9123.000

9123.000

9123.000

9123.000

9123.000

9123.000

33

Mounting plate
Support rail TS 35, length 2 m

see page 467

Earth straps

see page 501

Cable gland

see page 519

32

33

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

Cast aluminium enclosures GA
Accessories
Mounting plate
For universal interior installation, with mounting
holes.
Material:
Sheet steel, zinc-plated
Exterior dimensions mm
Width

Height

For GA enclosures

Packs of

Model No. GA

114

69

9105.210

10

9105.700

109

107

9108.210

2

9108.700

207

107

9110.210

2

9110.700

144

142

9112.210

2

9112.700

245

142

9113.210

2

9113.700

346

142

9114.210

1

9114.700

183

214

9116.210

1

9116.700

264

214

9117.210

1

9117.700

314

214

9118.210/9119.210

1

9118.700

Wall mounting bracket

For GA enclosures

Packs of

Model No. GA

For external mounting on surfaces – no need to
dismantle the cover if pre-assembled.

9108.210/
9110.210/
9111.210

2

9121.122

Material:
Sheet steel, zinc-plated

9112.210/
9113.210/
9114.210

2

9121.160

9116.210/
9117.210/
9118.210/
9119.210

2

9121.230

For GA enclosures

Packs of

Model No. GA

9108.210/
9110.210/
9111.210/
9112.210/
9113.210/
9114.210/
9116.210/
9117.210/
9118.210/
9119.210

2 + 8 screws

9123.000

Hinge, exterior
For fastening the cover to the enclosure base.
Material:
Die-cast aluminium
Colour:
RAL 7001

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

33

Terminal boxes KL

System accessories Page 355 KL stainless steel Page 161 KL for Ex areas Page 176
Material:
− Enclosure: Sheet steel
− Cover: Sheet steel, all-round
foamed-in PU seal
Surface finish:
Enclosure and cover: Dipcoatprimed, powder-coated on the
outside, textured paint
Colour:
RAL 7035

Width mm

Protection category:
− Without gland plate:
IP 66 to IEC 60 529,
complies with NEMA 4.
− With gland plate:
IP 55 to IEC 60 529,
complies with NEMA 12.
Supply includes:
− Enclosure with cover
− Quick-action screw including
plastic bushes
− For enclosures with gland
plate plus sheet steel gland
plates with seals and assembly parts

Packs of

Height mm
Depth mm
Material thickness mm

Enclosure
Cover

Approvals
− UL
− CSA
− TÜV
− Germanischer Lloyd
− Russian Maritime Register of
Shipping
− Lloyds Register of Shipping
− Bureau Veritas
− VDE

Detailed drawing:
Available on the Internet.

150

200

200

300

300

400

150

150

200

150

200

200

80

80

80

80

80

80

1.25

1.25

1.25

1.25

1.25

1.25

1.25

1.25

1.25

1.25

1.25

1.25

1514.510

1528.510

1516.510

1515.510

1517.510

1518.510

Weight (kg)

1.4

1.6

1.9

2.1

2.6

3.2

Gland plate

–

–

–

–

–

–

Model No. KL

1

Page

Accessories
Mounting plate

1

1560.700

1575.700

1562.700

1561.700

1563.700

1564.700

443

Support rail TS 35/7.5

10

2314.000

2315.000

2315.000

2316.000

2316.000

2317.000

467

Support rail TS 35/15

10

–

–

–

–

–

–

467

3 pairs

1591.000

1591.000

1591.000

1591.000

1591.000

1591.000

425

Cover hinge

6

1592.000

1592.000

1592.000

1592.000

1592.000

1592.000

425

Earthing kit

5

2570.100

2570.100

2570.100

2570.100

2570.100

2570.100

503

Wall mounting bracket
with 8 mm distance from wall

4

1590.000

1590.000

1590.000

1590.000

1590.000

1590.000

439

Spare quick-release fastener for KL

12

1593.000

1593.000

1593.000

1593.000

1593.000

1593.000

–

Cover retainer

34

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

Terminal boxes KL
Width mm

Packs of

Height mm
Depth mm
Material thickness
mm

Enclosure
Cover
1

Model No. KL

150

200

200

300

300

300

300

300

150

150

200

150

150

200

200

300

120

120

120

120

120

120

120

120

1.25

1.25

1.25

1.25

1.25

1.25

1.25

1.38

1.25

1.25

1.25

1.25

1.25

1.25

1.25

1.25

1500.510

1529.510

1502.510

1501.510

1530.510

1503.510

1531.510

1507.510

Gland plate

–

–

–

–



–



–

Weight (kg)

1.6

1.8

2.3

2.6

2.7

3.0

3.3

4.0
–

Page

Accessories
Gland plate
(top + bottom)

Size

–

–

–

–

2

–

2

Qty.

–

–

–

–

1+1

–

1+1

–

Gland plate
(left + right)

Size

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Mounting plate

Qty.
1

1560.700

1575.700

1562.700

1561.700

1561.700

1563.700

1563.700

1567.700

443

Support rail TS 35/7.5

10

2314.000

2315.000

2315.000

2316.000

2316.000

2316.000

2316.000

2316.000

467

Cover retainer

3 pairs

1591.000

1591.000

1591.000

1591.000

1591.000

1591.000

1591.000

1591.000

425

Cover hinge

6

1592.000

1592.000

1592.000

1592.000

1592.000

1592.000

1592.000

1592.000

425

Earthing kit

5

2570.100

2570.100

2570.100

2570.100

2570.100

2570.100

2570.100

2570.100

503

Wall mounting bracket
with 8 mm distance from wall

4

1590.000

1590.000

1590.000

1590.000

1590.000

1590.000

1590.000

1590.000

439

Spare quick-release fastener
for KL

12

1593.000

1593.000

1593.000

1593.000

1593.000

1593.000

1593.000

1593.000

–

Packs of

300

400

400

400

400

400

400

400

Page

300

150

200

200

300

300

400

400

Width mm
Height mm
Depth mm
Material thickness
mm

Enclosure
Cover
1

Model No. KL

120

120

120

120

120

120

120

120

1.38

1.25

1.25

1.25

1.38

1.38

1.38

1.38

1.25

1.25

1.25

1.25

1.25

1.25

1.25

1.25

1535.510

1589.510

1504.510

1532.510

1508.510

1536.510

1511.510

1539.510

Gland plate



–

–



–



–



Weight (kg)

4.5

3.2

3.6

4.0

4.8

5.2

6.2

6.7

Accessories
Gland plate
(top + bottom)

Size

2

–

–

2

–

2

–

2

Qty.

1+1

–

–

1+1

–

1+1

–

1+1

Gland plate
(left + right)

Size

2

–

–

–

–

2

–

2

Qty.

1+1

–

–

–

–

1+1

–

1+1

From
514
From
514

Mounting plate

1

1567.700

1576.700

1564.700

1564.700

1568.700

1568.700

1571.700

1571.700

443

Support rail TS 35/7.5

10

2316.000

2317.000

2317.000

2317.000

2317.000

2317.000

2317.000

2317.000

467

3 pairs

1591.000

1591.000

1591.000

1591.000

1591.000

1591.000

1591.000

1591.000

425

6

1592.000

1592.000

1592.000

1592.000

1592.000

1592.000

1592.000

1592.000

425

Cover retainer
Cover hinge
Earthing kit

5

2570.100

2570.100

2570.100

2570.100

2570.100

2570.100

2570.100

2570.100

503

Wall mounting bracket
with 8 mm distance from wall

4

1590.000

1590.000

1590.000

1590.000

1590.000

1590.000

1590.000

1590.000

439

Spare quick-release fastener
for KL

12

1593.000

1593.000

1593.000

1593.000

1593.000

1593.000

1593.000

1593.000

–

Rittal Australia
RITTAL Pty. Ltd.
130 – 140 Parraweena Road
Miranda NSW 2228
Phone: +61 (2) 9525 2766
Fax: +61 (2) 9525 2888
E-mail: info@rittal.com.au  www.rittal.com.au

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

35

Terminal boxes KL
Width mm

Packs of

Height mm
Depth mm
Material thickness mm

Enclosure
Cover
1

Model No. KL

500

500

500

500

200

200

300

300

120

120

120

120

1.25

1.25

1.38

1.38

1.25

1.25

1.25

1.25

1505.510

1533.510

1509.510

1537.510

Gland plate

–



–



Weight (kg)

4.4

4.9

5.8

5.2

Page

Accessories
Gland plate
(top + bottom)
Gland plate
(left + right)

Size

–

2

–

2

Qty.

–

2+2

–

2+2

Size

–

–

–

2

Qty.

–

–

–

1+1

From 514
From 514

Mounting plate

1

1565.700

1565.700

1569.700

1569.700

Support rail TS 35/15

10

2318.000

2318.000

2318.000

2318.000

467

3 pairs

1591.000

1591.000

1591.000

1591.000

425

Cover hinge

6

1592.000

1592.000

1592.000

1592.000

425

Earthing kit

5

2570.100

2570.100

2570.100

2570.100

503

Wall mounting bracket
with 8 mm distance from wall

4

1590.000

1590.000

1590.000

1590.000

439

Spare quick-release fastener for KL

12

1593.000

1593.000

1593.000

1593.000

–

Cover retainer

443

Rittal Portugal
RITTAL – Sistemas Eléctricos
e Eléctrónicos, Lda.
Z. I. de Rio Meão  Rua 8, no 228
4520-475 – Rio Meão  Sta Maria da Feira
Phone: +351 25678 0210
Fax: +351 25678 0219
E-mail: info@rittal.pt  www.rittal.pt

36

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

E-Box EB

System accessories Page 355 E-Box EMC-shielded Page 178
Approvals:
− UL
− CSA
− TÜV
− Germanischer Lloyd
− Russian Maritime Register of
Shipping
− Lloyds Register of Shipping
− Bureau Veritas
− VDE

Supply includes:
− Enclosure with hinged door
− 180° hinge
− Cam lock with double-bit
insert
− Mounting plate

Colour:
RAL 7035

F
T

G

Surface finish:
− Enclosure and door: Dipcoatprimed, powder-coated on the
outside, textured paint
− Mounting plate: Zinc-plated

Protection category:
IP 66 to IEC 60 529,
complies with NEMA 4.

H

Material:
− Enclosure: Sheet steel
− Door: Sheet steel, all-round
foamed-in PU seal

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.
B

Depth 120 mm
Width (B) mm

150

150

200

200

200

300

300

200

Height (H) mm

150

300

200

300

400

300

400

500

Depth (T) mm

120

120

120

120

120

120

120

120

Mounting plate width (F) mm

125

125

175

175

175

275

275

175

Mounting plate height (G) mm

135

285

185

285

385

285

385

485

1.25

1.25

1.25

1.25

1.25

1.38

1.38

1.25

Material thickness
mm

Packs of

Enclosure
Door

Model No. EB

1

Weight (kg)

Page

1.25

1.25

1.25

1.25

1.25

1.25

1.25

1.25

1553.500

1548.500

1549.500

1554.500

1550.500

1555.500

1556.500

1557.500

2.0

3.0

2.8

3.6

5.0

5.0

6.4

6.2

1590.000

1590.000

1590.000

1590.000

1590.000

1590.000

1590.000

1590.000

439

Accessories
Wall mounting bracket
with 8 mm distance from wall
Pole clamp
Mounting clip

4
1 set

2584.000

2584.000

2584.000

2584.000

2584.000

2584.000

2584.000

2584.000

441

30

2309.000

2309.000

2309.000

2309.000

2309.000

2309.000

2309.000

2309.000

467

Support rail TS 35, length 2 m

see page 467

Cable gland

see page 519

Earth straps

see page 501

Alternative lock systems

see page 411

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

37

E-Box EB
Depth 155 mm
Width (B) mm

300

300

300

Height (H) mm

400

600

800

Depth (T) mm

155

155

155

Mounting plate width (F) mm

275

275

275

Mounting plate height (G) mm

385

585

785

1.38

1.38

1.38

Material thickness
mm

Packs of

Enclosure
Door

Model No. EB

1

Weight (kg)

1.25

1.25

1.25

1577.500

1578.500

1579.500

7.1

11.0

13.2

1590.000

1590.000

1590.000

Page

Accessories
Wall mounting bracket
with 8 mm distance from wall
Pole clamp
Mounting clip

4

439

1 set

2584.000

2584.000

2584.000

441

30

2309.000

2309.000

2309.000

467

Support rail TS 35, length 2 m

see page 467

Cable gland

see page 519

Earth straps

see page 501

Alternative lock systems

see page 411

Rittal Brazil
RITTAL Sistemas Eletromecânicos Ltda.
Av. Cândido Portinari, 1174
VI Jaguara 05114-001  São Paulo-SP
Phone: +55 (11) 3622 2377
Fax: +55 (11) 3622 2399
E-mail: info@rittal.com.br  www.rittal.com.br

38

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

Bus enclosures BG

System accessories Page 355
Material:
− Enclosure: Sheet steel
− Door: Sheet steel with polycarbonate viewing window,
4 mm
Surface finish:
Enclosure and door:
Dipcoat-primed, powder-coated,
textured paint

Protection category:
IP 65 to IEC 60 529,
complies with NEMA 12.

Approvals:
− TÜV
− Lloyds Register of Shipping
− VDE
− UL
− cUL

Supply includes:
− Enclosure with door
− Viewing window in the door
− Product-specific supply
scope, see tables

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

Colour:
RAL 7035

Width mm

Packs of

Height mm
Depth mm

300

400

500

300

300

300

300

80

80

80

80

1583.520

1584.520

1585.520

1586.520

Enclosure

1.25

1.25

1.25

1.25

Door

1.25

1.25

1.25

1.25
Left

1

Model No. BG
Material thickness mm

200

Page

Product-specific supply scope
Door hinge

Left

Left

Left

Cam lock with double-bit insert

1

1

1

1

Support rail TS 35/7.5

2

2

2

2

M12

2

2

2

3

M20

5

9

13

24

M25

2

2

3

–

2476.000

2476.000

2476.000

2476.000

Number of metric holes
Accessories
Lock cover

1

Cable glands

see page 519

Wall mounting bracket

see page 439

Pole clamp

see page 441

Earth straps

see page 501

Alternative lock systems

see page 411

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

423

39

Bus enclosures BG
Width mm

Packs of

Height mm
Depth mm

400

300

300

120

120

1605.520

1606.520

Enclosure

1.25

1.38

Door

1.25

1.25

Right

Right

1

Model No. BG
Material thickness mm

200

Page

Product-specific supply scope
Door hinge
Cam lock with double-bit insert

1

1

Support rail TS 35/7.5

1

1

Number of metric holes

M12

2

–

M20

–

2

M32

5

9

M50

–

1

Accessories
Lock cover

1

2476.000

2476.000

423

400

600

Page

200

200

Cable glands

see page 519

Wall mounting bracket

see page 439

Pole clamp

see page 441

Earth straps

see page 501

Alternative lock systems

see page 411

Width mm

Packs of

Height mm
Depth mm

125

125

1558.510

1559.510

Enclosure

1.25

1.25

Door

1.25

1.25

1

Model No. BG
Material thickness mm
Product-specific supply scope
Door hinge

Bottom

Bottom

Quick-release fastener

2

3

Support rail TS 35/7.5

1

1

Gland plate in base

1

1

Accessories
Cable glands

see page 519

Wall mounting bracket

see page 439

Pole clamp

see page 441

Earth straps

see page 501

Alternative lock systems

see page 411

Width mm

400

400

400

400

400

400

Height mm

Packs of

300

300

300

300

300

300

Depth mm

155

155

155

155

155

155

Mounting plate width

385

385

385

385

385

385

Mounting plate height

275

275

275

275

275

275

1

Model No. BG
Material thickness mm

Page

1577.500 1577.5201) 1577.5301) 1577.5501) 1577.5601) 1577.4501)

Enclosure

1.38

1.38

1.38

1.38

1.38

1.38

Door

1.25

1.25

1.25

1.25

1.25

1.25

Bottom

Bottom

Bottom

Bottom

Bottom

Bottom

1

1

1

1

1

1

Product-specific supply scope
Door hinge
Cam lock with double-bit insert
Viewing window

Size mm

–

Position2) mm

340 x 115 340 x 190 340 x 115 340 x 190 340 x 155

–

92

42

92

42

92

Mounting plate

1

1

1

1

1

1

Gland plate in base

–

–

–

1

1

–

Accessories
Lock cover

2476.000 2476.000 2476.000 2476.000 2476.000 2476.000
see page 519

Wall mounting bracket

see page 439

Pole clamp

see page 441

Earth straps

see page 501

Alternative lock systems

see page 411

1) Extended delivery times.
2) Bottom edge of window to

40

1

Cable glands

423

bottom edge of door

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

Bus enclosures BG
Width mm

600

600

600

600

600

600

Height mm

Packs of

300

300

300

300

300

300

Depth mm

155

155

155

155

155

155

Mounting plate width

585

585

585

585

585

585

Mounting plate height

275

275

275

275

275

275

1

Model No. BG
Material thickness mm

Page

1578.500 1578.5201) 1578.5301) 1578.5501) 1578.5601) 1578.4501)

Enclosure

1.38

1.38

1.38

1.38

1.38

1.38

Door

1.25

1.25

1.25

1.25

1.25

1.25

Bottom

Bottom

Bottom

Bottom

Bottom

Bottom

2

2

2

2

2

2

Product-specific supply scope
Door hinge
Cam lock with double-bit insert
Size mm

Viewing window

–

Position2) mm

540 x 115 540 x 190 540 x 115 540 x 190 540 x 155

–

92

42

92

42

92

Mounting plate

1

1

1

1

1

1

Gland plate in base

–

–

–

1

1

–

Accessories
Lock cover

1

2476.000 2476.000 2476.000 2476.000 2476.000 2476.000

Cable glands

see page 519

Wall mounting bracket

see page 439

Pole clamp

see page 441

Earth straps

see page 501

Alternative lock systems
1) Extended

delivery times.

423

see page 411
2)

Bottom edge of window to bottom edge of door

Width mm

800

800

800

800

800

800

Height mm

Packs of

300

300

300

300

300

300

Depth mm

155

155

155

155

155

155

Mounting plate width

785

785

785

785

785

785

Mounting plate height

275

275

275

275

275

275

1

Model No. BG
Material thickness mm

Page

1579.500 1579.5201) 1579.5301) 1579.5501) 1579.5601) 1579.4501)

Enclosure

1.38

1.38

1.38

1.38

1.38

1.38

Door

1.25

1.25

1.25

1.25

1.25

1.25

Bottom

Bottom

Bottom

Bottom

Bottom

Bottom

2

2

2

2

2

2

Product-specific supply scope
Door hinge
Cam lock with double-bit insert
Size mm

Viewing window

–

Position2) mm

740 x 115 740 x 190 740 x 115 740 x 190 740 x 155

–

92

42

92

42

92

Mounting plate

1

1

1

1

1

1

Gland plate in base

–

–

–

1

1

–

Accessories
Lock cover

1

2476.000 2476.000 2476.000 2476.000 2476.000 2476.000

Cable glands

see page 519

Wall mounting bracket

see page 439

Pole clamp

see page 441

Earth straps

see page 501

Alternative lock systems
1) Extended

delivery times.

423

see page 411
2)

Bottom edge of window to bottom edge of door

Width mm

Packs of

Height mm
Depth mm

500

500

300

160

120

1611.510

1609.510

Enclosure

1.38

1.38

Door

1.5

1.25

Right

Bottom

1

Model No. BG
Material thickness mm

400

Page

Product-specific supply scope
Door hinge
Cam lock with double-bit insert

1

–

Quick-release fastener

–

2

Support rail TS 35/7.5

3

1

Number of drilled holes for PG 13.5 or M20

33

48

Accessories
Lock cover

1

2476.000

–

Cable glands

see page 519

Wall mounting bracket

see page 439

Pole clamp

see page 441

Earth straps

see page 501

Alternative lock systems

see page 411

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

423

41

42

Compact enclosures
Compact enclosures AE
Compact enclosures AE..............................................................................44

Compact system enclosures CM
Width: 600 – 800 mm, height: 800 – 1200 mm............................................48
Width: 1000 – 1200 mm, height: 1000 – 1400 mm ......................................49

Plastic enclosures KS
Plastic enclosures KS ..................................................................................50

43

Compact enclosures AE

System accessories Page 355 AE stainless steel Page 162 AE IP 69K Page 165 AE EMC-shielded Page 179 Hygienic Design Page 154

Colour:
RAL 7035
Protection category:
See tables.

Width (B) mm

F

T

B

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

200

200

300

300

380

380

380

Height (H) mm

300

300

300

400

300

300

380

Depth (T) mm

120

155

210

210

155

210

210

Mounting plate width (F) mm

162

162

254

254

334

334

334

Mounting plate height (G) mm

275

275

275

375

275

275

355

Enclosure

1.25

1.25

1.38

1.38

1.38

1.38

1.38

Door

1.5

1.5

1.5

1.5

1.5

1.5

1.5

2.0

2.0

2.0

2.0

2.0

2.0

2.0

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1032.500

1035.500

1033.500

1034.500

1030.500

1031.500

1380.500

4.0

4.5

7.0

8.8

7.4

7.5

9.8

Material thickness
mm

Packs of

Approvals:
− UL
− CSA
− TÜV
− Germanischer Lloyd
− Russian Maritime
Register of Shipping
− Lloyds Register of Shipping
− Bureau Veritas
− VDE

G

Surface finish:
− Enclosure and door:
Dipcoat primed, powdercoated on the outside,
textured paint
− Mounting plate: Zinc-plated

Supply includes:
− Enclosure with hinged
door(s), of all-round solid
construction
− Gland plate(s) in enclosure
base
− For single-door enclosures,
door hinged on right,
may be swapped to left
(except with AE 1032.500
and AE 1035.500)
− With cam lock or 3-point lock
system
− Mounting plate

H

Material:
− Enclosure: Sheet steel
− Door: Sheet steel, all-round
foamed-in PU seal

Mounting plate thickness mm
Cam lock
1

Model No. AE
Weight (kg)

Page

IP 66 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 4.

Protection category
Accessories
Gland plate

Size

1

1

–

–

3

3

3

Qty.

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

From
514

Rails for interior installation

4

–

–

2373.210

2373.210

–

2373.210

2373.210

459

Wall mounting bracket
for external mounting

4

2508.100

2508.100

2508.100

2508.100

2508.100

2508.100

2508.100

439

Baying kit

1 set

1199.100

1199.100

1199.100

1199.100

1199.100

1199.100

1199.100

400

Door stay

5

–

–

2519.000

2519.000

2519.000

2519.000

2519.000

429

180° hinges
Rain canopies

2

2449.000

2449.000

2449.000

2449.000

2449.000

2449.000

2449.000

425

Sheet steel

1

–

–

–

–

–

2501.500

2501.500

431

Stainless steel

1

–

2470.000

2361.000

2361.000

2471.000

2472.000

2472.000

431

Earth straps

see page 501

LED system light

see page 494

Wiring plan pocket, plastic

see page 428

Cable gland

see page 519

Alternative lock systems

see page 411

44

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

Compact enclosures AE
Width (B) mm

380

380

400

500

500

500

Height (H) mm

600

600

500

500

500

700

Depth (T) mm

210

350

210

210

300

250

Mounting plate width (F) mm

334

334

354

449

449

449

Mounting plate height (G) mm

570

570

475

470

470

670

Enclosure

1.38

1.5

1.38

1.38

1.5

1.5

Door

1.5

1.5

1.5

1.75

1.75

2.0

2.5

2.5

2.0

2.5

2.5

2.5

2

2

2

2

2

2

1038.500

1338.500

1045.500

1050.500

1350.500

1057.500

15.6

19.4

13.0

16.8

19.6

31.2

Material thickness
mm

Packs of

Mounting plate thickness mm
Cam lock
1

Model No. AE
Weight (kg)

Page

IP 66 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 4.

Protection category
Accessories
Gland plate

Size

3

4

4

4

4

4

Qty.

1

1

1

1

1

1

From
514

Rails for interior installation

4

2373.210

2373.350

2373.210

2373.210

2373.300

2373.250

459

Wall mounting bracket
for external mounting

4

2508.100

2508.100

2508.100

2508.100

2508.100

2508.100

439

Baying kit

1 set

1199.100

1199.100

1199.100

1199.100

1199.100

1199.100

400

Door stay

5

2519.000

2519.000

2519.000

2519.000

2519.000

2519.000

429

180° hinge

2

2449.000

2449.000

2449.000

2449.000

2449.000

2449.000

425

Support strips

20

–

–

–

2325.000

2325.000

2325.000

426

Sheet steel

1

2501.500

–

–

–

–

–

431

Stainless steel

1

2472.000

–

–

2362.000

–

–

431

Rain canopies
Earth straps

see page 501

LED system light

see page 494

Wiring plan pocket, plastic

see page 428

Cable gland

see page 519

Dust guard trim

see page 432

Alternative lock systems

see page 411

Width (B) mm

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

Height (H) mm

380

380

600

600

600

760

760

800

1000

Depth (T) mm

210

350

210

250

350

210

350

250

250

Mounting plate width (F) mm

549

549

549

549

549

549

549

549

539

Mounting plate height (G) mm

355

355

570

570

570

730

730

770

955

Enclosure

1.38

1.5

1.38

1.5

1.5

1.38

1.5

1.5

1.5

Door

1.5

1.5

1.75

1.75

1.75

2.0

2.0

2.0

2.0

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

3.0

3.0

3.0

3.0

1

1

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

1039.500

1339.500

1060.500

1054.500

1360.500

1076.500

1376.500

1058.500

1090.500

15.4

20.0

22.8

24.8

28.4

32.1

36.0

33.6

50.5

Material thickness
mm

Packs of

Mounting plate thickness mm
Cam lock
1

Model No. AE
Weight (kg)

Page

IP 66 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 4.

Protection category
Accessories
Gland plate

Size

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

Qty.

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

From
514

Rails for interior installation

4

2373.210

2373.350

2373.210

2373.250

2373.350

2373.210

2373.350

2373.250

2373.250

459

Wall mounting bracket
for external mounting

4

2508.100

2508.100

2508.100

2508.100

2508.100

2508.100

2508.100

2508.100

2508.100

439

Baying kit

1 set

1199.100

1199.100

1199.100

1199.100

1199.100

1199.100

1199.100

1199.100

–

400

Door stay

5

2519.000

2519.000

2519.000

2519.000

2519.000

2519.000

2519.000

2519.000

2519.000

429

180° hinge

2

2449.000

2449.000

2449.000

2449.000

2449.000

2449.000

2449.000

2449.000

2449.000

425

Support strips

20

2326.000

2326.000

2326.000

2326.000

2326.000

2326.000

2326.000

2326.000

2326.000

426

Sheet steel

1

2502.500

2511.500

2502.500

–

2511.500

2502.500

2511.500

–

–

431

Stainless steel

1

2473.000

–

2473.000

–

–

2473.000

–

–

–

431

Rain canopies
Earth straps

see page 501

LED system light

see page 494

Wiring plan pocket, plastic

see page 428

Cable gland

see page 519

Dust guard trim

see page 432

Alternative lock systems

see page 411

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

45

Compact enclosures AE
Width (B) mm

600

760

760

800

800

800

Height (H) mm

1200

760

760

600

1000

1200

Depth (T) mm

300

210

300

300

300

300

Mounting plate width (F) mm

540

704

704

749

739

740

Mounting plate height (G) mm

1155

730

730

570

955

1155

Enclosure

1.5

1.5

1.5

1.5

1.5

1.5

Door

2.0

2.0

2.0

2.0

2.0

2.0

3.0

3.0

3.0

2.5

3.0

3.0

Cam lock

–

2

2

2

2

–

3-point lock system



–

–

–

–



1260.500

1077.500

1073.500

1055.500

1180.500

1280.500

55.0

40.0

44.5

33.9

57.0

70.0

Material thickness
mm

Packs of

Mounting plate thickness mm

1

Model No. AE
Weight (kg)

Page

IP 66 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 4.

Protection category
Accessories
Gland plate

Size

5

5

5

5

5

5

Qty.

1

1

1

1

1

1

From
514

Rails for interior installation

4

2373.300

2373.210

2373.300

2373.300

2373.300

2373.300

459

Wall mounting bracket
for external mounting

4

2508.100

2508.100

2508.100

2508.100

2508.100

2508.100

439

Baying kit

1 set

–

1199.100

1199.100

1199.100

–

–

400

Door stay

5

2519.000

2519.000

2519.000

2519.000

2519.000

2519.000

429

180° hinge

2

2449.000

2449.000

2449.000

2449.000

2449.000

2449.000

425

Support strips

20

2326.000

2327.000

2327.000

2328.000

2328.000

2328.000

426

Rain canopies, stainless steel

1

–

–

2474.000

2475.000

2475.000

2475.000

431

Height 100 mm

1

2816.200

–

–

–

–

2818.200

369

Height 200 mm

1

2826.200

–

–

–

–

2828.200

369

4

2509.000

–

–

–

–

2509.000

438

Base/plinths
Eyebolts
Earth straps

see page 501

LED system light

see page 494

Wiring plan pocket, plastic

see page 428

Cable gland

see page 519

Dust guard trim

see page 432

Alternative lock systems

see page 411

Width (B) mm

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

Height (H) mm

760

760

1000

1200

1400

Depth (T) mm

210

300

300

300

300

Mounting plate width (F) mm

944

944

939

940

940

Mounting plate height (G) mm

730

730

955

1155

1355

Enclosure

1.5

1.5

1.5

1.5

1.5

Door

2.0

2.0

2.0

2.0

2.0

3.0

3.0

3.0

3.0

3.0

Cam lock

2

2

2

–

–

3-point lock system

–

–

–





1100.500

1130.500

1110.500

1213.500

1114.500

2

2

2

2

2

52.0

56.0

71.0

85.0

97.0

Material thickness
mm

Packs of

Mounting plate thickness mm

1

Model No. AE
Door(s)
Weight (kg)

Page

IP 55 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 12.

Protection category
Accessories
Gland plate

Size

4

4

4

4

4

Qty.

2

2

2

2

2

From
514

Rails for interior installation

4

2373.210

2373.300

2373.300

2373.300

2373.300

459

Wall mounting bracket
for external mounting

4

2508.100

2508.100

2508.100

2508.100

2508.100

439

Baying kit

1 set

1199.100

1199.100

–

–

–

400

Door stay

5

2519.000

2519.000

2519.000

2519.000

2519.000

429

180° hinge

2

2449.000

2449.000

2449.000

2449.000

2449.000

425

Support strips

20

2325.000

2325.000

2325.000

2325.000

2325.000

426

Rain canopies, stainless steel

1

–

2363.000

2363.000

2363.000

2363.000

431

Height 100 mm

1

–

2801.200

2801.200

2801.200

2801.200

369

Height 200 mm

1

–

2802.200

2802.200

2802.200

2802.200

369

4

–

–

–

2509.000

2509.000

438

Base/plinths
Eyebolts
Earth straps

see page 501

LED system light

see page 494

Wiring plan pocket, plastic

see page 428

Alternative lock systems

see page 411

46

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

47

Compact system enclosures Rittal CM

System accessories Page 355 System lights Page 491 Cable duct Page 526 Climate control Page 207

F

Also required:

Protection category:
IP 55 to IEC 60 529,
complies with NEMA 12 provided suitable gland plates are
selected.
Supply includes:
− Enclosure with hinged door(s)
− R/h door hinge with singledoor enclosures, may be
swapped to opposite side
− 3-point lock
− Mounting plate
− Open base for individual
cable entry

− Gland plates,
see page 378 – 380
− Or trim panel,
see page 381

B

Approvals:
− UL
− CSA
− TÜV
− Lloyds Register of Shipping

G

Surface finish:
− Enclosure and door:
Dipcoat-primed, powdercoated on the outside,
textured paint
− Mounting plate: Zinc-plated

Colour:
RAL 7035

H

Material:
− Enclosure: Sheet steel,
1.5 mm
− Door: Sheet steel, 2.0 mm,
all-round foamed-in PU seal
− Mounting plate: Sheet steel,
3.0 mm

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.
T

Width: 600 – 800 mm, height: 800 – 1200 mm
Width (B) mm

600

600

600

600

800

800

800

800

Height (H) mm

Packs of

800

1000

1200

1200

1000

1000

1200

1200

Depth (T) mm

400

400

300

400

300

400

300

400

Mounting plate width (F) mm

540

540

540

540

740

740

740

740

Mounting plate height (G) mm

755

955

1155

1155

955

955

1155

1155

5110.500

5111.500

5112.500

5113.500

5114.500

5115.500

5116.500

5117.500

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

Model No. CM
Door

Page

Base/plinths
Components front and rear
Trim panels, sides

Height 100 mm

1 set

8601.600

8601.600

8601.600

8601.600

8601.800

8601.800

8601.800

8601.800

361

Height 200 mm

1 set

8602.600

8602.600

8602.600

8602.600

8602.800

8602.800

8602.800

8602.800

361

Height 100 mm

1 set

8601.040

8601.040

8601.030

8601.040

8601.030

8601.040

8601.030

8601.040

362

Height 200 mm

1 set

8602.040

8602.040

8602.030

8602.040

8602.030

8602.040

8602.030

8602.040

362

for height

4

5001.051

5001.052

5001.053

5001.053

5001.052

5001.052

5001.053

5001.053

459

for width

4

5001.050

5001.050

5001.050

5001.050

5001.051

5001.051

5001.051

5001.051

459

in depth

4

8612.140

8612.140

8612.130

8612.140

8612.130

8612.140

8612.130

8612.140

459

in width

Accessories
Rail for interior installation
Matching punched sections
with mounting flanges

4

8612.060

8612.060

8612.060

8612.060

8612.080

8612.080

8612.080

8612.080

459

Base configuration rail

2

5001.370

5001.370

5001.371

5001.370

5001.371

5001.370

5001.371

5001.370

461

Mounting plate slide block

2

5001.070

5001.070

5001.070

5001.070

5001.070

5001.070

5001.070

5001.070

446

Support strips for door

20

4596.000

4596.000

4596.000

4596.000

4598.000

4598.000

4598.000

4598.000

426

TS punched section with mounting flange,
17 x 73 mm

4

8612.050

8612.050

8612.050

8612.050

–

–

–

–

459

Cable clamp rails

1

5001.080

5001.080

5001.080

5001.080

5001.081

5001.081

5001.081

5001.081

527

Sheet steel wiring plan pocket, depth 35 mm

1

4116.500

4116.500

4116.500

4116.500

4118.500

4118.500

4118.500

4118.500

429

Rain canopy/vented roof

1

5001.310

5001.310

–

5001.310

–

5001.330

–

5001.330

431

Alternative lock systems

48

see page 411

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

Compact system enclosures Rittal CM
Width: 1000 – 1200 mm, height: 1000 – 1400 mm
Width (B) mm

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

1200

Height (H) mm

Packs of

1000

1200

1200

1400

1400

1200

Depth (T) mm

300

300

400

300

400

400

Mounting plate width (F) mm

940

940

940

940

940

1140

Mounting plate height (G) mm
1

Model No. CM
Doors

955

1155

1155

1355

1355

1155

5118.500

5119.500

5120.500

5121.500

5122.500

5123.500

2

2

2

2

2

2

Page

Base/plinths
Components front and rear
Trim panels, sides

Height 100 mm

1 set

8601.000

8601.000

8601.000

8601.000

8601.000

8601.200

Height 200 mm

1 set

8602.000

8602.000

8602.000

8602.000

8602.000

8602.200

361
361

Height 100 mm

1 set

8601.030

8601.030

8601.040

8601.030

8601.040

8601.040

362

Height 200 mm

1 set

8602.030

8602.030

8602.040

8602.030

8602.040

8602.040

362

for height

4

5001.052

5001.053

5001.053

5001.054

5001.054

5001.053

459

for width

4

5001.052

5001.052

5001.052

5001.052

5001.052

5001.053

459

in depth

4

8612.130

8612.130

8612.140

8612.130

8612.140

8612.140

459

in width

4

8612.000

8612.000

8612.000

8612.000

8612.000

8612.020

459

2

5001.371

5001.371

5001.370

5001.371

5001.370

5001.370

461

Accessories
Rail for interior installation
Matching punched sections
with mounting flanges
Base configuration rail
Mounting plate slide block

2

5001.070

5001.070

5001.070

5001.070

5001.070

5001.070

446

Support strips for door

20

4309.000

4309.000

4309.000

4309.000

4309.000

4596.000

426

TS punched section with mounting flange,
17 x 73 mm

4

8612.040

8612.040

8612.040

8612.040

8612.040

8612.050

459

Cable clamp rails

1

5001.082

5001.082

5001.082

5001.082

5001.082

5001.083

527

Sheet steel wiring plan pocket, depth 35 mm

1

4115.500

4115.500

4115.500

4115.500

4115.500

4116.500

429

Rain canopy/vented roof

1

–

–

5001.350

–

5001.350

5001.360

431

Alternative lock systems

see page 411

Rittal China
RITTAL Electro-Mechanical Technology
(Shanghai) Co. Ltd.
No. 1658 Minyi Road  Songjiang District
Shanghai, 201612
Phone: +86 (0) 21 5115 7799
Fax: +86 (0) 21 5115 7788
E-mail: marketing@rittal.cn  www.rittal.cn

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

49

Plastic enclosures KS

System accessories Page 355 KS for potentially explosive areas Page 177

Surface finish:
− Enclosure and door:
Dyed plastic with no
aftertreatment
− Mounting plate: Zinc-plated
Protection category:
See table
Colour:
Similar to RAL 7035

Note:
Under the influence of long-term
UV radiation (sunlight) in conjunction with wind and rain, the
surface finish may become
visually impaired. This does not
affect the protection of the
installed electrical components
in any way. If the enclosures
cannot be protected from UV
radiation, we recommend that
they should be painted with a
PUR paint.
Ambient temperature –30°C to
+75°C.

F

T

B

G

For KS with viewing window:
− Glazed acrylic, 3.0 mm with
all-round rubber cable clamp
strip

Supply includes:
− Enclosure with hinged door,
of all-round solid construction, 3 mm double-bit lock
− For single-door enclosures:
R/h door hinge, may be
swapped to opposite side by
rotating the enclosure
− For two-door enclosures:
Lockable door on right
− Mounting plate
− Twin seal on the top and
bottom edges of the door as
integral rain protection strip
− Press-fitted C sections at the
sides for infinitely variable
mounting plate depth adjustment
− KS 1400.500 additionally with
removable centre bar in the
enclosure

H

Material:
− Enclosure and door:
Fibreglass-reinforced
unsaturated polyester
− Mounting plate:
Sheet steel
− Foamed-in PU seal

Approvals:
− TÜV
− Germanischer Lloyd
− Russian Maritime Register
of Shipping
− Lloyds Register of Shipping
− Bureau Veritas
− VDE
Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

Width (B) mm

200

250

300

400

400

400

400

500

Height (H) mm

Packs of

300

350

400

400

400

600

600

500

Depth (T) mm

150

150

200

200

200

200

200

300

Mounting plate width (F) mm

145

195

245

345

345

345

345

417

Mounting plate height (G) mm

250

300

350

350

350

550

550

450

Mounting plate thickness mm

2.0

2.0

2.0

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

1423.500

1432.500

1434.500

1444.500

1448.500

1446.500

1449.500

1453.500

Door(s)

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

Viewing window

–

–

–

–



–



–

Cam lock

1

1

2

2

2

2

2

2

1

Model No. KS

3-point lock system

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

3.4

4.3

5.9

7.9

8.0

11.5

11.2

13.5

IP 66 to IEC 60 529,
complies with NEMA 4X.









–



–



IP 56 to IEC 60 529,
complies with NEMA 12.

–

–

–

–



–



–

Weight (kg)
Protection
category

Page

Accessories
Mounting plate adjustment bracket

4

1481.000

1481.000

1481.000

1481.000

1481.000

1481.000

1481.000

1491.000

446

Threaded inserts M6

20

1482.000

1482.000

1482.000

1482.000

1482.000

1482.000

1482.000

1482.000

478

Pole clamp
Wall mounting bracket
Alternative lock systems

50

1 set

2584.000

2584.000

2584.000

2584.000

2584.000

2584.000

2584.000

2584.000

441

4

1483.010

1483.010

1483.010

1483.010

1483.010

1483.010

1483.010

1483.010

440

see page 411

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

Plastic enclosures KS
Width (B) mm

500

600

600

600

600

800

800

1000

Height (H) mm

Packs of

500

600

600

800

800

1000

1000

1000

Depth (T) mm

300

200

200

300

300

300

300

300

Mounting plate width (F) mm

417

545

545

517

517

717

717

917

Mounting plate height (G) mm

450

550

550

750

750

950

950

950

Mounting plate thickness mm

2.5

2.5

2.5

3.0

3.0

3.0

3.0

3.0

1454.500

1466.500

1467.500

1468.500

1469.500

1480.500

1479.500

1400.500

Door(s)

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

2

Viewing window



–



–



–



–

Cam lock

2

2

2

–

–

–

–

–

3-point lock system

–

–

–











1

Model No. KS

Weight (kg)
Protection
category

13.4

15.9

15.6

26.5

26.0

41.7

39.9

51.6

IP 66 to IEC 60 529,
complies with NEMA 4X.

–



–



–



–

–

IP 56 to IEC 60 529,
complies with NEMA 12.



–



–



–





Page

Accessories
Mounting plate adjustment bracket

4

1491.000

1481.000

1481.000

1491.000

1491.000

1491.000

1491.000

1491.000

446

Threaded inserts M6

20

1482.000

1482.000

1482.000

1482.000

1482.000

1482.000

1482.000

1482.000

478

Pole clamp
Wall mounting bracket
Alternative lock systems

1 set

2584.000

2584.000

2584.000

2584.000

2584.000

2584.000

2584.000

2584.000

441

4

1483.010

1483.010

1483.010

1483.010

1483.010

1483.010

1483.010

1483.010

440

see page 411

Rittal Denmark
RITTAL A/S
Dybendalsvænget 4  DK-2630 Taastrup
Phone: +45 70 25 59 00  Fax: +45 70 25 59 01
E-mail: info@rittal.dk  www.rittal.dk

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

51

52

Wall-mounted network enclosures
Wall-mounted distributors
VerticalBox ..................................................................................................54
FlatBox with 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles ............................................55
FlatBox with 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame .............................................56
QuickBox with glazed door .........................................................................57
QuickBox with glazed door/sheet steel door ..............................................58
QuickBox with vertical 482.6 mm (19˝) level ...............................................59
Wall-mounted enclosures EL, 3-part, depth 573/673 mm, pre-configured ...60
Wall-mounted enclosures EL, 3-part, depth 473 mm, with punched rails.....61
Wall-mounted enclosures EL, 3-part, depth 373 mm, with mounting plate ...62
Wall-mounted enclosures EL, 3-part, depth 473 mm, with mounting plate ...63
Wall-mounted enclosures EL, 2-part, depth 369 mm, with swing frame .......64
Wall-mounted enclosures AE with 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles ............65
Wall-mounted enclosures AE with 482.6 mm (19˝) pull-out frame ................66
Small fibre-optic distributors .......................................................................67

53

VerticalBox

System accessories Page 355
Compact 482.6 mm (19˝)
enclosure for small networks
● May be used as wallmounted, under-desk or
desktop enclosure
● 482.6 mm (19˝) level, front
and rear
● Free access from three sides
for interior installation
● Freely selectable door hinging
● Passive ventilation with vent
slots
● Rear panel prepared to
accommodate a fan
● Horizontal 10 U may be used
by installing 482.6 mm (19˝)
mounting angles

Material:
− Sheet steel
− Viewing window: Single-pane
safety glass, 3 mm
Surface finish:
Powder-coated
Colour:
RAL 7035

Supply includes:
− Enclosure with glazed door
− Side panels (1 x fixed,
1 x slot-in) with vent slots
− Knockouts for cable entry
via roof or base
− Slot-in rear panel with knockouts for cable entry and fan
accommodation
− 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting
level, 5 U, front and rear,
depth-variable, distance
between levels 434 – 489 mm
− Security lock 12321 on the
door, side and rear panel
− 4 plastic feet, self-adhesive

U

Packs of

Detailed drawing:
Available on the Internet.

5

Width mm

300

Height mm

540

Depth mm
Model No. DK

Page

600
1

7501.000

Accessories
Mounting kit for VerticalBox, hinged mounting plate 350 x 484 mm

1

7501.100

567

482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles, 12 U (10 U usable)1)

2

7502.203

554
518

Brush strip for cut-out openings

2x1m

7072.200

Wall mounting bracket, 10 mm

4

2508.010

439

Wall mounting bracket, 40 mm

4

2503.010

439

Fan expansion kit, 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz, 108/125 m3/h, air throughput, unimpeded airflow

1 set

7980.100

222

Blanking panel, 482.6 mm (19˝), 1 U, RAL 7035

2

7151.035

571

Cable management panel, 482.6 mm (19˝), 1 U, RAL 7035,
with 5 cable shunting rings 40 x 50 mm

1

7257.200

539

482.6 mm (19˝) socket strip, 7-way, with rocker switch

1

7240.220

505

Cable entry panel, 482.6 mm (19˝), 1 U

1

7140.535

542

1) For

mounting at the side of the VerticalBox. With these mounting angles, instead of 5 U vertically at the side, up to 10 U may be used horizontally
if only a minimal installation depth is required. Infinitely depth-variable positioning.

54

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

FlatBox

System accessories Page 355
For use as a wall-mounted and
floor-standing enclosure.
Small package – big performance. Time-saving, flexible,
clever
● For flexible use as a wallmounted or floor-standing
enclosure
● Maximum width and depth
of 700 mm creates plenty of
space for use as a patch
distributor
● Toolless quick assembly
● System assembly on the open
482.6 mm (19˝) frame

Material:
− Sheet steel
− Viewing window: Single-pane
safety glass, 3 mm
Surface finish:
Powder-coated
Colour:
RAL 7035
Note:
− Max. installation depth:
D – 112 mm
− Max. distance between two
482.6 mm (19˝) levels:
D – 126 mm

Supply includes:
− Flat-packed enclosure
− 1 wall section
− 2 basic supports
− 2 roof/base plates,
with cut-outs for cable entry,
with brush strips
− 2 mounting angles, 482.6 mm
(19˝) (for 6 U and 9 U)
− 1 mounting frame 482.6 mm
(19˝) (from 12 U)

− 4 levelling feet (from 12 U)
− 2 side panels, lockable
− 1 glazed door, lockable,
security lock 3524 E,
door hinge point selectable
− Connection components for
toolless, fast assembly
− Earthing kit for systemcompatible earthing of all
enclosure parts
Detailed drawing:
Available on the Internet.
Photo shows a configuration
example with equipment not
included in the scope of supply.

With 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles
Packs
of

6

6

9

9

Width mm

600

600

600

600

Height mm

358

358

492

492

Depth mm

400

600

400

600

7507.000

7507.100

7507.010

7507.110

U

Model No. DK

1

Page

Accessories
482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles as second attachment level

2

7507.706

7507.706

7507.709

7507.709

Levelling feet

4

7507.740

7507.740

7507.740

7507.740

374

Cover plates for fan panels

6

7507.760

7507.760

7507.760

7507.760

222

Earth rail

1

7113.000

7113.000

7113.000

7113.000

504

C rail for cable clamping

1

7016.140

7016.140

7016.140

7016.140

532

T-head rail for cable clamping

1

7016.150

7016.150

7016.150

7016.150

532

Fan, 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz, 117/135 m3/h, air throughput,
unimpeded airflow

1

7980.100

7980.100

7980.100

7980.100

222

Fan, 48 V DC, 184 m3/h, air throughput, unimpeded airflow

1

7980.148

7980.148

7980.148

7980.148

222

Enclosure internal thermostat

1

3110.000

3110.000

3110.000

3110.000

294

Cable management panel, 1 U, 5 cable shunting rings 40 x 50 mm

1

7257.200

7257.200

7257.200

7257.200

539

Component shelf 2 U, static installation, depth 250 mm

1

7119.250

7119.250

7119.250

7119.250

487

Component shelf 2 U, static installation, depth 400 mm

1

–

7119.400

–

7119.400

487

1 set

–

7000.625

–

7000.625

486

1

–

7507.750

–

7507.750

371

Component shelf 1 U, complete set, pull-out, depth 500 mm
Base/plinths

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

554

55

FlatBox
With 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame
Packs
of

12

12

15

15

18

21

Width mm

600

600

600

700

700

700

Height mm

625

625

758

758

892

1025

Depth mm

400

600

400

700

700

700

7507.020

7507.120

7507.030

7507.200

7507.210

7507.220

U

1

Model No. DK

Page

Accessories
482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles as second attachment level

2

7507.712

7507.712

7507.715

7507.715

7507.718

7507.721

Cover plates for fan panels

6

7507.760

7507.760

7507.760

7507.760

7507.760

7507.760

554
222

Earth rail

1

7113.000

7113.000

7113.000

7113.000

7113.000

7113.000

504

C rail for cable clamping

1

7016.140

7016.140

7016.140

7016.140

7016.140

7016.140

532

T-head rail for cable clamping

1

7016.150

7016.150

7016.150

7016.150

7016.150

7016.150

532

Fan, 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz, 117/135 m3/h, air throughput,
unimpeded airflow

1

7980.100

7980.100

7980.100

7980.100

7980.100

7980.100

222

Fan, 48 V DC, 184

m3/h,

air throughput, unimpeded airflow

Enclosure internal thermostat

1

7980.148

7980.148

7980.148

7980.148

7980.148

7980.148

222

1

3110.000

3110.000

3110.000

3110.000

3110.000

3110.000

294

Cable management panel, 1 U, 5 cable shunting rings 40 x 50 mm

1

7257.200

7257.200

7257.200

7257.200

7257.200

7257.200

539

Component shelf 2 U, static installation, depth 250 mm

1

7119.250

7119.250

7119.250

7119.250

7119.250

7119.250

487
487

Component shelf 2 U, static installation, depth 400 mm
Component shelf 1 U, complete set, pull-out, depth 500 mm
Base/plinths

56

1

–

7119.400

–

7119.400

7119.400

7119.400

1 set

–

7000.625

–

7000.625

7000.625

7000.625

486

1

–

7507.750

–

7507.755

7507.755

7507.755

371

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

QuickBox

System accessories Page 355

Colour:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
Wall section:
− Pre-configured mounting
bracket
− Brush strip for cable entry at
the bottom/top
− Cable clamp rail
− 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting
angles, fully depth adjustable

Enclosure cover:
− Base and cover tray with vent
slots
− Brush strip for cable entry at
the top/bottom
− 2 side security locks
− Sheet steel door or glazed
door with security lock 12321
− Version with Ergoform-S lock
system, may optionally be
retrofitted with semi-cylinder

T2

B2

B1

T1

H2

Material:
− Wall mounting plate with
mounting brackets:
Sheet steel, 2.0 mm
− Enclosure cover:
Sheet steel, 1.0 mm
− Door: Sheet steel door or
glazed door with sheet steel
frame and single-pane safety
glass, 3 mm

Surface finish:
Enclosure: Powder-coated

H1

Wall-mounted enclosure with
removable cover for perfect
handling during installation
and maintenance.

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.
Photo shows a configuration
example with equipment not
included in the scope of supply.

With glazed door
Packs
of

6

6

6

9

9

12

12

12

12

Width (B1) mm

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

Height (H1) mm

362

362

362

495

495

628

628

628

628

Depth (T1) mm

300

400

600

400

600

400

500

600

600

Width (B2) mm

595

595

595

595

595

595

595

595

595

Height (H2) mm

355

355

355

488

488

621

621

621

621

Max. installation
depth (T2) mm

247

347

547

347

547

347

447

547

547

7502.013

7502.014

7502.016

7502.024

7502.026

7502.034

7502.035

7502.036 7502.4361)

U
Enclosure
cover

Wall section

1

Model No. DK

Page

Accessories
Mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝)

2

–

–

–

–

–

7502.203

7502.203

7502.203

7502.203

Solid gland plate

2

7502.310

7502.310

7502.310

7502.310

7502.310

7502.310

7502.310

7502.310

7502.310

517

Wall mounting bracket, 10 mm

4

2508.010

2508.010

2508.010

2508.010

2508.010

2508.010

2508.010

2508.010

2508.010

439

Wall mounting bracket, 40 mm

4

2503.010

2503.010

2503.010

2503.010

2503.010

2503.010

2503.010

2503.010

2503.010

439

Combination rails for enclosure width

6

7502.304

7502.304

7502.304

7502.304

7502.304

7502.304

7502.304

7502.304

7502.304

528

7502.302

7502.302

7502.302

7502.302

7502.302

7502.302

7502.302

7502.302

7502.302

528

7502.304

7502.304

7502.304

7502.304

7502.304

7502.304

7502.304

7502.304

7502.304

528

4530.000

4530.000

4530.000

4530.000

4530.000

4530.000

4530.000

4530.000

4530.000

561

Combination rails
for enclosure depth

300/400 mm
500/600 mm
300 mm

Slide rails for the
enclosure depth

400 mm
500/600 mm

6
10
2

554

4531.000

4531.000

4531.000

4531.000

4531.000 7492.3002) 7492.3002) 7492.3002) 7492.3002) 560/561

4531.000

4531.000

4531.000

4531.000

4531.000 7492.4002) 7492.4002) 7492.4002) 7492.4002) 560/561

Earthing kit

1

7502.240

7502.240

7502.260

7502.240

7502.260

7502.240

7502.260

7502.260

7502.260

503

Quick-release fastener

2

7502.220

7502.220

7502.220

7502.220

7502.220

7502.220

7502.220

7502.220

7502.220

424

1) With

Ergoform-S lock system for semi-cylinder, for combining with quick-release fastener QB 7502.220.
2) Additional mounting angles required at the rear.

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

57

QuickBox
With glazed door
Packs
of

15

15

15

15

18

18

21

21

Width (B1) mm

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

Height (H1) mm

762

762

762

762

895

895

1028

1028

Depth (T1) mm

400

500

600

600

400

600

400

600

Width (B2) mm

595

595

595

595

595

595

595

595

Height (H2) mm

755

755

755

755

888

888

1021

1021

Max. installation
depth (T2) mm

347

447

547

547

347

547

347

547

7502.0543)

7502.056

7502.0643)

7502.066

U

Enclosure cover

Wall section

Page

1

7502.044

7502.045

7502.046

7502.4461)

Mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝)

2

7502.204

7502.204

7502.204

7502.204

7502.205

7502.205

7502.206

7502.206

554

Solid gland plate

2

7502.310

7502.310

7502.310

7502.310

7502.310

7502.310

7502.310

7502.310

517

Wall mounting bracket, 10 mm

4

2508.010

2508.010

2508.010

2508.010

2508.010

2508.010

2508.010

2508.010

439

Wall mounting bracket, 40 mm

4

2503.010

2503.010

2503.010

2503.010

2503.010

2503.010

2503.010

2503.010

439

Combination rails for enclosure width

6

7502.304

7502.304

7502.304

7502.304

7502.304

7502.304

7502.304

7502.304

528

7502.302

7502.302

7502.302

7502.302

7502.302

7502.302

7502.302

7502.302

528

7502.304

7502.304

7502.304

7502.304

7502.304

7502.304

7502.304

7502.304

528

Model No. DK
Accessories

300/400 mm

Combination rails
for enclosure depth

500/600 mm

6

400 mm

2

7492.3002)

7492.3002)

7492.3002)

7492.3002)

7492.3002)

7492.3002)

7492.3002)

7492.3002)

560

500/600 mm

2

7492.4002)

7492.4002)

7492.4002)

7492.4002)

7492.4002)

7492.4002)

7492.4002)

7492.4002)

560

Earthing kit

1

7502.240

7502.260

7502.260

7502.260

7502.240

7502.260

7502.240

7502.260

503

Quick-release fastener

2

7502.220

7502.220

7502.220

7502.220

7502.220

7502.220

7502.220

7502.220

424

Slide rails
for the enclosure depth

1) With Ergoform-S lock system for semi-cylinder F,
2) Additional mounting angles required at the rear.
3) Extended

for combining with quick-release fastener QB 7502.220.

delivery times.

With sheet steel door
Packs
of

6

9

9

12

15

15

Width (B1) mm

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

Height (H1) mm

362

495

495

628

762

762

1028

Depth (T1) mm

400

400

600

600

400

600

600

Width (B2) mm

595

595

595

595

595

595

595

Height (H2) mm

355

488

488

621

755

755

1021

U

Enclosure cover

Wall section

Max. installation
depth (T2) mm
1

Model No. DK

21

347

347

547

547

347

547

547

7502.114

7502.124

7502.126

7502.136

7502.1443)

7502.146

7502.1663)

Page

Accessories
Mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝)

2

–

–

–

7502.203

7502.204

7502.204

7502.206

Solid gland plate

2

7502.310

7502.310

7502.310

7502.310

7502.310

7502.310

7502.310

517

Wall mounting bracket, 10 mm

4

2508.010

2508.010

2508.010

2508.010

2508.010

2508.010

2508.010

439

Wall mounting bracket, 40 mm

4

2503.010

2503.010

2503.010

2503.010

2503.010

2503.010

2503.010

439

Combination rails for enclosure width

6

7502.304

7502.304

7502.304

7502.304

7502.304

7502.304

7502.304

528

7502.302

7502.302

7502.302

7502.302

7502.302

7502.302

7502.302

528

7502.304

7502.304

7502.304

7502.304

7502.304

7502.304

7502.304

528

Combination rails
for enclosure depth

300/400 mm
500/600 mm

6

554

300 mm

10

4530.000

4530.000

4530.000

4530.000

4530.000

4530.000

4530.000

561

400 mm

10

4531.000

4531.000

4531.000

7492.3002)

7492.3002)

7492.3002)

7492.3002)

560/561

500/600 mm

2

4531.000

4531.000

4531.000

7492.4002)

7492.4002)

7492.4002)

7492.4002)

560/561

Earthing kit

1

7502.240

7502.240

7502.260

7502.260

7502.240

7502.260

7502.260

503

Quick-release fastener

2

7502.220

7502.220

7502.220

7502.220

7502.220

7502.220

7502.220

424

Slide rails
for the enclosure depth

2) Additional
3) Extended

58

mounting angles required at the rear.
delivery times.

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

QuickBox

System accessories Page 355
Supply includes:
Wall section:
− With pre-configured 482.6 mm
(19˝) mounting brackets for
accommodating equipment at
the side
− Brush strip for cable entry at
the bottom and top

Surface finish:
Powder-coated

Enclosure cover:
− Side vent slots to support
passive climate control
− The enclosure is secured via
two security locks positioned
at the sides.

Colour:
RAL 7035

T2

B2

B1

T1

H2

Material:
− Wall mounting plate with
mounting brackets:
Sheet steel, 2.0 mm
− Enclosure cover:
Sheet steel, 1.0 mm, with
single-pane safety glass at
the side, 3 mm

H1

Wall-mounted enclosure
with optimum use of the
interior space
thanks to side installation of the
482.6 mm (19˝) components.
Status monitoring via side viewing window.

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.
Photo shows a configuration
example with equipment not
included in the scope of supply.

With vertical 482.6 mm (19˝) level
3

6

Width (B1) mm

Packs of

600

600

Height (H1) mm

631

631

Depth (T1) mm

210

360

Width (B2) mm

595

595

Height (H2) mm

621

621

Depth (T2) mm

198

348

1

7502.6301)

7502.6601)

Gland plates, solid

2

7502.310

7502.310

517

Wall mounting bracket, 10 mm

4

2508.010

2508.010

439

Wall mounting bracket, 40 mm

4

2503.010

2503.010

439

Combination rails for vertical mounting on the QuickBox wall section

6

7502.304

7502.304

528

Combination rails for horizontal mounting on the QuickBox wall section

6

7502.304

7502.304

528

Mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝) for front mounting, 12 U

2

7502.203

7502.203

554

U
Enclosure cover

Wall section
Model No. DK

Page

Accessories

1)

Extended delivery times.

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

59

Wall-mounted enclosures EL, 3-part

System accessories Page 355 Socket strips Page 505 Wall mounting bracket Page 439 Cable clamps Page 529

Surface finish:
Powder-coated

Supply includes:
− Wall section
− Hinged part with 25 mm pitch
pattern of holes in the front
and rear frame
− Designer glazed door

− Mini comfort handle
for 3 – 15 U
− Comfort handle and 2-point
lock for 18 – 21 U
− Including security lock 3524 E
− Product-specific supply
scope, see table

T1
T3

T2
B1

H1

Material:
− Wall and hinged part:
Sheet steel, 1.5 mm
− Viewing window: Single-pane
safety glass, 3 mm

Colour:
− Wall and hinged part:
RAL 7035
− Glazed door: RAL 7035/7015
(slate grey)

T4

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

H2

Wall-mounted enclosure
with optimum accessibility
thanks to hinged part.

B2

Depth 573/673 mm, pre-configured
9

9

15

15

21

21

Width (B1) mm

Packs of

600

600

600

600

600

600

Height (H1) mm

478

478

746

746

1012

1012

Depth (T1) mm

573

673

573

673

573

673

Clearance width (B2) mm

502

502

502

502

502

502

Clearance height (H2) mm

415

415

683

683

949

949

Depth of wall section (T2) mm

135

135

135

135

135

135

Depth of hinged part (T3) mm

416

516

416

516

416

516

Maximum installation depth (T4) mm

520

620

520

620

520

620

Load capacity of hinged part (kg, static)

45

45

75

75

75

75

U

Protection category IP 54 to IEC 60 529
when using solid gland plates SZ 2235.135
1

Model No. DK













7709.735

7709.535

7715.735

7715.535

7721.735

7721.535

Page

Product-specific supply scope

Wall section:

Hinged part:

Gland plate, solid, top

1













Gland plate with brush insert, bottom

1













Vertical punched rails

2













Horizontal C rail

1













482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles, fully depth adjustable

2













Side outlet filters left and right

2













Earth rail with star earthing
Wall mounting bracket, 10 mm

1 set













4













Accessories
Gland plate for metric cable glands

1

7705.235

7705.235

7705.235

7705.235

7705.235

7705.235

517

Fan expansion kit, 230 V

1

7980.100

7980.100

7980.100

7980.100

7980.100

7980.100

222

Spare filter mats

5

3322.700

3322.700

3322.700

3322.700

3322.700

3322.700

301

Wall mounting bracket, 40 mm

4

2503.010

–

2503.010

–

2503.010

–

439

Component shelf 2 U, static installation or fully extendible,
300 mm deep

1

7148.035

7148.035

7148.035

7148.035

7148.035

7148.035

485

Component shelf 2 U, static installation, 250 mm deep

1

7119.250

7119.250

7119.250

7119.250

7119.250

7119.250

487

Cable management panel, 1 U, 5 cable shunting rings 40 x 50 mm

1

7257.200

7257.200

7257.200

7257.200

7257.200

7257.200

539

Lock inserts, type F

see page 421

 Included with the supply.
60

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

Wall-mounted enclosures EL, 3-part

System accessories Page 355 Socket strips Page 505 Wall mounting bracket Page 439 Earthing Page 501 Cable clamps Page 529

Surface finish:
Powder-coated

Protection category:
IP 55 to IEC 60 529
Supply includes:
− Wall section
− Hinged part with 25 mm pitch
pattern of holes in the front
and rear frame

T1
T3

T2
B1

H1

Material:
− Wall and hinged part:
Sheet steel, 1.5 mm
− Viewing window: Single-pane
safety glass, 3 mm

− Designer glazed door
− Mini comfort handle
for 3 – 15 U
− Comfort handle and 2-point
lock for 18 – 21 U
− Including security lock 3524 E
− Product-specific supply
scope, see table

Colour:
− Wall and hinged part:
RAL 7035
− Glazed door: RAL 7035/7015
(slate grey)

T4

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

H2

Wall-mounted enclosure
with optimum accessibility
thanks to hinged part.

B2

Depth 473 mm, with punched rails
6

9

12

15

18

21

Width (B1) mm

Packs of

600

600

600

600

600

600

Height (H1) mm

345

478

612

746

878

1012

Depth (T1) mm

473

473

473

473

473

473

Clearance width (B2) mm

502

502

502

502

502

502

Clearance height (H2) mm

282

415

549

683

815

949

Depth of wall section (T2) mm

135

135

135

135

135

135

Depth of hinged part (T3) mm

316

316

316

316

316

316

Maximum installation depth (T4) mm

420

420

420

420

420

420

Load capacity of hinged part (kg, static)

30

45

60

75

75

75

7706.135

7709.135

7712.135

7715.135

7718.135

7721.135

U

1

Model No. DK

Page

Product-specific supply scope
Gland plate, solid, top and bottom

2













Wall section:

Vertical punched rails

2













Horizontal C rail for cable clamping

1













Hinged part:

482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles,
fully depth adjustable

2













4













Wall mounting bracket, 10 mm
Accessories
Gland plate with brush insert

1

7705.035

7705.035

7705.035

7705.035

7705.035

7705.035

518

Gland plate for metric cable glands

1

7705.235

7705.235

7705.235

7705.235

7705.235

7705.235

517

Wall mounting bracket, 40 mm

4

2503.010

2503.010

2503.010

2503.010

2503.010

2503.010

439

Lock inserts, type F

see page 421

Earth rail, horizontal

1

7113.000

7113.000

7113.000

7113.000

7113.000

7113.000

504

Component shelf 2 U, static installation and fully extendible

1

7148.035

7148.035

7148.035

7148.035

7148.035

7148.035

485

Component shelf 2 U, static installation, 250 mm deep

1

7119.250

7119.250

7119.250

7119.250

7119.250

7119.250

487

Component shelf 1 U, static installation, 140 mm deep

1

7119.140

7119.140

7119.140

7119.140

7119.140

7119.140

486

Cable management panel, 1 U,
5 cable shunting rings 40 x 50 mm

1

7257.200

7257.200

7257.200

7257.200

7257.200

7257.200

539

 Included with the supply.

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

61

Wall-mounted enclosures EL, 3-part

System accessories Page 355 Socket strip Page 505 Wall mounting bracket Page 439 Cable clamps Page 529 Earthing Page 501

Surface finish:
Powder-coated

Supply includes:
− Wall section
− Hinged part with 25 mm pitch
pattern of holes in the front
and rear frame

B3

T2

T1
T3

B1

T4

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.
B2

Depth 373 mm, with mounting plate
3

6

9

12

15

18

21

Width (B1) mm

Packs of

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

Height (H1) mm

212

345

478

612

746

878

1012

Depth (T1) mm

373

373

373

373

373

373

373

Clearance width (B2) mm

502

502

502

502

502

502

502

Clearance height (H2) mm

149

282

415

549

683

815

949

Depth of wall section (T2) mm

135

135

135

135

135

135

135

Depth of hinged part (T3) mm

216

216

216

216

216

216

216

Maximum installation depth (T4) mm

320

320

320

320

320

320

320

Width of mounting plate (B3) mm

485

485

485

485

485

485

485

Height of mounting plate (H3) mm

165

299

432

565

699

832

965

Load capacity of hinged part (kg, static)

15

30

45

60

75

75

75

2243.605

2246.605

2249.605

2252.605

2255.605

2258.605

2261.605

U

1

Model No. EL

Page

Product-specific supply scope
Gland plate, solid, top and bottom

2















Mounting plate supplied loose

1















482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles

2















Wall mounting bracket, 10 mm

4

2508.010

2508.010

2508.010

2508.010

2508.010

2508.010

2508.010

439

Wall mounting bracket, 40 mm

4

2503.010

2503.010

2503.010

2503.010

2503.010

2503.010

2503.010

439

Gland plate with brush insert

1

7705.035

7705.035

7705.035

7705.035

7705.035

7705.035

7705.035

518

Gland plate for metric cable glands

1

7705.235

7705.235

7705.235

7705.235

7705.235

7705.235

7705.235

517

2238.000

2238.000

467

Wall section:
Hinged part:
Accessories

Cable glands

see page 519

Lock inserts, type F

see page 421

C rails

4

Blanking plates, 482.6 mm (19˝)

3

2238.000

2238.000

2238.000

2238.000

2238.000

see page 564

 Included with the supply.

62

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

H3

Protection category:
IP 55 to IEC 60 529

− Designer glazed door
− Mini comfort handle
for 3 – 15 U
− Comfort handle and 2-point
lock for 18 – 21 U
− Including security lock 3524 E
− Product-specific supply
scope, see table

H1

Material:
− Wall and hinged part:
Sheet steel, 1.5 mm
− Viewing window: Single-pane
safety glass, 3 mm

Colour:
− Wall and hinged part:
RAL 7035
− Glazed door: RAL 7035/7015
(slate grey)

H2

Wall-mounted enclosure
with optimum accessibility
thanks to hinged part.

Wall-mounted enclosures EL, 3-part
Depth 473 mm, with mounting plate
3

6

9

12

15

18

21

Width (B1) mm

Packs of

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

Height (H1) mm

212

345

478

612

746

878

1012

Depth (T1) mm

473

473

473

473

473

473

473

Clearance width (B2) mm

502

502

502

502

502

502

502

Clearance height (H2) mm

149

282

415

549

683

815

949

Depth of wall section (T2) mm

135

135

135

135

135

135

135

Depth of hinged part (T3) mm

316

316

316

316

316

316

316

Maximum installation depth (T4) mm

420

420

420

420

420

420

420

Width of mounting plate (B3) mm

485

485

485

485

485

485

485

Height of mounting plate (H3) mm

165

299

432

565

699

832

965

Load capacity of hinged part (kg, static)

15

30

45

60

75

75

75

2253.605

2256.605

2259.605

2262.605

2265.605

2268.605

2271.605

U

1

Model No. EL

Page

Product-specific supply scope
Gland plate, solid, top and bottom

2















Mounting plate supplied loose

1















482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles

2















Wall mounting bracket, 10 mm

4

2508.010

2508.010

2508.010

2508.010

2508.010

2508.010

2508.010

439

Wall mounting bracket, 40 mm

4

2503.010

2503.010

2503.010

2503.010

2503.010

2503.010

2503.010

439

Gland plate with brush insert

1

7705.035

7705.035

7705.035

7705.035

7705.035

7705.035

7705.035

518

Gland plate for metric cable glands

1

7705.235

7705.235

7705.235

7705.235

7705.235

7705.235

7705.235

517

2239.000

2239.000

467

Wall section:
Hinged part:
Accessories

Cable glands

see page 519

Lock inserts, type F

see page 421

C rails

4

Blanking plates, 482.6 mm (19˝)

3

2239.000

2239.000

2239.000

2239.000

2239.000

see page 564

 Included with the supply.

Rittal Great Britain
RITTAL Limited
Braithwell Way  Hellaby Industrial Estate
Hellaby  Rotherham  S Yorks S66 8QY
Phone: +44 (0) 1709 704000
Fax: +44 (0) 1709 701217
E-mail: information@rittal.co.uk
www.rittal.co.uk

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

63

Wall-mounted enclosures EL, 2-part

System accessories Page 355 Cage nuts Page 567 Patch panel for copper technology Page 569 Socket strips Page 505

Surface finish:
− Enclosure and swing frame:
Primed and powder-coated
− Front door: Anodised

Approvals:
− TÜV
− Russian Maritime Register
of Shipping
− Lloyds Register of Shipping
− VDE
− UL/cUL
− Bureau Veritas
− Germanischer Lloyd

Protection category:
IP 55 to IEC 60 529
Supply includes:
− Enclosure
− Front door
− Swing frame,
482.6 mm (19˝), fitted
− Assembly parts

T1
B1

B2

T3

H1

Material:
− Enclosure: Sheet steel,
1.5 mm
− Swing frame: Sheet steel
− Front door: Extruded aluminium section, acrylic glazing,
3 mm

Colour:
− Enclosure and swing frame:
RAL 7035
− Front door: Silver

T2

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

H2

Wall-mounted enclosure
with optimum accessibility
thanks to swing frame.

Depth 369 mm, with swing frame
6

11

14

Width (B1) mm

600

600

600

Height (H1) mm

380

600

760

Depth (T1) mm

369

369

369

Clearance width (B2) mm

537

537

537

Clearance height (H2) mm

317

537

697

67 – 97

67 – 97

67 – 97

U

Packs of

Distance from glazed door to swing frame (T2) mm
Maximum installation depth (T3) mm

Page

270

270

270

1

1919.500

1920.500

1926.500

Wall mounting bracket, 10 mm

4

2508.010

2508.010

2508.010

439

Wall mounting bracket, 40 mm

4

2503.010

2503.010

2503.010

439

Gland plates for metric cable glands

5

2563.010

2563.010

2563.010

514

Blanking plates, 482.6 mm (19˝)

3

Cable management panel, 482.6 mm (19˝), 1 U,
5 cable shunting rings 40 x 50 mm

1

7257.200

7257.200

7257.200

539

Cable entry panel, 482.6 mm (19˝), 1 U

1

7140.535

7140.535

7140.535

542

Model No. EL
Accessories

see page 564

Standard swing frame with double-bit lock insert may be exchanged for 27 mm lock inserts, type A, see page 421.

64

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

Wall-mounted enclosures AE

System accessories Page 355 Socket strips Page 505 Captive nuts Page 567 Viewing panels Page 407
Wall-mounted enclosures
for small networks with a high
protection category.

Material:
Enclosure: Sheet steel
Surface finish:
− Enclosure: Powder-coated
− Mounting angles: Zinc-plated
Colour:
RAL 7035
Protection category:
See table.

Supply includes:
− Enclosure with hinged door
− Interchangeable door hinge
− Cam lock and double-bit
insert
− Gland plate with brush strip
for cable entry in the enclosure base
− Product-specific supply
scope, see table

Approvals:
(except AE with pull-out frame)
− UL
− CSA
− Lloyds Register of Shipping
− Bureau Veritas
− TÜV
− VDE
− Germanischer Lloyd
Detailed drawing:
Available on the Internet.

With 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles
8

13

16

Width mm

Packs of

600

600

600

Height mm

380

600

760

Depth mm

350

350

350

Max. installation depth (T2) mm

310

310

310

U

Protection category with gland plate for cable gland

Page

IP 55 to IEC 60 529
1

Model No. DK

7641.000

7643.000

7645.000

Product-specific supply scope
Mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝), fully depth adjustable

2







C rail, for cable clamping on the rear panel

1







Metal bracket for optional accommodation of an earth rail
or 482.6 mm (19˝) socket strip

1







Cam locks

4

1x

2x

2x

Size

5

5

5

Qty.

1

1

1

Accessories
Gland plates in various versions

514 – 518

Wall mounting bracket, 10 mm

4

2508.010

2508.010

2508.010

439

Wall mounting bracket, 40 mm

4

2503.010

2503.010

2503.010

439

Wall mounting bracket for external mounting

4

2508.100

2508.100

2508.100

439

Viewing window, 34 mm profile depth

1

2730.000

2731.000

2732.000

408

Viewing window, 60 mm profile depth

1

2760.000

2761.000

2762.000

408

Component shelf 2 U, static installation, 250 mm deep

1

7119.250

7119.250

7119.250

487

Earth rail

1

7113.000

7113.000

7113.000

504

Alternative lock systems

see page 411

 Included with the supply.

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

65

Wall-mounted enclosures AE

System accessories Page 355 Socket strips Page 505 Captive nuts Page 567 Viewing panels Page 407

Colour:
RAL 7035

Detailed drawing:
Available on the Internet.

0
35

60
0

0
21

600

Supply includes:
− Enclosure with hinged door
− Cam lock and double-bit
insert
− Gland plate with brush strip
for cable entry in the enclosure base
− Product-specific supply
scope, see table

525

Surface finish:
− Enclosure: Powder-coated
− Pull-out frame: Stainless steel

Protection category:
See table.

450

Material:
− Enclosure: Sheet steel
− Viewing window: Single-pane
safety glass, 3 mm

52
0

With 482.6 mm (19˝) pull-out frame
Width mm

Packs of

600

Height mm

600

Depth mm

350

Page



L/h door hinge
Cam locks

2

Side installation, vertical

4U

Front installation, vertical and horizontal

10 U

Protection category with gland plate for cable gland

IP 54 to IEC 60 529
1

Model No. DK

7644.000

Product-specific supply scope
Pull-out frame attached to telescopic slides

1



Outlet filter in enclosure base and on left-hand side

2



Viewing window on right-hand side

1



Cable clamp rail on rear wall

1




Additional cable clamp rail for mounting on the pull-out frame
Accessories
Choice of gland plates

Size

5

Qty.

1

514 – 518

Wall mounting bracket, 10 mm

4

2508.010

Wall mounting bracket for external mounting

4

2508.100

439

Wall mounting bracket, 40 mm

4

2503.010

439

Shelf

1

7644.4001)

487

Component shelf, 1 U, 140 mm deep

1

7119.140

486

Earth rail, horizontal

1

7113.000

504

Fan expansion kit 230 V AC (only for use at the bottom)

1 set

7980.100

222

Fan expansion kit 48 V DC (only for use at the bottom)

1 set

7980.148

222

5

3322.700

301

Spare filter mats
Alternative lock systems
1)

439

see page 411

Extended delivery times.

66

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

Small fibre-optic distributors

System accessories Page 355

Material:
− Enclosure and cover:
Fibreglass-reinforced polycarbonate
− Cover screws: Polyamide
− Insulating bungs: Polyamide
− Foamed-in PU seal

Colour:
RAL 7035

17

0

Protection category:
IP 66 to IEC 60 529

5

T

244

Supply includes:
− Enclosure with knockouts
for cable glands
− Hinged cover with seal
− 2 cover screws, prepared
for a lead seal
− Insulating bungs for wall
mounting
− Mounting plate
− Dividing plate
− 12 cable glands PG 7
− 1 cable gland PG 16

14

169.5

− Cable entry via cable glands
in knockouts (12 x PG 7 and
1 x PG 16). Assembled connectors fit through the knockouts (diameter of cut-outs:
12 x 12.5 mm and 2 x
22.5 mm). Additional sealing
inserts are required to reduce
the clamping range of the
cable glands

H

Layout of the small fibre-optic
distributor:
− Mounting plate with variable
accommodation for up to two
splicing cassettes (cassette
width variable from 92 to
120 mm) and integral antitwist guard
− Dividing plate with comb strip
for cable clamping, to cover
the splicing cassette, and
to accommodate 2 patch
panels and patch panels for
F-SMA, E-2000 ST couplings,
E-2000 duplex, SC couplings
and SC duplex couplings

B

Detailed drawing:
Available on the Internet.

Width (B) mm

Packs of

Height (H) mm

180

Page

254

Depth (T) mm

90

Number of fibres (when using patch panels)

1 – 24

Model No. DK

1

7451.000

7462.000

Accessories
Locations per
patch panel
Patch panel for ST couplings
Patch panel for SC, E-2000, E-2000 duplex couplings
Patch panel for SC duplex couplings
Wall mounting brackets

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

Locations per
enclosure

12

24

2

12/6

24/12

2

7463.100

6

12

2

7463.200

40

9583.000

31

67

68

Enclosure systems
Baying systems TS 8
Height: 1200 mm/1400 mm, depth: 500 mm...............................................70
Height: 1600 mm, depth: 500 mm...............................................................71
Height: 1800 mm, depth: 400 mm...............................................................71
Height: 1800 mm, depth: 500 mm...............................................................72
Height: 1800 mm, depth: 600 mm...............................................................72
Height: 2000 mm, depth: 400 mm...............................................................73
Height: 2000 mm, depth: 500 mm...............................................................73
Height: 2000 mm, depth: 600 mm...............................................................74
Height: 2000 mm, depth: 800 mm...............................................................74
Height: 2200 mm, depth: 600 mm...............................................................75
IP 66/NEMA 4X and IP 66/NEMA 4 .............................................................76
For areas at risk from earthquakes..............................................................77

69

Baying systems TS 8

System accessories Page 355 TS 8 corner enclosures Page 401 TS 8 stainless steel Page 172

Surface finish:
− Enclosure frame:
Dipcoat-primed
− Door, roof and rear panel:
Dipcoat-primed, powdercoated on the outside,
textured paint
− Mounting plate and gland
plates: Zinc-plated

Protection category:
IP 55 to IEC 60 529,
complies with NEMA 12.
Supply includes:
− Enclosure frame with door(s),
3 mm double-bit lock insert
− Mounting plate
− Gland plates
− Rear panel
− Roof plate
− 4 eyebolts

Approvals:
− UL
− CSA
− TÜV
− Russian Maritime Register
of Shipping
− TÜV Mark
− Lloyds Register of Shipping
− Bureau Veritas
− VDE
− Germanischer Lloyd

F
T

B

G

Colour:
RAL 7035

H

Material:
− Enclosure frame, roof, rear
panel and gland plates:
Sheet steel, 1.5 mm
− Door: Sheet steel, 2.0 mm
− Mounting plate: Sheet steel,
3.0 mm

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

Height: 1200 mm/1400 mm, depth: 500 mm
Width (B) mm

600

800

1200

Height (H) mm

Packs of

1400

1400

1400

Depth (T) mm

500

500

500

Mounting plate width (F) mm

499

699

1099

Mounting plate height (G) mm
1

Model No. TS
Door(s)

1296

1296

1296

8645.500

8845.500

8245.500

Page

1

1

2

86.0

107.5

163.5

2

8145.235

8145.235

8145.235

385

Height 100 mm

1 set

8601.600

8601.800

8601.200

361

Height 200 mm

1 set

8602.600

8602.800

8602.200

361

Height 100 mm

1 set

8601.050

8601.050

8601.050

362

Height 200 mm

1 set

8602.050

8602.050

8602.050

362

527

Weight (kg)
Walls
Side panels
Base/plinths
Components front and rear
Trim panels, sides
Flex-Block

see page 358

Levelling component for base/plinth

see page 364

Accessories
Cable clamp rails for cable clamps

2

4191.000

4192.000

4196.000

Cable clamp rails (C section) for cable clamps

6

4944.000

4945.000

4947.000

465

1 set

8802.065

8802.085

8802.1251)

513
426

Section for cable entry, rear
Support strips for door

20

4596.000

4598.000

4596.000

Wiring plan pocket, sheet steel

1

4116.X00

4118.X00

4116.X00

429

180° hinges

4

8800.190

8800.190

8800.190

425

1

4583.500

4583.500

429

System lights
Door stay for escape routes

see page 491
4583.500

Earth straps

see page 501

Alternative lock systems

see page 412

1)

Packs of 2 sets

70

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

Baying systems TS 8
Height: 1600 mm, depth: 500 mm
Width (B) mm

600

800

1200

Height (H) mm

Packs of

1600

1600

1600

Depth (T) mm

500

500

500

Mounting plate width (F) mm

499

699

1099

Mounting plate height (G) mm
1

Model No. TS

Page

1496

1496

1496

8665.500

8865.500

8265.500

Door(s)

1

1

2

100.0

103.0

159.3

2

8165.235

8165.235

8165.235

385

Height 100 mm

1 set

8601.600

8601.800

8601.200

361

Height 200 mm

1 set

8602.600

8602.800

8602.200

361

Height 100 mm

1 set

8601.050

8601.050

8601.050

362

Height 200 mm

1 set

8602.050

8602.050

8602.050

362

527

Weight (kg)
Walls
Side panels
Base/plinths
Components front and rear
Trim panels, sides
Flex-Block

see page 358

Levelling component for base/plinth

see page 364

Accessories
Cable clamp rails for cable clamps

2

4191.000

4192.000

4196.000

Cable clamp rails (C section) for cable clamps

6

4944.000

4945.000

4947.000

465

1 set

8802.065

8802.085

8802.1251)

513

Section for cable entry, rear
Support strips for door

20

4596.000

4598.000

4596.000

426

180° hinges

4

8800.190

8800.190

8800.190

425

1

4583.500

4583.500

429

System lights

see page 491

Door stay for escape routes

4583.500

Earth straps

see page 501

Alternative lock systems

see page 412

1)

Packs of 2 sets

Height: 1800 mm, depth: 400 mm
Width (B) mm

600

800

1000

1000

1200

Height (H) mm

Packs of

1800

1800

1800

1800

1800

Depth (T) mm

400

400

400

400

400

Mounting plate width (F) mm

499

699

899

899

1099

Mounting plate height (G) mm
1

Model No. TS
Door(s)
Weight (kg)

1696

1696

1696

1696

1696

8684.500

8884.500

8084.500

8080.500

8284.500

1

1

1

2

2

91.3

113.5

136.4

140.0

170.6

Page

Walls
Side panels

2

8184.235

8184.235

8184.235

8184.235

8184.235

385

Divider panel

1

8609.840

8609.840

8609.840

8609.840

8609.840

389

1

8610.680

8610.880

–

–

–

402

Height 100 mm

1 set

8601.600

8601.800

8601.000

8601.000

8601.200

361

Height 200 mm

1 set

8602.600

8602.800

8602.000

8602.000

8602.200

361

Height 100 mm

1 set

8601.040

8601.040

8601.040

8601.040

8601.040

362

Height 200 mm

1 set

8602.040

8602.040

8602.040

8602.040

8602.040

362

527

Doors
Glazed door
Base/plinths
Components front and rear
Trim panels, sides
Flex-Block

see page 358

Levelling component for base/plinth

see page 364

Accessories
Cable clamp rails for cable clamps

2

4191.000

4192.000

4336.000

4336.000

4196.000

Cable clamp rails (C section) for cable clamps

6

4944.000

4945.000

4946.000

4946.000

4947.000

465

1 set

8802.065

8802.085

8802.1051)

8802.1051)

8802.1251)

513
426

Section for cable entry, rear
Support strips for door

20

4596.000

4598.000

4599.000

4309.000

4596.000

Wiring plan pocket, sheet steel

1

4116.X00

4118.X00

4124.000

4115.X00

4116.X00

429

180° hinges

4

8800.190

8800.190

8800.190

8800.190

8800.190

425

1

4583.500

4583.500

4583.500

4583.500

429

System lights
Door stay for escape routes

see page 491
4583.500

Earth straps

see page 501

Alternative lock systems

see page 412

1)

Packs of 2 sets

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

71

Baying systems TS 8
Height: 1800 mm, depth: 500 mm
Width (B) mm

600

800

800

1200

Height (H) mm

Packs of

1800

1800

1800

1800

Depth (T) mm

500

500

500

500

Mounting plate width (F) mm

499

699

699

1099

Mounting plate height (G) mm
1

Model No. TS
Door(s)
Weight (kg)

1696

1696

1696

1696

8685.500

8885.500

8880.500

8285.500

1

1

2

2

93.8

115.8

122.5

173.3

Page

Walls
Side panels

2

8185.235

8185.235

8185.235

8185.235

385

Divider panel

1

8609.850

8609.850

8609.850

8609.850

389

Divider panel for module plates

1

8609.100

8609.100

8609.100

8609.100

390

1

8610.680

8610.880

–

–

402

Height 100 mm

1 set

8601.600

8601.800

8601.800

8601.200

361

Height 200 mm

1 set

8602.600

8602.800

8602.800

8602.200

361

Height 100 mm

1 set

8601.050

8601.050

8601.050

8601.050

362

Height 200 mm

1 set

8602.050

8602.050

8602.050

8602.050

362

Doors
Glazed door
Base/plinths
Components front and rear
Trim panels, sides
Flex-Block

see page 358

Levelling component for base/plinth

see page 364

Accessories
Mounting plate

1

–

–

–

–

451

Cable clamp rails for cable clamps

2

4191.000

4192.000

4192.000

4196.000

527

Cable clamp rails (C section) for cable clamps

6

4944.000

4945.000

4945.000

4947.000

465

1 set

8802.065

8802.085

8802.085

8802.1251)

513

Section for cable entry, rear
Support strips for door

20

4596.000

4598.000

4594.000

4596.000

426

180° hinges

4

8800.190

8800.190

8800.190

8800.190

425

Door stay for escape routes

1

4583.500

4583.500

4583.500

4583.500

429

Page

Earth straps

see page 501

Alternative lock systems

see page 412

1)

Packs of 2 sets

Height: 1800 mm, depth: 600 mm
Width (B) mm

600

800

800

1200

Height (H) mm

Packs of

1800

1800

1800

1800

Depth (T) mm

600

600

600

600

Mounting plate width (F) mm

499

699

699

1099

Mounting plate height (G) mm
1

Model No. TS
Door(s)
Weight (kg)
Support strips fitted in the enclosure depth

1696

1696

1696

1696

8686.500

8886.500

8881.500

8286.500

1

1

2

2

96.8

120.3

125.8

179.9









Walls
Side panels

2

8186.235

8186.235

8186.235

8186.235

385

Divider panel

1

8609.860

8609.860

8609.860

8609.860

389

Divider panel for module plates

1

8609.110

8609.110

8609.110

8609.110

390

1

8610.680

8610.880

–

–

402

Height 100 mm

1 set

8601.600

8601.800

8601.800

8601.200

361

Height 200 mm

1 set

8602.600

8602.800

8602.800

8602.200

361

Height 100 mm

1 set

8601.060

8601.060

8601.060

8601.060

362

Height 200 mm

1 set

8602.060

8602.060

8602.060

8602.060

362

Doors
Glazed door
Base/plinths
Components front and rear
Trim panels, sides
Flex-Block

see page 358

Levelling component for base/plinth

see page 364

Accessories
Mounting plate

1

–

–

–

–

451

Cable clamp rails for cable clamps

2

4191.000

4192.000

4192.000

4196.000

527

Cable clamp rails (C section) for cable clamps

6

4944.000

4945.000

4945.000

4947.000

465

1 set

8802.065

8802.085

8802.085

8802.1251)

513

Section for cable entry, rear
Support strips for door

20

4596.000

4598.000

4594.000

4596.000

426

180° hinges

4

8800.190

8800.190

8800.190

8800.190

425

Door stay for escape routes

1

4583.500

4583.500

4583.500

4583.500

429

Earth straps

see page 501

Alternative lock systems

see page 412

1)

Packs of 2 sets

72

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

Baying systems TS 8
Height: 2000 mm, depth: 400 mm
Width (B) mm

600

800

1000

1200

Height (H) mm

Packs of

2000

2000

2000

2000

Depth (T) mm

400

400

400

400

Mounting plate width (F) mm

499

699

899

1099

Mounting plate height (G) mm
1

Model No. TS
Door(s)
Weight (kg)

1896

1896

1896

1896

8604.500

8804.500

8004.500

8204.500

1

1

2

2

99.0

124.0

152.8

184.5

Page

Walls
Side panels

2

8104.235

8104.235

8104.235

8104.235

385

Divider panel

1

8609.040

8609.040

8609.040

8609.040

389

1

8610.600

8610.800

–

–

402

Height 100 mm

1 set

8601.600

8601.800

8601.000

8601.200

361

Height 200 mm

1 set

8602.600

8602.800

8602.000

8602.200

361

Height 100 mm

1 set

8601.040

8601.040

8601.040

8601.040

362

Height 200 mm

1 set

8602.040

8602.040

8602.040

8602.040

362

527

Doors
Glazed door
Base/plinths
Components front and rear
Trim panels, sides
Flex-Block

see page 358

Levelling component for base/plinth

see page 364

Accessories
Cable clamp rails for cable clamps

2

4191.000

4192.000

4336.000

4196.000

Cable clamp rails (C section) for cable clamps

6

4944.000

4945.000

4946.000

4947.000

465

1 set

8802.065

8802.085

8802.1051)

8802.1251)

513

Section for cable entry, rear
Support strips for door

20

4596.000

4598.000

4309.000

4596.000

426

Wiring plan pocket, sheet steel

1

4116.X00

4118.X00

4115.X00

4116.X00

429

180° hinges

4

8800.190

8800.190

8800.190

8800.190

425

4583.500

429

Page

System lights

see page 491

Door stay for escape routes

1

4583.500

4583.500

4583.500

Earth straps

see page 501

Alternative lock systems

see page 412

1)

Packs of 2 sets

Height: 2000 mm, depth: 500 mm
Width (B) mm

600

800

1000

1200

Height (H) mm

Packs of

2000

2000

2000

2000

Depth (T) mm

500

500

500

500

Mounting plate width (F) mm

499

699

899

1099

Mounting plate height (G) mm
1

Model No. TS
Door(s)
Weight (kg)

1896

1896

1896

1896

8605.500

8805.500

8005.500

8205.500

1

1

2

2

101.3

126.3

157.1

190.6

Walls
Side panels

2

8105.235

8105.235

8105.235

8105.235

385

Divider panel

1

8609.050

8609.050

8609.050

8609.050

389

Divider panel for module plates

1

8609.120

8609.120

8609.120

8609.120

390

1

8610.600

8610.800

–

–

402

Height 100 mm

1 set

8601.600

8601.800

8601.000

8601.200

361

Height 200 mm

1 set

8602.600

8602.800

8602.000

8602.200

361

Height 100 mm

1 set

8601.050

8601.050

8601.050

8601.050

362

Height 200 mm

1 set

8602.050

8602.050

8602.050

8602.050

362

Doors
Glazed door
Base/plinths
Components front and rear
Trim panels, sides
Flex-Block

see page 358

Levelling component for base/plinth

see page 364

Accessories
Mounting plate

1

–

–

–

–

451

Cable clamp rails for cable clamps

2

4191.000

4192.000

4336.000

4196.000

527

Cable clamp rails (C section) for cable clamps

6

4944.000

4945.000

4946.000

4947.000

465

1 set

8802.065

8802.085

8802.1051)

8802.1251)

513

Section for cable entry, rear
Support strips for door

20

4596.000

4598.000

4309.000

4596.000

426

Wiring plan pocket, sheet steel

1

4116.X00

4118.X00

4115.X00

4116.X00

429

180° hinges

4

8800.190

8800.190

8800.190

8800.190

425

4583.500

429

System lights
Door stay for escape routes

see page 491
1

4583.500

4583.500

4583.500

Earth straps

see page 501

Alternative lock systems

see page 412

1)

Packs of 2 sets

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

73

Baying systems TS 8
Height: 2000 mm, depth: 600 mm
Width (B) mm

600

800

1000

1200

Height (H) mm

Packs of

2000

2000

2000

2000

Depth (T) mm

600

600

600

600

Mounting plate width (F) mm

499

699

899

1099

Mounting plate height (G) mm
1

Model No. TS
Door(s)
Weight (kg)
Support strips fitted in the enclosure depth

1896

1896

1896

1896

8606.500

8806.500

8006.500

8206.500

1

1

2

2

104.0

130.5

161.2

194.6









Page

Walls
Side panels

2

8106.235

8106.235

8106.235

8106.235

385

Divider panel

1

8609.060

8609.060

8609.060

8609.060

389

Divider panel for module plates

1

8609.130

8609.130

8609.130

8609.130

390

1

8610.600

8610.800

–

–

402

Height 100 mm

1 set

8601.600

8601.800

8601.000

8601.200

361

Height 200 mm

1 set

8602.600

8602.800

8602.000

8602.200

361

Height 100 mm

1 set

8601.060

8601.060

8601.060

8601.060

362

Height 200 mm

1 set

8602.060

8602.060

8602.060

8602.060

362

Doors
Glazed door
Base/plinths
Components front and rear
Trim panels, sides
Flex-Block

see page 358

Levelling component for base/plinth

see page 364

Accessories
Mounting plate

1

–

–

–

–

451

Cable clamp rails for cable clamps

2

4191.000

4192.000

4336.000

4196.000

527

Cable clamp rails (C section) for cable clamps

6

4944.000

4945.000

4946.000

4947.000

465

1 set

8802.065

8802.085

8802.1051)

8802.1251)

513

Section for cable entry, rear
Support strips for door

20

4596.000

4598.000

4309.000

4596.000

426

180° hinges

4

8800.190

8800.190

8800.190

8800.190

425

Door stay for escape routes

1

4583.500

4583.500

4583.500

4583.500

429

Earth straps

see page 501

Alternative lock systems

see page 412

1)

Packs of 2 sets

Height: 2000 mm, depth: 800 mm
Width (B) mm

600

800

1200

Height (H) mm

Packs of

2000

2000

2000

Depth (T) mm

800

800

800

Mounting plate width (F) mm

499

699

1099

Mounting plate height (G) mm
1

Model No. TS
Door(s)
Weight (kg)
Support strips fitted in the enclosure depth

1896

1896

1896

8608.500

8808.500

8208.500

1

1

2

111.3

137.0

203.0







Page

Walls
Side panels

2

8108.235

8108.235

8108.235

385

Divider panel

1

8609.080

8609.080

8609.080

389

1

8610.600

8610.800

–

402

Height 100 mm

1 set

8601.600

8601.800

8601.200

361

Height 200 mm

1 set

8602.600

8602.800

8602.200

361

Height 100 mm

1 set

8601.080

8601.080

8601.080

362

Height 200 mm

1 set

8602.080

8602.080

8602.080

362

527

Doors
Glazed door
Base/plinths
Components front and rear
Trim panels, sides
Flex-Block

see page 358

Levelling component for base/plinth

see page 364

Accessories
Cable clamp rails for cable clamps

2

4191.000

4192.000

4196.000

Cable clamp rails (C section) for cable clamps

6

4944.000

4945.000

4947.000

465

1 set

8802.065

8802.085

8802.1251)

513

Section for cable entry, rear
Support strips for door

20

4596.000

4598.000

4596.000

426

180° hinges

4

8800.190

8800.190

8800.190

425

Door stay for escape routes

1

4583.500

4583.500

4583.500

429

Earth straps

see page 501

Alternative lock systems

see page 412

1)

Packs of 2 sets

74

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

Baying systems TS 8
Height: 2200 mm, depth: 600 mm
Width (B) mm

600

800

1200

Height (H) mm

Packs of

2200

2200

2200

Depth (T) mm

600

600

600

Mounting plate width (F) mm

499

699

1099

Mounting plate height (G) mm
1

Model No. TS
Door(s)
Weight (kg)
Support strips fitted in the enclosure depth

2096

2096

2096

8626.500

8826.500

8226.500

1

1

2

113.1

139.3

208.0







Page

Walls
Side panels

2

8126.235

8126.235

8126.235

385

Divider panel

1

8609.260

8609.260

8609.260

389

1

8610.620

8610.820

–

402

Height 100 mm

1 set

8601.600

8601.800

8601.200

361

Height 200 mm

1 set

8602.600

8602.800

8602.200

361

Height 100 mm

1 set

8601.060

8601.060

8601.060

362

Height 200 mm

1 set

8602.060

8602.060

8602.060

362

527

Doors
Glazed door
Base/plinths
Components front and rear
Trim panels, sides
Flex-Block

see page 358

Levelling component for base/plinth

see page 364

Accessories
Cable clamp rails for cable clamps

2

4191.000

4192.000

4196.000

Cable clamp rails (C section) for cable clamps

6

4944.000

4945.000

4947.000

465

1 set

8802.065

8802.085

8802.1251)

513
426

Section for cable entry, rear
Support strips for door

20

4596.000

4598.000

4596.000

Wiring plan pocket, sheet steel

1

4116.X00

4118.X00

4116.X00

429

180° hinges

4

8800.190

8800.190

8800.190

425

1

4583.500

4583.500

429

System lights
Door stay for escape routes

see page 491
4583.500

Earth straps

see page 501

Alternative lock systems

see page 412

1)

Packs of 2 sets

Rittal France
RITTAL SAS
ZA des Grands Godets  880 rue Marcel Paul
94507 Champigny sur Marne Cedex
Phone: +33 (0) 1 49 83 60 00
Fax: +33 (0) 1 49 83 82 06
E-mail: info@rittal.fr  www.rittal.fr

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

75

Baying systems TS 8

System accessories Page 355 Cable entry Page 511

Protection category:
See table.

NEMA 4X:

NEMA 4:

Material:
− Enclosure frame, roof, base,
rear panel: Stainless steel
1.4301 (AISI 304), 1.5 mm
− Door: Stainless steel 1.4301
(AISI 304), 2.0 mm
− Mounting plate: Sheet steel,
3.0 mm

Material:
− Enclosure frame, roof, base,
rear panel: Sheet steel,
spray-finished, 1.5 mm
− Door: Sheet steel,
spray-finished, 2.0 mm
− Mounting plate: Sheet steel,
3.0 mm

Surface finish:
− Enclosure frame: Uncoated
− Door, roof, base, rear panel:
Exterior brushed,
grain size 400
− Mounting plate: Zinc-plated

Surface finish:
− Enclosure frame, door, roof,
base, rear panel:
Dipcoat-primed and powdercoated on the outside,
textured paint
− Mounting plate: Zinc-plated

F
B

G

T

H

Supply includes:
− Enclosure frame with door,
3 mm double-bit lock insert
− Roof plate
− Gland plate
− Rear panel
− Mounting plate
− 4 eyebolts

Colour:
RAL 7035

IP 66/NEMA 4X and IP 66/NEMA 4
Packs of

Stainless steel

Sheet steel

Width (B) mm

800

800

Height (H) mm

2000

2000

Depth (T) mm

600

600

Mounting plate width (F) mm

699

699

Mounting plate height (G) mm

1896

1896

8450.680

8806.580

1

Model No. TS
Door(s)
Protection category

1

1

IP 66 to IEC 60 529,
complies with NEMA 4X.

IP 66 to IEC 60 529,
complies with NEMA 4.

Page

Also required
Side panels IP 66/NEMA 4X, NEMA 4

2

8700.680

8106.580

Baying frame IP 66/NEMA 4X, NEMA 4

1

8700.010

8700.010

–
–

Quick-fit baying clamp, one-piece

6

8800.500

8800.500

395

Baying clamp, horizontal

4

8800.400

8800.400

395

Angular baying brackets

4

8800.430

8800.430

397

Height 100 mm

1 set

8701.800

8601.800

367/361

Height 200 mm

1 set

8702.800

8602.800

367/361

Height 100 mm

1 set

8701.060

8601.060

367/362

Height 200 mm

1 set

8702.060

8602.060

367/362

4

2913.000

–

367

Cable clamp rails

2

4192.000

4192.000

527

Wiring plan pocket, sheet steel

1

4118.000

4118.000

429

Base/plinths
Components front and rear
Trim panels, sides
Base/plinth trim, modular
Accessories

System light

see page 491

Alternative lock systems

see page 412

76

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

Baying systems TS 8
For areas at risk from earthquakes
TS 8 for earthquake zone 1, 2 and 3 to Bellcore
TS 8806.500:
W x H x D 800 x 2000 x 600 mm

TS 8 for earthquake zone 4 to Bellcore
TS 8806.500:
W x H x D 800 x 2000 x 600 mm

With base/plinth (base/plinth components front
and rear, see page 361 and base/plinth trim, side,
see page 362), 100 mm high with a weight load of
152 kg spread evenly over the mounting plate.

Fitted with:
− Earthquake kit and
− Earthquake base/plinth, see page 77,
with weight load of 450 kg distributed evenly over
the mounting plate.

Note:
These versions have been tested and meet the
requirements to Telcordia GR 63-CORE. They
should be seen as a comparative variable to the
customer’s own plant, since the certification of
empty enclosures is not possible.

Earthquake kit
Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:

3
2

4

(Photo shows TS 8 for earthquake zone 4 to
Bellcore)

1

For enclosures
WxHxD
mm

Packs of

800 x 2000 x 600

1

8613.860

600 x 2000 x 600

1

8613.6601)

1

8613.6401)

600 x 2000 x 400
1) Extended

Model No. TS
3

delivery times.

1 2 side reinforcements, bottom
2 2 bracing struts each, sides
3 8 gusset plates
4 Mounting plate attachment and reinforcement

2

including assembly parts

Earthquake base/plinth
Height 100 mm
Material:
− Corner pieces: Sheet steel 5 mm
− Trim panels: Sheet steel 2 mm

For enclosures
W x D mm

Packs of

800 x 600

1

8601.860

600 x 600

1

8601.6601)

600 x 400

1

8601.6401)

1) Extended

4

Model No. TS

delivery times.

Surface finish:
Powder-coated
Colour:
RAL 7022
Supply includes:
1 set =
− 4 corner pieces
− 2 depth stays
− 1 trim panel each front and rear
fully assembled.

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

77

78

Network distribution enclosures
Network enclosures TS 8
Pre-configured, doors unvented .................................................................80
Pre-configured, doors unvented/vented .....................................................81
Pre-configured, doors/rear wall unvented ...................................................82
Pre-configured, doors unvented, divided ...................................................82
Network enclosures TS 8.............................................................................83

Network enclosures TE 7000
Pre-configured.............................................................................................85
600 mm width ..............................................................................................86
800 mm width ..............................................................................................87

Distributor racks
TE 7000 open ..............................................................................................88
Data Rack ....................................................................................................89

79

Network enclosures TS 8

System accessories Page 355 Power System Module Page 201 Monitoring Page 577 Climate control Page 207

B

T

Supply includes:
Product-specific supply scope,
see table.
Detailed drawing:
Available on the Internet.

H1

Surface finish:
− Enclosure frame:
Dipcoat-primed
− Doors and roof:
Dipcoat-primed,
powder-coated
− Gland plates, punched
sections with mounting flanges
and mounting angles:
Zinc-plated

Colour:
RAL 7035

Photo shows a configuration
example with equipment not
included in the scope of supply.

H2

Material:
− Enclosure: Sheet steel
− Glazed door: Single-pane
safety glass, 3 mm

Pre-configured, doors unvented
U

Packs of

Width (B) mm
Height (H1 + H2) mm
Depth (T) mm
Distance between levels, pre-configured mm

24

24

38

42

600

800

800

800

1200 + 100

1200 + 100

1800 + 100

2000 + 100

600

800

800

800

–

498

498

498

Glazed aluminium door at the front, 180°, with comfort handle for semi-cylinder
and security lock 3524 E

1









Sheet steel door at the rear, 130°, with handle and security lock 3524 E

1









482.6 mm (19˝) mounting level at the front and rear,
cranked mounting angles screw-fastened onto installation brackets
approx. 150 mm behind the front edge of the frame, depth-variable

–







482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angle at the front,
cranked mounting angle screw-fastened to TS punched sections with
mounting flanges as support strips



–

–

–


Gland plate mounted at front as infill panel

1

–





Gland plate, one-piece, vented, with cable entry

1



–

–

–

Roof plate for cable entry, two-piece

1









Including side panels

2





–



Model No. DK

1

7830.100

7830.110

7830.850

7830.200

Supply includes
Baying kit TS 8800.500
Base/plinth vented, 100 mm high

1 set

–

–



–

1









1 set









Levelling feet (incl. base/plinth adaptor)

4









Earthing of all enclosure panels pre-configured
Spacers for raising the roof

4









Cable clamp rails for the inner frame level

4









Cable shunting rings, plastic

10









Captive nuts M6, conductive

50









Multi-tooth screws M6

50









2

–

–

7824.188

–

Accessories
Side panel, lockable, see page 387
 Included with the supply.
80

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

Network enclosures TS 8
Pre-configured, doors unvented
Packs of

U
Width (B) mm
Height (H1 + H2) mm

42

42

42

42

47

800

800

800

800

800

2000 + 100

2000 + 100

2000 + 100

2000 + 100

2200 + 100

Depth (T) mm

800

800

1000

1000

800

Distance between levels, pre-configured mm

498

498

498

498

498

Glazed aluminium door at the front, 180°,
with comfort handle for semi-cylinder and security lock 3524 E

1











Sheet steel door at the rear, 130°, with handle and security lock 3524 E

1





















482.6 mm (19˝) mounting level at the front and rear,
cranked mounting angles screw-fastened onto installation brackets
approx. 150 mm behind the front edge of the frame, depth-variable
Gland plate mounted at front as infill panel

1











Roof plate for cable entry, two-piece

1











Including side panels

2

–





–

–

Model No. DK

1

7830.250

7830.202

7830.230

7830.240

7830.270

Supply includes
Baying kit TS 8800.500
Base/plinth vented, 100 mm high

1 set



–

–





1











1 set











Levelling feet (incl. base/plinth adaptor)

4











Spacers for raising the roof

4











Cable clamp rails for the inner frame level

4











Earthing of all enclosure panels pre-configured

Cable shunting rings, plastic

10











Captive nuts M6, conductive

50











Multi-tooth screws M6

50











–



–

–

–

7824.208

–

–

7824.200

7824.228

Also included:
Compact light (8 W), mounting kit (magnetic), 482.6 mm (19˝) socket strip,
7-way (earthing-pin), door-operated switch, junction box incl. connection
accessories, 482.6 mm (19˝) component shelf (500 mm) incl. mounting
accessories
Accessories
Side panel, lockable, see page 387

2

 Included with the supply.

Pre-configured, doors vented
Packs of

U
Width (B) mm
Height (H1 + H2) mm

24

42

42

47

800

800

800

800

1200 + 100

2000 + 100

2000 + 100

2200 + 100

Depth (T) mm

1000

1000

1000

1000

Distance between levels, pre-configured mm

740

740

740

740

Glazed sheet steel door at the front, 180°,
with comfort handle for semi-cylinder and security lock 3524 E

1









Vented sheet steel door at the rear, 180°,
with handle and security lock 3524 E

1









482.6 mm (19˝) mounting level at the front and rear, L-shaped mounting
angles screw-fastened onto 2 or 3 support strips, depth-variable









Gland plate, one-piece, vented, with cable entry

1









Roof plate for cable entry, two-piece

1









Including side panels

2





–

–

Model No. DK

1

7830.130

7830.330

7830.335

7830.3801)

Supply includes
Baying kit TS 8800.500
Base/plinth vented, 100 mm high

1 set

–

–





1









1 set









Levelling feet (incl. base/plinth adaptor)

4









Spacers for raising the roof

4









Cable clamp rails for the inner frame level

4









Earthing of all enclosure panels pre-configured

Cable shunting rings, plastic

10









Captive nuts M6, conductive

50









Multi-tooth screws M6

50









2

–

–

7824.200

7824.220

Accessories
Side panel, lockable, see page 387
 Included with the supply.

1)

Extended delivery times.

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

81

Network enclosures TS 8
Pre-configured, doors/rear wall unvented
U

Packs of

Width (B) mm
Height (H1 + H2 + H3) mm

42

40

800

800

2000 + 100 + 25

2000 + 100 + 25

Depth (T) mm

800

800

Distance between levels, pre-configured mm

498

–


Glazed aluminium door at the front, 180°,
with comfort handle for semi-cylinder and security lock 3524 E

1



Sheet steel door at the rear, 130°, with handle and security lock 3524 E

1



–

Sheet steel rear panel

1

–



482.6 mm (19˝) mounting level at the front and rear,
L-shaped mounting angles screw-fastened onto support strips,
depth-variable



–

Swing frame, large, with side trim panel for the installation of 482.6 mm (19˝)
mounting components whilst utilising the full enclosure height
(130°, 150 kg static load capacity)

–




Gland plate, one-piece, vented, with cable entry

1

–

Gland plate mounted at front as infill panel

1



–

Roof plate with cut-out for fan insert and vent panel on spacers

1





Including side panels

2

–

–

Model No. DK

1

7830.550

7830.670

Supply includes
Baying kit TS 8800.500
Base/plinth vented, 100 mm high

1 set





1





1 set





Levelling feet (incl. base/plinth adaptor)

4





Spacers for raising the roof

4





Cable clamp rails for the inner frame level

4






Earthing of all enclosure panels pre-configured

Cable shunting rings, plastic

10



Captive nuts M6, conductive

50





Multi-tooth screws M6

50





2

7824.208

7824.208

Accessories
Side panel, lockable, see page 387
 Included with the supply.

Pre-configured, doors unvented, divided
U

Packs of

Width (B) mm

42
800

Height (H1 + H2) mm

2000 + 100

Depth (T) mm

800

Distance between levels, pre-configured mm

498

Glazed sheet steel door at front, vertically divided, 180°

1



Sheet steel door at rear, vertically divided, 180°

1



482.6 mm (19˝) mounting level at the front and rear,
cranked mounting angles screw-fastened onto installation brackets
approx. 150 mm behind the front edge of the frame, depth-variable



Gland plate mounted at front as infill panel

1



Roof plate for cable entry, two-piece, with cut-out for fan insert
and vent panel on spacers

1



Including side panels

2

–

Model No. DK

1

7830.260

1 set



1



1 set



Levelling feet (incl. base/plinth adaptor)

4



Spacers for raising the roof

4



Cable clamp rails for the inner frame level

4



Cable shunting rings, plastic

10



Captive nuts M6, conductive

50



Multi-tooth screws M6

50



2

7824.208

Supply includes
Baying kit TS 8800.500
Base/plinth vented, 100 mm high
Earthing of all enclosure panels pre-configured

Accessories
Side panel, lockable, see page 387
 Included with the supply.

82

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

Network enclosures TS 8

System accessories Page 355 Power System Module Page 201 Monitoring Page 577 Climate control Page 207
Material:
− Sheet steel
− Glazed door: Single-pane
safety glass, 3 mm

Surface finish:
− Enclosure frame:
Dipcoat-primed
− Doors and roof: Dipcoatprimed, powder-coated
− Base plates and punched
sections with mounting
flanges: Zinc-plated

Colour:
RAL 7035

Approvals:
− UL
− cUL

Protection category:
IP 55 to IEC 60 529
in connection with side panels,
screw-fastened

Detailed drawing:
Available on the Internet.
Photo shows a configuration
example with equipment not
included in the scope of supply.

Supply includes:
Product-specific supply scope,
see table.

U

15

15

20

20

24

24

24

24

Width mm

600

600

600

600

600

600

800

800

Height mm

800

800

1000

1000

1200

1200

1200

1200

Depth mm

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

7820.100 7821.100 7820.200 7821.200 7820.300 7821.300 7820.3401) 7821.340

Model No. DK
Supply includes
Glazed aluminium door at the front (180°),
with comfort handle for semi-cylinder and security lock 3524 E



–



–



–



–

Sheet steel door at the front (180°),
with comfort handle for semi-cylinder and security lock 3524 E

–



–



–



–



Sheet steel door at the rear (130°),
with handle and security lock 3524 E

















Gland plate, multi-piece, solid

















Roof plate, solid

















Base/plinths

see page 360

U

24

29

29

33

33

33

33

Width mm

800

600

600

600

600

600

600

Height mm

1200

1400

1400

1600

1600

1600

1600

Depth mm

800

800

800

600

600

800

800

7820.350

7820.410

7821.410

7820.500

7821.500

7820.510

7821.510

Glazed aluminium door at the front (180°),
with comfort handle for semi-cylinder and security lock 3524 E





–



–



–

Sheet steel door at the front (180°),
with comfort handle for semi-cylinder and security lock 3524 E

–

–



–



–



Sheet steel door at the rear (130°),
with handle and security lock 3524 E















Model No. DK
Supply includes

Gland plate, multi-piece, solid















Roof plate, solid















Base/plinths
 Included with the supply.

see page 360
1)

Extended delivery times.

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

83

Network enclosures TS 8
U

38

38

38

38

38

38

Width mm

600

600

600

600

800

800

Height mm

1800

1800

1800

1800

1800

1800

Depth mm

600

600

800

800

800

800

7820.600

7821.600

7820.610

7821.610

7820.650

7821.650

Glazed aluminium door at the front (180°),
with comfort handle for semi-cylinder and security lock 3524 E



–



–



–

Sheet steel door at the front (180°),
with comfort handle for semi-cylinder and security lock 3524 E

–



–



–



Sheet steel door at the rear (130°),
with handle and security lock 3524 E













Model No. DK
Supply includes

Gland plate, multi-piece, solid













Roof plate, solid













Base/plinths

see page 360

U

42

42

42

42

42

42

Width mm

600

600

600

600

600

600

Height mm

2000

2000

2000

2000

2000

2000

Depth mm

600

600

800

800

1000

1000

7820.700

7821.700

7820.710

7821.710

7820.730

7821.730

Glazed aluminium door at the front (180°),
with comfort handle for semi-cylinder and security lock 3524 E



–



–



–

Sheet steel door at the front (180°),
with comfort handle for semi-cylinder and security lock 3524 E

–



–



–



Model No. DK
Supply includes

Sheet steel door at the rear (130°),
with handle and security lock 3524 E













Gland plate, multi-piece, solid













Roof plate, solid













Base/plinths

see page 360

U

42

42

42

42

42

42

Width mm

800

800

800

800

800

800

Height mm

2000

2000

2000

2000

2000

2000

Depth mm

600

600

800

800

1000

1000

7820.740

7821.740

7820.750

7821.750

7820.770

7821.770

Glazed aluminium door at the front (180°),
with comfort handle for semi-cylinder and security lock 3524 E



–



–



–

Sheet steel door at the front (180°),
with comfort handle for semi-cylinder and security lock 3524 E

–



–



–



Sheet steel door at the rear (130°),
with handle and security lock 3524 E













Model No. DK
Supply includes

Gland plate, multi-piece, solid













Roof plate, solid













Base/plinths

see page 360

U

47

47

47

47

47

47

Width mm

600

600

600

600

800

800

Height mm

2200

2200

2200

2200

2200

2200

Depth mm

600

600

800

800

800

800

7820.800

7821.800

7820.810

7821.810

7820.850

7821.850

Glazed aluminium door at the front (180°),
with comfort handle for semi-cylinder and security lock 3524 E



–



–



–

Sheet steel door at the front (180°),
with comfort handle for semi-cylinder and security lock 3524 E

–



–



–



Sheet steel door at the rear (130°),
with handle and security lock 3524 E













Model No. DK
Supply includes

Gland plate, multi-piece, solid













Roof plate, solid













Base/plinths

see page 360

 Included with the supply.

84

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

Network enclosures TE 7000

System accessories Page 355 Power System Module Page 201 Monitoring Page 577 Climate control Page 207
Benefits:
● No frame structure
● Optimum accessibility
● Readily dismantled and
therefore easily installed

Material:
− Sheet steel
− Glazed door: Single-pane
safety glass, 4 mm

Surface finish:
− Mounting frame:
Dipcoat-primed
− Enclosure panels:
Powder-coated

Supply includes:
Product-specific supply scope,
see table.
Detailed drawing:
Available on the Internet.

Colour:
RAL 7035

Pre-configured
U

Packs of

Width mm
Height (enclosure + pase/plinth) mm

24

42

42

800

800

800

1200 + 100

2000 + 100

2000 + 100

Depth mm

800

800

800

Distance between levels, pre-configured mm

495

495

495

7000.840

7000.850

7000.852

Model No. TE

1

Page

Supply includes
Self-supporting 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame, front and rear, depth-variable

2







Glazed door at the front, incl. 130° hinge, recessed handle and security lock 3524 E

1







Sheet steel door at the rear, including 130° hinge, security lock 3524 E

1







Side panels, lockable, including security lock 3524 E

2





7000.652

Base frame with maximum cut-out (for optional population with module plates)

1








Roof plate including brush strip for cable entry and concealed cut-out for optional fan

1





Levelling feet (including base/plinth adaptor) supplied loose

4







Spacers, 20 mm, supplied loose to raise the roof

4







Base/plinth 100 mm, vented

1

Tested frame earthing to IEC 60 950, fitted













C rails, for cable clamping in the enclosure depth via cable clamps, supplied loose

4







Cable shunting rings made of plastic, 105 x 70 mm, supplied loose

10







Captive nuts M6, conductive

50







Multi-tooth screw M6, with plastic washers

50







388

Accessories
1 set

7000.640

7000.640



Ergoform-S handle for semi-cylinder, to exchange for the existing lock

1

2435.000

2435.000

2435.000

419

Fan unit, with 2 fans and thermostat, pre-wired ready for connection

1

7000.670

7000.670

7000.670

224

Slide rail for TE, for attachment between the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frames,
length 424 mm

2

7963.410

7963.410

7963.410

560

482.6 mm (19˝) component shelf for static installation, for direct screw fastening
without an installation kit, 413 mm deep, load capacity 30 kg, static

1

7000.620

7000.620

7000.620

483

1 set

7000.625

7000.625

7000.625

486

Socket strip, 8-way

1

7000.630

7000.630

7000.630

506

Transport castors (only without base/plinth)

4

7000.672

7000.672

7000.672

375

Baying kit

482.6 mm (19˝) component shelf, complete set, pull-out, 500 mm deep,
load capacity 50 kg static

400

 Included with the supply.

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

85

Network enclosures TE 7000

System accessories Page 355 Power System Module Page 201 Monitoring Page 577 Climate control Page 207
Benefits:
● No frame structure
● Optimum accessibility
● Readily dismantled and
therefore easily installed

Material:
− Sheet steel
− Glazed door: Single-pane
safety glass, 4 mm

Surface finish:
− Mounting frame:
Dipcoat-primed
− Enclosure panels:
Powder-coated

Supply includes:
Product-specific supply scope,
see table.
Detailed drawing:
Available on the Internet.

Colour:
RAL 7035

600 mm width
11

11

24

24

42

42

47

47

Width mm

Packs of

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

Height mm

600

600

1200

1200

2000

2000

2200

2200

Depth mm

600

800

600

800

600

800

600

800

Distance between levels, pre-configured mm

495

495

495

495

495

495

495

495

U

1

Model No. TE

Page

7000.390 7000.410 7000.430 7000.440 7000.500 7000.510 7000.5601) 7000.5701)

Supply includes
Self-supporting 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame,
front and rear, depth-variable

2

















Glazed door at the front, incl. 130° hinge, recessed
handle and security lock 3524 E

1

















Sheet steel door at the rear, including 130° hinge,
security lock 3524 E

1

















Side panels, lockable, including security lock 3524 E

2

















Base frame with maximum cut-out
(for optional population with module plates)

1

















Roof plate including brush strip for cable entry
and concealed cut-out for optional fan

1

















Levelling feet, M10, supplied loose

4

















Spacers, 20 mm, supplied loose to raise the roof

4

















Accessories
Base/plinth components, front and rear, vented

1 set

7825.601 7825.601 7825.601 7825.601 7825.601 7825.601 7825.601 7825.601

Base/plinth trim panels, side

1 set

8601.065 8601.085 8601.065 8601.085 8601.065 8601.085 8601.065 8601.085

362

4

7000.640 7000.640 7000.640 7000.640 7000.640 7000.640 7000.640 7000.640

400
224

Baying kit
Fan unit, with 2 fans and thermostat,
pre-wired ready for connection
Earthing kit
Socket strip, 8-way
482.6 mm (19˝) component shelf, complete set,
pull-out, 500 mm deep, load capacity 50 kg static
Transport castors (only without base/plinth)
 Included with the supply.

86

1)

361

1

7000.670 7000.670 7000.670 7000.670 7000.670 7000.670 7000.670 7000.670

1 set

7000.675 7000.675 7000.675 7000.675 7000.675 7000.675 7000.675 7000.675

503

1

7000.630 7000.630 7000.630 7000.630 7000.630 7000.630 7000.630 7000.630

506

1 set

7000.625 7000.625 7000.625 7000.625 7000.625 7000.625 7000.625 7000.625

486

4

7000.672 7000.672 7000.672 7000.672 7000.672 7000.672 7000.672 7000.672

375

Extended delivery times.

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

Network enclosures TE 7000
800 mm width
24

24

42

42

42

47

47

47

Width mm

Packs of

800

800

800

800

800

800

800

800

Height mm

1200

1200

2000

2000

2000

2200

2200

2200

Depth mm

600

800

600

800

800

600

800

800

Distance between levels, pre-configured mm

495

495

495

495

495

495

495

495

U

1

Model No. TE

Page

7000.4501) 7000.460 7000.520 7000.530 7000.532 7000.5801) 7000.590 7000.5921)

Supply includes
Self-supporting 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame,
front and rear, depth-variable

2

















Glazed door at the front, incl. 130° hinge, recessed
handle and security lock 3524 E

1

















Sheet steel door at the rear, including 130° hinge,
security lock 3524 E

1

















Side panels, lockable, including security lock 3524 E

2









–







Base frame with maximum cut-out
(for optional population with module plates)

1

















Roof plate including brush strip for cable entry
and concealed cut-out for optional fan

1

















Levelling feet (including base/plinth adaptor)
supplied loose

4

















Spacers, 20 mm, supplied loose to raise the roof

4

















Accessories
Base/plinth components, front and rear, vented

1 set

7825.801 7825.801 7825.801 7825.801 7825.801 7825.801 7825.801 7825.801

Base/plinth trim panels, side

1 set

8601.065 8601.085 8601.065 8601.085 8601.085 8601.065 8601.085 8601.085

Baying kit
Fan module, with 2 fans and thermostat,
pre-wired ready for connection
Earthing kit
Socket strip, 8-way
482.6 mm (19˝) component shelf, complete set,
pull-out, 500 mm deep, load capacity 50 kg static
Transport castors (only without base/plinth)
 Included with the supply.

1)

4

7000.640 7000.640 7000.640 7000.640



7000.640 7000.640



361
362
400

1

7000.670 7000.670 7000.670 7000.670 7000.670 7000.670 7000.670 7000.670

1 set

7000.675 7000.675 7000.675 7000.675 7000.675 7000.675 7000.675 7000.675

224
503

1

7000.630 7000.630 7000.630 7000.630 7000.630 7000.630 7000.630 7000.630

506

1 set

7000.625 7000.625 7000.625 7000.625 7000.625 7000.625 7000.625 7000.625

486

4

7000.672 7000.672 7000.672 7000.672 7000.672 7000.672 7000.672 7000.672

375

Extended delivery times.

Rittal Norway
RITTAL AS
Postboks 258  N-1401 Ski
Phone: +47 64 85 13 00  Fax: +47 64 85 13 01
Besøksadresse: Regnbueveien 10
N-1405 Langhus
E-mail: rittal@rittal.no  www.rittal.no

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

87

Distributor racks

482.6 mm (19˝) installation system Page 559 Monitoring Page 577 Power System Module Page 201

Colour:
RAL 7035
Surface finish:
Powder-coated
Load capacity:
700 kg, static

Supply includes:
− Self-supporting mounting
frame, with 482.6 mm (19˝)
mounting level front and rear
− Open roof frame for cable
entry
− 3 cable routing trays
− Open base frame with
2 punched sections with
mounting flanges for individual configuration fitted in the
width
− Levelling feet

B

T

H

Material:
Sheet steel

HE

Benefits:
● Optimum accessibility from all
sides during assembly and
installation.
● Unrestricted airflow, due to
the open design.
● Standard cable trays in the
roof area for larger quantities
of cables.
● The distance between
attachment levels is infinitely
variable.

19

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

TE 7000 open
U (HE)

42

42

Width (B) mm

Packs of

600

800

Height1) (H) mm

2000

2000

Depth (T) mm

1000

1000

Distance between levels (mm) as delivered

745

745

1

7000.940

7000.944

Cable management panel 482.6 mm (19˝), 1 U for horizontal cable routing,
with 5 steel rings, zinc-plated, passivated, size 105 x 43 mm

1

7257.035

7257.035

539

Cable management panel 482.6 mm (19˝), 2 U for horizontal cable routing,
with 5 steel rings, zinc-plated, passivated, size 125 x 85 mm

1

7257.100

7257.100

539

Shunting rings to accommodate large quantities of cables,
for mounting on the side of the mounting frame, dimension 330 x 90 mm

4

7220.600

7220.600

534

Cable management duct 482.6 mm (19˝), 2 U for horizontal cable routing,
with removable front panel

1

7158.100

7158.100

541

Component shelf 482.6 mm (19˝),
U static installation,
depth-variable in the range from 600 – 900 mm

1

7063.720

7063.720

485

Slide rail 482.6 mm (19˝), load capacity 100 kg,
for 740 mm distance between 482.6 mm (19˝) levels (internal)

2

7063.740

7063.740

560

Slide rail 482.6 mm (19˝), depth-variable within the range from 590 – 930 mm,
load capacity 80 kg, static

2

7063.883

7063.883

559

C rail, variable within the range 450 – 800 mm

1

7016.140

7016.140

532

T-head rail, variable within the range 450 – 800 mm

1

7016.150

7016.150

532

1 set

7000.685

7000.685

536

Cable duct, 42 U

1

7827.320

7827.320

538

Cable manager, basic kit, for system-compatible cable deflection

8

7064.100

7064.100

533

Cable routing bars for 482.6 mm (19˝) system punchings

4

7111.224

7111.224

537

Model No. TE

Page

Accessories

1/
2

Cable route for vertical cable management, for mounting at the side rear
of the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame, W = 100 mm, H = 1700 mm

1) Plus

88

100 mm roof-mounting/cable-routing trays.

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

Distributor racks

482.6 mm (19˝) installation system Page 558 Monitoring Page 577 Power System Module Page 201

Colour:
− Profile frame, base/plinth:
RAL 7035
− Trim panel, feet: RAL 5018

Supply includes:
− Torsionally stiff profile frame
with 482.6 mm (19˝) punchings
− Stable base/plinth with
integral feet, with the option
for base anchoring
− Assembly parts

Note:
Order second mounting level
separately.
Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.
Photo shows a configuration
example with equipment not
included in the scope of supply.

H

Material:
− Profile frame, base/plinth:
Sheet steel
− Feet: Die-cast zinc

Load capacity:
Max. 150 kg, static/level
T2
T1

B

Data Rack
Packs
of

31

36

40

45

Width (B) mm

550

550

550

550

Height (H) mm

1499.5

1721.8

1899.5

2121.8

Depth (T1) mm

750

750

750

750

U

Distance from the second mounting level (T2) mm1)
Model No. DK

Page

min. 150 – max. 350
1

7391.000

7396.000

7400.000

7445.000

Accessories
Second mounting level1)

1

7296.000

7297.000

7298.000

7299.000

Baying connector

3

7494.000

7494.000

7494.000

7494.000

558

Levelling feet

4

7493.000

7493.000

7493.000

7493.000

373

Cable duct, 42 U

1

7827.320

7827.320

7827.320

7827.320

538

C rails, 482.6 mm (19˝)

6

7016.100

7016.100

7016.100

7016.100

542

Cable clamp rails, 482.6 mm (19˝)

6

7016.110

7016.110

7016.110

7016.110

542

Cable clamp strap D = 250 mm

6

7016.120

7016.120

7016.120

7016.120

542

558

Twin castors

4

7495.000

7495.000

7495.000

7495.000

374

Depth stays

2

7401.000

7401.000

7401.000

7401.000

558

Component shelf 2 U for one pair of mounting angles D = 250 mm

1

7119.250

7119.250

7119.250

7119.250

487

Component shelf 2 U for one pair of mounting angles D = 400 mm

1

7119.400

7119.400

7119.400

7119.400

487

Component shelf 2 U for one pair of mounting angles D = 300 mm3)

1

7148.035

7148.035

7148.035

7148.035

485

Drawer 2 U for one pair of mounting angles

1

7281.035

7281.035

7281.035

7281.035

614

Component shelf D = 300 mm2) 3)

1

7143.035

7143.035

7143.035

7143.035

482

Component shelf D = 400 mm2) 3)

1

7144.035

7144.035

7144.035

7144.035

482

Component shelf D = 500 mm2) 3)

1

7145.035

7145.035

7145.035

7145.035

482

Slide rails D max. < 190 mm

10

1962.200

1962.200

1962.200

1962.200

548

Slide rails D max. > 190 mm

10

1963.200

1963.200

1963.200

1963.200

548

Slide rails for two pairs of mounting angles1) 2) 4)

2

7402.000

7402.000

7402.000

7402.000

558

1) Second mounting level may be positioned on
2) A second pair of mounting angles is required

a 50 mm pitch pattern.
for assembly.
installation or full withdrawal, telescopic slides, see page 489.
4) 350 mm distance between levels (T2), can be combined with component shelf
3) Stationary

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

D = 500 mm.

89

90

Server enclosures
Server enclosures TS 8
Server enclosures TS 8 ...............................................................................92
Colocation ...................................................................................................93
For High Performance Cooling systems HPC .............................................94

Server enclosures TE 7000
Server enclosures TE 7000 .........................................................................95

91

Server enclosures TS 8

System accessories Page 355 Power System Module Page 201 Monitoring Page 577 Climate control Page 207
Material:
Sheet steel

Colour:
RAL 7035

Detailed drawing:
Available on the Internet.

Surface finish:
− Enclosure frame:
Dipcoat-primed
− Enclosure panels:
Dipcoat-primed,
powder-coated
− Mounting angles, mounting
frame and punched sections
with mounting flanges:
Zinc-plated

Supply includes:
Product-specific supply scope,
see table.

Photo shows a configuration
example with equipment not
included in the scope of supply.

24

42

42

47

42

42

Width mm

Packs of

600

600

600

600

800

800

Height mm

1200

2000

2000

2200

2000

2000

Depth mm

1000

1000

1200

1000

1000

1200

Distance between levels, pre-configured mm

740

740

740

740

740

740

U

482.6 mm (19˝) level, flat mounting angles on punched
sections with mounting flanges, front and rear, depth-variable

2









–

–

482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frames, front and rear, depth-variable

2

–

–

–

–





Model No. DK

1

7831.4332)

7831.438

7831.481

7831.442

7831.446

7831.485


Page

Supply includes
Enclosure frame

1











Sheet steel doors, vented1), front and rear

2













Roof plate for cable entry, two-piece

1













Levelling feet

4













Open base, without base frame

1













2













1 set













Side panels, lockable

2

7824.120

7824.200

–

7824.220

7824.200

–

387

Side panel, plug-type, divided

1

–

–

7824.310

–

–

7824.310

388

Base mounting bracket

4

8800.210

8800.210

8800.210

8800.210

8800.210

8800.210

376

Depth-variable slide rail, 1 U

2

7063.883

7063.883

7063.883

7063.883

7063.883

7063.883

559

7825.250

7825.250

7825.2602)

7825.250

7825.250

7825.2602)

372

Comfort handle for semi-cylinder with security lock 3524 E
Earthing of all enclosure panels pre-configured
Accessories

Stabiliser, pull-out
 Included with the supply.

92

1
1)

Vented surface area > 78% perforated.

2)

Extended delivery times.

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

Server enclosures TS 8

System accessories Page 355 Power System Module Page 201 Monitoring Page 577 Climate control Page 207
Design features
− Robust frame structure
− Front and rear door fully
vented; vented surface area
> 78% perforated
− 2-point locking
− Door hinge may be swapped
to opposite side without
machining
− Cable entry via the base/plinth
and roof (optional)
− Bayable at all levels
− Static load capacity of up to
1000 kg

Material:
Sheet steel

Colour:
RAL 7035

Detailed drawing:
Available on the Internet.

Surface finish:
− Enclosure frame:
Dipcoat-primed
− Enclosure panels:
Dipcoat-primed,
powder-coated
− Mounting angles, mounting
frame and punched sections
with mounting flanges:
Zinc-plated

Supply includes:
Product-specific supply scope,
see table.

Photo shows a configuration
example with equipment not
included in the scope of supply.

Colocation
Number of front and rear doors

Packs of

U

2/2

4/4

2 x 21

4 x 10

Width mm

600

600

Height mm

2200

2200

Depth mm

1000

1000

Distance between levels, pre-configured mm

740

740

1

7831.4531)

7831.4631)





Roof plate, solid

1





Levelling feet

4





Model No. DK

Page

Supply includes
Sheet steel doors, vented, front and rear with 180° hinges

482.6 mm (19˝) levels, flat mounting angles on punched sections with mounting flanges,
front and rear, depth-variable





Earthing of all enclosure panels pre-configured





Individual compartments, shielded/separate cable routing per compartment





Comfort handle for semi-cylinder with security lock 3524 E





Accessories
Side panels, lockable

2

7824.220

7824.220

Base mounting bracket

4

8800.210

8800.210

387
376

Depth-variable slide rail, 1 U

2

7063.883

7063.883

559

Semi-cylinder for individual lock

2

9785.042

9785.042

416

Quick-fit baying clamps

6

8800.500

8800.500

395

1

7825.250

7825.250

372

Stabiliser, pull-out
 Included with the supply.

1)

Extended delivery times.

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

93

Server enclosures TS 8

System accessories Page 355 Baying system Page 394 Monitoring Page 577
Load capacity:
Max. static load capacity of the
interior installation 1000 kg
Material:
− Sheet steel
− Glazed door: Single-pane
safety glass, 4 mm

Surface finish:
− Enclosure frame:
Dipcoat-primed
− Enclosure panels:
Additionally powder-coated
− Gland plates and 482.6 mm
(19˝) mounting frame:
Zinc-plated

Colour:
RAL 7035
Protection category:
IP 54 to IEC 60 529, in conjunction with solid roof plate (bayed
option) and additional screwfastened side panels with standalone siting.

Supply includes:
Product-specific supply scope,
see table.
Photo shows a configuration
example with equipment not
included in the scope of supply.

For High Performance Cooling systems HPC
42

42

42

42

42

42

Width mm

Packs of

600

600

600

800

800

800

Height mm

2000

2000

2000

2000

2000

2000

Depth mm

1000

1200

1200

1000

1200

1200

Distance between levels, pre-configured mm

740

740

740

740

740

740

–

–



–

–



7831.8101)

7831.8121)

7831.8131)

7831.8001)

7831.8021)

7831.8031)

U

Including side panels
1

Model No. DK

Page

Supply includes
Glazed aluminium door at the front (180°)

1













Sheet steel door at the rear (130°)

1













Comfort handle front and rear for semi-cylinder,
security lock 3524 E

2













Roof plate for cable entry, two-piece

1













Levelling feet

4













Base frame with multi-piece gland plate

1













482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frames, front and rear, depth-variable
Earthing of all enclosure panels pre-configured

2













1 set













Accessories
Side panel, screw-fastened, IP 55

2

8100.235

–



8100.235

–



385

Depth-variable slide rail, 1 U, length 590 – 930 mm,
80 kg, static

2

7063.883

7063.883

7063.883

7063.883

7063.883

7063.883

559

482.6 mm (19˝) heavy-duty component shelf, 700 mm deep,
100 kg static load capacity

1

7063.897

7063.897

7063.897

7063.897

7063.897

7063.897

484

1 set

7063.890

7063.890

7063.890

7063.890

7063.890

7063.890

488

Installation kit for heavy-duty component shelf, depth-variable
Flex-Block

see page 358

Liquid Cooling Package
 Included with the supply.

94

see page 279
1)

Extended delivery times.

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

Server enclosures TE 7000

System accessories Page 355 Power System Module Page 201 Monitoring Page 577 Climate control Page 207
Benefits:
● No frame structure
● Optimum accessibility
● Readily dismantled and
therefore easily installed

Material:
Sheet steel

Colour:
See table.

Detailed drawing:
Available on the Internet.

Surface finish:
− Mounting frame:
Dipcoat-primed
− Enclosure panels:
Powder-coated

Supply includes:
Product-specific supply scope,
see table.

Photo shows a configuration
example with equipment not
included in the scope of supply.

24

42

42

42

42

Width mm

Packs of

600

600

600

800

800

Height mm

1200

2000

2000

2000

2000

Depth mm

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

Distance between levels, pre-configured mm

745

745

745

745

745

RAL 7035

RAL 7035

RAL 9005

RAL 7035

RAL 9005

1

7000.875

7000.882

7000.885

7000.892

7000.895

2











1











1











U

Colour
Model No. TE

Page

Supply includes
Self-supporting 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame, front and rear,
depth-variable
vented2),

Sheet steel door
security lock 3524 E

front with moulded handle, 130° hinge,

Sheet steel door vented2), rear with moulded handle, 130° hinge,
security lock 3524 E
Levelling feet

4











Roof plate including brush strip for cable entry and optional fitting
with an active fan unit

1











Base frame with maximum cut-out for optional fitting
with module plates, solid, passively vented or for cable entry

1











Accessories
2



7000.653

7000.663

7000.653

7000.663

388

1 set

7000.640









400

Ergoform-S handle for semi-cylinder, to exchange for the existing lock

1

2435.000

2435.000

2452.0001)

2435.000

2452.0001)

419

Fan unit, with 2 fans and thermostat, pre-wired ready for connection

1

7000.670

7000.670

–

7000.670

–

224

Transport castors, including assembly parts

4

7000.672

7000.672

7000.672

7000.672

7000.672

375

C rail, for cable clamping in the enclosure width via cable clamps,
on the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame at the rear

4

7828.060

7828.060

7828.060

7828.060

7828.060

465

Slide rail, 482.6 mm (19˝) for 740 mm distance between levels

2

7063.740

7063.740

7063.740

7063.740

7063.740

560

Cable clamp rail, depth-variable 500 – 895 mm,
for cable attachment in the enclosure depth via cable ties

4

7858.162

7858.162

7858.162

7858.162

7858.162

532

Cable clamp rail, for cable attachment in the enclosure width
via cable ties, on the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame at the rear

4

7828.062

7828.062

7828.062

7828.062

7828.062

532

1 set

7000.675

7000.675

7000.675

7000.675

7000.675

503

1

7000.630

7000.630

7000.630

7000.630

7000.630

506

Side panels, lockable, including security lock 3524 E
Baying kit

Earthing kit for TE
Socket strip for TE, 8-way for earthing-pin plugs
 Included with the supply.

1)

Matt nickel-plated

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

2)

Vented surface area > 67% perforated.

95

96

Console systems/
PC enclosure systems/
Industrial Workstations
TopConsole system TP
Overview of mounting components.............................................................99
Combination options .................................................................................100
600 mm wide .............................................................................................101
800 mm wide .............................................................................................102
1200 mm wide ...........................................................................................103
1600 mm wide ...........................................................................................104
Accessories ...............................................................................................105

One-piece consoles TP
One-piece consoles TP .............................................................................106

Universal consoles TP
Universal consoles TP ...............................................................................107

PC enclosure systems
PC enclosure systems TS 8.......................................................................108
Enclosure for tower PC ..............................................................................109

Industrial Workstations
Combination options .................................................................................110
IW enclosures and worktops .....................................................................111

97

4

3

4
3

2

4

1
4

1

1

1

5

2

8

7

98

TopConsole system TP
Overview of mounting components

1

4

1

Punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm

2

Support strips

3

Partial mounting plates

4

Rail for interior installation

5

Gland plates

6

Cable entry grommets

7

Base/plinth

8

Assembly bolts for base/plinth

1
2
4

5
6
5

7

99

TopConsole system TP

System accessories Page 355 Monitors, keyboards From page 606 Climate control Page 207

Surface finish:
− Dipcoat-primed, powdercoated on the outside,
textured paint
− Mounting plate zinc-coated
on bottom part
Colour:
RAL 7035
Protection category:
IP 55 to IEC 60 529,
complies with NEMA 12
(provided suitable gland plates
are selected)

Console, deep
− Enclosure
− Front cover hinged at bottom,
including cover retainer
− Rear door, hinged at bottom
− Open base for individual
cable entry
Desk section
− Enclosure
− Cover hinged, 2 stays with
automatic locking and unlocking
− Opening for running cables
into the enclosure base

B

H

Pedestal
− Enclosure open at top
− Door or double door with locking rod (with depth 400 mm at
the front, with depth 500 mm
at the front and rear)
− Depth-adjustable mounting
plate (with depth 500 mm)
− Open base for individual
cable entry

H

Supply includes:
Console
− Enclosure
− Cover hinged at bottom,
including cover retainer
− Open base for individual
cable entry

T

H

Material:
− Enclosure:
Sheet steel 1.5 mm
− Door and console cover:
Sheet steel, 2.0 mm,
all-round foamed-in PU seal
− Mounting plate:
Sheet steel 2.5 mm

Also required:
Gland plates, see page 378.
Approvals:
− CE
− UL
− cUL

T
T

Photo shows a configuration
example with equipment not
included in the scope of supply.

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

Combination options
1-part

2-part

3-part

Consoles

Desk units

Pedestals

Base/plinth

100

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

TopConsole system TP
600 mm wide

Configuration

3-part

Depth of pedestal in mm

400

2-part
500

400

2-part
500

400

1-part
500

400

500

Consoles 700 mm high
Height (H) mm

Packs
of

700
240

–

–

–

1

6720.500

–

–

–

Depth (T) mm
Model No. TP

–

–

–

Page

Consoles 540/730 mm high with enlarged installation depth
Packs
of

Height (H) mm
Depth (T) mm

1

Model No. TP

–

730

–

–

540

–

–

520

–

–

520

–

–

6720.200

–

–

6720.100

–

Page

Accessories
Partial mounting plate
Rail for interior installation

Width 200 mm

1

6730.310

–

–

6730.3101)

–

450

Width 500 mm

1

6730.330

–

–

6730.3301)

–

450

For width

4

5001.050

–

–

5001.050

–

459

For height

4

5001.051

–

–

5001.050

–

459

Packs
of

235

235

–

–

Page

700

700

–

–

1

6714.500

6710.500

–

–

Desk units
Height (H) mm
Depth (T) mm
Model No. TP
Accessories
Rail for interior installation

4

5001.050

5001.050

–

–

Strengthener

For width

1

–

6730.400

–

–

Trim panel for pedestal

1

–

–

–

459
105

5001.130

6370.100

105

675

675

Page

Pedestals
Packs
of

675
400

500

400

500

–

500

400

500

1

6700.500

6704.500

6700.500

6704.500

–

6704.500

6700.500

6704.500

Height 100 mm

1 set

8601.600

8601.600

8601.600

8601.600

–

8601.600

8601.600

8601.600

361

Height 200 mm

1 set

8602.600

8602.600

8602.600

8602.600

–

8602.600

8602.600

8602.600

361

Height 100 mm

1 set

8601.040

8601.050

8601.040

8601.050

–

8601.050

8601.040

8601.050

362

Height 200 mm

1 set

8602.040

8602.050

8602.040

8602.050

–

8602.050

8602.040

8602.050

362

2

8601.450

8601.450

8601.450

8601.450

–

8601.450

8601.450

8601.450

370

1

5001.222

–

5001.222

–

–

–

5001.222

–

379

1

5001.214

5001.214

5001.214

5001.214

5001.214

5001.214

5001.214

379

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

5001.218

5001.222

5001.218

5001.222

5001.222

5001.218

5001.222

379

Height (H) mm
Depth (T) mm
Model No. TP

675

675

675

–

675

Accessories
Base/plinth components
front and rear
Base/plinth trim panels, side
Cross member, adjustable
1-part
Gland plates

2-part
1
Individual

–

For more gland plate variants, see page 381

Rail for interior installation

For height

4

5001.050

5001.050

5001.050

5001.050

–

5001.050

5001.050

5001.050

459

Punched section with
mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm

In the depth

4

8612.140

8612.150

8612.140

8612.150

–

8612.150

8612.140

8612.150

459

Punched rail 18 x 38 mm

In the depth

4

8612.240

8612.250

8612.240

8612.250

–

8612.250

8612.240

8612.250

462

Support strips

In the depth

20

4694.000

4695.000

4694.000

4695.000

–

4695.000

4694.000

4695.000

462

Punched section with
mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm

For door

4

8612.050

8612.050

8612.050

8612.050

–

8612.050

8612.050

8612.050

459

Support strips

For door

20

4596.000

4596.000

4596.000

4596.000

–

4596.000

4596.000

4596.000

462

Cable clamp rail

1

5001.080

5001.080

5001.080

5001.080

–

5001.080

5001.080

5001.080

527

Wiring plan pocket

1

4116.500

4116.500

4116.500

4116.500

–

4116.500

4116.500

4116.500

429

Alternative lock systems
1)

see page 413

Configuration examples and further details of the accessories required may be found on the Internet.

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

101

TopConsole system TP
800 mm wide

Configuration

3-part

Depth of pedestal in mm

400

2-part
500

400

2-part
500

400

1-part
500

400

500

Consoles 700 mm high
Height (H) mm

Packs
of

700
240

–

–

–

1

6721.500

–

–

–

Depth (T) mm
Model No. TP

–

–

–

Page

Consoles 540/730 mm high with enlarged installation depth
Packs
of

Height (H) mm
Depth (T) mm

1

Model No. TP

–

730

–

–

540

–

–

520

–

–

520

–

–

6721.200

–

–

6721.100

–

Page

Accessories
Partial mounting plate

Rail for interior installation

Width 200 mm

1

6730.310

–

–

6730.3101)

–

450

Width 500 mm

1

6730.330

–

–

6730.3301)

–

450

Width 700 mm

1

6730.340

–

–

6730.3401)

–

450

For width

4

5001.051

–

–

5001.051

–

459

For height

4

5001.051

–

–

5001.050

–

459

Packs
of

235

235

–

–

Page

700

700

–

–

1

6715.500

6711.500

–

–

Desk units
Height (H) mm
Depth (T) mm
Model No. TP
Accessories
Rail for interior installation

4

5001.051

5001.051

–

–

Strengthener

For width

1

–

6730.410

–

–

Trim panel for pedestal

1

–

–

–

459
105

5001.140

6730.110

105

Page

Pedestals
Packs
of

Height (H) mm

675

675

675

675

–

675

675

675

400

500

400

500

–

500

400

500

1

6701.500

6705.500

6701.500

6705.500

–

6705.500

6701.500

6705.500

Height 100 mm

1 set

8601.800

8601.800

8601.800

8601.800

–

8601.800

8601.800

8601.800

361

Height 200 mm

1 set

8602.800

8602.800

8602.800

8602.800

–

8602.800

8602.800

8602.800

361

Height 100 mm

1 set

8601.040

8601.050

8601.040

8601.050

–

8601.050

8601.040

8601.050

362

Height 200 mm

1 set

8602.040

8602.050

8602.040

8602.050

–

8602.050

8602.040

8602.050

362

2

8601.450

8601.450

8601.450

8601.450

–

8601.450

8601.450

8601.450

370

1

5001.223

–

5001.223

–

–

–

5001.223

–

379

1

5001.215

5001.215

5001.215

5001.215

5001.215

5001.215

5001.215

379

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

5001.219

5001.223

5001.219

5001.223

5001.223

5001.219

5001.223

379

Depth (T) mm
Model No. TP
Accessories
Base/plinth components
front and rear
Base/plinth trim panels, side
Cross member, adjustable
1-part
Gland plates

2-part
1
Individual

–

For more gland plate variants, see page 381

Rail for interior installation

For height

4

5001.050

5001.050

5001.050

5001.050

–

5001.050

5001.050

5001.050

459

Punched section with
mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm

In the depth

4

8612.140

8612.150

8612.140

8612.150

–

8612.150

8612.140

8612.150

459

Punched rail 18 x 38 mm

In the depth

4

8612.240

8612.250

8612.240

8612.250

–

8612.250

8612.240

8612.250

462

Support strips

In the depth

20

4694.000

4695.000

4694.000

4695.000

–

4695.000

4694.000

4695.000

462

Punched section with
mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm

For door

4

8612.050

8612.050

8612.050

8612.050

–

8612.050

8612.050

8612.050

459

Support strips

For door

20

4598.000

4598.000

4598.000

4598.000

–

4598.000

4598.000

4598.000

462

Cable clamp rail

1

5001.081

5001.081

5001.081

5001.081

–

5001.081

5001.081

5001.081

527

Wiring plan pocket

1

4118.500

4118.500

4118.500

4118.500

–

4118.500

4118.500

4118.500

429

Alternative lock systems
1)

see page 413

Configuration examples and further details of the accessories required may be found on the Internet.

102

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

TopConsole system TP
1200 mm wide

Configuration

3-part

Depth of pedestal in mm

400

2-part
500

400

2-part
500

400

1-part
500

400

500

Consoles 700 mm high
Height (H) mm

Packs
of

700
240

–

–

–

1

6722.500

–

–

–

Depth (T) mm
Model No. TP

–

–

–

Page

Consoles 540/730 mm high with enlarged installation depth
Packs
of

Height (H) mm
Depth (T) mm

1

Model No. TP

–

730

–

–

540

–

–

520

–

–

520

–

–

6722.2003)

–

–

6722.1003)

–

Page

Accessories
Partial mounting plate

Rail for interior installation

Width 200 mm

1

6730.310

–

–

6730.3101)

–

450

Width 500 mm

1

6730.330

–

–

6730.3301)

–

450

Width 700 mm

1

6730.340

–

–

6730.3401)

–

450

For width

4

5001.053

–

–

5001.053

–

459

For height

4

5001.051

–

–

5001.050

–

459

Packs
of

235

235

–

–

Page

700

700

–

–

1

6716.500

6712.500

–

–

4

5001.053

5001.053

–

1

–

–

–

Desk units
Height (H) mm
Depth (T) mm
Model No. TP
Accessories
Rail for interior installation

For width

Trim panel for pedestal

–

459

5001.160

6730.120

105

675

675

Page

Pedestals
Packs
of

675
400

500

400

500

–

500

400

500

1

6702.500

6706.500

6702.500

6706.500

–

6706.500

6702.500

6706.500

Height 100 mm

1 set

8601.200

8601.200

8601.200

8601.200

–

8601.200

8601.200

8601.200

361

Height 200 mm

1 set

8602.200

8602.200

8602.200

8602.200

–

8602.200

8602.200

8602.200

361

Height 100 mm

1 set

8601.040

8601.050

8601.040

8601.050

–

8601.050

8601.040

8601.050

362

Height 200 mm

1 set

8602.040

8602.050

8602.040

8602.050

–

8602.050

8602.040

8602.050

362

2

8601.450

8601.450

8601.450

8601.450

–

8601.450

8601.450

8601.450

370

1

5001.225

–

5001.225

–

–

–

5001.225

–

379

1

5001.217

5001.217

5001.217

5001.217

5001.217

5001.217

5001.217

379

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

5001.221

5001.225

5001.221

5001.225

5001.225

5001.221

5001.225

379

Height (H) mm
Depth (T) mm
Model No. TP

675

675

675

–

675

Accessories
Base/plinth components
front and rear
Base/plinth trim panels, side
Cross member, adjustable
1-part
Gland plates2)

2-part
1
Individual

–

For more gland plate variants, see page 381

Rail for interior installation

For height

4

5001.050

5001.050

5001.050

5001.050

–

5001.050

5001.050

5001.050

459

Punched section with
mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm

In the depth

4

8612.140

8612.150

8612.140

8612.150

–

8612.150

8612.140

8612.150

459

Punched rail 18 x 38 mm

In the depth

4

8612.240

8612.250

8612.240

8612.250

–

8612.250

8612.240

8612.250

462

Support strips

In the depth

20

4694.000

4695.000

4694.000

4695.000

–

4695.000

4694.000

4695.000

462

Punched section with
mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm

For door

4

8612.050

8612.050

8612.050

8612.050

–

8612.050

8612.050

8612.050

459

Support strips

For door

20

4596.000

4596.000

4596.000

4596.000

–

4596.000

4596.000

4596.000

462

Cable clamp rail

1

5001.083

5001.083

5001.083

5001.083

–

5001.083

5001.083

5001.083

527

Wiring plan pocket

1

4116.500

4116.500

4116.500

4116.500

–

4116.500

4116.500

4116.500

429

Alternative lock systems

see page 413

1) Configuration
2) With

examples and further details of the accessories required may be found on the Internet.
the two-door pedestal, the base opening is divided in two, and two sets of gland plates are required!
delivery times.

3) Extended

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

103

TopConsole system TP
1600 mm wide

Configuration

3-part

Depth of pedestal in mm

400

2-part
500

400

2-part
500

400

1-part
500

400

500

Consoles 700 mm high
Height (H) mm

Packs
of

700
240

–

–

–

1

6723.500

–

–

–

Depth (T) mm
Model No. TP

–

–

–

Page

Consoles 540/730 mm high with enlarged installation depth
Packs
of

Height (H) mm
Depth (T) mm

1

Model No. TP

–

730

–

–

540

–

–

520

–

–

520

–

–

6723.200

–

–

6723.100

–

Page

Accessories
Partial mounting plate
Rail for interior installation

Width 200 mm

1

6730.310

–

–

6730.3101)

–

450

Width 500 mm

1

6730.330

–

–

6730.3301)

–

450

Width 700 mm

1

6730.340

–

–

6730.3401)

–

450

For height

4

5001.051

–

–

5001.050

–

459

Packs
of

235

235

–

–

Page

700

700

–

–

1

6717.500

6713.500

–

–

4

5001.054

5001.054

–

1

–

–

–

Desk units
Height (H) mm
Depth (T) mm
Model No. TP
Accessories
Rail for interior installation

For width

Trim panel for pedestal

–

459

6730.030

6730.130

105

Page

Pedestals
Packs
of

Height (H) mm

675

675

675

675

–

675

675

675

400

500

400

500

–

500

400

500

1

6703.500

6707.500

6703.500

6707.500

–

6706.500

6703.500

6707.500

Height 100 mm

1 set

8601.920

8601.920

8601.920

8601.920

–

8601.920

8601.920

8601.920

361

Height 200 mm

1 set

8602.920

8602.920

8602.920

8602.920

–

8602.920

8602.920

8602.920

361

Height 100 mm

1 set

8601.040

8601.050

8601.040

8601.050

–

8601.050

8601.040

8601.050

362

Height 200 mm

1 set

8602.040

8602.050

8602.040

8602.050

–

8602.050

8602.040

8602.050

362

2

8601.450

8601.450

8601.450

8601.450

–

8601.450

8601.450

8601.450

370

1

5001.236

–

5001.236

–

–

–

5001.236

–

379

1

5001.234

5001.234

5001.234

5001.234

5001.234

5001.234

5001.234

379

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

5001.235

5001.236

5001.235

5001.236

5001.236

5001.235

5001.236

379

Depth (T) mm
Model No. TP
Accessories
Base/plinth components
front and rear
Base/plinth trim panels, side
Cross member, adjustable
1-part
Gland plates2)

2-part
1
Individual

–

For more gland plate variants, see page 381

Rail for interior installation

For height

4

5001.050

5001.050

5001.050

5001.050

–

5001.050

5001.050

5001.050

459

Punched section with
mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm

In the depth

4

8612.140

8612.150

8612.140

8612.150

–

8612.150

8612.140

8612.150

459

Punched rail 18 x 38 mm

In the depth

4

8612.240

8612.250

8612.240

8612.250

–

8612.250

8612.240

8612.250

462

Support strips

In the depth

20

4694.000

4695.000

4694.000

4695.000

–

4695.000

4694.000

4695.000

462

Support strips

For door

20

4598.000

4598.000

4598.000

4598.000

–

4598.000

4598.000

4598.000

462

Cable clamp rail

Width 800 mm

1

5001.081

5001.081

5001.081

5001.081

–

5001.081

5001.081

5001.081

527

1

4118.500

4118.500

4118.500

4118.500

–

4118.500

4118.500

4118.500

429

Wiring plan pocket
Alternative lock systems

see page 413

1) Configuration examples and further details of the accessories required may be found on the Internet.
2) With the two-door pedestal, the base opening is divided in two, and two sets of gland plates are required!

104

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

TopConsole system TP
Accessories
Trim panel

For pedestal
Width mm

for pedestal
For covering the complete top opening when
using the pedestal on its own.

Model No.

Depth mm

600

5001.130

800

5001.140

400

Material:
Sheet steel

1200
1600

6730.030

Surface finish:
Textured paint

600

6730.100

Colour:
RAL 7035

1200

800

5001.160

6730.110

500

6730.120

1600

Protection category:
IP 55 to IEC 60 529,
complies with NEMA 12.

6730.130

Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Strengthener
for desk unit, rear with hinged cover

Packs of

Model No. TP

600

1

6730.400

800

1

6730.410

Mounting cut-outs
for the covers of the desk units
for external mounting of CP 6525.510

Ø 82

215

● Suitable for mounting operating housings using
− CP-L enclosure attachment, Ø 130 mm,
CP 6525.510, see page 133
− CP-XL enclosure attachment, round
CP 6130.610, see page 141
− Housing couplings CP-XL for desk mounting,
CP 6528.410, see page 144
● Easily screw-fastened to the base of the desk
unit.
● Connection hole pattern for CP support arm
systems in the centre as standard; other positions can be accommodated by drilling extra
holes.

For width
mm

Material:
Sheet steel

1

Ø

9

Mounting cut-out required in the cover of the desk
units, mounting cut-outs to match the various
support arm systems.

45°
592/792

1 Max. Ø 70 mm

Supply includes:
Assembly parts.
for external mounting of CP 6130.610

215

Ø 112

Ø

9

1
45°

Ø

9

79

215

45

for external mounting of CP 6528.410

1
=

=
180

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

105

One-piece consoles TP

System accessories Page 355 Monitors, keyboards From page 606 Climate control Page 207 One-piece consoles AP stainless steel Page 170

Surface finish:
− Enclosure, cover and door:
Dipcoat-primed, powdercoated on the outside,
textured paint
− Mounting plate: Zinc-plated

Protection category:
IP 55 to IEC 60 529,
complies with NEMA 12
(provided suitable gland plates
are selected).
Supply includes:
− Enclosure, solid back and
sides
− Door or double door at front,
with locking rod
− Mounting plate

Width (B) mm

Packs of

F
B

T

Also required:
Gland plates,
see page 378 – 380.

T

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

600

800

1000

1200

960

960

960

960

Bottom

400

400

400

400

Top

520

520

520

520

530

730

930

1130

Height (H) mm
Depth (T) mm

− Cover hinged at rear, 2 stays
with automatic locking and
unlocking
− Open base for individual
cable entry

G

Colour:
RAL 7035

H

Material:
− Enclosure: Sheet steel 1.5 mm
− Door and console cover:
Sheet steel, 2.0 mm, all-round
foamed-in PU seal
− Mounting plate: Sheet steel
3.0 mm
− Lock cover: Plastic,
self-extinguishing

Mounting plate width (F) mm
Mounting plate height (G) mm
1

Model No. TP
Door(s)

900

900

900

900

6746.500

6748.500

6740.500

6742.500

1

1

2

2

Page

Base/plinth
Components front and rear
Trim panels, sides

Height 100 mm

1 set

8601.600

8601.800

8601.000

8601.200

Height 200 mm

1 set

8602.600

8602.800

8602.000

8602.200

361

Height 100 mm

1 set

8601.040

8601.040

8601.040

8601.040

362

Height 200 mm

1 set

8602.040

8602.040

8602.040

8602.040

362

2

8601.450

8601.450

8601.450

8601.450

370
379

Cross member, adjustable

361

Accessories
1-part
Gland plates1)

1

5001.222

5001.223

5001.224

5001.225

1

5001.214

5001.215

5001.216

5001.217

+

+

+

+

+

1

5001.218

5001.219

5001.220

5001.221

For enclosures

4

5001.051

5001.051

5001.051

5001.051

157

For cover

4

5001.050

5001.051

5001.052

5001.053

157

2-part
Individual

Rail for interior installation

379

For more gland plate variants, see page 381

Punched section
with mounting flange,
17 x 73 mm

For enclosures

4

8612.140

8612.140

8612.140

8612.140

459

For cover

4

8612.040

8612.040

8612.040

8612.040

459

For door

4

8612.050

–

8612.040

8612.050

459

Punched rail 18 x 38 mm

For enclosures

4

8612.240

8612.240

8612.240

8612.240

462

Cable clamp rail

1

5001.080

5001.081

5001.082

5001.083

527

Wiring plan pocket

1

4116.500

4118.500

4115.500

4116.500

429

Alternative lock systems
1)

see page 413

With the two-door variant, the base opening is divided in two, and two sets of gland plates are required!

106

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

Universal consoles TP

System accessories Page 355 Monitors, keyboards From page 606 Climate control Page 207

Surface finish:
− Enclosure and doors:
Dipcoat-primed, powdercoated on the outside,
textured paint
− Mounting plate and gland
plates: Zinc-plated

Supply includes:
− Enclosure with doors
− Mounting plate
− Gland plates

Colour:
RAL 7035
Protection category:
− IP 55 to IEC 60 529,
complies with NEMA 12.

Note:
Top door with studs left and right
for installing vertical perforated
mounting strips SZ 2310.038
and horizontal support strips
SZ 2325.000 to be mounted on
top (see page 426/427).

Packs of
Width (B) mm
Height (H) mm
Depth (T) mm

Bottom
Top

Approvals:
− UL
− CSA
− TÜV
− Germanischer Lloyd
− Russian Maritime Register
of Shipping
− Lloyds Register of Shipping
− VDE

F
B

T

G

− With a short bottom door
(TP 2694.500), the drawer or
desk section (see below)
should be fitted in order to
preserve the protection
category.

H

Material:
− Enclosure, gland plates:
Sheet steel 1.5 mm
− Doors: Sheet steel 2.0 mm
− Mounting plate: Sheet steel
3.0 mm

Detailed drawing:
Available on the Internet.
T

Photo shows a configuration
example with equipment not
included in the scope of supply.

with short front door

with tall front door

600

600

1300

1300

500

500

417.5

417.5

Mounting plate width (F) mm

499

499

Mounting plate height (G) mm

1196

1196

2694.500

2695.500

77.0

80.0

1

Model No. TP
Weight (kg)

Page

Also required
Desk section
Drawer for keyboard

2696.500

2696.500

–

–

–

–

–

4757.5001)

–

–

Accessories
Height 100 mm

1

2807.200

2807.200

369

Height 200 mm

1

2808.200

2808.200

369

Cross member, adjustable

2

8601.450

8601.450

370

Perforated mounting strip

1

2310.038

2310.038

427

Base/plinth

Support strips

1

2325.000

2325.000

426

Cable clamp rail

1

4191.000

4191.000

527

Alternative lock systems
1) Only

see page 413

suitable for installation without a mounting plate.

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

107

PC enclosure systems

System accessories Page 355 Monitors, keyboards From page 606 Climate control Page 207 PC case system, stainless steel Page 171
Material:
− Enclosure, door, mounting
compartment, supports:
Sheet steel
− Handles, decorative trim
panels: Plastic
− Door trim panels: Aluminium

Protection category:
IP 55 to IEC 60 529,
complies with NEMA 12.
Supply includes:
Enclosure, door, rear door and
enclosure-specific supply scope
(see table)

Approvals:
− UL
− CSA
− TÜV
− Germanischer Lloyd
− Russian Maritime Register
of Shipping
− Lloyds Register of Shipping
− VDE

Detailed drawings/
Technical information:
Available on the Internet.
Photo shows a configuration
example with equipment not
included in the scope of supply.

Enclosure-specific supply scope
Keyboard drawer

Packs of

Folding keyboard









–

–

–

–

–

–

–





–

Desk section

–

–

–

–

–

–



Glazed door, top







–







Mounting compartment, small

–

–



–

–

–

–

Mounting compartment, large

–

–

–



–

–

–

Component shelf







–







Width mm

600

600

600

600

600

600

600

Height mm

1600

1600

1600

1600

1600

1600

1600

Depth mm

636

836

636

636

636

836

636

8366.000

8368.000

8366.300

8366.400

8366.100

8368.100

8366.200

Width

480

480

480

480

475

540

Height

70

70

70

70

60

50

60

50

40

Depth

260

260

260

260

200

250

200

250

175

118

133

118

117

118

124

1

Model No. PC
Max. keyboard dimensions mm
Weight (kg)

475

Page

108

Accessories
Base/plinth, stationary

1

8800.920

on request

8800.920

8800.920

8800.920

on request

8800.920

366

Base/plinth components
front and rear

Height 100 mm

1 set

8601.600

8601.600

8601.600

8601.600

8601.600

8601.600

8601.600

361

Height 200 mm

1 set

8602.600

8602.600

8602.600

8602.600

8602.600

8602.600

8602.600

361

Base/plinth trim, front

Height 200 mm

1

8360.920

8360.920

8360.920

8360.920

8360.920

8360.920

8360.920

366

Height 100 mm

1 set

8601.060

8601.080

8601.060

8601.060

8601.060

8601.080

8601.060

362

Base/plinth trim, side

Height 200 mm

1 set

8602.060

8602.080

8602.060

8602.060

8602.060

8602.080

8602.060

362

Cross member, adjustable

Height 70 mm

2

8601.680

8601.680

8601.680

8601.680

8601.680

8601.680

8601.680

370

Partial mounting plate

Height 775 mm

1

8614.675

8614.675

8614.675

8614.675

8614.675

8614.675

8614.675

448

Component shelf, pull-out

1

6902.960

6902.980

6902.960

6902.960

6902.960

6902.980

6902.960

480

Drawer tray

1

6902.700

6902.700

6902.700

6902.700

6902.700

6902.700

6902.700

481

Paper removal flap

1

6903.200

6903.200

6903.200

6903.200

6903.200

6903.200

6903.200

615

Socket strips

see page 505

Alternative lock systems

see page 412

108

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

PC enclosure systems

System accessories Page 355 Comfort Panel Page 116 Optipanel Page 118 TFT monitor Page 606
Compact enclosure, ready to
connect.
Standard commercially available tower PCs, up to W/H/D:
250 x 530 x 600 mm (max.
20 kg) may be attached securely
to the base screw fastened to
the door using the retaining
strap supplied loose. The rear
interfaces of the PC are readily
accessible with the door open.
Because the socket strip and
fan-and-filter unit are already
pre-installed, the enclosure is
ready for immediate use.
Roof prepared for mounting
● Worktop IW 6902.310
● Beneath surfaces
Base prepared for mounting
● Cast feet IW 6902.920
● On surfaces

Material:
− Enclosure: Sheet steel
− Door: Sheet steel
− Design strips: Aluminium
Surface finish:
− Enclosure: Powder-coated,
textured paint
− Door: Powder-coated
Colour:
− Enclosure: RAL 7035
− Door: RAL 7015
− Design strips: RAL 7035
Protection category:
IP 54 to IEC 60 529,
complies with NEMA 12
(in conjunction with connector
gland SZ 2400.300/.500
supplied loose)

Supply includes:
− Enclosure of all-round solid
construction
− R/h door hinge
− Door with base screwfastened on the inside
− Side cam lock
− Rear panel with two cut-outs
for use of the connector gland
SZ 2400.300/.500 supplied
loose
− Cable gland M20, brass,
nickel-plated
− Outlet filter fitted in left side
panel
− Fan-and-filter unit fitted in
the right side panel, dooroperated switch,
supply socket for 230 V
power supply, socket strip
with 3 sockets and
overvoltage protection

Also required:
Connection cable for infeed,
see page 495.
Photo shows a configuration
example with equipment not
included in the scope of supply.

Enclosure for tower PC
Width mm

Packs of

Height mm

Page

760

Depth mm
Model No. IW

760
300

1

Weight (kg)

6900.300
55

Accessories
Cast feet
Twin castors
Worktop without handle

2

6902.920

1 set

7495.000

371
374

1

6902.310

148

Enclosure attachment, tilting, base mounting

1

6902.640

143

Optipanel for TFT monitor 17˝

1

6380.040

118

TFT monitor 17˝ with safety glass screen

1

6450.020

606

Alternative lock systems

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

see page 413

109

Industrial Workstations

System accessories Page 355 Comfort Panel Page 116 Optipanel Page 118 TFT monitor Page 606

Surface finish:
Enclosure: Dipcoat-primed,
powder-coated on the outside,
textured paint

H

Colour:
− Enclosure, worktop:
RAL 7035
− Worktop edge strip:
RAL 7015
− Worktop handle:
RAL 9006

B

H

Material:
− Enclosure, roof, drawer tray,
designer door, rear wall and
rear door: Sheet steel
− Worktop:
Chipboard: Plastic-laminated
on both sides (edging)
− Aluminium handle:
Powder-coated

Protection category:
See table.

B

T

T

Supply includes:
Available on the Internet.
Detailed drawing:
Available on the Internet.

Photo shows a configuration
example with equipment not
included in the scope of supply.

Combination options
Monitor housing 21˝
Model No IW 6902.500

Roof
solid
Model No. IW 6902.400

Worktop
small, solid
Model No. IW 6902.300

Optipanel
Custom-manufactured
for TFT monitors or other
display and input devices

Support arm
system
CP-L

Worktop
solid
Model No. IW 6902.100

Enclosure attachment
tilting
Model No. IW 6902.640

Worktop
prepared for tilting
enclosure attachment
Model No IW 6902.310,
see page 148.

Designer door, rear
panel screw-fastened
from the inside
Height 900 mm
Model No. IW 6900.000

Designer door, rear door Drawer section, designer
door, rear door
Height 900 mm
Height 900 mm
Model No. IW 6900.100
Model No. IW 6900.400

Drawer section for
keyboard and mouse,
designer door, rear door
Height 900 mm
Model No. IW 6900.410

Worktop, keyboard
drawer, designer door,
rear door
Height 1000 mm
Model No. IW 6901.100

Pedestal
Model No. IW 6141.200

Base/plinth, stationary
Model No. PC 8800.920

Twin castors
Model No. DK 7495.000
110

Twin castors
Model No. DK 7495.000
or CP 6148.000
Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

Industrial Workstations
IW enclosures and worktops

Page

Enclosure

Designer door,
rear panel
screw-fastened
from the inside

Designer door,
rear door

Drawer section,
designer door,
rear door

Width (B) mm

600

600

600

600

600

Height (H) mm

900

900

900

900

1000
645

Design

Drawer section
Worktop,
for keyboard keyboard drawer,
and mouse,
designer door,
designer door,
rear door
rear door

Depth (T) mm

600

600

600 (890)

600 (890)

Weight kg

54,9

59,9

73

73

91

6900.000

6900.100

6900.400

6900.410

6901.100

Model No. IW

IP 55 to IEC 60 529,
complies with NEMA 12

Protection category
Width (B) Height (H) Depth (T) Weight
mm
mm
mm
kg

IP 54 to IEC 60 529,
complies with NEMA 12
Model No. IW

Worktops
610

38

645

11.6

6902.300

6902.300

–

–



1000

38

895

24

6902.100

6902.100

6902.100

6902.100

–

600

13

640

7.4

6902.400

6902.400

–

–

–

600

600

600

42.5

6902.500

6902.500

6902.500

6902.500

–

Roof

Monitor housing

Accessories

Packs of

Base/plinth, stationary

1

8800.920

8800.920

8800.920

8800.920

8800.920

366

Cross member, adjustable

2

8601.680

8601.680

8601.680

8601.680

–

370

1 set

7495.000

7495.000

7495.000

7495.000

7495.000

374

1

8611.300

8611.300

–

–

–

402

Twin castors
Handle adaptor for comfort handle
Cable gland

1

6902.770

6902.770

6902.770

6902.770

6902.770

522

Mounting plate for enclosure width 600 mm

1

8614.675

8614.675

8614.675

8614.675

8614.680

448

Component shelf, static installation

1

8800.900

8800.900

8800.900

8800.900

8800.900

481

Component shelf, pull-out

1

6902.960

6902.960

6902.960

6902.960

6902.960

480

Drawer tray

1

6902.700

6902.700

6902.700

6902.700

6902.700

481

Adaptor section 482.6 mm (19˝)

1

8613.070

8613.070

8613.070

8613.070

–

551

Paper removal flap

1

6903.200

6903.200

6903.200

6903.200

6903.200

615

Enclosure attachment, tilting

see page 143

Support arm systems

see page 125

Operating housing

see page 120

 Included with the supply.

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

111

112

Operating housings/support
arm systems/stand systems
Comfort Panel
Benefits at a glance...................................................................................115
Comfort Panel............................................................................................116
Comfort Panel, configuration examples ....................................................117

Optipanel
Benefits at a glance...................................................................................115
Optipanel ...................................................................................................118
Optipanel, configuration examples ...........................................................119

Operating housings
Compact Panel..........................................................................................120
Command panel housing with door ..........................................................121
Operating housing with handle strips .......................................................122
Operating housing with display panel front ..............................................123

Support arm systems
Support arm systems, overview ................................................................125
Support arm system CP-S, steel ...............................................................127
Support arm system CP-L .........................................................................131
Support arm system CP-C.........................................................................135
Support arm system CP-XL .......................................................................139
Support arm systems, accessories ...........................................................142

Stand systems
Pedestal, modular .....................................................................................147
Pedestal, complete....................................................................................148
Pillar, small ................................................................................................149
Pillar...........................................................................................................150
Accessories ...............................................................................................151

113

114

Comfort Panel/Optipanel
Benefits at a glance
● Aluminium enclosure, high thermal conductivity for optimum

passive heat dissipation
● Low weight coupled with high stability
● Protection category IP 65
● Compatible with all Rittal stand and support arm systems

The choice is yours
Standard range
● Standard variants offering outstanding value for money

and short delivery times
● Easy, fast and reliable selection
● For front panel installations, tailored to the most common

operating solutions
Comfort Panel, see page 116.
Optipanel, see page 118.
Configurable special solutions
● Individual sizes, also for the direct installation of panels

with no front plate
● Complete solution diversity for virtually all applications
● Maximum flexibility in design and function

The command panel configurator determines the most suitable
enclosure for your application based on user-specific parameters.
More detailed information can be found at: www.rittal.com

115

Comfort Panel

System accessories Page 355 Support arm systems Page 125 Stand systems Page 147 Industrial Workstations Page 110

For front panel width (B) mm

Colour:
− Enclosure:
Natural-anodised
− Corner pieces:
RAL 7035
− Corner protectors:
Similar to RAL 7024

Packs
of

Protection category:
IP 65 to IEC 60 529
Supply includes:
Seals and assembly parts
for front panels.

520

400

Installation depth mm

B

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

520

For front panel height (H) mm

H

Material:
− Enclosure:
Extruded aluminium section
− Corner pieces:
Die-cast zinc
− Corner protectors:
Plastic

520

500

Page

600

74

152

191

74

152

191

74

152

191

6372.541

6372.542

6372.543

6372.551

6372.552

6372.553

6372.561

6372.562

6372.563

7.8

11.7

13.8

8.8

12.3

15.2

9.7

13.5

16.7

Support arm connection CP-L,
120 x 65 mm1)



–

–



–

–



–

–

Support arm connection CP-L,
Ø 130 mm1)

–





–





–





Hinged rear panel
with screw lock



–

–



–

–



–

–

Hinged rear panel with cam2)

–



–

–



–

–



–

Screw-fastened rear panel3)

–

–



–

–



–

–



Model No. CP4)

1

Weight (kg)
Design

Accessories
Front panel

1

6028.014

6028.014

6028.014

6028.015

6028.015

6028.015

6028.016

6028.016

6028.016

604

Handle set, horizontal

1

6375.000

6375.000

6375.000

6375.000

6375.000

6375.000

6375.000

6375.000

6375.000

600

Handle set, vertical

2

6375.040

6375.040

6375.040

6375.050

6375.050

6375.050

6375.060

6375.060

6375.060

600

Mounting bracket
for interior installation

4

6205.100

6205.100

6205.100

6205.100

6205.100

6205.100

6205.100

6205.100

6205.100

470

Spring nut M5

50

6108.000

6108.000

6108.000

6108.000

6108.000

6108.000

6108.000

6108.000

6108.000

478

Earthing plate

1

2570.500

2570.500

2570.500

2570.500

2570.500

2570.500

2570.500

2570.500

2570.500

502

1) Top or
2) With 3

bottom, by rotating the enclosure.
mm double-bit lock insert, may be exchanged for 41 mm lock inserts, version C, see page 421, plastic handles and T handles, version C, see page 420.
hinged at the front with side double-bit lock insert, may be exchanged for 41 mm lock inserts, version C, see page 421,
plastic handles and T handles, version C, see page 420.
4) Configuration examples, see page 117.
3) Enclosure

116

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

Comfort Panel
Configuration examples
Front panel height
mm

Cut-out dimensions

B

H

400

7 HE

8 HE

53.7

1
W (B) = 484 mm
H = 364 mm
1 = 18 mm all-round for attaching the adaptor plate

H
B

7 HE

8 HE
9 HE

500
153.7

109.2

65

1

W (B) = 484 mm
H = 464 mm
1 = 18 mm all-round for attaching the adaptor plate

H

7 HE

8 HE

7 HE

9 HE

8 HE

9 HE

B
3.5 HE

600
253.7

209.2

165

98.7

3.5 HE

3.5 HE

54.2

1

W (B) = 484 mm
H = 564 mm
1 = 18 mm all-round for attaching the adaptor plate
Free space, available for individual installed equipment such as rows of switches etc.
HE = U

Rittal Australia
RITTAL Pty. Ltd.
130 – 140 Parraweena Road
Miranda NSW 2228
Phone: +61 (2) 9525 2766
Fax: +61 (2) 9525 2888
E-mail: info@rittal.com.au  www.rittal.com.au

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

117

Optipanel

System accessories Page 355 Support arm systems Page 125 Stand systems Page 147 Industrial Workstations Page 110

For front panel width (B) mm

Colour:
− Enclosure:
Natural-anodised
− Corner pieces:
RAL 7035
− Corner protectors:
Similar to RAL 7024

Packs of

For front panel height (H) mm
Installation depth mm
Model No. CP

1

Weight (kg)

Protection category:
IP 65 to IEC 60 529
Supply includes:
Seals and assembly parts
for front panels.

H

Material:
− Enclosure:
Extruded aluminium section
− Corner pieces:
Die-cast zinc
− Corner protectors:
Plastic

B

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

430

482.6

482.6

520

520

520

343

310.3

354.8

400

500

600

100

100

100

100

150

100

150

100

Page
150

6380.0201) 6380.000 6380.0401) 6380.4002) 6380.410 6380.5002) 6380.5102) 6380.6002) 6380.6102)
5.3

6.2

6.6

5.8

7.3

6.6

8.3

7.3

9.2









–



–



–

Design
Support arm connection CP-L,
120 x 65 mm3)
Support arm connection CP-L,
Ø 130 mm3)

–

–

–

–



–



–



Hinged rear panel4)



















–

Accessories
Front panel

1

–

6028.010

Handle set, horizontal

1

–

6385.010 6385.010 6385.000 6385.000 6385.000 6385.000 6385.000 6385.000

Handle set, vertical

2

–

Mounting bracket
for interior installation
Mounting bracket

–

–

6028.014 6028.014 6028.015 6028.015 6028.016 6028.016

604
600

6385.040 6385.040 6385.050 6385.050 6385.060 6385.060

600

4

6205.100 6205.100 6205.100 6205.100 6205.100 6205.100 6205.100 6205.100 6205.100

470

4

4597.000 4597.000 4597.000 4597.000 4597.000 4597.000 4597.000 4597.000 4597.000

470

Earthing plate

1

2570.500 2570.500 2570.500 2570.500 2570.500 2570.500 2570.500 2570.500 2570.500

502

Spring nut M5

50

6108.000 6108.000 6108.000 6108.000 6108.000 6108.000 6108.000 6108.000 6108.000

478

1) To

fit TFT monitors, see page 606.
2) Configuration examples, see page 119.
3) Top or bottom, by rotating the enclosure.
4) With 3 mm double-bit lock insert, may be exchanged for 41 mm lock inserts, version C, see page 421, plastic handles and T handles, version C, see page 420.

To fit desktop TFT up to 20.1˝
with rear connection
● VESA 75
● VESA 100
Model No. CP 6380.050

118

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

Optipanel
Configuration examples
Front panel height
mm

Cut-out dimensions

B

H

400

7 HE

8 HE

53.7

1
W (B) = 484 mm
H = 364 mm
1 = 18 mm all-round for attaching the adaptor plate

H
B

7 HE

8 HE
9 HE

500
153.7

109.2

65

1

W (B) = 484 mm
H = 464 mm
1 = 18 mm all-round for attaching the adaptor plate

H

7 HE

8 HE

7 HE

9 HE

8 HE

9 HE

B
3.5 HE

600
253.7

209.2

165

98.7

3.5 HE

3.5 HE

54.2

1

W (B) = 484 mm
H = 564 mm
1 = 18 mm all-round for attaching the adaptor plate
Free space, available for individual installed equipment such as rows of switches etc.
HE = U

Rittal Belgium
RITTAL nv/sa
Industrieterrein E17/3206  Stokkelaar 8
B-9160 Lokeren
Phone: +32 (0) 9 353 9111
Fax: +32 (0) 9 355 6862
E-mail: info@rittal.be  www.rittal.be

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

119

Compact Panel

System accessories Page 355 Support arm systems Page 125 Stand systems Page 147
For small operating units built
into front panels. The front panel
is inserted from the rear and
secured with screw clamps.
Special front panels with a
material thickness of between
2 and 6 mm are possible. Rear
panel optionally hinged on the
left or right.

Material:
− Roof tray, base tray,
rear panel: Aluminium
− Side parts:
Extruded aluminium section
− Screw cover: Plastic

Protection category:
IP 65 to IEC 60 529

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

Supply includes:
− Roof tray
− Base tray
− Rear panel
− Side parts
− Screw cover
− Seal and screw clamp

Surface finish:
− Roof tray, base tray,
side parts: Powder-coated
− Rear panel: Natural-anodised
Colour:
RAL 7024

Width mm

Packs of

Height mm
Depth mm
To fit

241

241

315

315

238

388

238

388

87

87

87

87

Front panel width mm

178

178

252

252

Front panel height mm

200

350

200

350

6340.000

6340.100

6340.300

6340.400

2.8

3.8

3.4

4.5

Model No. CP
(with support arm connection CP-S)

1

Weight (kg)

Page

Accessories
Front panel, 3.0 mm aluminium, natural-anodised
Wall mounting bracket, vertically hinged
Cover plate for support arm connection CP-S
Spring nut M5

1

6028.500

6028.510

6028.530

6028.540

604

1 set

6341.000

6341.000

6341.000

6341.000

442

1

6505.200

6505.200

6505.200

6505.200

604

50

6108.000

6108.000

6108.000

6108.000

478

To order different heights for front panel width:
– 178 mm use Model No.: CP 6342.109
– 252 mm use Model No.: CP 6342.209
and additionally specify the front panel height. Extended delivery times.

120

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

Command panel housing with door

System accessories Page 355 Support arm systems Page 125 Stand systems Page 147 Command panel housing with door, stainless steel Page 167

Surface finish:
− Enclosure and door: Dipcoatprimed, powder-coated on the
outside, textured paint
− Handle strips: Powder-coated
Colour:
− Enclosure and door: RAL 7035
− Handle strips and cover caps:
RAL 5018

Protection category:
IP 55 to IEC 60 529
Supply includes:
− Enclosure with cut-out and
reinforcement for support arm
system CP-L, Ø 130 mm
− Cam lock with double-bit
insert
− Door with sealing frame
− Side handle strips and cover
caps

Width (B) mm

Packs of

Height (H) mm
Depth (T) mm
1

Model No. CP
Weight (kg)

Note:
The support arm connection and
door hinge may be swapped
over by rotating the enclosure.

B

T

Approvals:
− UL
− cUL

H

Material:
− Enclosure and door:
Sheet steel
− Handle strips: Aluminium
− Cover caps: Plastic

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

300

300

300

400

400

500

200

300

400

300

400

500

180

180

180

180

180

180

6534.000

6535.000

6537.000

6536.000

6538.000

6544.000

5.5

7.1

8.4

8.4

10.6

14.5

Page

Accessories
Matching mounting plate
Support rails1)
Alternative lock systems
1) Only

AE type

1032.500

1033.500

1034.500

1030.500

1380.500

1050.500

Model No.2)

0271.324

0271.926

0271.927

0274.131

0271.548

0271.333

–

2316.000

2316.000

2316.000

2317.000

2317.000

2318.000

467

Model No.

10

44

With 3 mm double-bit lock insert, may be exchanged for 41 mm lock inserts, version C, see page 421,
plastic handles and T handles, version C, see page 420.

with vertical attachment of punched rail 23 x 23 mm, see page 463.
delivery times.

2) Extended

Rittal Sweden
RITTAL Scandinavian ab
Rittalgatan 1  SE-262 73 Ängelholm
Phone: +46 (431) 44 26 00
Fax: +46 (431) 44 26 44
E-mail: info@rittal.se  www.rittal.se

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

121

Operating housing with handle strips

System accessories Page 355 Support arm systems Page 125 Stand systems Page 147 Command panel housing with door, stainless steel Page 167

Surface finish:
− Enclosure and door: Dipcoatprimed, powder-coated on the
outside, textured paint
− Handle strips: Powder-coated
Colour:
− Enclosure and door: RAL 7035
− Handle strips and cover caps:
RAL 7030

Protection category:
IP 55 to IEC 60 529
Supply includes:
− Enclosure with cut-out and
reinforcement for support arm
system CP-L, Ø 130 mm
− Mounting angles spot welded
at the sides
− Front with maximum cut-out,
covered with easily machinable 3 mm aluminium front
panel
− Side handle strips with cover
caps
− Rear door with r/h hinge
− Cam lock with double-bit insert

Width (B) mm

Packs of

Height (H) mm
Depth (T) mm
Model No. CP

1

Weight (kg)

Note:
The support arm connection and
door hinge may be swapped
over by rotating the enclosure.

B

T

Approvals:
− UL
− cUL

H

Material:
− Enclosure and door:
Sheet steel
− Handle strips: Aluminium
− Cover caps: Plastic

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

300

380

380

500

600

200

300

380

500

380

155

210

210

210

210

6540.2001)

6531.200

6530.200

6532.200

6533.200

4.9

9.3

10.2

15.4

14.6

Page

Accessories
Support strips for attaching to the mounting
angles of the side panel

20

–

–

4594.000

4309.000

4594.000

426

Rail for interior installation

4

–

2373.210

2373.210

2373.210

2373.210

459

1

–

–

2537.0X0

2537.0X0

2537.0X0

418

Mini comfort handle
Alternative lock systems
1) Support

With 3 mm double-bit lock insert, may be exchanged for 27 mm lock inserts, version A, see page 421,
lock cylinder, plastic handles and T handles, version B, see page 420.

arm connection and door hinge at the bottom.

Rittal Spain
RITTAL Disprel S.A.
Mas Baiona, 40
Polígono Industrial Can Roqueta
08202 Sabadell (Barcelona)
Phone: +34 937 001 300
Fax: +34 937 001 301
E-mail: info@rittal.es  www.rittal.es

122

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

Operating housing with display panel front

System accessories Page 355 Support arm systems Page 125 Stand systems Page 147 Command panel housing with door, stainless steel Page 167
Material:
− Enclosure and door:
Sheet steel
− Frame and front panel:
Aluminium
Surface finish:
− Enclosure and door:
Dipcoat-primed, powdercoated on the outside,
textured paint
− Frame and front panel:
Natural-anodised
Colour:
RAL 7035

Width mm

Protection category:
IP 54 to IEC 60 529
Supply includes:
− Enclosure without gland plate
− Mounting angles spot welded
at the sides
− With maximum cut-out at the
front and fitted, easily
machinable 3 mm front panel
with aluminium frame, with r/h
hinge, screw-fastened from
the inside.
− Rear door with r/h hinge
− Cam lock with double-bit
insert

Packs of

Height mm
Depth mm
Model No. CP

1

Weight (kg)
Cam lock

Approvals:
− UL
− cUL
Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

380

380

500

600

380

600

500

600

249

249

249

249

6442.500

6462.500

6552.500

6662.500

9.5

13.4

18.0

19.6

1

2

2

2

6143.210

6143.210

6143.210

–

Page

Accessories
Enclosure reinforcement
with support arm cut-out CP-L

1

Enclosure reinforcement
with support arm cut-out CP-XL

1

–

–

–

6503.000

151

Rail for interior installation

4

2373.210

2373.210

2373.210

2373.210

459

1

2537.0X0

2537.0X0

2537.0X0

2537.0X0

418

Mini comfort handle
Alternative lock systems

151

With 3 mm double-bit lock insert, may be exchanged for 27 mm lock inserts, version A, see page 421,
lock cylinder, plastic handles and T handles, version B, see page 420.

Rittal South Korea
RITTAL Co., Ltd.
Seoul Head Office
3rd Floor Asaan Venture Tower B/D
315-6 Yangjae-Dong
Seocho-Gu  Seoul 137-896  Korea
Phone: +82 (0)2-577-6525
Fax: +82 (0)2-577-6526
E-mail: rittal@rittal.co.kr  www.rittal.co.kr

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

123

124

Support arm systems
Support arm system CP-S
Overview of components...........................................................................127
Support section CP-S ................................................................................128
Support arm system CP-S, components ...................................................129

Support arm system CP-L
Overview of components...........................................................................131
Support section CP-L ................................................................................132
Support arm system CP-L, components ...................................................133

Support arm system CP-C
Overview of components...........................................................................135
Support section CP-C................................................................................136
Support arm system CP-C, components...................................................137

Support arm system CP-XL
Overview of components...........................................................................139
Support section CP-XL ..............................................................................140
Support arm system CP-XL, components .................................................141

Load information
Comparison of support arm systems

CP-XL

1600

1400
CP-C

Permissible static load [N]
(enclosure and vertical support arm section)

1200

1000
CP-L

800

600
CP-S

400

200
0
0

500

1000

1500

2000

2500

3000

Jib length (mm)

Support arm configurator
The support arm configurator determines the correct support arm system
according to user-specific parameters.
More detailed information can be found at: www.rittal.com

125

8

9

10

5

4

6

1

2

3

126

Support arm system CP-S, steel
Overview of components
1

Enclosure attachment CP-S
(CP 6501.070)

2

Housing coupling, round CP-S
(CP 6501.050)

3

Housing coupling, CP-S for support arm connection
CP-L
120 x 65 mm
(CP 6501.130)

4

Angle coupling 90° CP-S
(CP 6501.120)

5

Support section CP-S
(CP 6501.000, .020)

6

Angle piece 90° CP-S
(CP 6501.140)

7

Top-mounted joint CP-S
(CP 6501.160)

8

Wall-mounted hinge CP-S
(CP 6501.150)

9

Wall/base mounting bracket CP-S
(CP 6501.110)

10

Mounting components for signal pillar
(CP 2375.030)

7

Load information
When using CP-S in conjunction with CP-L
(in the horizontal development of the system),
the CP-L load diagram applies.

800

Permissible static load [N]
(enclosure and vertical support arm section)

600

400

200

0
0

500

1000

1500

Jib length (mm)

127

Support arm system CP-S, steel

Comfort Panel Page 116 Optipanel Page 118 Compact Panel Page 120 Command panel housing with door Page 121 Operating housings Page 122
Support section CP-S
Attached to the connection components via 2 clamping screws.

Size:
− External diameter: 48.3 mm
− Wall thickness: 4.0 mm
Material:
− Steel conduit, powder-coated

Integral adjustment facility

Note:
Stainless steel, see page 168.

Supply includes:
Support section CP-S

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

Combination with support arm system
CP-L

Also available in stainless steel version,
see page 168
10

7

1

8

4

3

11

9

6

12

1

2

5

1

Support section CP-S, 1000 mm (CP 6501.020)

2

Support section CP-S, 500 mm (CP 6501.000)

3

Wall-mounted hinge CP-S (CP 6501.150)

4

Angle piece 90° CP-S (CP 6501.140)

5

Housing coupling CP-S (CP 6501.050)

6

Wall-mounted hinge CP-L (CP 6521.010)

7

Support section CP-L, 500 mm (CP 6511.000)

8

Angle adaptor CP-L to CP-S 90° (CP 6501.090)

9

Wall/base mounting, rigid, CP-S, stainless steel (CP 6663.000)

10

Support section CP-S, stainless steel, 1000 mm (CP 6660.010)

11

Angle piece 90°, CP-S, stainless steel (CP 6664.300)

12

Support section CP-S, stainless steel, 500 mm (CP 6660.050)

13

Housing coupling CP-S, stainless steel (CP 6664.000)

128

Colour:
RAL 7035

5

13

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

Support arm system CP-S, steel
Length mm

Weight kg

Colour RAL

Wall section

Rigid

Desk section

Rotating/tilting

Enclosure section



–

–

0.8

7024

6902.670

–

–

–



–

1.0

7024

6501.070

–

–



–

–

1.1

7024

6501.050

–

–



–

–

1.5

7024

6501.130

–

–



–

–

1.6

7024

6501.120

–

–

–

–

500
1000

2.1
4.2

7035
7035

–



–

1.1

7024

6501.140

–

6501.140

–



–

0.3

7024

2375.030

–

–



–

–

1.8

7024

–

–

6501.160



–

–

2.2

7024

–

–

6501.150

–



–

0.7

7024

–

–

6501.110

Model No. CP

Enclosure attachment, tilting

see page 145

Enclosure attachment CP-S

Housing coupling, round CP-S

Housing coupling CP-S
for support arm connection CP-L
120 x 65 mm
Angle coupling 90° CP-S

Support section CP-S
6501.000
6501.020

Angle piece 90° CP-S

Mounting component for signal pillar

see page 623

Top-mounted joint CP-S

Wall-mounted hinge CP-S

Wall/base mounting bracket CP-S

Accessories CP-S
Angle adaptor 90° CP-L to CP-S CP 6501.090

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

see page 146

129

17

18

15

20
11

14

12

13

4

10
3

1

5
2

8

9

7
6

130

Support arm system CP-L
Overview of components
1

Tilting adaptor 10° CP-L, for support arm connection Ø 130 mm
(CP 6527.010)

2

Tilting adaptor 10° CP-L, for support arm connection
CP-L
120 x 65 mm (CP 6527.110)

3

Tilting adaptor ±45° CP-L, for support arm connection Ø 130 mm
(CP 6529.010)

4

Connection console CP-L (CP 6508.010)

5

Enclosure attachment CP-L, for support arm connection Ø 130 mm
(CP 6525.510)

6

Enclosure attachment CP-L, for support arm connection
CP-L
120 x 65 mm (CP 6525.610)

7

Enclosure attachment, locatable CP-L, for support arm connection
CP-L
120 x 65 mm (CP 6525.210)

8

Housing coupling CP-L, for support arm connection Ø 130 mm
(CP 6525.010)

9

Housing coupling CP-L, for support arm connection
CP-L
120 x 65 mm (CP 6525.110)

10

Angle coupling 90° CP-L, for support arm connection Ø 130 mm
(CP 6526.010)

11

Support section CP-L, closed
(CP 6509.000, CP 6511.000, CP 6513.000, CP 6515.000)

12

Support section CP-L, open (CP 6513.050)

13

Angle piece 90° CP-L (CP 6524.010)

14

Articulated joint 90° CP-L, may only be top-mounted/suspended
on the enclosure side (CP 6524.210)

15

Intermediate hinge CP-L (CP 6523.010)

16

Top-mounted joint CP-L (CP 6522.010)

17

Wall-mounted hinge CP-L (CP 6521.010)

18

Wall/base mounting bracket, small CP-L (CP 6520.510)

19

Wall/base mounting bracket, large CP-L (CP 6520.010)

20

Mounting components for signal pillar (CP 2375.000, .020)

16

Load information
Permissible load depending on system configuration

800
Permissible static load [N]
(enclosure and vertical support arm section)

19

1
2

600

3
400

200

0
0

500

1000

1500

2000

Jib length (mm)

1 System configuration without intermediate hinge
2 System configuration with one intermediate hinge
3 System configuration with one intermediate hinge

and one top-mounted/wall-mounted joint
Note:
− Intermediate hinge CP 6523.010 should only be used once per system!
− When using the open support section, the load information is 70% of the
closed support section.
131

Support arm system CP-L

Comfort Panel Page 116 Optipanel Page 118 Compact Panel Page 120 Command panel housing with door Page 121 Operating housings Page 122
Size:
− External dimensions:
50 x 85 mm
− Wall thickness: 8 mm

Colour:
Support section: RAL 7035

21

Material:
− Support section:
Extruded aluminium section
− Cover: Plastic

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

85

Supply includes:
Support section CP-L
85

Support section CP-L
Attachment to the connection
components with 4 self-tapping
screws in the screw channel,
may be cut to any required
length, no thread-tapping
required.

50

Combination with support arm systems
CP-C to CP-L

Combination with support arm systems
CP-C to CP-S
1

Wall/base mounting bracket CP-C,
large (CP 6072.000)

2

Support section CP-C, 500 mm
(CP 6074.100)

3

Intermediate hinge CP-C (CP 6071.800)

4

Adaptor CP-C to CP-L (CP 6071.600)

5

Support section CP-L (CP 6511.000)

6

Angle piece 90° CP-L (CP 6524.010)

7

Support section CP-L, 500 mm
(CP 6511.000)

8

Housing coupling CP-L (CP 6525.010)

2
5

10

3
6

1

9

7
4

50

11

5

8

12

9

Wall-mounted hinge CP-L (CP 6521.010)

10

Angle adaptor 90° (CP 6501.090)

11

Support section CP-S, steel, 500 mm
(CP 6501.000)

12

Housing coupling CP-S (CP 6501.050)

Combination with support arm, height adjustable

●
●
●
●

Adjustment range up to 800 mm
Integral stay in three stages, except for CP 6510.210
Problem-free cable entry with connectors such as DVI, VGA, except with CP 6510.210
Support arm, height-adjustable, see page 144

132

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

Support arm system CP-L
Length mm

Weight kg

Colour RAL

Wall section

Rigid

Desk section

Rotating/tilting

Enclosure section

for support arm connection Ø 130 mm

–



–

0.6

7024

6527.010

–

–

for support arm connection CP-L

–



–

0.4

7024

6527.110

–

–



–

–

1.3

7024

6529.010

–

–

–



–

0.7

7024

6508.010

–

–

Model No. CP

Tilting adaptor 10° CP-L
120 x 65 mm

Tilting adaptor ±45° CP-L
for support arm connection Ø 130 mm
Connection console CP-L
for flat operating housings
Enclosure attachment CP-L
for support arm connection Ø 130 mm

–



–

1.0

7024

6525.510

–

–

for support arm connection CP-L

–



–

1.0

7024

6525.610

–

–

–



–

0.4

7024

6525.210

–

–

120 x 65 mm

Enclosure attachment, locatable CP-L
for support arm connection CP-L

120 x 65 mm

Housing coupling CP-L
for support arm connection Ø 130 mm



–

–

1.7

7024

6525.010

–

–

for support arm connection CP-L



–

–

1.4

7024

6525.110

–

–



–

–

1.9

7024

6526.010

–

–

Closed

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

250 1.3
500 2.6
1000 5.1
2000 10.2

7035
7035
7035
7035

6509.000
6511.000
6513.000
6515.000

6509.000
6511.000
6513.000
6515.000

6509.000
6511.000
6513.000
6515.000

Open

–

–

1000 4.75 7035

6513.050

6513.050

6513.050

–



–

1.4

7024

6524.010

–

6524.010



–

–

1.2

7024

6524.210

–

–



–

–

3.2

7024

–

6523.010

–

–



–

1.9

7024

–

–

6520.010

–
–




–
–

0.4

9017
9017

2375.000
–

–
2375.020

–
2375.020



–

–

3.0

7024

–

–

6522.010



–

–

3.2

7024

–

–

6521.010

–



–

0.6

7024

–

–

6520.510

120 x 65 mm

Angle coupling 90° CP-L
for support arm connection Ø 130 mm
Support section CP-L

Angle piece 90° CP-L

Articulated joint 90° CP-L

Intermediate hinge CP-L

Wall/base mounting, large CP-L

Mounting component for signal pillar
see page 623
Top-mounted joint CP-L

Wall-mounted hinge CP-L

Wall/base mounting bracket, small, CP-L

Accessories CP-L:
Adaptation options

see page 142

Support arm bracket CP 6519.000

see page 145

Connection plate CP 6528.210

see page 143

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

133

11

13

9
12

4

7

4

14

6

3

5

4
5

2

1

134

Support arm system CP-C
Overview of components
1

Enclosure attachment CP-C, for support arm connection
CP-L Ø 130 mm (CP 6070.200)

2

Enclosure attachment CP-C, for support arm connection
CP-L Ø 130 mm (CP 6070.000)

3

Angle coupling 90° CP-C, for support arm connection
CP-L Ø 130 mm (CP 6071.200)

4

Support section CP-C, closed (CP 6074.000, .100, .300, .500)

5

Support section CP-C, open (CP 6075.100, .300, .500)

6

Angle piece 90° CP-C (CP 6071.400)

7

Intermediate hinge CP-C (CP 6071.800)

8

Top-mounted joint CP-C, vertical outlet (CP 6072.800)

9

Top-mounted joint CP-C, horizontal outlet (CP 6072.600)

10

Wall-mounted joint CP-C, vertical outlet (CP 6072.400)

11

Wall-mounted joint CP-C, horizontal outlet (CP 6072.500)

12

Wall/base mounting bracket, small CP-C (CP 6072.200)

13

Wall/base mounting bracket, large CP-C (CP 6072.000)

14

Mounting components for signal pillar (CP 6073.000)

6

4

8

10

Load information
Permissible load depending on system configuration

1

1200

2
Permissible static load [N]
(enclosure and vertical support arm section)

1000

3

800

B
600

400

200

A
0
0

500

1000

1500

2000

2500

Jib length (mm)

1 Without intermediate hinge
2 With intermediate hinge CP 6071.800 and closed support section
3 With intermediate hinge CP 6071.800 and open support section
A Maximum system length 2500 mm for systems with horizontal outlet

at the system start.
B Maximum system length 1500 mm for systems with vertical outlet

at the system start.
Note:
− Wall/base mounting bracket, small CP 6072.200 must not be used in
conjunction with intermediate hinge CP 6071.800!
− Intermediate hinge CP 6071.800 should only be used once per system!

135

Support arm system CP-C

Comfort Panel Page 116 Optipanel Page 118 Compact Panel Page 120 Command panel housing with door Page 121 Operating housings Page 122
Upper channel adequate for
cables with large connectors
(e.g. DVI or VGA) and available/
usable throughout the entire
system.
Size:
− External dimensions:
75 x 120 mm
− Wall thickness: 6.5 mm

Function
● Easily adjusted without dismantling the system
● Fast, simple assembly of the system
● Rotation range may be limited without dismantling the system

136

Material:
− Support section:
Extruded aluminium section
− Cover: Plastic
Colour:
− Support section: RAL 7035
− Cover: RAL 7024
Supply includes:
− Support section CP-C
− Clip-in lid (only for CP-C
open)

120

Support section CP-C
Attachment to the connection
components with 4 self-tapping
screws in the screw channel. May
be cut to any required length, no
thread-tapping required.
Closed cable duct with a large
cross-section.
Open cable duct for easy servicing access and for pre-assembled cables with connectors; lockable via cover section. X-shaped
profile for higher load capacity,
large cable routing channels.

75

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

Cable management
● Cross-section sufficient for large connectors
● Separation between data and power cables
● Removable cover for simple cable entry
● Flexible cable entry and routing options

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

Support arm system CP-C
Colour RAL

Weight kg

Length mm

Rigid

Rotating/tilting

Enclosure section

Desk section

Wall section

Model No. CP

Enclosure attachment CP-C for support arm connection CP-L Ø 130 mm

–



–

0.7

7035

6070.200

–

–

7035

6070.000

–

–

Housing coupling CP-C for support arm connection CP-L Ø 130 mm


–

–

2.0

Angle coupling 90° CP-C, for support arm connection CP-L Ø 130 mm


–

–

2.1

7035/
7024

6071.200

–

–

Closed

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

250
500
1000
2000

2.0
3.9
7.8
15.6

7035

6074.000
6074.100
6074.300
6074.500

6074.000
6074.100
6074.300
6074.500

6074.000
6074.100
6074.300
6074.500

Open

–
–
–

–
–
–

500
1000
2000

4.6
9.2
18.4

7035/
7024

6075.100
6075.300
6075.500

6075.100
6075.300
6075.500

6075.100
6075.300
6075.500

–



–

1.1

7035/
7024

6071.400

–

6071.400



–

–

4.4

7035/
7024

–

6071.800

–

Vertical outlet



–

–

3.8

7035

–

–

6072.800

Horizontal outlet



–

–

4.3

7035/
7024

–

–

6072.600

Vertical outlet



–

–

5.5

7035/
7024

–

–

6072.400

Horizontal outlet



–

–

6.1

7035/
7024

–

–

6072.500

–



–

0.5

7035

–

–

6072.200

–



–

2.5

7035/
7024

–

–

6072.000

–



–

0.1

7024

6073.000

6073.000

6073.000

Support section CP-C

Angle piece 90° CP-C

Intermediate hinge CP-C

Top-mounted joint CP-C

Wall-mounted hinge CP-C

Wall/base mounting bracket, small, CP-C

Wall/base mounting bracket, large, CP-C

Mounting component for signal pillar

See page 623

Accessories CP-C:
Adaptor CP-C to CP-L CP 6071.600
Connection adaptor CP-L Ø 130 mm to CP-L
Support arm, height adjustable

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

see page 143
120 x 65 mm CP 6071.000

see page 142
see page 144

137

15
14

12

8
11

10

7

1
8

5
9

4

6

138

Support arm system CP-XL
Overview of components

13

1

Connection adaptor CP-L to CP-XL, 20 mm height
(CP 6528.010)

2

Connection adaptor CP-L to CP-XL, 55 mm height
(CP 6528.510)

3

Tilting adaptor 10° CP-XL
(CP 6023.010)

4

Enclosure attachment, round CP-XL
(CP 6130.610)

5

Enclosure attachment, square CP-XL
(CP 6130.510)

6

Housing coupling CP-XL
(CP 6130.010)

7

Angle coupling 90° CP-XL
(CP 6140.010)

8

Support section CP-XL, closed
(CP 6050.500, 6100.500, 6200.500)

9

Support section CP-XL, open
(CP 6050.000, 6100.000, 6200.000)

10

Angle piece 90° CP-XL, outlet at bottom
(CP 6140.010)

11

Angle piece 90° CP-XL, outlet at top
(CP 6180.010)

12

Intermediate hinge CP-XL
(CP 6120.010)

13

Top-mounted joint CP-XL
(CP 6170.010)

14

Wall-mounted hinge CP-XL
(CP 6110.010)

15

Wall/base mounting bracket CP-XL
(CP 6160.010)

8

9

Load information
Permissible load depending on system configuration
2
1600

1400

1200
Permissible static load [N]
(enclosure and vertical support arm section)

3

1000

1 + 2
800

3

600

400

200
0
0

500

1000

1500

2000

2500

3000

Jib length (mm)

1 Open and solid support section without intermediate hinge
2 Solid support section with one intermediate hinge
3 Open support section with one intermediate hinge

Note:
Intermediate hinge CP 6120.010 should only be used once per system!

139

Support arm system CP-XL

Comfort Panel Page 116 Optipanel Page 118 Compact Panel Page 120 Command panel housing with door Page 121 Operating housings Page 122
Open cable duct for easy servicing access and for pre-assembled cables with connectors;
lockable via clip-in cover.
Size:
External dimensions:
80 x 155 mm
Material:
Extruded aluminium section

Colour:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
− Support section CP-XL
− Clip-in cover
(only for CP-XL open)

155

Support section CP-XL
Attachment to the connection
components with 4 self-tapping
screws in a screw channel, may
be cut to any required length.
Closed cable duct for higher
loads and torsion.

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.
80

Cable management
● Open support section for retrospective cable insertion
● Separation of control cables from power supply
with two separate ducts

Combination with support arm systems
CP-XL to CP-L

2

3
4
1
5

1 Wall-mounted hinge CP-XL (CP 6110.010)
2 Support section CP-XL (CP 6100.000)
3 Angle adaptor 90° CP-XL to CP-L

(CP 6528.110)
4 Support section CP-L (CP 6511.000)
5 Housing coupling CP-L for support arm

connection CP-L Ø 130 mm (CP 6525.010)

140

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

Support arm system CP-XL
Length mm

Weight kg

Colour RAL

Wall section

Rigid

Desk section

Rotating/tilting

Enclosure section

Height 20 mm

–



–

0.6

7024

6528.010

–

–

Height 55 mm

–



–

0.7

7024

6528.510

–

–

–



–

1.4

7024

6023.010

–

–

–



–

1.2

7024

6130.610

–

–

–



–

1.2

7024

6130.510

–

–



–

–

3.6

7024

6130.010

–

–



–

–

2.1

7024

6040.010

–

–

Closed

–
–
–

–
–
–

500
1000
2000

5.5
11.0
22.0

7035
7035
7035

6050.500
6100.500
6200.500

6050.500
6100.500
6200.500

6050.500
6100.500
6200.500

Open

–
–
–

–
–
–

500
1000
2000

4.9
9.8
19.6

7035
7035
7035

6050.000
6100.000
6200.000

6050.000
6100.000
6200.000

6050.000
6100.000
6200.000

Outlet at bottom

–

–

–

2.4

7024

6140.010

–

6140.010

Outlet at top

–

–

–

3.6

7024

6180.010

–

6180.010



–

–

6.5

7024

–

6120.010

–



–

–

11.9

7024

–

–

6170.010



–

–

8.5

7024

–

–

6110.010

–



–

4.1

7024

–

–

6160.010

–



–

0.6

–

–

6110.100

6110.100

Model No. CP

Connection adaptor CP-L to CP-XL

Tilting adaptor 10° CP-XL

Enclosure attachment, round CP-XL

Enclosure attachment, rectangular CP-XL

Housing coupling CP-XL

Angle coupling 90° CP-XL

Support section CP-XL

Angle piece 90° CP-XL

Intermediate hinge CP-XL

Top-mounted joint CP-XL

Wall-mounted hinge CP-XL

Wall/base mounting bracket CP-XL

Rotation range restrictor
for:
Intermediate hinge CP 6120.010
Wall-mounted hinge CP 6110.010

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

141

Support arm systems
Accessories
Connection adaptor
CP-L Ø 130 mm to
CP-L
120 x 65 mm

Height
mm

Colour
RAL

Weight
kg

Model No. CP

40

7035

0.5

6071.000

For external mounting of command panels with
support arm cut-out CP-L
120 x 65 mm.
Material:
Cast aluminium

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

Supply includes:
Seal and assembly parts.

Connection adaptor CP-L
to CP-XL
For mounting between enclosures with support
arm connection CP-L and support arm system
CP-XL.
May also be used for the attachment of command
panels with cut-out for CP-L directly to machines
and systems without a support arm. The mounting cut-out CP-XL should be provided there.
Assembly sequence:
● Mount the connection adaptor on the supporting structure
● Mount the enclosure and tighten the screws

Height
mm

Colour
RAL

Weight
kg

201)

7024

0.6

6528.010

55

7024

0.7

6528.510

Model No.
CP

1) If

the load permits, also suitable for mounting between
enclosure with support arm connection CP-XL and
support arm system CP-L Ø 130 mm.

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

Material:
Cast aluminium
Supply includes:
Seal and assembly parts.

Adaptor
for Siemens Pro-Panel
● For external mounting of Siemens Simatic
Pro-Panel on
− Support arm system CP-S
− Support arm system CP-L
120 x 65 mm

Colour
RAL

Model No. CP

7024

6528.450

Material:
Aluminium
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Connection console CP-L
for Beckhoff Control-Panels
● Removable cover for easy cable entry with
a large opening (110 x 50 mm)
● For external mounting of Beckhoff
Control-Panels on
− Support arm system CP-S
− Support arm system CP-L
120 x 65 mm

Colour
RAL

Weight
kg

Model No. CP

7024

0.7

6508.020

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

Material:
Cast aluminium
Supply includes:
Seals and assembly parts for mounting on the
enclosure and 2 cable ties.

142

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

Support arm systems
Accessories
Connection plate CP-L
With reinforcement plate
● For easy location of the command panel onto
the support arm or pedestal.
● More space for cable entry
● For mounting command panels
− Comfort Panel from a front panel width of
247 mm and installation depth of 152 mm
− Optipanel from a front panel width of 220 mm
and installation depth of 150 mm
− Sheet steel from 135 mm installation depth

Colour
RAL

Weight
kg

Model No.
CP

7024

0.7

6528.210

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

Material:
− Connection plate: Cast aluminium
− Reinforcement plate: Sheet steel, 6 mm
Supply includes:
Seals and assembly parts.

Enclosure attachment, tilting,
base mounting
CP-L
120 x 65 mm
For mounting beneath:
● IW worktop with pedestal
● Adequately large surfaces
Fits enclosures with mounting cut-out:
● CP-L
120 x 65 mm
(e.g. Optipanel, see page 118,
Comfort Panel, see page 116)
With mounting cut-out for connector grommet
for sealed cable entry.

Colour
RAL

Weight
kg

Model No.
IW

7024

1.6

6902.640

Note:
The enclosure attachment can be mounted either
on the support arm connection of the Optipanel
enclosure or on the underside or rear of any
enclosure.
Accessories:

Tilt angle:
+/–40°, lockable via clamping levers.

− Connector gland, see page 522
− IW worktop, see page 111
− Pedestal, see page 147.

Material:
Sheet steel

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

Surface finish:
Spray-finished
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Connection adaptor
CP-C to CP-L
Applications: For integration of the support arm,
height-adjustable CP-L (see page 132) to the
CP-C support arm system
● For mounting small, flat operating housings if
the load capacity of the support arm system
CP-C is needed for long jib lengths

Weight
kg

Model No. CP

0.6

6071.600

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

Benefits:
● Integral adjustment facility
Material:
Cast aluminium
Supply includes:
− Seals
− Self-tapping screws for CP-L support section
attachment.

Adjustment set for support
section CP-XL

Packs of

Model No. CP

10

6205.000

The adjustment set also supports retrospective
alignment of the CP support section.
Material:
Sheet steel 1.0 mm
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

143

Support arm systems
Accessories
Housing couplings CP-XL
for desktop mounting
The stable, rotating connection with extra space
for cable routing.
For additional stability of the roof and base with
heavy installed equipment.
For mounting
● Command panels from 150 mm installation
depth on
● IW worktops
● Horizontal surfaces (floors or ceilings)
Attachment
● of command panels: With one-man assembly
via machined keyholes
● on surfaces: Via external screws with cover

Design

Optipanel

Comfort
Panel

Weight
kg

Model No.
CP

W=
418 mm

4321)

4351)

4,2

6528.410

1) From

front panel width mm without keyboard housing;
with keyboard housing on request.

Note:
With the Comfort Panel and Optipanel enclosures, the rectangular support arm cut-out can be
selected, ordered and prepared using the command panel configurators at www.rittal.com.
Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

Rotation range:
Max. 350°, lockable via clamping levers.
By using additional M6 cheese-head screws,
the rotation range may be limited to ±28°, ±73°,
±118°, ±163°.
Material:
− Housing coupling: Cast aluminium/die-cast zinc
− Reinforcement plate: Sheet steel, 6 mm
Surface finish:
− Housing coupling: Powder-coated, textured
− Reinforcement plate: Zinc-plated
Colour:
Housing coupling: RAL 7024
Supply includes:
− Reinforcement plate
− Seals
− Assembly parts

Support arm, height adjustable
for support arm system CP-L
Offers enhanced ergonomics thanks to:
● Adjustment range
− for tall and short operators
− for seated and standing work
− adjustable to a maximum of 800 mm as
required via an adjusting screw at the front of
the support arm.
● Precise coordination of the compression spring
to the enclosure weight via an adjusting screw
at the rear of the support arm.
● Complete functional reliabilty – if the compression spring breaks, the arm will remain in position.
● Clip-off plastic panels for access to integral
cable routing.
● Tilting angle of the mounted enclosure is identical in every height position.

Overall
length
mm

Weight
range
kg1)

Colour
RAL

Model No.
CP

962

9006

10 – 20

6510.210

1090

9006

15 – 32

6510.330

1090

9006

20 – 40

6510.340

1) For

populated enclosure and vertical support section.

Note:
Maximum cross-section for cable entry:
6510.210 = 8 x 15 mm
6510.330/.340 = 16 x 40 mm
Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

For 6510.330 and 6510.340:
● More space for cable routing.
● Cables with connectors such as DVI,
VGA are also easily inserted.
● Integral locking in three stages.
● Superior load capacity.
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

144

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

Support arm systems
Accessories
Pivot CP-L
with/without jib
● For direct, vertically hinged integration into
machines and systems
● Enclosure suspended or top-mounted
● With integral rotation range restrictor
● To fit enclosures with mounting cut-out
CP-L Ø 130 mm

Support arm bracket 90° CP-L
● For the configuration of compact systems
● To fit support arm system CP-L
● No thread-tapping required

Jib length
mm

Colour
RAL

Load
capacity N

Model No.
CP

–

7024

700

6016.700

200

7024/7035

700

6016.600

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

Colour
RAL

Weight
kg

Model No.
CP

7035

3.4

6519.000

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

Enclosure attachment, tilting,
top mounting
For mounting on:
● IW worktop, prepared for enclosure attachment
CP-L, Ø 130 mm, see page 111
● Surfaces
● Enclosure attachment/coupling
CP-L
120 x 65 mm, see page 133
● Attachment/housing coupling CP-S (may also
be used as tilting adaptor +100°/–60° for CP-S),
see page 129
To fit enclosures up to 20 kg with support arm
connection:
● CP-S
● CP-L
120 x 65 mm
● CP-L Ø 130 mm
● VESA Standard 75.
With cable tube for protected cable entry.

Colour RAL

Weight kg

Model No. IW

7024

0.8

6902.670

Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Spray-finished
Supply includes:
− Assembly parts
− Plastic concertina section
Accessories:
IW worktops prepared for enclosure attachment,
see page 111.
Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

Tilt angle:
+100°/–60°, adjustable in 7.2° increments via
clamping lever and may be limited to +100°/–15°
using the stop screw supplied loose.

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

145

Support arm systems
Accessories
Angle adaptor 90°
Connection component between:
● small and larger support arm systems.
Outlet optionally at the top or bottom if this configuration is chosen for static or visual reasons. The
removable cover ensures easier cable entry.
Material:
Cast aluminium

Colour
RAL

Weight
kg

CP-L to CP-S

7024

1.0

6501.090

CP-XL to CP-L

7024

1.7

6528.110

Model No.
CP

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

Supply includes:
Seal for support section attachment.

146

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

Stand systems

Comfort Panel Page 116 Optipanel Page 118 Compact Panel Page 120 Command panel housing with door Page 121 Operating housings Page 122
Pedestal, modular, consisting of:
● Pedestal base plate
● Support section
● Enclosure connection

Colour:
RAL 7035

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.
Photo shows a configuration
example with equipment not
included in the scope of supply.

Pedestal, modular
3

2

1

Weight load kg

15

18

1 Pedestal base plate

35

50

Page

Model No. CP

Pedestal base plate

6146.100

6143.200

400 x 10 x 400

400 x 108 x 400

6146.200

–

–

–

Closed, length 1000 mm

–

6513.000

6513.000

6100.500

133/141

Open, length 1000 mm

–

6513.050

6513.050

6100.000

133/141

–

6143.210

–

–

151

Enclosure attachment CP-S

6501.070

–

–

–

129

Housing coupling CP-S

6501.050

–

–

–

129

Dimensions W x H x D mm
2 Support section

6137.535

6137.035

490 x 100 x 600
Model No. CP

Height-adjustable (adjustment range 732 – 1122 mm)

3 Enclosure connection

Model No. CP

Enclosure reinforcement, rigid

Enclosure attachment CP-L, Ø 130 mm

–

–

6525.510

–

133

Enclosure attachment CP-L,

–

–

6525.610

–

133

120 x 65 mm

Housing coupling CP-L, Ø 130 mm

–

–

6525.010

–

133

Housing coupling CP-L,

–

–

6525.110

–

133

120 x 65 mm

Enclosure attachment CP-XL, round

–

–

–

6130.610

141

Enclosure attachment CP-XL, rectangular

–

–

–

6130.510

141
141

Housing coupling CP-XL
Tilt adjustment

–

–

–

6130.010

6146.300

–

–

–

Accessories
Twin castors

6148.000

–

6148.000

6148.000

374

Levelling feet

–

–

4612.000

4612.000

373

–

–

1590.000

1590.000

439

6146.400

–

–

–

Base mount
Gas pressurised spring, load capacity 15 kg

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

147

Stand systems

Comfort Panel Page 116 Optipanel Page 118 Compact Panel Page 120 Command panel housing with door Page 121 Operating housings Page 122
The right system to suit any
application:
● Fixed or mobile variant
● Different designs
● Weight load from 15 – 50 kg
● Reliable protection of cable
management

Colour:
RAL 7035

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.
Photo shows a configuration
example with equipment not
included in the scope of supply.

Pedestal, complete

Weight load kg

25

25

35

50

50

Model No. CP

6141.100

6141.200

6136.500

6136.000

6135.000

Dimensions W x H x D mm

600 x 1093 x 660 600 x 946 x 660

600 x 1005 x 550

Page

360 x 995 x 500

Supply includes
Cross member









–

Base plate

–

–

–

–



Twin castors

–

–





–

Support section



–







Vertical aluminium moulding, may be opened





–

–

–

Worktop attachment

–



–

–

–

Twin castors

6148.000,
7495.000

6148.000,
7495.000

–

–

–

374

Levelling feet

4612.000

4612.000

–

–

–

373

Base mount

6147.000

6147.000

–

–

–

151

Trim panel for pedestal

6144.100

6144.100

–

–

–

151

Enclosure attachment CP-L, Ø 130 mm

6525.510

–

6525.510

–

–

133

Enclosure attachment CP-L,

6525.610

–

6525.610

–

–

133

Housing coupling CP-L, Ø 130 mm

6525.010

–

–

–

–

133

Housing coupling CP-L,

6525.110

–

–

–

–

133

6525.210

–

–

–

–

133

Enclosure attachment CP-XL, round

–

–

–

6130.610

–

141

Enclosure attachment CP-XL, rectangular

–

–

–

6130.510

–

141

Enclosure attachment, tilting

–

6902.640

–

–

–

143

Worktop without handle1)

–

6902.310

–

–

–

Accessories

120 x 65 mm

120 x 65 mm

Enclosure attachment CP-L,

120 x 65 mm, locatable

 Included with the supply.
1) W x H x D 950 x 38 x 600 mm

148

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

Stand systems

Comfort Panel Page 116 Optipanel Page 118 Compact Panel Page 120 Command panel housing with door Page 121 Operating housings Page 122
The welded alternatives to the
pedestal, complete
● Pedestal, open:
For retrospective cable entry
with pre-assembled connectors
● Pillar, small:
For heavy installed equipment

Material:
Steel

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

Surface finish:
Spray-finished

Photo shows a configuration
example with equipment not
included in the scope of supply.

Colour:
RAL 7035

Pillar, small

Weight load kg

40

80

Model No. CP

6215.000

6214.500

Base plate cross-section W x H x D mm

400 x 10 x 400

500 x 12 x 500

Pedestal tube cross-section W x H mm

86 x 73

160 x 80

Page

Design

Pedestal tube wall thickness mm
Overall height mm

3

3,2

1093

1150

Accessories
Enclosure attachment CP-L, Ø 130 mm

6525.510

–

133

Housing coupling CP-L, Ø 130 mm

6525.0101)

–

133

Enclosure attachment CP-XL, round

–

6130.610

141

Enclosure attachment CP-XL, rectangular

–

6130.510

141

Housing coupling CP-XL

–

6130.010

141

1) When

assembling enclosures with support arm connection CP-L,
(see page 142) should additionally be used.

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

120 x 65 mm, connection adaptor CP-L, Ø 130 mm to CP-L,

120 x 65 mm CP 6071.000

149

Stand systems

Support arm system CP-S Page 127 Support arm system CP-L Page 131 Support arm system CP-C Page 135 Support arm system CP-XL Page 139
The stable base point for the
support arm system. The attachment of additional enclosures,
e.g. for security systems, is also
possible.
There is a choice of 2 cross-sections:
● 140 x 140 mm
● 200 x 200 mm

Design:
− Base plate, thickness:
15 mm, with 4 mounting holes
− Cut-out in the base plate in
accordance with the crosssection for cable entry from
below
− Pedestal tube (wall thickness
5 mm) welded to the base
plate
− Connection facility for
support arm systems as
per the selection table.

Material:
Steel

Accessories:

Surface finish:
Spray-finished
Colour:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
Assembly parts for support arm
system according to selection.
Note:
Customer-specific designs,
such as:
− Other RAL colours
− Heights
− Consoles for additional
enclosures
available on request.

Delivery time:
Available on request.

− Support arm system
CP-S, see 128
− CP-L, see page 132
− CP-C, see page 136
− CP-XL, see page 140
− Gland plates size 2,
see from page 514.
Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.
Photo shows a configuration
example with equipment not
included in the scope of supply.

Pillar
Design

For support arm system

Model No. CP

Cross-section 140 x 140 mm, height 2000 mm1)

CP-S, CP-L, CP-C

6214.000

Cross-section 200 x 200 mm, height 2000 mm1)

CP-C, CP-XL

6220.000

1)

Unless otherwise specified.

In addition to the Model Number, the following information is also needed:
1. Unless otherwise stated, the position for the cable entry cut-out is on the rear.
2. Position and Item No. of support arm component
Support arm component
Wall/base mounting bracket, large, side mounting

Support arm system
CP-S

CP-L

CP-C

CP-XL

6501.110

6520.010

6072.000

6160.010

Wall-mounted hinge, horizontal outlet, side mounting

6501.150

6521.010

6072.500

6110.010

Top-mounted joint, mounting on top

6501.160

6522.010

6072.600, 6072.800

6170.010

150

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

Stand systems
Accessories
Base mount

Packs of

Model No. CP

4

6147.000

Colour RAL

Model No. CP

7035 textured

6144.100

Brackets for screw-fastening from below to the
cast feet with posidrive raised countersunk
screws M12. Optionally with projection at the front,
interior or sides, with Ø 11 mm hole for screwfastening to the base.
Material:
Steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Posidrive raised countersunk screws M12.

Trim panel
Material:
Cast aluminium
Supply includes:
Assembly parts for screw-fastening between the
cast feet at the front or rear.

Enclosure reinforcement
For external or internal reinforcement of enclosures of a corresponding size.
Smaller enclosures may also be mounted directly
without enclosure reinforcement.

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

Supply includes:
Assembly parts for the enclosure and support
section plus 2 seals.

1

For enclosure

Support arm
connection

Material

Weight kg

Model No.
CP

1

B1 ≥ 300 mm,
T1 ≥ 150 mm

CP-S

Stainless steel
1.4301

0.9

6143.310

2

B1 ≥ 300 mm,
T1 ≥ 150 mm

CP-L

Sheet steel

0.9

6143.210

3

CP 6662.500
or
AE (B1 = 600 mm,
T1 ≥ 210 mm)

CP-XL

Sheet steel

2.2

6503.000

2

B = Width
T = Depth

3

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

151

152

Hygienic Design
Small and compact enclosures HD
Terminal boxes HD....................................................................................154
Compact enclosures HD, single-door .......................................................155
Accessories ...............................................................................................156

153

Hygienic Design

HD accessories Page 156 System accessories Page 355
Protection category:
− IP 66 to IEC 60 529
− IP 69K to DIN 40 050-9
Compliant with NEMA 13
Compliant with NEMA 4X
Compliant with NEMA 3R

T

B2

H2

Surface finish:
− Enclosure and cover:
Brushed, grain 400,
RA< 0.8 μm
− Seal: Blue, dyed (RAL 5010)

H1

Material:
− Enclosure and cover:
Stainless steel 1.4301
(AISI 304), 1.5 mm
− Mounting bracket:
Sheet steel, zinc-plated,
passivated, 2.0 mm
− Quick-release fasteners:
Stainless steel
− Seal: Silicone,
compliant with FDA Guideline
21 CFR 177.2600

Supply includes:
− Enclosure of all-round solid
construction
− Cover
− Mounting bracket
(pre-assembled)
− Seal and quick-release locks
(supplied loose)

B1

Detailed drawing:
Available on the Internet.

Terminal boxes HD
Width
Height
Depth
Model No. HD

Front (B1) mm Packs of

150

150

200

300

400

400

Rear (B2) mm

172

177

227

327

427

427

Front (H1) mm

150

150

200

200

200

300

Rear (H2) mm

172

177

227

227

227

327

(T) mm

80

120

120

120

120

120

1670.600

1671.600

1672.600

1674.600

1675.600

1676.600

1

Page

Accessories
Wall spacer bracket HD

1

4000.100

4000.100

4000.100

4000.100

4000.100

4000.100

156

Mounting plate

1

1560.700

1560.700

1562.700

1563.700

1564.700

1568.700

443

Support rail TS 35/7.5

10

2314.000

2314.000

2315.000

2316.000

2317.000

2317.000

467

Cable gland HD

see page 521

Rittal Austria
RITTAL Schaltschränke Gesellschaft m.b.H.
Laxenburger Straße 246a  A-1239 Wien
Phone: +43 (0) 5 99 40-0
Fax: +43 (0) 5 99 40-99 0
E-mail: info@rittal.at  www.rittal.at

154

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

Hygienic Design

HD accessories Page 156 System accessories Page 355

Surface finish:
− Enclosure and door:
Brushed, grain 400, ´
RA< 0.8 μm
− Mounting plate: Zinc-plated
− Seal: Blue, dyed (RAL 5010)

Protection category:
− IP 66 to IEC 60 529
− IP 69K to DIN 40 050-9
Compliant with NEMA 13
Compliant with NEMA 4X

F

Supply includes:
− Enclosure of all-round solid
construction
− Door with press-fitted seal
− Interchangeable door hinge
− Mounting plate

G

B

H2

H1

Material:
− Enclosure and door:
Stainless steel 1.4301
(AISI 304)
− Mounting plate: Sheet steel
− Lock inserts HD:
Stainless steel 1.4404
(AISI 316L)
− Seal: Silicone, compliant
with FDA Guideline 21
CFR 177.2600

T

Detailed drawing:
Available on the Internet.

Compact enclosures HD, single-door
220

390

390

510

610

610

810

810

Front (H1) mm

350

430

650

550

430

650

1050

1250

Rear (H2) mm

437

549

769

669

601

769

1221

1421

(T) mm

155

210

210

210

300

210

300

300

Mounting plate width (F) mm

162

334

334

449

549

549

739

740

Mounting plate height (G) mm

275

355

570

470

355

570

955

1155

1

1302.600

1306.600

1308.600

1307.600

1320.600

1310.600

1316.600

1317.600

1

4000.100

4000.100

4000.100

4000.100

4000.100

4000.100

4000.100

4000.100

Width
Height
Depth

Model No. HD

(B) mm

Packs of

Page

Accessories
Wall spacer bracket HD
Rails for interior installation

see page 157

Cable gland HD

see page 521

156

Rittal Czech Republic
RITTAL Czech, s.r.o.
Ke Zdibsku 182  250 66 Zdiby u Prahy
Phone: +420 234 099 000
Fax: +420 234 099 099
E-mail: info@rittal.cz  www.rittal.cz

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

155

Hygienic Design
Accessories
Levelling feet HD
for TS 8
Benefits:
● Minimises cleaning time thanks to fully
covered, permanently sealed threads.
● Compensation of floor inclines up to an angle
of 10° thanks to flexible base plate.
● Baying can even be achieved on sloping floors,
thanks to a large levelling range of 55 mm.

Thread

Levelling
range
mm

M12

120 – 175

Base
mount

Packs Model No.
of
HD

without

4

4000.200

with

4

4000.210

Load capacity:
Max. 5000 N static per levelling foot.
Material:
Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304)
Supply includes:
Assembly parts and seals.

Wall spacer bracket HD
Benefits:
● Creates space for cleaning behind the
enclosure.
● Shorter assembly times by eliminating the need
for an all-round seal.
● Greater hygiene safety by avoiding an uncontrollable dead space or gap between the enclosure and wall.

Wall distance
mm

Packs of

Model No. HD

50

1

4000.100

Functional principle:
● Mounting on the wall optionally from the enclosure interior via a through-hole (max. M8) or
from the rear via an integral M10 thread.
Material:
Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304)
Supply includes:
Assembly parts and seals.

Enclosure key HD

Bit HD
for universal key SZ 2549.500
See page 424.

Cam lock HD
Hygienic Design variant for easy, safe cleaning.
Applications:
● Compact enclosures AE stainless steel
(except AE 1017.XXX and AE 1019.XXX).
● May be integrated into customised applications, e.g. covers of machine panels.

Packs of

Model No. HD

1

2549.600

Packs of

Model No. HD

1

2549.510

Packs of

Model No. HD

1

2304.010

Accessories:
Enclosure key HD,
see page 156.

Material:
Stainless steel 1.4404 (AISI 316L)

156

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

Hygienic Design
Accessories
Rails for interior installation
for compact enclosures HD
For mounting on the existing threaded bolts.
With TS system punchings on three sides.
Material:
Sheet steel, zinc-plated

Length
mm

Packs of

Model No. CM

Page

510

4

5001.050

459

710

4

5001.051

459

910

4

5001.052

459

1110

4

5001.053

459

Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Interior installation, door
Enclosure

1

1

1

2
1
Model No. HD
1316.600
1317.600

Model No. CM
5001.052

5001.050

5001.050

5001.053

5001.051
5001.050

5001.051
5001.050

Rails for door installation
Enclosure

2
TS punched section without mounting flange,
17 x 73 mm

1
3

Model No. HD

Model No. TS

1316.600
1317.600

8612.065

Interior installation, enclosure
Enclosure

1

3

4

Rails for interior installation

TS punched
section without
mounting flange,
17 x 73 mm

Mounting
plates

Model No. HD Model No. CM
1308.600
1310.600

Model No. TS

5001.050

–

–

1316.600

5001.052

8612.130
(only on lock side)

8612.400
8612.410

1317.600

5001.053

8612.130
(only on lock side)

8612.400
8612.410

4

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

157

158

Stainless steel
Small enclosures
Switch housings ........................................................................................160
Terminal boxes KL.....................................................................................161
Bus enclosures BG....................................................................................161

Compact enclosures
Compact enclosures AE............................................................................162
Compact enclosures AE, protection category IP 69K...............................165

Operating housings
Premium Panel, protection category IP 69K .............................................166
Command panel housing with door ..........................................................167

Support arm system
Support section CP-S, stainless steel .......................................................168
Support arm system CP-S, stainless steel, components ..........................169

Enclosure systems
One-piece consoles AP.............................................................................170
PC enclosure systems ...............................................................................171
Baying systems TS 8 .................................................................................172

159

Stainless steel

System accessories Page 355
Material:
− Enclosure: Stainless steel
1.4301 (AISI 304), 1.25 mm
− Cover: Stainless steel 1.4301
(AISI 304), 1.25 mm, all-round
foamed-in PU seal
Surface finish:
− Enclosure and cover:
Brushed, grain 240 or
180 (for terminal boxes)

Protection category:
IP 66 to IEC 60 529,
complies with NEMA 4X.
Supply includes:
− Enclosure with cover
− Product-specific supply
scope, see tables

Approvals:
Terminal boxes KL
− UL
− CSA
− TÜV
− Germanischer Lloyd
− Russian Maritime Register
of Shipping
− Lloyds Register of Shipping
− Bureau Veritas
− VDE

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.
Photo shows a configuration
example with equipment not
included in the scope of supply.

Bus enclosures BG
− TÜV
− Lloyds Register of Shipping
− VDE
− UL
− cUL

Switch housings
Width mm

Packs of

Height mm
Depth mm

R

160

220

280

100

100

100

100

90

90

90

90

2384.010

2384.020

2384.030

2384.040

Pitch pattern (R) mm

–

60

60

60

No. of switch cut-outs, Ø 22.5 mm

1

2

3

4

Number of quick-release fasteners

2

4

4

4

Model No. SM

R

100

1

Page

Accessories
Wall mounting bracket

4

1594.000

1594.000

1594.000

1594.000

439

Pressure relief stoppers

5

2459.500

2459.500

2459.500

2459.500

384

Cable gland HD

see page 521

Rittal Switzerland
RITTAL AG
Ringstrasse 1  CH-5432 Neuenhof
Phone: +41 (0) 56 416 06 00
Fax: +41 (0) 56 416 06 66
E-mail: rittal@rittal.ch  www.rittal.ch

160

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

Stainless steel
Terminal boxes KL
Width mm

Packs of

Height mm
Depth mm
Model No. KL

1

Weight (kg)
Number of quick-release fasteners

150

150

300

200

200

150

150

150

200

200

80

120

80

80

120

1521.010

1527.010

1522.010

1523.010

1528.010

1.3

1.6

1.8

1.8

2.2

4

4

4

4

4

Page

Accessories
Mounting plate

1

1560.700

1560.700

1561.700

1562.700

1562.700

443

Wall mounting bracket

4

1594.000

1594.000

1594.000

1594.000

1594.000

439

Wall angle

4

2583.010

2583.010

2583.010

2583.010

2583.010

440

Pole clamp

1

2584.000

2584.000

2584.000

2584.000

2584.000

441

Support rails TS 35/7.5

10

2314.000

2314.000

2316.000

2315.000

2315.000

467

Cover hinge, stainless steel 1.4404

2

1592.010

1592.010

1592.010

1592.010

1592.010

425

Pressure relief stoppers

5

2459.500

2459.500

2459.500

2459.500

2459.500

384

Packs of

300

300

400

300

400

Page

200

200

200

300

300

Width mm
Height mm
Depth mm
Model No. KL

1

Weight (kg)
Number of quick-release fasteners

80

120

120

120

120

1524.010

1529.010

1525.010

1526.010

1530.010

2.4

2.9

3.6

3.9

4.6

4

4

4

4

4

Accessories
Mounting plate

1

1563.700

1563.700

1564.700

1567.700

1568.700

443

Wall mounting bracket

4

1594.000

1594.000

1594.000

1594.000

1594.000

439

Wall angle

4

2583.010

2583.010

2583.010

2583.010

2583.010

440

Pole clamp

1

2584.000

2584.000

2584.000

2584.000

2584.000

441

Support rails TS 35/7.5

10

2316.000

2316.000

2317.000

2316.000

2316.000

467

Cover hinge, stainless steel 1.4404

2

1592.010

1592.010

1592.010

1592.010

1592.010

425

Pressure relief stoppers

5

2459.500

2459.500

2459.500

2459.500

2459.500

384

Bus enclosures BG
Width mm

Packs of

Height mm
Depth mm
Model No. BG

1

Weight (kg)
Number of quick-release fasteners

200

300

400

300

300

300

80

80

80

1583.0101)

1584.0101)

1585.0101)

2.8

3.7

4.5

2

2

2

Page

Product-specific supply scope
Support rail TS 35/7.5

1







467

180° hinge, die-cast zinc, chrome-plated

2







425

Accessories
Wall mounting bracket

4

1594.000

1594.000

1594.000

439

Pole clamp

1

2584.000

2584.000

2584.000

441

Condensate discharge

6

2459.000

2459.000

2459.000

384

Width mm

Packs of

Height mm
Depth mm
Model No. BG

1

Weight (kg)
Number of quick-release fasteners

400

600

200

200

123

123

1558.0102)

1559.0102)

4.5

6.0

2

3

Page

Product-specific supply scope
Support rail TS 35/7.5

1





467

180° hinge, die-cast zinc, chrome-plated

2





425

Accessories
Wall mounting bracket

4

1594.000

1594.000

439

Pole clamp

1

2584.000

2584.000

441

Condensate discharge

6

2459.000

2459.000

384

1) Support
2) Support

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

rail fixed on studs
rail adjustable on profile strip

161

Stainless steel

System accessories Page 355 Compact enclosures AE, sheet steel Page 44 Hygienic Design Page 154

Supply includes:
− Enclosure with door(s)
− Cam lock or 3-point lock
system (for AE 1017.X00 and
AE 1019.X00) with double-bit
insert
− Mounting plate

Approvals:
− UL
− CSA
− TÜV
− Germanischer Lloyd
− Russian Maritime
Register of Shipping
− Lloyds Register of Shipping
− Bureau Veritas
− VDE

F

T

B

G

Surface finish:
− Enclosure and door:
Brushed, grain 240
− Mounting plate: Zinc-plated
− Locks: Nickel-plated

Protection category:
See tables.

H

Material:
− Enclosure: Stainless steel
− Door: Stainless steel, all-round
foamed-in PU seal
− Mounting plate: Sheet steel
− Locks: Die-cast zinc

Detailed drawing:
Available on the Internet.

Compact enclosures AE
Width (B) mm

200

200

200

300

380

380

Height (H) mm

Packs of

300

300

300

300

300

300

Depth (T) mm

120

155

155

210

155

210

Mounting plate width (F) mm

162

162

162

254

334

334

Mounting plate height (G) mm

275

275

275

275

275

275

1001.600

1002.600

1002.500

1003.600

1004.600

1011.600


Model No. AE
Material

1.4301 (AISI 304)

1





–





1.4404 (AISI 316L)

1

–

–



–

–

–

1

1

1

1

1

1

3.6

4.1

4.1

6.9

7.4

8.4

Door
Weight (kg)

Page

IP 66 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 4X

Protection category
Accessories
Rails for interior installation
Rain canopy
Wall mounting bracket
Wall angle

4

–

–

–

2373.210

–

2373.210

459

1.4301 (AISI 304)

1

–

2470.000

2470.000

2361.000

2471.000

2472.000

431

1.4301 (AISI 304)

4

2433.000

2433.000

–

2433.000

2433.000

2433.000

439

1.4404 (AISI 316L)

4

–

–

2433.500

–

–

–

439

1.4301 (AISI 304)

4

2583.010

2583.010

2583.010

2583.010

2583.010

2583.010

440

1

2584.000

2584.000

2584.000

2584.000

2584.000

2584.000

441

Standard

1

2304.000

2304.000

2304.000

2304.000

2304.000

2304.000

421

Hygienic Design

1

2304.010

2304.010

2304.010

2304.010

2304.010

2304.010

156

Pole clamp
Cam lock 1.4404
(AISI 316L)
Alternative lock systems

162

see page 414

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

Stainless steel
Compact enclosures AE
Width (B) mm

300

300

380

380

600

400

Height (H) mm

Packs of

380

380

380

380

380

500

Depth (T) mm

210

210

210

210

210

210

Mounting plate width (F) mm

275

275

334

334

549

354

Mounting plate height (G) mm

334

334

355

355

355

475

1005.600

1005.500

1006.600

1006.500

1009.600

1015.600


1

Model No. AE
Material

1.4301 (AISI 304)



–



–



1.4404 (AISI 316L)

–



–



–

–

1

1

1

1

1

1

8.4

8.4

9.8

9.8

14.6

12.9

Door
Weight (kg)

Page

IP 66 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 4X

Protection category
Accessories
Rails for interior installation
Rain canopy
Wall mounting bracket
Wall angle

4

2373.210

2373.210

2373.210

2373.210

2373.210

2373.210

459

1

2361.000

2361.000

2472.000

2472.000

2473.000

–

431

1.4301 (AISI 304)

4

2433.000

–

2433.000

–

2433.000

2433.000

439

1.4404 (AISI 316L)

4

–

2433.500

–

2433.500

–

–

439

1.4301 (AISI 304)

1.4301 (AISI 304)

4

2583.010

2583.010

2583.010

2583.010

2583.010

2583.010

440

1

2584.000

2584.000

2584.000

2584.000

2584.000

2584.000

441

Standard

1

2304.000

2304.000

2304.000

2304.000

2304.000

2304.000

421

Hygienic Design

1

2304.010

2304.010

2304.010

2304.010

2304.010

2304.010

156

Page

Pole clamp
Cam lock 1.4404
(AISI 316L)
Alternative lock systems

see page 414

Width (B) mm

500

500

380

600

600

600

Height (H) mm

Packs of

500

500

600

600

600

760

Depth (T) mm

210

300

210

210

210

210

Mounting plate width (F) mm

449

449

334

549

549

549

Mounting plate height (G) mm

470

470

570

570

570

730

1007.600

1013.600

1008.600

1010.600

1010.500

1012.600

1.4301 (AISI 304)









–



1.4404 (AISI 316L)

–

–

–

–



–

1

1

1

1

1

1

15.7

18.4

15.1

23.5

23.5

30.2

1

Model No. AE
Material
Door
Weight (kg)

IP 66 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 4X

Protection category
Accessories
Rails for interior installation
Rain canopy
Wall mounting bracket
Wall angle

4

2373.210

2373.300

2373.210

2373.210

2373.210

2373.210

459

1

2362.000

–

2472.000

2473.000

2473.000

2473.000

431

1.4301 (AISI 304)

4

2433.000

2433.000

2433.000

2473.000

–

2433.000

439

1.4404 (AISI 316L)

4

–

–

–

–

2433.500

–

439

1.4301 (AISI 304)

4

2583.010

2583.010

2583.010

2583.010

2583.010

2583.010

440

1

2584.000

2584.000

2584.000

2584.000

2584.000

2584.000

441

Standard

1

2304.000

2304.000

2304.000

2304.000

2304.000

2304.000

421

Hygienic Design

1

2304.010

2304.010

2304.010

2304.010

2304.010

2304.010

156

1.4301 (AISI 304)

Pole clamp
Cam lock 1.4404
(AISI 316L)
Alternative lock systems

see page 414

Rittal Hungary
RITTAL Kereskedelmi Kft.
1044 Budapest, Ipari Park u. 1.
Phone: +36 (1) 399 8000
Fax: +36 (1) 399 8009
E-mail: rittal@rittal.hu  www.rittal.hu

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

163

Stainless steel
Compact enclosures AE
Width (B) mm

760

800

800

1000

1000

1000

Height (H) mm

Packs of

760

1000

1200

1000

1200

1200

Depth (T) mm

300

300

300

300

300

300

Mounting plate width (F) mm

704

739

740

939

940

940

Mounting plate height (G) mm

730

955

1155

955

1155

1155
1019.500

1

Model No. AE
Material

1014.600

1016.600

1017.600

1018.600

1019.600

1.4301 (AISI 304)











–

1.4404 (AISI 316L)

–

–

–

–

–




3-point lock system

–

–



–



Door(s)

1

1

1

2

2

2

42.5

52.9

61.5

71.0

76.0

76.0

Weight (kg)

IP 66 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 4X

Protection category

Page

IP 55 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 12

Accessories
Rails for interior installation
Rain canopy
Wall mounting bracket

4

2373.300

2373.300

2373.300

2373.300

2373.300

2373.300

459

1.4301 (AISI 304)

1

2474.000

2475.000

2475.000

2363.000

2363.000

2363.000

431

1.4301 (AISI 304)

4

2433.000

2433.000

2433.000

2433.000

2433.000

–

439

1.4404 (AISI 316L)

4

–

–

–

–

–

2433.500

439

Wall angle

1.4301 (AISI 304)

4

2583.010

2583.010

2583.010

2583.010

2583.010

2583.010

440

Cam lock 1.4404
(AISI 316L)

Standard

1

2304.000

2304.000

–

2304.000

–

–

421

Hygienic Design

1

2304.010

2304.010

–

2304.010

–

–

156

Alternative lock systems

see page 414

Rittal Japan
RITTAL K.K.
Sales HQ.
Shin-Yokohama AK Bldg 2F
3-23-3, Shin-Yokohama, Kohoku-ku
Kanagawa 222-0033
Phone: 0120-998-631 / +81 (45) 478-6801
Fax: 0120-998-632 / +81 (45) 478-6880
E-mail: contact@rittal.co.jp  www.rittal.co.jp

164

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

Stainless steel

System accessories Page 355 AE sheet steel Page 44 AE EMC shielded Page 179 AE Ex-proof Page 176 Hygienic Design Page 154
Material:
− Enclosure, hinge and lock:
Stainless steel 1.4301
(AISI 304)
− Door: Stainless steel 1.4301
(AISI 304), all-round foamedin PU seal
− Mounting plate: Sheet steel

F

G

10˚

H2

● Resistant to high-pressure
cleaning (protection category IP 69K). The interior seal
is protected against direct
hosed water.
● Ideal for mounting on vehicles: Lock, hinges and mounting plate are all vibration
resistant.
● 10° roof tilt prevents liquids
from accumulating on the roof.
● Foamed-in silicone seal.
The closed cell structure of
the foam means that water
absorption is negligible.
Temperature resistant from
–60°C to +180°C.

H1

Perfect protection in a tough
environment
The compact enclosure AE in
IP 69K is the ideal solution when
a high protection category combined with corrosion resistance
is needed.

Surface finish:
− Enclosure and door:
Brushed, grain 240
− Mounting plate: Zinc-plated

B
T

Protection category:
IP 69K to DIN 40 050-9,
complies with NEMA 4X.
Supply includes:
− Enclosure of all-round solid
construction
− Single-door
− Interchangeable door hinge
− Cam lock with double-bit
insert
− Mounting plate.
Detailed drawing:
Available on the Internet.

Compact enclosures AE, protection category IP 69K
Width (B) mm

230

400

400

650

Height, front (H1) mm

330

400

650

650

Height, rear (H2) mm

352

439

689

689

Depth (T) mm

155

250

250

250

Mounting plate width (F) mm

162

334

334

549

Mounting plate height (G) mm

275

355

570

570

Mounting plate thickness mm

2

2

2.5

2.5

1101.110

1101.120

1101.130

1101.140

1

1

2

2

Model No. AE

Packs of

1

Locks

Page

Accessories
Interior door

1

1101.910

1101.920

1101.930

1101.940

406

Door stay

1

1101.800

1101.800

1101.800

1101.800

429

Wall mounting bracket, stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304)

4

2433.000

2433.000

2433.000

2433.000

439

Cable glands

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

see page 519

165

Stainless steel

System accessories Page 355 TFT monitor Page 606 Support arm system CP-S, stainless steel Page 168 Hygienic Design Page 154
Material:
Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304)

T
B

Surface finish:
Brushed, grain 240
Protection category:
IP 69K to DIN 40 050-9
Clean room:
Air purity class 1 to
DIN EN ISO 14 644-1

H

● Optimum EMC conditions
The labyrinth seal achieves
a particularly high level of RF
shielding of the enclosure.
● Accessibility
Internal rear panel bracket.
This solution is clearly superior to external hinges from
a hygiene point of view.
● Handling
Two duct connectors between
the enclosures.

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

H
1

Optionally with or without
keyboard housing
● Resistant to high-pressure
cleaning (protection category IP 69K). The seal lies
between two seals and is
optimally compressed by the
screw fastening.
● Suitable for clean room use
Screw fastening to comply
with high standards in the
food industry. With plastic
stoppers on the inside or hex
screws on the outside.

Photo shows a configuration
example with equipment not
included in the scope of supply.

Premium Panel, protection category IP 69K
Packs of

Premium Panel
With keyboard housing

Without keyboard housing

6680.0001)

6681.000

530

530

Operating housing (H)

460

360

Keyboard housing (H1)

200

–

Depth mm

Operating housing (T)

120

120

For installation panel
WxH

Operating housing

482.6 mm (19˝) x 354.8 mm (8 U)

482.6 mm (19˝) x 310 mm (7 U)

Keyboard housing

482.6 mm (19˝) x 177 mm (4 U)

–

Operating housing

115

115

Keyboard housing

Front 58
Rear 63

–

Top

Top, or bottom by rotating the enclosure

1

Model No. CP
Width (B) mm
Height mm

Installation depth
mm

Support arm connection
1)

Extended delivery times.

166

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

Stainless steel

System accessories Page 355 TFT monitor Page 606 Support arm system CP-S, stainless steel Page 168 Hygienic Design Page 154
Supply includes:
− Enclosure of all-round solid
construction
− Cut-out and reinforcement for
support arm system
− Fastener with guide plate
− Door with sealing frame and
side handle strips
− The support arm connection
and door hinge may be
swapped over by rotating the
enclosure

Surface finish:
Brushed, grain 240
Colour:
Handle strips:
Similar to RAL 5002

Approvals:
− UL
− cUL

B

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

T

H

Material:
− Enclosure and door:
Stainless steel 1.4301
(AISI 304)
− Handle strips:
Plastic approved for use
with foodstuffs

Protection category:
IP 66 to IEC 60 529

Command panel housing with door
Width (B) mm

Packs of

Height (H) mm
Depth (T) mm
1

Model No. CP
Weight (kg)

300

400

400

600

300

300

400

400

150

150

150

150

6535.010

6536.010

6538.010

6539.010

6.3

7.5

8.8

12.1

Page

Accessories
Matching mounting plate from AE
ID no.
Support rails1)
Alternative lock systems
1) Only

Model No. SZ

10

1033.500

1030.500

1380.500

1039.500

0271.926

0274.131

0271.548

0271.351

2316.000

2317.000

2317.000

2319.000

44/45
467

With 3 mm double-bit lock insert, may be exchanged for 41 mm lock inserts, version C, see page 421,
plastic handles and T handles, version C, see page 420.

with vertical attachment of punched rail 23 x 23 mm, see page 463.

Rittal USA
RITTAL Corporation
1 Rittal Place  Urbana, OH 43078, USA
Phone: +1 (937) 399-0500
Fax: +1 (937) 390-5599
Toll-free: 1-800-477-4000
E-mail: rittal@rittal-corp.com
www.rittal-corp.com

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

167

Stainless steel

Stainless steel enclosures Page 166 – 167 Support section CP-S, steel Page 128
Support section CP-S,
stainless steel
Attached to the connection components via 2 clamping screws.
Size:
− External diameter: 48.3 mm
− Wall thickness: 3 mm

168

Material:
Stainless steel
Surface finish:
Brushed, grain 240 (support
section and wall console only)

Protection category:
IP 69K to DIN 40 050-9
(resistant to high-pressure
cleaning)

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

Supply includes:
Support section CP-S

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

Stainless steel

Length mm

Weight kg

Material

Wall section

Rigid

Desk section

Rotating/tilting

Enclosure section

–



–

0.7

1.4305
(AISI
303)

6664.100

–

–

–



–

1.3

1.4305
(AISI
303)

6664.500

–

–



–

–

1.1

1.4305
(AISI
303)

6664.000

–

–

–



500
1000

2.0
3.9

1.4301
(AISI
304)

–



–

1.3

1.4305
(AISI
303)

6664.300

–

6664.300



–

1.7

1.4305
(AISI
303)

–

–

6663.000



–

–

3.9
4.5

1.4305
(AISI
303)

–

–

6663.500
6663.400

–



–

1.5
1.8

1.4301
(AISI
304)

–

–

6665.000
6665.500

Model No. CP

Tilting adaptor 10°

Enclosure attachment CP-S, stainless steel

Housing coupling CP-S stainless steel

Support section CP-S, stainless steel
6660.050
6660.010

Angle piece 90° CP-S stainless steel

Wall/base mount, rigid, CP-S stainless steel

–

Wall/base mount, rotating, CP-S stainless steel

Rear, thread M8
Front, hole Ø 9 mm

Wall console CP-S stainless steel

Rear, thread M8
Front, hole Ø 9 mm

Load information
Permissible load depending on system configuration
800

Permissible static load [N]
(enclosure and vertical support arm section)

600

400

200

0
0

500

1000

1500

Jib length (mm)

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

169

Stainless steel

System accessories Page 355 Monitors, keyboards Page 606/608 Climate control Page 207 One-piece consoles, sheet steel Page 106

Surface finish:
− Enclosure, door, console lid
and gland plates:
Brushed, grain 120
− Mounting plate: Zinc-plated

Supply includes:
− Enclosure, solid rear and
sides
− Door or double door at front,
with locking rod
− Console lid with lid stay and
cam lock latched in the enclosure
− Cam lock with double-bit
insert
− Gland plates, divided
− Mounting plate

Approvals:
− UL
− CSA
− TÜV
− Germanischer Lloyd
− Russian Maritime Register
of Shipping
− Lloyds Register of Shipping
− VDE

F
B

T

G

Protection category:
IP 55 to IEC 60 529,
complies with NEMA 12.

H

Material:
− Enclosure: Stainless steel
1.4301 (AISI 304), 1.5 mm
− Door or double door and
console lid: Stainless steel
1.4301 (AISI 304), 2.0 mm
− Mounting plate:
Sheet steel, 3.0 mm

T

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

One-piece consoles AP
Width (B) mm

Packs of

600

800

1000

1200

960

960

960

960

Bottom

400

400

400

400

Top

480

480

480

480

530

730

930

1130

Height (H) mm
Depth (T) mm

Mounting plate width (F) mm
Mounting plate height (G) mm
1

Model No. AP
Door(s)
Weight (kg)

780

780

780

780

2683.600

2684.600

2685.600

2686.600

1

1

2

2

52.0

65.2

79.5

90.3

Page

Accessories
Height 100 mm

1

2865.000

2869.000

2867.000

2870.000

Height 200 mm

1

2875.000

2878.000

2885.000

2886.000

370

Cable clamp rail

2

4191.000

4192.000

4336.000

4196.000

527

Support rail TS 35/15

6

4934.000

4935.000

4933.000

4937.000

467

Base/plinth

Hose-proof hood

see page 303

Alternative lock systems

see page 414

170

370

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

Stainless steel

System accessories Page 355 PC enclosure systems, sheet steel Page 108
Material:
− Enclosure: Stainless steel
1.4301 (AISI 304), 1.8 mm
− Rear door: Stainless steel
1.4301 (AISI 304), 2.0 mm
− Gland plates: Stainless steel
1.4301 (AISI 304) 1.5 mm
− Monitor field:
Single-pane safety glass,
4 mm

Surface finish:
Brushed, grain 240
Protection category:
IP 55 to IEC 60 529,
complies with NEMA 12.

Supply includes:
− Enclosure, solid top and sides
− Rear door with locking rod
− Glazed door at the top,
latched from the inside
− Component shelf
− Lock insert, lock no. 3524 E
− Keyboard drawer with front,
swing-down for handrest and
mouse pad support
− Bottom door with locking rod
− Gland plate, divided
− Lock with double-bit insert

Approvals:
− UL
− CSA
− TÜV
− Germanischer Lloyd
− Russian Maritime Register
of Shipping
− Lloyds Register of Shipping
− VDE
Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

PC enclosure systems
Width (B) mm

Packs of

Height (H) mm
Depth (T) mm
Model No. PC

600
1600
620

1

Weight (kg)

4650.000
115

Accessories
Base/plinth, height 100 mm

1

2855.000

Levelling feet, 100 mm high

1 set

2859.000

374

Base/plinth trim, modular

4

2913.000

367

Adaptor pieces, 482.6 mm (19˝)

8

4547.000

552

TFT holder, vertically hinged

1

2383.040

607

Component shelf, pull-out
Cable clamp rail

370

1 set

6902.960

480

2

4191.000

527

Connector gland

see page 523

LED system light

1

4140.840

494

Compact light

1

4140.210

493

Alternative lock systems

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

see page 414

171

Stainless steel

System accessories Page 355 Baying systems TS 8, sheet steel Page 70

Surface finish:
− Enclosure frame and gland
plates: Uncoated
− Door(s), roof, rear panel:
Exterior brushed,
grain 400
− Mounting plate: Zinc-plated

Supply includes:
− Enclosure frame with door(s)
− Mounting plate
− Gland plates
− Rear panel
− Roof
− Locking rod with double-bit
insert
Note:
Due to the hardness of the material, we recommend using metal
multi-tooth screw SZ 2486.300,
see page 478, for the interior
installation.

Approvals:
− UL
− CSA
− TÜV
− Russian Maritime Register
of Shipping
− TÜV Mark
− Lloyds Register of Shipping
− Bureau Veritas
− VDE
− Germanischer Lloyd

F
T

B

G

Protection category:
IP 55 to IEC 60 529,
complies with NEMA 12.

H

Material:
− Enclosure frame, roof,
rear panel and gland plates:
Stainless steel 1.4301
(AISI 304), 1.5 mm
− Door(s): Stainless steel 1.4301
(AISI 304), 2.0 mm
− Mounting plate:
Sheet steel, 3.0 mm

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

Baying systems TS 8
Width (B) mm

800

1200

600

800

1200

600

800

1200

Height (H) mm

Packs of

1800

1800

1800

1800

1800

2000

2000

2000

Depth (T) mm

400

400

500

500

500

600

600

600

Mounting plate width (F) mm

699

1099

499

699

1099

499

699

1099

Mounting plate height (G) mm

1696

1696

1696

1696

1696

1896

1896

1896

8454.600

8456.600

8457.600

8455.600

8453.600

8452.600

8450.600

8451.600

Door(s)

1

2

1

1

2

1

1

2

Support strips

–

–

–

–

–

2

2

2

112.9

170.4

92.5

116.3

174.9

104.4

129.7

194.7

1

Model No. TS

Weight (kg)

Page

Walls
Side panels

2

8700.840

8700.840

8700.850

8700.850

8700.850

8700.060

8700.060

8700.060

385

Divider panel

1

8609.840

8609.840

8609.850

8609.850

8609.850

8609.060

8609.060

8609.060

389

Divider panel for module plates

1

–

–

8609.100

8609.100

8609.100

8609.130

8609.130

8609.130

390

Height 100 mm

1 set

8701.800

8701.200

8701.600

8701.800

8701.200

8701.600

8701.800

8701.200

367

Height 200 mm

1 set

8702.800

8702.200

8702.600

8702.800

8702.200

8702.600

8702.800

8702.200

367

Height 100 mm

1 set

8701.040

8701.040

8701.050

8701.050

8701.050

8701.060

8701.060

8701.060

367

Height 200 mm

1 set

8702.040

8702.040

8702.050

8702.050

8702.050

8702.060

8702.060

8702.060

367

4

2907.000

2907.000

2908.000

2908.000

2908.000

2913.000

2913.000

2913.000

367

4196.000

4191.000

4192.000

4196.000

4191.000

4192.000

4196.000

Base/plinth
Components front and rear
Trim panels, sides
Base/plinth trim, modular
Accessories
Cable clamp rails

2

4192.000

Cable entry plates

2

8700.800 8700.1201) 8700.600

8700.800 8700.1201) 8700.600

8700.800 8700.1201)

511

Wiring plan pocket, sheet steel

1

4118.000

4118.000

4118.000

429

4116.000

4116.000

4116.000

Alternative lock systems

see page 414

System lights

see page 491

1)

4116.000

4116.000

527

Packs of 4

172

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

173

174

Ex enclosures/EMC enclosures
Ex enclosures
Stainless steel............................................................................................176
Plastic ........................................................................................................177

EMC enclosures
The Rittal EMC concept.............................................................................178
EMC E-Box EB...........................................................................................178
EMC compact enclosures AE ...................................................................179
Note:
All TS 8 enclosures prepared for pressurisation on request.

175

Ex enclosures

System accessories Page 355

Material:
− Enclosure: Stainless steel
1.4301 (AISI 304)
− Cover or door:
Stainless steel 1.4301
(AISI 304), all-round foamed-in
silicone seal
− Mounting plate: Sheet steel

Protection category:
IP 66 to IEC 60 529
Supply includes:
− Enclosure
− Cover or door
− Mounting plate (only for enclosures with door)

Certificates:
Enclosure with cover:
− PTB 03 ATEX 1013U
− IEC Ex PTB 09.0033U

F

T

B

Enclosure with door:
− PTB 02 ATEX 1082U
− IEC Ex PTB 09.0035U

G

Surface finish:
− Enclosure: Brushed, grain 240
− Mounting plate: Zinc-plated

Approvals:
− ATEX
− IEC

H

Application range:
− Zone 1 and 2 or 21 and 22 to
94/9/EC
− Ambient temperature range:
–30°C to +80°C
− Protection type to IEC 60 079:
Equipment protection thanks
to increased safety, equipment
protection thanks to enclosure

Detailed drawing:
Available on the Internet.

Stainless steel, with screw-fastened cover
Width (B) mm

Packs of

Height (H) mm

150

200

300

300

300

400

150

200

150

200

300

200

Depth (T) mm
1

Model No. KEL

Page

80

80

80

80

120

120

9301.000

9303.000

9302.000

9304.000

9306.000

9305.000

1.3

1.8

1.8

2.4

3.9

3.6

Weight (kg)
Accessories
Mounting plates

1560.700

1562.700

1561.700

1563.700

1567.700

1564.700

443

Wall mounting bracket1)

4

1594.000

1594.000

1594.000

1594.000

1594.000

1594.000

439

Support rails TS 35/7.5

10

2314.000

2315.000

2316.000

2316.000

2316.000

2317.000

467

Earth straps

see page 501

Stainless steel, with hinged door
Width (B) mm

200

300

380

380

380

600

600

760

800

Height (H) mm

Packs of

300

380

300

380

600

600

760

760

1000

Depth (T) mm

155

210

155

210

210

210

210

300

300

Mounting plate width (F) mm

162

334

334

334

334

549

549

704

739

Mounting plate height (G) mm

275

275

275

355

570

570

730

730

955

9401.600

9409.600

9402.600

9403.600

9404.600

9405.600

9406.600

9407.600

9408.600

Model No. KEL

1

Cam lock with double-bit insert
Weight (kg)

1

1

1

1

2

2

2

2

2

3.8

7.7

7.4

9.7

13.3

15.6

22.3

30.5

36.3

Page

Accessories
Wall mounting bracket1)

4

2433.000

2433.000

2433.000

2433.000

2433.000

2433.000

2433.000

2433.000

2433.000

439

Support rails TS 35/7.5

10

2315.000

2316.000

–

–

–

2319.000

2319.000

–

–

467

Rails for interior installation

4

–

2373.210

–

2373.210

2373.210

2373.210

2373.210

2373.300

2373.300

459

Perforated mounting strip

20

–

2310.038

–

2310.038

–

–

–

–

–

427

Earth straps
1) Stainless

176

see page 501

steel 1.4301 (AISI 304)
Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

Ex enclosures

System accessories Page 355
Colour:
RAL 9011

Certificates:
− PTB 03 ATEX 1011U
− IEC Ex PTB 10.0011U

Protection category:
IP 66 to IEC 60 529

F

T

Approvals:
− ATEX
− IEC

Supply includes:
− Enclosure
− Door
− Mounting plate

B

Detailed drawing:
Available on the Internet.

G

Application range:
− Zone 1 and 2 or 21 and 22 to
94/9/EC
− Ambient temperature range:
–30°C to +80°C
− Protection type to IEC 60 079:
Equipment protection thanks
to increased safety, equipment
protection thanks to enclosure

H

Material:
− Enclosure: Fibre-glass-reinforced unsaturated polyester,
surface resistance: < 109 Ω
− Door: Fibre-glass-reinforced
unsaturated polyester,
surface resistance: < 109 Ω,
all-round foamed-in silicone
seal
− Mounting plate: Sheet steel,
zinc-plated

Plastic
Width (B) mm

200

250

300

400

400

500

600

600

800

Height (H) mm

300

350

400

400

600

500

600

800

1000

Depth (T) mm

150

150

200

200

200

300

200

300

300

Mounting plate width (F) mm

145

195

245

345

345

417

545

517

717

Mounting plate height (G) mm

250

300

350

350

550

450

550

750

950

9201.600

9202.600

9203.600

9204.600

9205.600

9207.600

9206.600

9208.600

9209.600

Cam lock with double-bit insert

1

1

2

2

2

2

2

–

–

3-point locking rod

–

–

–

–

–

–

–





3.7

4.6

6.0

6.5

11.5

12.9

15.9

24.3

39.0

Model No. KEL

Packs of

1

Weight (kg)

Page

Accessories
Wall mounting bracket

4

9266.000

9266.000

9266.000

9266.000

9266.000

9266.000

9266.000

9266.000

9266.000

440

Threaded inserts M6

20

1482.000

1482.000

1482.000

1482.000

1482.000

1482.000

1482.000

1482.000

1482.000

478

Mounting plate
adjustment bracket

4

1481.000

1481.000

1481.000

1481.000

1481.000

1491.000

1481.000

1491.000

1491.000

446

Support rails

see page 466

Earth straps

see page 501

Cable duct

see page 525

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

177

EMC enclosures
The Rittal EMC concept
Rittal offers excellent pre-requisites for EMC
enclosure configurations in the form of its standard sheet steel enclosures, EMC-shielded enclosures, and a practical range of EMC accessories.
Depending on the individual application, anything
is possible, be it closely intermeshed potential
equalisation in a standard enclosure to prevent
conducted interference, or extra shielding to protect against high-frequency electromagnetic
fields.
For Rittal EMC enclosures with a high level of
shielding, excellent attenuation levels and attractive value-for-money products are achieved on the
basis of zinc-plated metal surfaces in conjunction
with low-resistance EMC shields.

Empty enclosures and mechanical accessory
components are not subject to the European EMC
Directive and the German EMC Act.
Thanks to the basic design in conjunction with the
metal-plated enclosure body, even standard
enclosures offer a good shielding effect against
electrical fields, which in many cases is sufficient.
The large enclosures in the TS 8 series offer a
good level of shielding across a broad frequency
range, even in the standard version.
For increased EMC requirements, Rittal offers the
TS 8 enclosure in a version certified by the VDE
with high RF attenuation. This shielding concept
is also transferred to other enclosure platforms.
Further information on the topic of EMC may be
found on our website at www.rittal.com.

EMC E-Box EB
Material:
Sheet steel with aluminium zinc coating
Surface finish:
− Powder-coated on the outside
− Interior surfaces conductive
Colour:
RAL 7035
Protection category:
− IP 55 to IEC 60 529
− The EMC version (“high RF attenuation”)
has been certified by the VDE.
Note:
All sizes available on request.

178

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

EMC enclosures
EMC compact enclosures AE
Material:
Sheet steel with aluminium zinc coating
Surface finish:
− Powder-coated on the outside
− Interior surfaces conductive
Colour:
RAL 7035
Protection category:
− IP 55 to IEC 60 529
− The EMC version (“high RF attenuation”)
has been certified by the VDE.
Note:
All sizes available on request.
Approvals:
Available on the Internet.

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

179

180

Outdoor enclosures
CS wall-mounted enclosures
Double-walled ...........................................................................................182

CS New Basic enclosures
Single-walled and one-door, width: 600 and 800 mm ..............................183
Single-walled and two-door, width: 1200 mm ...........................................184

CS Toptec
Double-walled, platform TS 8 ....................................................................185

CS modular enclosures
Double-walled, configuration variants, width: 600 mm .............................186
Double-walled, configuration variants, width: 800 and 1200 mm .............187

181

CS wall-mounted enclosures

Compact enclosures AE, stainless steel Page 162 Compact enclosures AE, stainless steel, protection category IP 69K Page 165

Surface finish:
− Powder-coated
− UV-resistant pure polyester

Detailed drawing:
Available on the Internet.

Supply includes:
Double-walled outdoor enclosure, fully pre-configured:
− Inner enclosure with mounting plate, gland plate and
security lock (CS 9791.045
with 2 security locks)
− Mounting bracket for thermostat or hygrostat
− Outer enclosure with designer
cover and security lock 3524 E
− 2 C rails on the rear panel

B3

B1

T1

H3

B2
T2

H1

Material:
− Enclosure:
Aluminium AlMg3
− Mounting plate:
Sheet steel, zinc-plated

Protection category:
IP 55 to IEC 60 529

H2

Outdoor enclosures for wall or
pole mounting.
Enclosure-within-an-enclosure
concept, outer enclosure with
cut-out at the bottom and integrated louvres on the rear panel
and side panels for ventilation.

Colour:
RAL 7035

Double-walled
Outer enclosure
Width (B1) mm

370

420

530

630

Height (H1) mm

Packs of

522

560

700

780

Depth (T1) mm

210

210

265

380

Width (B2) mm

300

350

460

580

Height (H2) mm

400

440

565

580

Depth (T2) mm

170

170

220

333

Clearance width mm

280

330

440

560

Clearance height mm

380

420

545

560

Clearance depth mm

145

145

195

308

Mounting plate width (B3) mm

270

320

430

550

Mounting plate height (H3) mm

380

410

535

550

1

9791.015

9791.025

9791.035

9791.045

Page

Inner enclosure

Model No. CS
Accessories
Wall mounting bracket

4

9765.120

9765.120

9765.120

9765.120

441

1 set

2584.000

2584.000

2584.000

2584.000

441

Enclosure heaters

1

3105.330

3105.330

3105.330

3105.330

289

Enclosure internal thermostat

1

3110.000

3110.000

3110.000

3110.000

294

Hygrostat

1

3118.000

3118.000

3118.000

3118.000

294

Socket

2

2506.100

2506.100

2506.100

2506.100

508

LED system light

1

4140.810

4140.810

4140.820

4140.820

494

LED connection cable

1

4315.800

4315.800

4315.800

4315.800

495

Adaptor power pack

1

4315.860

4315.860

4315.860

4315.860

495

Pole clamp

182

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

CS New Basic enclosures

Climate control Page 285 Rail systems Page 464 Cable management Page 525

Colour:
RAL 7035

B3

Detailed drawing:
Available on the Internet.

B2

Note:
When configuring with partial
mounting panels or 482.6 mm
(19˝) partial installation,
punched rails are required in the
enclosure height, see page 463.

H3

T3

T2

H1
H5

Surface finish:
− Powder-coated
− UV-resistant pure polyester

− Enclosure with width 1200 mm
has two 600 mm wide mounting panels
− Rain canopy

H4

Material:
Aluminium AlMg3

Supply includes:
Single-walled outdoor enclosure, fully pre-configured:
− Basic enclosure with open
base
− 25 mm system punchings in
the roof, base, front and in the
enclosure depth
− Front door(s) with door stay,
swing lever handle and
semi-cylinder, lock BJ20027
− Transport plinth with screwfastened trim panels front and
rear

H2

Outdoor enclosure with 100 mm
transport plinth and rain canopy
with projections on all sides.
Photo shows a configuration
example with equipment not
included in the scope of supply.

T1
B1

Protection category:
IP 55 to IEC 60 529,
complies with NEMA 3R in conjunction with the gland plates
offered in the accessories.

Single-walled and one-door, width: 600 and 800 mm
Width (B1) mm

600

600

600

800

800

800

Height (H1) mm

800

1200

1200

800

1200

1200

Depth (T1) mm

400

400

500

400

400

500

Clearance width (B2) mm

512

512

512

712

712

712

Clearance height (H2) mm

712

1112

1112

712

1112

1112

Clearance depth (T2) mm

349

349

449

349

349

449

Rain canopy width (B3) mm

650

650

650

850

850

850

Rain canopy height (H3) mm

55

55

55

55

55

55

Rain canopy depth (T3) mm

450

450

550

450

450

550

Base/plinth height (H4) mm

100

100

100

100

100

100

Overall height (H5) mm

955

1355

1355

955

1355

1355

1

9783.540

9783.550

9783.530

9783.510

9783.520

9783.610

Concrete base/plinth

1

9765.182

9765.182

9765.082

9765.088

9765.088

9765.084

Gland plate, divided

1 set

9785.511

9785.511

9785.514

9785.512

9785.512

9785.513

384

2

8800.060

8800.060

8800.060

8800.080

8800.080

8800.080

511
451

Model No. CS

Packs of

Page

Accessories

Cable entry plates

368

Mounting plates

1

9765.090

9765.092

9765.092

9765.097

9765.095

9765.095

Mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝)

2

7685.000

7688.000

7688.000

7685.000

7688.000

7688.000

553

Installation kit for mounting angles

2

7696.000

7696.000

7696.000

7698.000

7698.000

7698.000

553

Enclosure heaters

1

3105.400

3105.400

3105.400

3105.400

3105.400

3105.400

289

Enclosure internal thermostat

1

3110.000

3110.000

3110.000

3110.000

3110.000

3110.000

294

Semi-cylinder, alternative closure

1

9785.040

9785.040

9785.040

9785.040

9785.040

9785.040

416

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

183

CS New Basic enclosures
Single-walled and two-door, width: 1200 mm
Width (B1) mm

1200

1200

Height (H1) mm

Packs of

1200

1200

Depth (T1) mm

400

500

Clearance width (B2) mm

512

512

Clearance height (H2) mm

1112

1112

Clearance depth (T2) mm

349

449

Rain canopy width (B3) mm

1250

1250

Rain canopy height (H3) mm

55

55

Rain canopy depth (T3) mm

450

550

Base/plinth height (H4) mm

100

100

Overall height (H5) mm

1355

1355

Model No. CS

1

Page

9784.620

9784.520

9784.640

Without centre bar, overlapping doors



–



9784.540
–

With removable centre bar, 2 lockable doors

–



–



Accessories
Concrete base/plinth

1

9765.089

9765.086

Gland plate, divided

1 set

2 x 9785.511

2 x 9785.514

384

2

8800.060

8800.060

511

Cable entry plates

368

Mounting plate for one half of the enclosure

1

9765.092

9765.092

451

Mounting plate, full installation

1

9765.191

9765.191

451

Mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝)

2

7688.000

7688.000

553

Installation kit for mounting angles

2

7696.000

7696.000

553

Enclosure heaters

1

3105.400

3105.400

289

Enclosure internal thermostat

1

3110.000

3110.000

Semi-cylinder

294

1

9785.040

–

9785.040

–

416

2

–

9785.042

–

9785.042

416

Rittal Australia
RITTAL Pty. Ltd.
130 – 140 Parraweena Road
Miranda NSW 2228
Phone: +61 (2) 9525 2766
Fax: +61 (2) 9525 2888
E-mail: info@rittal.com.au  www.rittal.com.au

184

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

CS Toptec

Climate control Page 285 Rail systems Page 456 Cable management Page 525

Surface finish:
− Powder-coated
− UV-resistant pure polyester

Supply includes:
Double-walled outdoor enclosure, fully pre-configured:
− TS 8 frame with 25 mm system punchings in the roof and
base frame plus vertical sections with two mounting levels
− Front door with door stay,
swing lever handle and
semi-cylinder, lock BJ20027
− Side panels left and right

T3

B2

B3

T2

H3

Protection category:
IP 55 to IEC 60 529

− Rear panel
− Rain canopy
− Base/plinth with screwfastened gland plates and
screw-fastened trim panels
front and rear
− All enclosure panels are
doubled and earthed (external wall onto internal wall)

H1
H4

Material:
− Enclosure frame:
Stainless steel 1.4301
(AISI 304)
− Enclosure panels and
base/plinth trim:
Aluminium, AlMg3

Colour:
RAL 7035

H2

Outdoor enclosure with 100 mm
transport plinth and rain canopy
with projections on all sides.
Side panels, rear panel and door
fully double-walled on the outside, the entire TS 8 frame is
available for interior installation.

Detailed drawing:
Available on the Internet.

B1

T1

Double-walled, platform TS 8
Width (B1) mm

600

800

600

800

Height (H1) mm

Packs of

1200

1200

1600

1600

Depth (T1) mm

600

600

600

600

Clearance width (B2) mm

512

712

512

712

Clearance height (H2) mm

1112

1112

1512

1512

Clearance depth (T2) mm

512

512

512

512

Rain canopy width (B3) mm

694

894

694

894

Rain canopy height (H3) mm

45

45

45

45

Rain canopy depth (T3) mm

694

694

694

694

Overall height (H4) mm

Page

1345

1345

1745

1745

1

9774.105

9774.205

9774.305

9774.405

Concrete base/plinth

1

9765.071

9765.072

9765.071

9765.072

368

Mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝)

2

7827.120

7827.120

7827.160

7827.160

549

TS punched section with mounting flange as
installation kit

4

8612.060

–

8612.060

–

459

Installation bracket TS

2

–

7827.480

–

7827.480

556

Mounting plate

1

9765.092

9765.095

–

9765.096

451

Size

4

4

4

4

Qty.

2

2

2

2

From
514

Model No. CS
Accessories

Gland plate
Semi-cylinder

1

9785.040

9785.040

9785.040

9785.040

416

Cooling unit, 1000 W

1

–

9776.500

–

9776.500

286

Heat exchanger, 85 W/K

1

–

9776.102

–

9776.102

286

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

185

CS modular enclosures

System accessories Page 355
CS modular enclosures
Double-walled outdoor enclosure with base/plinth and rain
canopy projecting on all sides.
Side panels doubled up to the
outside, door and rear panel to
the inside.
Photo shows a configuration
example with equipment not
included in the scope of supply.

Material:
− Enclosure, roof and
side panel:
Aluminium AlMg3
− Base/plinth, battery plinth:
Aluminium AlMg3

Colour:
RAL 7035

Order example,
see page 187.

Protection category:
IP 55 to IEC 60 529,
complies with NEMA 3R.

Other climate control devices,
from page 285.
Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

Surface finish:
− Powder-coated
− UV-resistant pure polyester

Double-walled, configuration variants, width: 600 mm
Width mm

600

600

600

600

Height mm

800

1000

1200

1600

Depth mm

600

500

600

600

9751.015

9751.075

9751.025

9751.035

Standard base/plinth 100 mm

9755.015

9755.065

9755.015

9755.015

Battery plinth 350 mm

9754.025

9754.015

9754.025

9754.025

Model No. CS

Page

Base/plinth

Roof-mounted climate control
Cooling unit, 1000 W

9762.212

9762.212

9762.212

9762.212

Heat exchanger, 30 W/K

9764.040

9764.040

9764.040

9764.040

287
287

Mounting frame for cooling unit

9765.051

9765.051

9765.051

9765.051

287

Climate hood

9756.015

9756.065

9756.015

9756.015

–

–

9761.212

9761.212

9757.015

9757.065

9757.015

9757.015

–

–

9758.015

9758.015

Wall-mounted climate control
Cooling unit, 1000 W

287

Roof
Standard roof
Roof for wall-mounted climate control
Side panel
Side panel for 100 mm base/plinth

9753.015

9753.175

9753.035

9753.045

Side panel for 350 mm base/plinth

9753.055

9753.195

9753.075

9753.085

Side panel for 100 mm base/plinth
and roof-mounted climate control

9753.095

9753.185

9753.115

9753.125

Side panel for 350 mm base/plinth
and roof-mounted climate control

9753.135

9753.205

9753.155

9753.165

Delivery times available on request.

186

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

CS modular enclosures
Double-walled, configuration variants, width: 800 and 1200 mm
Width mm

800

800

800

800

1200

1200

Height mm

1000

1200

1200

1600

1200

1200

Depth mm

500

500

600

600

500

600

9751.085

9751.045

9751.055

9751.065

9752.015

9752.025

Standard base/plinth 100 mm

9755.025

9755.025

9755.035

9755.035

9755.045

9755.055

Battery plinth 350 mm

9754.035

9754.035

9754.045

9754.045

2x
9754.015

2x
9754.025

Model No. CS

Page

Base/plinth

Roof-mounted climate control
Cooling unit, 1000 W

9762.212

9762.212

9762.212

9762.212

9762.212

9762.212

Heat exchanger, 30 W/K

9764.040

9764.040

9764.040

9764.040

9764.040

9764.040

287
287

Mounting frame for cooling unit

9765.051

9765.051

9765.051

9765.051

9765.051

9765.051

287

Climate hood

9756.025

9756.025

9756.035

9756.035

9756.045

9756.055

–

9761.212

9761.212

9761.212

9761.212

9761.212

Wall-mounted climate control
Cooling unit, 1000 W

287

Roof
Standard roof

9757.025

9757.025

9757.035

9757.035

9757.045

9757.055

–

9758.025

9758.035

9758.035

9758.045

9758.055

Side panel for 100 mm base/plinth

9753.175

9753.025

9753.035

9753.045

9753.025

9753.035

Side panel for 350 mm base/plinth

9753.195

9753.065

9753.075

9753.085

9753.065

9753.075

Side panel for 100 mm base/plinth
and roof-mounted climate control

9753.185

9753.105

9753.115

9753.125

9753.105

9753.115

Side panel for 350 mm base/plinth
and roof-mounted climate control

9753.205

9753.145

9753.155

9753.165

9753.145

9753.155

Roof for wall-mounted climate control
Side panel

Delivery times available on request.

Order example: Enclosure 800 x 1200 x 500 mm of aluminium AlMg3 with standard base/plinth and roof-mounted cooling unit.
You will need:
Enclosure:

Basic enclosure 800 x 1200 x 500 mm

CS 9751.045

Base/plinth:

Standard base/plinth 100 mm

CS 9755.025

Roof-mounted climate control:

Roof-mounted cooling unit

CS 9762.212

Mounting frame

CS 9765.051

Climate hood

CS 9756.025

Roof:

Standard roof

CS 9757.025

Side panel:

Side panel for 100 mm base/plinth and roof-mounted climate control

CS 9753.105

Rittal Belgium
RITTAL nv/sa
Industrieterrein E17/3206  Stokkelaar 8
B-9160 Lokeren
Phone: +32 (0) 9 353 9111
Fax: +32 (0) 9 355 6862
E-mail: info@rittal.be  www.rittal.be

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

187

188

Power
UPS – Power Modular Concept
PMC 12/PMC 12 compact.........................................................................190
PMC 40 (type 1-4) .....................................................................................191
PMC 40 (type 5) ........................................................................................192
PMC 120....................................................................................................193
PMC 200....................................................................................................194
PMC 800....................................................................................................195
PMC accessories ......................................................................................196

Power Distribution Rack
Power Distribution Rack PDR ....................................................................200
Power Distribution Module PDM................................................................200

Power System Module
PSM Plus busbar .......................................................................................201
PSM Plus plug-in modules ........................................................................201
PSM busbars .............................................................................................202
PSM socket modules .................................................................................203
PSM accessories.......................................................................................204

Fuel cell system
RiCell Flex..................................................................................................205

Rittal UPS systems Power Modular Concept
Ensuring UPS protection of all processes whose availability is crucial is
more than just a question of kilowatts, autonomy and UPS redundancy.
The key here is to protect the critical load with a high UPS efficiency.

1 – 18
kVA
10 – 40
kW
Output range
(scalable)

10 – 120
kW
8 – 800
kW
64 – 960
kW

PMC
12
PMC
40
PMC
120
PMC
200
PMC
800

189

UPS – Power Modular Concept

Shutdown software Page 347 Battery packs Page 196
Double conversion technology
to the highest classification
VFI-SS-111.

Supply includes:
− Single-phase UPS system
− Operating manual
− Software on CD-ROM
− RS232 cable
− For 1 – 3 kVA:
UPS, earthing-pin connection
cable, USB cable

Technical information:
Available on the Internet.

Also required:
Country-specific connection
cables and slide rails are
required to operate the UPS
systems,
see page 585/559.

Photo shows a configuration
example with equipment not
included in the scope of supply.

PMC 12, single-phase, output range 1 – 12 kVA n+1
UPS for 482.6 mm (19˝) racks
or as floor-standing enclosures

UPS with integral battery










–

–

7857.482

7857.483

7857.430

7857.431

7857.432

7857.433

7857.434

Internal hot swap-compatible batteries
Model No. DK PMC 12
Width x height mm

UPS control unit

440 (19˝) x 176 (4 U)

440 (19˝) x 88 (2 U)

Depth mm

420

420

405

650

650

680

Weight kg

26

27

15,7

26

29

24

24

VA

2000

3000

1000

2000

3000

4500

6000

Watts

1600

2400

800

1600

2400

3500

4800

Max. heat loss (W)

105

262

105

210

252

315

420

90%

90%

90%

> 5 min.

> 12 min.1)

> 8 min.1)

Power

Rated voltage
Input

Frequency

50/60 Hz ±5%
> 0.99 with linear load
230 V < ±1% (200/208/220/230/240 V adjustable)

Voltage
Frequency, synchronised
Efficiency, AC mode

±1 Hz
88%

90%

88%

88%

Power factor
Battery
5 years EUROBAT

Autonomy at 100% load

0.8
> 7 min.

Interface
Communication

> 5 min.

> 7 min.

> 7 min.

1 x USB, 1 x RS232

SNMP
Operating systems supported
Input connection 230 V

Windows, Unix, Linux, Novell, Apple; RCCMD shutdown licence DK 7857.421


Output connection 230 V

10 A C14

16 A C20

4 x 10 A,
C13,
6 x 10 A,
2 units
C13, 2 units
switched,
switched
1 x 16 A, C19

10 A C14

16 A C20

Compact connector

6 x 10 A, C13,
2 units switched

4 x 10 A,
C13,
2 units
switched,
1 x 16 A, C19

Compact connector

Power
Standards and
certifications

1 x RS232

Optional network monitoring card DK 7857.420/relay card 7857.410

Emergency Power Off (EPO)

Connection

680

230 V (160 – 288 V)

Power factor

Output

Page

IEC/EN 62 040-3

EMC

EN 50 091-2/EN 62 040-2 class A, EN 61 000-4-2/-3/-4/-6-8/-11, EN 61 000-3-2/-3

Labelling

CE, FCC

Accessories
Battery pack PMC 12

see page 196

Connection cable at output end, UPS, single-phase,
for PSM busbar
 Included with the supply.

190

1)

7856.027

7856.030

7856.027

7856.027

7856.030

–

–

204

With an external battery pack

Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution

UPS – Power Modular Concept

Shutdown software Page 347
Double conversion technology
to the highest classification
VFI-SS-111.

Supply includes:
− Basic module and UPS module(s) fitted to specifications.
− Battery pack(s), separate

Service:
Commissioning by Rittal.

Technical information:
Available on the Internet.
Photo shows a configuration
example with equipment not
included in the scope of supply.

PMC 40 (type 1-4), 3-phase, output range scalable 10 – 40 kW
Type 1

Type 2

Type 3

Type 4

1

1

2

2

Number of UPS modules

Qty.

Number of battery packs

Qty.

1

2

2

4

Maximum UPS output (with 10 kW/20 kW module)

kW

10

10/20

20

20/40
10/20

UPS output with 1+1 redundancy (with 10 kW/20 kW module)

kW

–

–

10

Approx. autonomies at 100% load (10 kW/20 kW modules)

min.

6/–

15/5

6/–

16/5

Approx. autonomies at 50% load (10 kW/20 kW modules)

min.

12/–

30/10

12/–

32/10

RS232 (D-Sub 9) and USB interface (configuration and shutdown)

Qty.

1/1

1/1

1/1

1/1

Fault signal contacts (floating)

Qty.

5

5

5

5

Clamping strip input/output (3L+N+PE) max. conductor cross-section

mm2

10/16

10/16

10/16

10/16

Width

mm

485 (19˝)

485 (19˝)

485 (19˝)

485 (19˝)

Height

U

11

15

18

26

Depth

mm

735

735

735

735

Required distance between 482.6 mm (19˝) levels (min./max.)

mm

690 – 800

690 – 800

690 – 800

690 – 800

Weight (approx. incl. batteries and UPS modules)

kg

162

278

310

537

7040.010

7040.020

7040.030

7040.040

Dimensions

Model No. DK basic unit
Model No. DK PMC 40 10 kW module (order quantity acc. to type)

Qty.

1 x 7040.110

1 x 7040.110

2 x 7040.110

2 x 7040.110

Model No. DK PMC 40 20 kW module (order quantity acc. to type)

Qty.

–

1 x 7040.120

–

2 x 7040.120

Model No. DK
PMC 40 battery pack each n x 4 x 10 batteries (12 V/7 Ah) prewired

Packs of

7040.211

7040.212

7040.212

7040.214

Model No. DK
PMC 40 battery preparation (for export or air freight)
Drawers and battery cabling (excluding battery, quantity depending
on type)

Packs of

7040.201

7040.202

7040.202

7040.204

Page

Accessories
SNMP monitoring card (budget)

Packs of

7857.420

198

RCCMD licence, bundle of 5 licences

Packs of

7857.423

347

RCCMD licence, bundle of 25 licences

Packs of

7857.424

347

Note: Only UPS modules with an identical output may be combined.

PMC 40 modules, rack-independent

n.
mi 0
80

482.6 mm (19˝) rack, at least
800 mm deep.
Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution

Basic module ...

... plus UPS module ...

... plus battery pack produces
a complete UPS system
191

UPS – Power Modular Concept

Shutdown software Page 347
UPS rack with integral power
modules and batteries
● Thanks to the double conversion technology (VFI-SS-111)
the output voltage is independent from the input voltage and frequency
● Efficient IGBT power transistor technology achieves a
high operating ratio of 95%
even in part-load operation

● “Safe swap” compatibility with
a redundant design, i.e. the
module may be exchanged
while operational
● Every UPS module includes
power electronics as well as
the control unit including display
● Installation, commissioning
and servicing to be carried
out by authorised experts only

Supply includes:
− UPS system in the TS 8 rack
− Vented front door and rear
panel
− Fitted with UPS power modules (depending on configuration) and batteries
− The batteries must only be
installed at the point of
assembly and are delivered
separately

Note:
Only UPS modules with an identical output may be combined.
Technical information/
battery configurations:
Available on the Internet.
Photo shows a configuration
example with equipment not
included in the scope of supply.

PMC 40 (type 5), 3-phase, output range scalable 10 – 40 kW, redundant
Dimensions (UPS rack, without base/plinth) width x height x depth mm

Packs of

Model No. UPS basic rack
Maximum no. of UPS modules

600 x 2000 x 800

600 x 2000 x 1000

7040.065

7040.060

Page

3

Maximum no. of batteries

240 (4 x 50, 6 x 40)

Maximum UPS output (with 10 kW/20 kW modules)

30/60 kW

UPS output with n+1 redundancy (with 10 kW/20 kW modules)

20/40 kW

RS232 (D-Sub 9) and USB interface (configuration and shutdown)

1/1

Fault signal contacts (floating)

5
35/50 mm2

Clamping strip input/output (3L+N+PE) max. conductor cross-section
Weight (approx. incl. batteries and 3 UPS modules)

740 kg

Protection category of UPS system

IP 20

Operating temperature range (UPS with batteries, recommended)

20 – 25°C

Accessibility only required to front (for servicing, maintenance)

900 mm

Distance from wall at rear (due to fan cooling)

200 mm

Model No. PMC 40 10 kW module (order quantity acc. to output)

1

7040.110

Model No. PMC 40 20 kW module (order quantity acc. to output)

1

7040.120

Model No. PMC 40 battery pack 1 x 4 x 10 batteries, when using 10 kW modules
(12 V/7 Ah) prewired (service life 5 years under EUROBAT) Order volume n = 1-6 x

40

7040.311

Model No. PMC 40 battery pack 1 x 5 x 10 batteries, when using 20 kW modules
(12 V/7 Ah) prewired (service life 5 years under EUROBAT) Order volume n = 1-4 x

50

7040.315

Model No. PMC 40 battery preparation n x 4 x 10 (for export or air freight)
Drawers and battery cabling (n = 1-6 x, without batteries), cable set of 40

1 set

7040.301

Model No. PMC 40 battery preparation n x 5 x 10 (for export or air freight)
Drawers and battery cabling (n = 1-4 x, without batteries), cable set of 50

1 set

7040.305

Accessories
UPS monitoring/SNMP monitoring card

1

7857.420

198

Base/plinth components, front and rear, RAL 7035, 100 mm high

1 set

8601.605

361

Base/plinth trim panels, side, RAL 7035, 800 mm deep/100 mm high

1 set

8601.085

362

Base/plinth trim panels, side, RAL 7035, 1000 mm deep/100 mm high

1 set

8601.015

362

192

Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution

UPS – Power Modular Concept

Shutdown software Page 347
Modular UPS system
(up to 120 kW)
● UPS power modules operate
according to the double conversion principle (classification to VFI-SS-111) and have a
transformerless design thanks
to the high intermediate circuit voltage
● Efficient IGBT power transistor technology achieves a
high operating ratio of 95%
even in part-load operation

● “Safe swap” compatibility with
a redundant design, i.e. the
module may be exchanged
while operational
● Every UPS module includes
power electronics as well as
the control unit including display
● Installation, commissioning
and servicing to be carried
out by authorised experts only

Supply includes:
− UPS system in the TS 8 rack
− Vented front door and rear
panel
− Fitted with UPS power modules (depending on configuration) and batteries

Technical information/
battery configurations:
Available on the Internet.
Photo shows a configuration
example with equipment not
included in the scope of supply.

Note:
Only UPS modules with an identical output may be combined.

PMC 120, 3-phase, output range scalable 10 – 120 kW
Dimensions (UPS rack, without base/plinth) width x height x depth mm

Packs of

Model No. UPS basic rack

600 x 2000 x 800

600 x 2000 x 1000

7040.075

7040.070

Maximum no. of UPS modules

Page

6

Maximum UPS output (with 10 kW/20 kW modules)

60/120 kW

UPS output with n+1 redundancy (with 10 kW/20 kW modules)

50/100 kW

No. of batteries (12 V/28 Ah) per module/battery bank (per 10 kW/20 kW)

40/50

No. of battery banks per battery rack1), max.

3

No. of batteries (12 V/28 Ah) per battery rack1), max.

150

Operating ratio (from 50% load)

95%

Operating ratio in eco-mode (100% load)

98%

RS232 (D-Sub 9) and USB interface (configuration and shutdown)

1/1

Fault signal contacts (floating)

5

Input (3L+N+PE) conductor cross-section

70/95 mm2

Output (3L+N+PE) conductor cross-section

70/95 mm2
150 mm2

Battery connection (3 x M10, joint batteries) conductor cross-section
Weight (approx., UPS rack with 6 UPS modules)

285 kg

Protection category of UPS system

IP 20

Operating temperature range (UPS with batteries, recommended)

20 – 25°C

Accessibility only required to front (for servicing, maintenance)

900 mm

Distance from wall at rear (due to fan cooling)

200 mm

Model No. PMC 40 10 kW module (order quantity acc. to output)

1

7040.110

Model No. PMC 40 20 kW module (order quantity acc. to output)

1

7040.120

Also required
Battery rack, width 800 mm (max. 150 batteries)

1

7040.3611)

7857.3641)

Accessories
Base/plinth components, front and rear, RAL 7035, 600 mm wide/100 mm high

1 set

8601.605

Base/plinth trim panels, side, RAL 7035, 800 mm deep/100 mm high

1 set

8601.085

362

Base/plinth trim panels, side, RAL 7035, 1000 mm deep/100 mm high

1 set

8601.015

362

1)

361

Batteries not included with the supply of the battery rack, connection cable for battery racks DK 7040.371.

Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution

193

UPS – Power Modular Concept

Shutdown software Page 347
Rittal PMC 200 ensures optimum availability for critical applications by combining modularity
(flexible scalability and redundancy, whereby up to 20 modules may be switched in parallel) with decentralised parallel
architecture or DPA (redundant
protection without a “single point

of failure”). Transformerless,
genuine online, doubleconversion UPSs with static
bypass and classification code
VFI-SS-111.

This modular concept keeps the
purchasing and operating costs
of redundant solutions low. As
your performance requirements
grow, the UPS grows with you –
even in the most confined
spaces, and with the system
operational. The benefits to you:

Less capital tie-up, inexpensive
expansion, and minimal space
requirements.
Technical information:
Available on the Internet.
Photo shows a configuration
example with equipment not
included in the scope of supply.

PMC 200, 3-phase, output range scalable 8 – 800 kW
Up to 20 PMC modules may be gradually switched in parallel e.g. in order to supply 800 kW without redundancy or 760 kW
n+1 (with 40 kW modules) uninterrupted. May be upgraded with the system operational; no need to switch over to an
unprotected network.
Note:
This table contains only sample configurations. We would be pleased to configure your individual solution with you.
Examples of 32 and 40 kW module configurations and autonomies
40
40
40
40

40
40

UPS racks:
W 800 x H 2000 x
D 1000 mm

Battery racks:
W 800 x H 2000 x
D 1000 mm

Redundancy

without

with

without

with

without

with

without

with

without

with

1/–

–

1/–

1/–

1/–

1/–

1/2

1/2

1/2

1/2

Number of UPS modules

1

–

2

2

3

3

4

4

5

5

PMC 32 module type, output in kW

32

–

64

32

96

64

128

96

160

128

UPS rack/battery rack

Battery autonomy1)

18

–

9

9

9

9

12

12

12

12

PMC 40 module type, output in kW

40

–

–

–

–

–

160

120

200

160

Battery autonomy1)

15

–

–

–

–

–

9

9

9

9

1)

Minutes/modules with cos ϕ 1.0/autonomy may be extended to order. Delivery times available on request.

PMC 200 modules
20
20
20

20
20
20

UPS rack

UPS module

Battery packs

PMC 200

Minimum floor space is required by a rack with three modules (2+1 redundancy) and batteries with autonomy integrated into a single rack.
The Rittal PMC 200 allows the integration of up to 5 modules (4+1 redundancy) in one rack. For this configuration, an additional battery rack
is required. The autonomy may be flexibly adapted to suit your requirements.

194

Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution

UPS – Power Modular Concept

Shutdown software Page 347
Rittal PMC 800 is the solution for
data centres with a high power
consumption. The modular
architecture allows optimum,
tailored configuration of the UPS.

The PMC 800 may be extended
to accommodate up to 12 modules, facilitating a maximum output of up to 960 kW or 880 kW
(n+1), redundant. If a UPS with a
higher output is required, this
can of course be achieved with
the PMC 800.

● Operating ratio at 25/50/75/
100% load
(cos phi = 0.8): 92/93.5/95/
95%
● Use of battery racks:

UPS PMC 800 at a glance:
● Topology: On-line, double
conversion, VFI-SS-111.
● Technology: Transformerless
● Architecture: Modular, may be
connected in parallel
● Maximum output in standard
configuration: 800 kW (higher
outputs available on request)

Technical information:
Available on the Internet.
Photo shows a configuration
example with equipment not
included in the scope of supply.

PMC 800, 3-phase, output range scalable 64 – 960 kW
The separation into one power module and one control module is exemplary for UPS systems in this output class.
This ensures a high level of service-friendliness and allows precise planning of maintenance work.
Note:
This table contains only sample configurations. We would be pleased to configure your individual solution with you.

Examples of 64 and 80 kW module configurations

PMC 800

Redundancy (n+1)

without

with

without

with

without

with

without

with

Module with 64 kW

192

128

384

320

576

512

768

704

Module with 80 kW

240

160

480

400

720

640

960

880

Batteries
UPS racks W x H x D mm

Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution

Battery rack, e.g. 28 Ah batteries or battery racks, e.g. 70 Ah batteries
1400 x 1900 x 870

195

UPS – Power Modular Concept
Accessories
Battery packs
for PMC 12
To operate or increase the power of PMC 12 UPS
systems. With overload protection. Vertical siting
is also possible. Battery packs are “hot plug”compatible (replacement of batteries while operational). Batteries can be exchanged from the front,
without removing the battery pack from the
482.6 mm (19˝) level. Depending on the UPS
version, 2 – 3 battery packs may be connected
together to increase the autonomy. Cooling of the
UPS and the battery packs is absolutely essential.

Material:
Maintenance-free lead gel accumulators,
service life 5 years (to EUROBAT)
Supply includes:
− Fully preassembled and populated with
accumulators (12 V/7 Ah)
− 0.5 m connection cable with connector
− Feet.
Note:
For mounting in the 482.6 mm (19˝) rack,
a slide rail DK 7063.883 is required.

XL version

Standard version

UPS PMC 12 system

7857.482

7857.483

7857.430

7857.431

7857.432

7857.433

7857.434

Battery packs

7857.488

7857.488

7857.435

7857.437

7857.437

7857.442

7857.442

Width mm

465

465

465

465

465

465

465

Height mm

178 (4 U)

178 (4 U)

89 (2 U)

89 (2 U)

89 (2 U)

Depth mm

420

420

650

650

650

650

650

Weight kg

35

35

20

20

20

55

55

Number of batteries
per battery pack

12

12

6

6

6

20

20

Model No. DK

133.5 (3 U) 133.5 (3 U)

Autonomy (min.) at 100% load:
Battery packs

In supplied
state

1

7857.430, 1 kVA

7 min.

7857.482/7857.431, 2 kVA

7 min.

7857.483/7857.432, 3 kVA

UPS PMC 12

2
(XL version)

3

55 min.

–

–

29 min.

54 min.

–

24 min.

20 min.

46 min.

–

9 min.

–

23 min.

–

39 min.

8 min.

–

20 min.

–

33 min.

1
(XL version)

2

28 min.

–

17 min.

26 min.

5 min.

12 min.

7857.433, 4.5 kVA

–

7857.434, 6 kVA

–

Mechanical maintenance
bypass

1

for PMC 12
Facilitates uninterrupted removal/maintenance of
the UPS. Various designs are required depending
on the UPS output category.
Connection of the bypass for 1 – 3 kVA UPS
models is via a connector (plug & play), while the
4.5 and 6 kVA UPS variant must be installed by a
qualified electrician. It is important to ensure the
correct prefuse of the UPS bypass depending on
the UPS power used.

Model No. DK
1

1 – 3 kVA
(incl. UPS fuse 16 A)

7857.440

2

4.5 – 6 kVA
(incl. UPS fuse 32 A)

7857.441

Dimensions:
W x H x D (mm):
− 465 x 88 (2 U) x 80 (DK 7857.440)
− 465 x 88 (2 U) x 350 (DK 7857.441)
2

Relay card
for PMC 12
This card allows the UPS alarm messages (5 UPS
alarms) to be forwarded to external indicator
devices (e.g. building services management)
via floating contacts.
The card is plugged into the extension slot on the
rear of the PMC 12 UPS.

196

Packs of

Model No. DK

1

7857.410

Note:
Cannot be used together with the SNMP card.

Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution

UPS – Power Modular Concept
Accessories
Sub-distribution
for PMC 12
Outlets 4 x C19 and 2 x 32 A CEE-conforming,
single-phase, individually fused. Allows the direct
connection of up to 6 pieces of equipment.
Installation must be carried out by a qualified
electrician.
Dimensions:
W x H x D (mm): 482.6 (19˝) x 131 (3 U) x 300

Dimensions:
W x H x D (mm): 482.6 (19˝) x 88 (2 U) x 300

Dimensions:
W x H x D (mm): 482.6 (19˝) x 88 (2 U) x 300

7857.445

Packs of

Model No. DK

1

7857.448

Technical specifications:
Ambient conditions:
Temperature: 5 – 40°C
− Humidity:
5 – 90% rel. humidity (non-condensing)
− UPS connection PMC 12:
Via connection cables with fitted Harting
connector (1.5 m)
− Input (connection cable):
3 x 4 mm² (3 m) with 32 CEE connector,
single-phase
− Output:
2 x C19 jack, 4 x C13 jack
− Fuses:
2 x 16 AC, 4 x 10 A type C

Parallel hot swap chassis
for PMC 12, 4.5 and 6 kVA
Facilitates parallel switching of 2 (or 3) PMC UPS
systems to increase the output or redundancy of
the UPS. A mechanical maintenance bypass is
also integrated.
Parallel connection is only possible with the 4.5
and 6 kVA PMC 12 version. The two UPS systems
to be connected in parallel must have identical
battery configurations (number/type of battery
packs). The autonomy of the system will not be
increased as a result of parallel connection.
Installation must be carried out by a qualified
electrician.

Model No. DK

1

Technical specifications:
Ambient conditions:
− Temperature: 5 – 40°C
− Humidity:
5 – 90% rel. humidity (non-condensing)
− Input (open ends with wire end ferrules):
3 x 6 mm² (2 m)
− Output:
4 x C19 jack, 2 x CEE 32 A coupling
− Fuses:
4 x 16 AC, 2 x 32 A type C

Plug & play sub-distribution
for PMC 12, 4.5 and 6 kVA
This sub-distribution facilitates simple installation
and commissioning of the PMC 12 UPS, 4.5 and
6 kVA. All that is needed is a single-phase 32 A
connection to DIN/EN 60 309.

Packs of

for UPS systems

Packs of

Model No. DK

1

2

1

7857.443

2

3

1

7857.444

Technical specifications:
Ambient conditions:
− Temperature: 5 – 40°C
− Humidity:
5 – 90% rel. humidity (non-condensing)
− UPS connection PMC 12:
Via connection cables with fitted Harting
connector (1 m)
− Input (connection cable):
3 x 10/16 mm² (2 m) with open cable end and
wire end ferrules
− Output (connection cable):
3 x 10/16 mm² (2 m) with open cable end and
wire end ferrules
− Fuses (UPS input):
2 x 2 x 32 A type C (for DK 7857.442)
3 x 2 x 32 A type C (for DK 7857.443)

1

2

Note:
Commissioning of a PMC 12 UPS connected in
parallel must only be carried out by a member of
the Rittal Service team because the UPS may be
destroyed if wrongly configured.
Additionally, we recommend the use of the
PMC 12 sub-distribution (DK 7857.445).

Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution

197

UPS – Power Modular Concept
Accessories
Sub-distribution
for PMC 40 UPS
Allows the direct, fused connection of single- and
3-phase equipment. In this way, up to 4 PSM busbars may be connected directly to the PMC 40
UPS via the relevant connection cables.
Additionally, there are six single-phase outlets
(16 A) available via C19 jacks.
Connection to the PMC 40 UPS must be carried
out by a qualified electrician.
Dimensions:
W x H x D: 482.6 (19˝) x 131 mm (3 U) x 300 mm

Packs of

Model No. DK

1

7040.500

Technical specifications:
Ambient conditions:
− Temperature: 5 – 40°C
− Humidity:
5 – 90% rel. humidity (non-condensing)
− Input (open ends with wire end ferrules):
5 x 16 mm² (2 m)
− Output:
4 x GST18 (3-phase), 6 x C19 (1-phase)
− Fuses:
18 x 16 AC
Note:
Observe the country-specific connection data.
Plug & play connection cable for server enclosures:

Sub-distribution, modular
for PMC 200
The distributor may be fitted directly in the UPS
PMC 200 rack. This allows the configuration of a
complete, compact system with a 0.6 m2 footprint
containing a rack-mounted modular UPS
PMC 200, batteries and distributor.
Application range:
UPS systems Rittal Power Modular Concept
PMC 200 up to 20 kW N+1.
Technical specifications:
● 482.6 mm (19˝) , 6 U
● 12 outlets, three-phase 400 V/50 Hz with 10 A
● On-load isolator for disconnecting
● Circuit-breaker 10 A per phase

Length

Packs of

Model No. DK

3m

1

7857.130

5m

1

7857.150

8m

1

7857.180

9m

1

7857.190

Design

Model No. DK

482.6 mm (19˝), 6 U

7857.372

Supply includes:
482.6 mm (19˝) modules, 6 U, instructions.
Note:
Observe the country-specific connection data.
Plug & play connection cable for server enclosures:
Length

Packs of

Model No. DK

3m

1

7857.130

5m

1

7857.150

8m

1

7857.180

9m

1

7857.190

Also required:
UPV PMC 200, 60 kW, see page 194.

UPS monitoring card
(SNMP card)
This optional monitoring card facilitates monitoring of the UPS via Web browsers. In this way,
various monitoring states of the UPS (e.g. input
voltage, output currents/power per phase,
battery charging status, autonomies etc.) may be
remotely monitored. However, the main application is a controlled server shutdown via the network interface. To this end, a UPS shutdown
client (RCCMD software) must be installed and
configured on every server.

198

Design

Packs of Model No. DK

SNMP card, budget version

1

7857.420

SNMP card CS121
with swtiching contacts

1

7857.366

Note:
Only one extension card may be installed per UPS
system.
Redundant monitoring solutions for UPS systems
available on request.
RCCMD software, see page 347.

Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution

UPS – Power Modular Concept
Accessories
Battery Manager RiBat

Designation

for PMC 200/800
Management system for the batteries in a UPS.
RiBat can extend the service life of a battery by
up to 30%.

1 RiBat Manager

Benefits:
● Optimised charging for each individual battery.
● Temperature monitoring per battery.
● Early identification of defective batteries.
● Supports preventive maintenance of batteries.
● Defective batteries can be restored rather than
replaced before reaching the end of their useful life.
● RiBat Manager replaces the internal SNMP card
of the UPS.
The Rittal battery manager RiBat determines all
relevant data such as battery voltage, internal
resistance, discharge curve, temperature etc.
throughout the service life of the monitored batteries. This data is evaluated and used to control the
charging process. RiBat facilitates optimum
charging of each individual battery.
The RiBat module regulates the charging process
for each connected battery. This avoids overcharging of a battery which is connected to other
batteries. This technology can extend the service
life of a battery by up to 30%. The RiBat modules
are connected using preassembled cables and
connected to the RiBat Manager.
Up to 250 modules may be connected to one
RiBat Manager.

Model No. DK

2 RiBat module

7857.800
7857.801

RiBat cable kit 120 batteries

7857.8021)

RiBat cable kit 150 batteries

7857.8032)

Extended delivery times.
1) In conjunction with a battery rack for 120 batteries
2) In conjunction with a battery rack for 150 batteries

1

Technical specifications
RiBat Manager:
− Supply voltage: 9 – 30 V DC
− Serial interface: 3 x RS232
− LAN interface: 10/100 MBit full/half
− Supported protocols:
SNMP, RCCMD, SNMP, HTTP
− Alarm contact: 1 floating contact
− Display: LCD display
Temperature range: 5°C – 45°C,
− 90% humidity, non-condensing
− Certifications: CEE, WEEE, RoHS

2

RiBat module:
− Battery voltage: 12 V DC
− Battery capacity: 7 – 300 Ah
− W x H x D: 800 x 55 x 27 mm
− Certifications: CEE, WEEE, RoHS

TCP/IP

Module

Battery Manager

Battery

RCCMD software
Client software for controlled server shutdown
see page 347.

Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution

199

Power Distribution Rack

Power Distribution Rack PDR
● To accommodate a maximum
of 8 PDM
● Height 1.20 m for 4 PDMs and
2 m height for 8 PDMs
● PDM may be retrofitted whilst
operational
● A maximum of 32 racks may
be fitted to the sub-distributor
● Fully shock-hazard protected
● Main switch in various
options:
− Isolator switch
− On-load isolator
− Air circuit-breaker
− RC circuit-breaker
● Low-voltage distribution
up to 250 A

Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
− Enclosure frame:
Dipcoat-primed
− Doors, roof and base/plinth:
Dipcoat-primed, powdercoated
− Gland plates, punched sections with mounting flanges
and mounting angles:
Zinc-plated, clear-chromated

Supply includes:
− Enclosure frame with door
(without tubular door frame),
− Rear panel,
− Side panels and roof plate,
− Levelling feet incl. base/plinth
adaptor,
− Earthing of all enclosure
panels,
− Busbars shock-hazardprotected
− Main switch integral.
Note:
Observe the standards of the
local power supply companies.

Colour:
RAL 7035

Power Distribution Module
PDM
● Mechanically latchable in the
PDR
● Scalable
● RC circuit-breaker, optional
Supply includes:
− 482.6 mm (19˝) module, 3 U
− Incl. master switch
− 4 fused 3-phase outlets to the
rack
− 3 x 230 V/16 A per outlet
− Connected load 400 V/3 AC,
max. 63 A
Photo shows a configuration
example with equipment not
included in the scope of supply.

Approvals:
VDE
Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

Power Distribution Rack PDR
Packs of
Possible number of PDM modules
Dimensions mm

WxHxD

Page
4

8

800 x 1200 x 500

800 x 2000 x 500

1

7857.3101)

7857.3001)

Height 100 mm

1 set

8601.800

8601.800

361

Height 200 mm

1 set

8602.800

8602.800

361

Height 100 mm

1 set

8601.050

8601.050

362

Height 200 mm

1 set

8602.050

8602.050

362

Model No. DK
Accessories
Base/plinth components front and rear
Base/plinth trim panels, side
1) Extended

delivery times.

Power Distribution Module PDM
Packs of
Design
Dimensions mm

4 outlets per 10 kW
WxH
1

Model No. DK

4 outlets project-specific

19˝ (482.6 mm) x 3 U
7857.320

7857.350

Also required
Plug & play connection cable
for PSM busbar to the server enclosures
Connection cable 32 A CEE-conforming
connector, for operation without PDR

200

Length 3 m

1

7857.130

Length 5 m

1

7857.150

Length 8 m

1

7857.180

Length 9 m

1

7857.190

1

7857.321

Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution

Power System Module Plus
Power System Module
PSM Plus

The benefits at a glance:
● 2 m busbar with four independent infeeds
(A, B, C, D each 400 V/3~, 50/60 Hz, 3 x 16 A).
● Shock-hazard-protected; may be retrofitted
whilst the system is operational.
● With four integral connection cables, each 3 m
long, 5 x 2.5 mm2 and Wieland GST connectors.
● Directly suitable for connecting to Rittal PDM.
● Easily integrated into existing applications with
standard extension cables.
● 6 slots per 2 m busbar
● Attachment with no loss of U in the rack.

Current carrying capacity up to 192 A per rack
Busbar with redundant design and 3-phase
infeed.
By integrating two further three-phase circuits the
PSM Plus now has four independent three-phase
infeeds. Each of the feeds can be supplied with
up to 3 x 16 A, producing a total of max. 192 A.
With four independent infeeds, it is possible to
assemble a redundant, high-MTBF power supply
system for IT racks.

Note:
− PSM Plus bar for modules with two infeeds.
This means that redundancy can now be
achieved at module level.
− Only fits PSM Plus socket modules.

A
B

A

B

C

D

PSM Plus busbar
For enclosure height
mm

Number of modules

Model No. DK

2000

6

7856.015

PSM Plus plug-in modules
Connector pattern

Number of sockets

C13

6 (3 x per infeed)

7856.081

C19

4 (2 x per infeed)

7856.231

Earthing-pin

2 (1 x per infeed)

7856.101

PSM Plus connection cable
Length

Type

Connections

5m

3-phase supply connection
cable

Three-phase connector EN 60 309
on Wieland GST socket

7856.018

5m

Extension cable

Wieland GST socket
on Wieland GST 18 connector

7856.017

Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution

201

Power System Module
PSM busbars
PSM busbars + PSM socket
modules
PSM busbars
The modular system facilitates basic configuration of the racks, thanks to a vertical support rail
with 1/3-phase infeed. The various socket modules to supply the active components may be
snap-fitted into the support rail. This can even be
done whilst the system is operational, because
the support section is shock-hazard protected.
PSM socket modules
The various modules, earthing pins, IEC 320 etc.
may be inserted into the support rail in any combination. This is easily achieved, even by non-electricians, thanks to the shock hazard protected
plug & play system.
Approvals:
Available on the Internet.

Technical specifications/benefits:
● Each plug-in module picks off a phase on the
support rail, either from infeed A or from the
redundant infeed B, depending on the direction of connection.
● 1-/3-phase construction with a maximum current of 2 x (3 x 16 A).
● 3-phase redundant infeed supported.
● The redundant circuit is completely separate
from the 3 phases of the support rail.
● Modules may be retrofitted whilst operational.
● Modules may be equipped with integral overcurrent protection, so that only the affected
module is deactivated in the event of an excessively high current. The other modules remain
operational.
● Overvoltage protection may be integrated into
the supply line.
● Various modules also available with current
measurement and switchable outputs.
A
B

PSM busbars
For
enclosure
height
mm
1

Phases
per
infeed

No. of
infeeds

Input
current
(A)

Maximum Connecno. of
tion,
module connector
slots
type

Earthleakage
circuitbreaker
RCD

Circuitbreaker
16 A

Packs
of

Model No.
DK

1 With measurement of voltage, current and power (consumption), via CMC, remote-controllable
2000

3

2

16

6

Jack

–

–

1

7856.016

2000

1

1

32

6

CEE

2

–

1

7856.003

2 With 2 infeeds (jack), 3-phase redundancy
1200

3

2

16

4

Jack

–

–

1

7856.010

2000

3

2

16

7

Jack

–

–

1

7856.020

2200

3

2

16

8

Jack

–

–

1

7856.008

7

Wire end
ferrules

–

–

1

7856.005

7

Wire end
ferrules

–

–

1

7856.006

3 With 3 m connection cable (wire end ferrules)
2

2000
2000

3
3

1
2

16
16

4 With 3 m connection cable (connector type CEE/EN 60 309)
2000

1

1

32

6

CEE

2

–

1

7856.321

2000

3

1

32

6

CEE

6

–

1

7856.323

2000

1

1

32

6

CEE

2



1

7856.043

3

Also required:
PSM socket modules,
see page 203.

Accessories:
− Mounting kit for PSM busbars,
see page 204.
− Connection cables,
see page 204.
− Cable lock,
see page 204.
− Overvoltage protection,
see page 204.

4

202

Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution

Power System Module
PSM socket modules
PSM socket modules
Module slots required
in PSM busbar

Connector pattern

Slots

Thermal overcurrent
protection

Packs of

Model No.

1 Standard socket modules/non-switchable
1

C13

6

–

1

7856.080

1

C13

6



1

7856.070

1

C13

4

/per output

1

7856.220

1

Earthing-pin

4

–

1

7856.100

1

Earthing-pin

4



1

7856.090

1

C19

4

–

1

7856.230

1

C13 red

6

–

1

7856.082

1

Earthing-pin, red

4

–

1

7856.240

2

C13

8

RCD

1

7856.095

7856.120

1

2 International socket modules
1

France/Belgium

4

–

1

1

France/Belgium

4



1

7856.110

1

Switzerland

5

–

1

7856.190

1

Switzerland

4



1

7856.180

1

UK

3

–

1

7856.160

1

UK

3



1

7856.150

1

USA (120 V/208 V)

5

–

1

7856.140

1

USA (120 V/208 V)

5



1

7856.130

3 Socket modules with LED display/current measurement per module

2

3

1

C13

6

–

1

7859.120

1

C19

4

–

1

7859.130

4 Socket modules with switchable slot/aggregate current measurement per module
2

C13

8



1

7856.201

2

Earthing-pin/C13

4/2



1

7856.203

2

C19/C13

4/2



1

7856.204

5 Socket modules with switchable slot/individual current measurement per slot
2

Earthing-pin/C13

4/2



1

7859.212

2

C13

8



1

7859.222

2

C19/C13

4/2



1

7859.232

4

Approvals:
Available on the Internet.

5

Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution

203

Power System Module
Accessories
Mounting kit
for PSM busbars
Without cable routing
For

With cable routing
For

Model No. DK

TS

For static installation

7856.011

TE

For static installation

7000.684

Model No. DK

TS

For static installation

7856.022

Adjustable,
for freely accessible
482.6 mm (19˝) level

7856.023

Connection cable
for PSM-busbar
Connection cable, 3-phase
Length

Packs of

Model No. DK

3m

1

7856.025

3m

1

7856.026

C14/X-Com 10 A

3m

1

7856.027

C20/X-Com 16 A

3m

1

7856.030

2m

1

7200.217

0.5 m

2

7856.014

CEE-conforming 5-pole/16 A
Connection cable, single-phase
CEE-conforming 3-pole/16 A
Connection cable, UPS, single-phase

Connection cable C19/C20
16 A
Connection cable C13/C14
16 A

Cable lock PSM
for all modules with EN 60 320 C13 connector
configurations
All terminal connection cables are therefore protected against unintentional disconnection of the
power supply. Two bars are needed for two
cables.

Measurement module PSM
For power measurement of existing PSM or for
new installations.

Design

Packs of

Model No. DK

Bar

20

7856.013

Accessories:
Optimum locking function is only achieved
with connection cable DK 7856.014,
see page 204.

Packs of

Model No. DK

1

7856.019

Suitable for for PSM busbar:
DK 7856.010, DK 7856.020, DK 7856.008.
Note:
Detailed information, see PSM rail with
measurement, page 202.

Overvoltage protection PSM

Overvoltage protection

Packs of

Model No. DK

Is connected upstream of the busbar.

With adaptor connector

1

7856.170

● Fine fuse
● Connection:
− Socket Wago X-Com
− Connector Wago X-Com

204

Note:
One adaptor is required for each infeed.

Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution

RiCell Flex fuel cell system

Material:
− Enclosure frame:
Stainless steel 1.4301
(AISI 304)
− Door, side panels, roof:
Aluminium AlMg3,
powder-coated
Colour:
RAL 7035

Project planning:
− Higher level of cascading
− Different output voltages
− Housing for gas cylinders
− Primary power supply

T

Photo shows a configuration
example with equipment not
included in the scope of supply.

B

H1
H2

Application:
● Emergency power supplies,
e.g. for mobile telecommunication base stations
● Indoor and outdoor use
● Temporary power supplies
● UPS applications
● High-MTBF applications
● Balancing energy supplies

Supply includes:
− Ready-to-connect fuel cell
system including climate
control. Hydrogen supply
not included.
− 3 fuel cell modules fitted for
7.5 kW
− Controller

Width (B) mm

850

Height (H1) mm

2000

Depth (T) mm

850

Base/plinth height mm

100

Overall height (H2) mm

2100

Model No. FC

1782.135

Fuel cell module
Power consumption

2000 watts

Maximum power output

2500 watts1)

Output voltage

–44.0 to –55.5 V DC

Noise generation

< 60 dB (A) at distance of 1 m

Weight

28 kg

Hydrogen supply
Gas type

Hydrogen, purity 99.9%, class 3.0

Consumption

10 slpm (standard litres per minute) per kW

Typical autonomy time

Freely scalable with bottle batteries;
600 l (1 bundle), 200 bar hydrogen provides for more than 24 h autonomy at 6 kW full load

Input pressure

12.0 to 20.0 bar

Ambient conditions
Temperature range

–33°C to +45°C

Relative humidity

5% to 95%, non-condensing

Height above mean sea level

–60 m to 2000 m; thereafter 5% power reduction per 1000 m

Monitoring
Interfaces

Ethernet TCP/IP

Software

Web-based user interface with display for status messages, event log and parameters

Alarm outputs

4 floating contacts: “H2 low”; “Non-critical error”; “Serious error”; “FC in operation”

1)

Begin of life (BOL).

Rittal Catalogue 33/Power distribution

205

206

Climate control
Cooling with ambient air
TopTherm fan-and-filter units ....................................................................212
Rack-mounted fans/tangential fans...........................................................217
Fan systems ..............................................................................................219
Air/air heat exchangers .............................................................................226

Cooling units
Thermoelectric cooler................................................................................232
Wall-mounted cooling units .......................................................................233
Roof-mounted cooling units ......................................................................244
Modular climate control concept...............................................................248

Liquid cooling
Air/water heat exchangers ........................................................................252
Cold Plate ..................................................................................................262
Chillers for water........................................................................................264

IT cooling
Chillers for IT cooling.................................................................................272
CRAC system ............................................................................................274
Aisle containment ......................................................................................278
Liquid Cooling Package ............................................................................279

CS Outdoor climate control
Air/air heat exchangers and cooling units for CS Toptec .........................286
Air/air heat exchangers and cooling units for CS modular enclosures .....287

Enclosure heaters
Enclosure heaters......................................................................................289

Climate control accessories
Air routing ..................................................................................................291
Control/regulation ......................................................................................293
Mounting accessories ...............................................................................296
Filter technology ........................................................................................299
General ......................................................................................................302

Generation “Blue e”
Save energy permanently with Rittal cooling units.
Savings of up to 45% energy consumption with the same
cooling output (ideally 70% compared with a conventional
Rittal TopTherm Plus cooling unit in field trials).

207

208

Experts in climate control
As system providers, Rittal are the world’s top suppliers of exceptionally
effective, energy-saving and environmentally-friendly climate control
solutions, precisely tailored to the customer’s individual requirements.

Your benefits
Planning and engineering
● RiTherm climate calculation software for requirement-based
dimensioning
● Rittal system consulting for optimised cost and energy efficiency
Products
● Energy-saving enclosure climate control for all ambient conditions in
the industrial sector
● Effective, application-oriented product solutions for machine and
process cooling
● Efficient, cost-saving IT climate control concepts, from individual server
enclosures through to high-MTBF data centres
Service
● Contiguous global delivery and service network
● Global spare parts service
● Our own accredited laboratories for testing and simulation of climate
conditions

209

210

Cooling with ambient air
TopTherm fan-and-filter units
TopTherm fan-and-filter unit .................................. 20 – 66 m3/h ..............212
TopTherm fan-and-filter unit .............................. 105 – 120 m3/h ..............213
TopTherm fan-and-filter unit .............................. 180 – 250 m3/h ..............214
TopTherm fan-and-filter unit .............................. 550 – 770 m3/h ..............215
TopTherm fan-and-filter unit ........................................900 m3/h ..............216
Conversion table old/new ..........................................................................216

Rack-mounted climate control
Rack-mounted fan .................................................320/480 m3/h ..............217
Vario rack-mounted fan .........................................320/480 m3/h ..............218
Tangential fan...............................................................320 m3/h ..............218

Fan systems
RTT roof-mounted fan............................................400/800 m3/h ..............219
Roof-mounted fan.........................................................360 m3/h ..............220
Roof-mounted fan for the office sector .......................1500 m3/h ..............220
Enclosure internal fan...................................................160 m3/h ..............221
Fan mounting plate.......................................................180 m3/h ..............221
Mini-fan...........................................................................21 m3/h ..............222
Fan expansion kit ............................................... 108 – 184 m3/h ..............222
Fan roof, modular, two-piece ................................160/180 m3/h ..............223
Fan unit, active .............................................................160 m3/h ..............224
Fan mounting plate DC .............................................1050 m3/h ..............224
Door-mounted fan ........................................................600 m3/h ..............225
Fan expansion kit ......................................................................................225

Air/air heat exchangers
Wall-mounted .............................................................12/62 W/K ..............226
Wall-mounted with controller ................................17.5 – 90 W/K ..............227
Wall-mounted, railway-compatible version .............27 – 98 W/K ..............228
Roof-mounted..................................................................66 W/K ..............229

211

TopTherm fan-and-filter units

Climate control accessories Page 291 Software & services Page 333

Protection category:
See tables.
Supply includes:
− Unit ready for installation
− Filter mat

Note:
For energy-efficient operation
of the fan-and-filter units, we
recommend using the enclosure
internal thermostat SK 3110.000,
the speed control SK 3120.200
or the digital thermostat with
display SK 3114.200
(see accessories).

T2

Approvals:
Available on the Internet.

T1

Detailed drawing:
Available on the Internet.
Performance diagrams:
Available on the Internet.
H

Colour:
RAL 7035

B

Air throughput 20 – 66 m3/h
Model No. SK fan-and-filter unit

3237.100

3237.600

3237.110

3237.124

3238.100

3238.600

3238.110

3238.124

EMC version

–



–

–

–



–

–

115, 50/60

24 (DC)

Rated operating voltage V, Hz
Dimensions mm
Max. installation depth mm

230, 50/60

115, 50/60 24 (DC)

W (B) x H 116.5 x 116.5

148.5 x 148.5

D (T1) 16

16

D (T2) 43

58.5

20/25 m3/h

Air throughput, unimpeded air flow
Air throughput with outlet filter
including standard filter mat

230, 50/60

Page

20 m3/h

1 x SK 3237.200: 15/18

Diagonal fan

Self-starting shaded pole motor

Rated current

0.065 A/
0.052 A

Power consumption

11 W/9 W

Pre-fuse

2A

0.12 A/
0.10 A

Noise level

38/43 dB (A)

Operating temperature range

–15°C to +55°C

Storage temperature range

–30°C to +70°C

55/66 m3/h

55 m3/h

1 x SK 3238.200: 43/50 m3/h
2 x SK 3238.200: 48/57 m3/h

m3/h

DC motor

Self-starting shaded pole motor

DC motor

0.125 A

0.12 A/
0.11 A

0.23 A

3W

19 W/18 W

5.5 W

38 dB (A)

46/49 dB (A)

46 dB (A)

0.24 A/
0.22 A

Protection category
Standard

IP 54

IP 54

IP 54

IP 54

IP 54

IP 54

IP 54

IP 54

With hose-proof hood

IP 56

IP 56

IP 56

IP 56

IP 56

IP 56

IP 56

IP 56

Accessories

Packs of

SK outlet filter

1

3237.200

–

3237.200

3237.200

3238.200

–

3238.200

3238.200

303

SK outlet filter – EMC

1

–

3237.060

–

–

–

3238.060

–

–

303

Spare filter mats

5

3321.700

3237.066

3321.700

3321.700

3238.066

3238.066

3322.700

3322.700

301

Fine filter mats

5

–

–

–

–

3238.055

3238.055

3238.055

3238.055

302

Hose-proof hood

1

3237.080

3237.080

3237.080

3237.080

3238.080

3238.080

3238.080

3238.080

303

Blanking cover

1

3237.020

3237.020

3237.020

3237.020

3238.020

3238.020

3238.020

3238.020

303

Enclosure internal thermostat

1

3110.000

3110.000

3110.000

3110.000

3110.000

3110.000

3110.000

3110.000

294

Digital temperature display/thermostat

1

3114.200

3114.200

3114.200

3114.200

3114.200

3114.200

3114.200

3114.200

293

Hygrostat

1

3118.000

3118.000

3118.000

3118.000

3118.000

3118.000

3118.000

3118.000

294

Speed control

1

3120.200

3120.200

3120.200

–

3120.200

3120.200

3120.200

–

295

Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.

212

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

TopTherm fan-and-filter units
Air throughput 105 – 120 m3/h
Model No. SK fan-and-filter unit

3239.100

3239.600

3239.110

3239.124

EMC version

–



–

–

115, 50/60

24 (DC)

Rated operating voltage V, Hz
Dimensions mm
Max. installation depth mm

230, 50/60

Page

W (B) x H 204 x 204
D (T1) 24
D (T2) 90

Air throughput, unimpeded air flow

105/120 m3/h

Air throughput with outlet filter
including standard filter mat

1 x SK 3239.200: 87/100 m3/h
2 x SK 3239.200: 93/108 m3/h
1 x SK 3240.200: 98/111 m3/h

105 m3/h

Diagonal fan

Self-starting shaded pole motor

Rated current

0.12 A/0.11 A

Power consumption

19 W/18 W

Pre-fuse

2A

Noise level

46/49 dB (A)

Operating temperature range

–15°C to +55°C

Storage temperature range

–30°C to +70°C

DC motor
0.24 A/0.22 A

0.23 A
5.5 W
46 dB (A)

Protection category
Standard

IP 54

IP 54

IP 54

With additional fine filter mat or hose-proof hood

IP 55

IP 55

IP 55

IP 55

With hose-proof hood

IP 56

IP 56

IP 56

IP 56

Accessories

IP 54

Packs of

SK outlet filter

1

3239.200

–

3239.200

3239.200

303

SK outlet filter – EMC

1

–

3239.060

–

–

303

Spare filter mats

5

3171.100

3239.066

3171.100

3171.100

301

Fine filter mats

5

3181.100

3181.100

3181.100

3181.100

302

Hose-proof hood

1

3239.080

3239.080

3239.080

3239.080

303

Blanking cover

1

3239.020

3239.020

3239.020

3239.020

303

Enclosure internal thermostat

1

3110.000

3110.000

3110.000

3110.000

294

Digital temperature display/thermostat

1

3114.200

3114.200

3114.200

3114.200

293

Hygrostat

1

3118.000

3118.000

3118.000

3118.000

294

Speed control

1

3120.200

3120.200

3120.200

3120.200

295

Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.

Rittal Germany
RITTAL GmbH & Co. KG
Postfach 1662  D-35726 Herborn
Phone: +49(0)2772 505-0
Fax: +49(0)2772 505-2319
E-mail: info@rittal.de  www.rittal.com

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

213

TopTherm fan-and-filter units
Air throughput 180 – 250 m3/h
Model No. SK fan-and-filter unit

3240.100

3240.600

3240.110

3240.124

3241.100

3241.600

3241.110

3241.124

EMC version

–



–

–

–



–

–

Rated operating voltage V, Hz
Dimensions mm
Max. installation depth mm

230, 50/60

115, 50/60 24 (DC)

230, 50/60

Page

115, 50/60 24 (DC)

W (B) x H 255 x 255
D (T1) 25
D (T2) 107

Air throughput, unimpeded air flow

180/160 m3/h

Air throughput with outlet filter
including standard filter mat

1 x SK 3240.200: 138/115 m3/h
2 x SK 3240.200: 165/140 m3/h
1 x SK 3243.200: 165/140 m3/h

180 m3/h

Diagonal fan

Self-starting shaded pole motor

Rated current

0.21 A/
0.19 A

Power consumption

35 W/34 W

Pre-fuse

2A

0.42 A/
0.38 A
4A

Noise level

51/46 dB (A)

Operating temperature range

–30°C to +55°C

Storage temperature range

–30°C to +70°C

230/250 m3/h

230 m3/h

1 x SK 3240.200: 183/195 m3/h
2 x SK 3240.200: 203/230 m3/h
1 x SK 3243.200: 203/230 m3/h
DC motor

Self-starting shaded pole motor

DC motor

0.43 A

0.26 A/
0.24 A

0.78 A

11 W

40 W/42 W

19 W

2A

4A

2A

51 dB (A)

54/56 dB (A)

54 dB (A)

0.52 A/
0.48 A

Protection category
Standard

IP 54

IP 54

IP 54

IP 54

IP 54

IP 54

IP 54

With additional fine filter mat or hose-proof hood

IP 55

IP 55

IP 55

IP 55

IP 55

IP 55

IP 55

IP 55

With hose-proof hood

IP 56

IP 56

IP 56

IP 56

IP 56

IP 56

IP 56

IP 56

Accessories

IP 54

Packs of

SK outlet filter

1

3240.200

–

3240.200

3240.200

3240.200

–

3240.200

3240.200

303

SK outlet filter – EMC

1

–

3240.060

–

–

–

3240.060

–

–

303

Spare filter mats

5

3172.100

3240.066

3172.100

3172.100

3172.100

3240.066

3172.100

3172.100

301

Fine filter mats

5

3182.100

3182.100

3182.100

3182.100

3182.100

3182.100

3182.100

3182.100

302

Hose-proof hood

1

3240.080

3240.080

3240.080

3240.080

3240.080

3240.080

3240.080

3240.080

303

Blanking cover

1

3240.020

3240.020

3240.020

3240.020

3240.020

3240.020

3240.020

3240.020

303

Enclosure internal thermostat

1

3110.000

3110.000

3110.000

3110.000

3110.000

3110.000

3110.000

3110.000

294

Digital temperature display/thermostat

1

3114.200

3114.200

3114.200

3114.200

3114.200

3114.200

3114.200

3114.200

293

Hygrostat

1

3118.000

3118.000

3118.000

3118.000

3118.000

3118.000

3118.000

3118.000

294

Speed control

1

3120.200

3120.200

3120.200

–

3120.200

3120.200

3120.200

–

295

Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.

Rittal Netherlands
RITTAL bv
Hengelder 56  Postbus 246
6900 AE Zevenaar
Phone: +31 (0) 316 59 16 60
Fax: +31 (0) 316 52 51 45
E-mail: sales@rittal.nl  www.rittal.nl

214

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

TopTherm fan-and-filter units
Air throughput 550 – 770 m3/h
Model No. SK fan-and-filter unit

3243.100

3243.600

3243.110

3244.100

3244.600

3244.110

3244.140

EMC version

–



–

–



–

–

Rated operating voltage V, Hz

230, 50/60

115, 50/60

230, 50/60

115, 50/60

400/460, 3~,
50/60

Dimensions mm
Max. installation depth mm

Page

W (B) x H 323 x 323
D (T1) 25
D (T2) 118.5

130.5

Air throughput, unimpeded air flow

550/600 m3/h

700/770 m3/h

Air throughput with outlet filter
including standard filter mat

1 x SK 3243.200: 440/490 m3/h
2 x SK 3243.200: 510/560 m3/h

1 x SK 3243.200: 544/610 m3/h
2 x SK 3243.200: 630/690 m3/h

Diagonal fan

1~ capacitor motor

Rated current

0.37 A/0.39 A

0.78 A/0.80 A

0.43 A/0.60 A

0.9 A/1.25 A

Power consumption

70 W/87 W

75 W/90 W

95 W/135 W

100 W/145 W

93 W/140 W

6A

Motor circuitbreaker

IP 54

Pre-fuse

4A

Noise level

59/61 dB (A)

Operating temperature range

–30°C to +55°C

Storage temperature range

–30°C to +70°C

Rotary
current motor

6A

4A

0.17 A/0.21 A

65/66 dB (A)

Protection category
Standard

IP 54

IP 54

IP 54

IP 54

IP 54

IP 54

With additional fine filter mat or hose-proof hood

IP 55

IP 55

IP 55

IP 55

IP 55

IP 55

IP 55

With hose-proof hood

IP 56

IP 56

IP 56

IP 56

IP 56

IP 56

IP 56

Accessories

Packs of

SK outlet filter

1

3243.200

–

3243.200

3243.200

–

3243.200

3243.200

SK outlet filter – EMC

1

–

3243.060

–

–

3243.060

–

–

303
303

Spare filter mats

5

3173.100

3243.066

3173.100

3173.100

3243.066

3173.100

3173.100

301

Fine filter mats

5

3183.100

3183.100

3183.100

3183.100

3183.100

3183.100

3183.100

302

Hose-proof hood

1

3243.080

3243.080

3243.080

3243.080

3243.080

3243.080

3243.080

303

Blanking cover

1

3243.020

3243.020

3243.020

3243.020

3243.020

3243.020

3243.020

303

Enclosure internal thermostat

1

3110.000

3110.000

3110.000

3110.000

3110.000

3110.000

3110.000

294

Digital temperature display/
thermostat

1

3114.200

3114.200

3114.200

3114.200

3114.200

3114.200

3114.200

293

Hygrostat

1

3118.000

3118.000

3118.000

3118.000

3118.000

3118.000

3118.000

294

Speed control

1

3120.200

3120.200

3120.200

3120.200

3120.200

3120.200

3120.200

295

Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.

Rittal India
RITTAL India Pvt. Ltd.
Nos. 23 & 24, KIADB Industrial Area
Veerapura  Doddaballapur-561 203
Bengaluru Dist
Phone: +91 80 2289 0700
Fax: +91 80 2762 3343
E-mail: info@rittal-india.com
www.rittal-india.com

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

215

TopTherm fan-and-filter units
Air throughput 900 m3/h, with EC technology
Model No. SK fan-and-filter unit

3245.5001)

3245.6001)

3245.5101)

EMC version

–



–

Rated operating voltage V, Hz

230, 50/60

Page

115, 50/60

W (B) x H 323 x 323

Dimensions mm

D (T1) 25

Max. installation depth mm

D (T2) 130,5

Air throughput, unimpeded air flow

900 m3/h

Air throughput with outlet filter
including standard filter mat

1 x SK 3243.200: 680 m3/h
2 x SK 3243.200: 820 m3/h

Diagonal fan

EC motor

Rated current

1.25 A

Power consumption

170 W

Pre-fuse

4A

Noise level

72 dB (A)

Operating temperature range

–30°C to +55°C

Storage temperature range

–30°C to +70°C

1 x SK 3243.060: 680 m3/h
2 x SK 3243.060: 820 m3/h

1 x SK 3243.200: 680 m3/h
2 x SK 3243.200: 820 m3/h

2.5 A
6A

Protection category
Standard

IP 51

IP 51

IP 51

With additional fine filter mat

IP 52

IP 52

IP 52

IP 56

IP 56

IP 56

With hose-proof hood
Packs of

Accessories
SK outlet filter

1

3243.200

–

3243.200

SK outlet filter – EMC

1

–

3243.060

–

303
303

Spare filter mats

5

3173.100

3243.066

3173.100

301

Fine filter mats

5

3183.100

3183.100

3183.100

302

Hose-proof hood

1

3245.080

3245.080

3245.080

303

Blanking cover

1

3243.020

3243.020

3243.020

303

Enclosure internal thermostat

1

3110.000

3110.000

3110.000

294

Digital temperature display/thermostat

1

3114.200

3114.200

3114.200

293

Hygrostat

1

3118.000

3118.000

3118.000

294

Speed control and monitoring
for EC fan-and-filter units

1

3235.4402)

3235.4402)

3235.4402)

294

1) 0 –
2) On

10 V input and tacho signal output
request.
Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.

Conversion table old/new
Output class
Cut-out dimensions (old = new)
24 V
230 V
115 V
400 V
EMC fan-and-filter unit, 230 V
Outlet filter
EMC outlet filter
Hose-proof hood
Blanking cover
Standard filter mat (IP 54)
Fine filter mat (IP 55)

216

20/25 m3/h

55/66 m3/h

105/120 m3/h

180/160 m3/h

230/250 m3/h

550/600 m3/h

224 x 224

700/770 m3/h

92 x 92

124 x 124

177 x 177

new

3237.124

3238.124

3239.124

3240.124

3241.124

–

292 x 292

old

3321.027

3322.027

3323.027

3324.027

3325.027

–

–

new

3237.100

3238.100

3239.100

3240.100

3241.100

3243.100

3244.100
3327.107

–

old

3321.107

3322.107

3323.107

3324.107

3325.107

3326.107

new

3237.110

3238.110

3239.110

3240.110

3241.110

3243.110

3244.110

old

3321.117

3322.117

3323.117

3324.117

3325.117

3326.117

3327.117

new

–

–

–

–

–

–

3244.140

old

–

–

–

–

–

–

3327.147

new

3237.600

3238.600

3239.600

3240.600

3241.600

3243.600

3244.600

old

3321.607

3322.607

3323.607

3324.607

3325.607

3326.607

3327.607

new

3237.200

3238.200

3239.200

3240.200

3243.200

old

3321.207

3322.207

3323.207

3325.207

3326.207

new

3237.060

3238.060

3239.060

3240.060

3243.060

old

3321.267

3322.267

3323.267

3325.267

3326.267

new

3237.080

3238.080

3239.080

3240.080

3243.080
3326.800

old

3321.800

3322.800

3323.800

3324.800

new

3237.020

3238.020

3239.020

3240.020

old

–

–

–

new

3321.700

3322.700

3171.100

3172.100

–

3243.020
–

–

–
3173.100

old

3321.700

3322.700

3171.100

3172.100

new

–

3238.055

3181.100

3182.100

3173.100

3183.100

3327.700

old

–

–

3181.100

3182.100

3183.100

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

Rack-mounted fans/tangential fans for 482.6 mm (19˝)

Climate control accessories Page 291 Software & services Page 333
0

20

Guide frame supply includes:
− Guide frame
− Connector and fitted connection cable (3 m)
− Mounting bracket for optional
attachment to the 482.6 mm
(19˝) system
− Assembly parts

0

18

41

0
73

1 HE

Also required:

10

0

Order a guide frame according
to the application (only for
Vario rack-mounted fan)

48

2.6

˝)

Approvals:
Available on the Internet.

17

3

16

Detailed drawing:
Available on the Internet.
Performance diagrams:
Available on the Internet.

(19

38

0

88

Supply includes:
− Fully wired unit ready for
connection
− Clamping strip and assembly
parts (for rack-mounted fan/
Vario rack-mounted fan)
− Filter mat
(for tangential fan)

48

2.6

HE = U

(19

˝)

Rack-mounted fan, air throughput 320/480 m3/h
Model No. SK

3340.0241)

2 fans, distance between axes 85 mm



3 fans, distance between axes 85 mm

–

Rated operating voltage V, Hz

24 (DC)

Dimensions mm

WxHxD

Air throughput, unimpeded air flow

3340.1151)

3340.230

3341.0241)

3341.115

3341.230

Page

–

115 (AC), 50/60 230 (AC), 50/60 24 (DC)

115 (AC), 50/60 230 (AC), 50/60

482.6 (19˝) x 44 (1 U) x 200
320 m3/h

Rated current max.

0.49 A

Pre-fuse T

6.0 A

Operating temperature range

–10°C to +55°C

Noise level

51 dB (A)

480 m3/h
0.46 A/0.46 A

0.24 A/0.22 A

52 dB (A)

51 dB (A)

0.74 A

0.69 A/0.69 A

0.36 A/0.33 A

52 dB (A)

51 dB (A)

Accessories
Digital temperature display/thermostat

3114.200

3114.200

3114.200

3114.200

3114.200

3114.200

293

Enclosure internal thermostat

3110.000

3110.000

3110.000

3110.000

3110.000

3110.000

294

Speed control

–

3120.200

3120.200

–

3120.200

3120.200

295

Model No. SK

3342.0241)

3 fans, distance between axes 105 mm



Rated operating voltage V, Hz

24 (DC)

Dimensions mm

WxHxD

Air throughput, unimpeded air flow

3342.1151)

3342.230

3342.5002)3)

115 (AC), 50/60

230 (AC), 50/60

24 (DC) 115 – 230 (AC)

0.69 A/0.69 A

0.36 A/0.33 A

0.85 A

52 dB (A)

51 dB (A)

Page

482.6 (19˝) x 44 (1 U) x 200
480 m3/h

Rated current max.

0.74 A

Pre-fuse T

6.0 A

Operating temperature range

–10°C to +55°C

Noise level

51 dB (A)

Accessories
Digital temperature display/thermostat

3114.200

3114.200

3114.200

3114.200

293

Enclosure internal thermostat

3110.000

3110.000

3110.000

3110.000

294

Speed control

–

3120.200

3120.200

–

295

1)

Extended delivery times.

2)

Rack-mounted fan for metric mounting angles available on request.

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

3)

Version with monitoring.
217

Rack-mounted fans/tangential fans for 482.6 mm (19˝)
Vario rack-mounted fan, air throughput 320/480 m3/h
Model No. SK

3350.0241)

2 fans, distance between axes 85 mm



3 fans, distance between axes 85 mm

–

Rated operating voltage V, Hz

24 (DC)

Dimensions mm

3350.1151)

3350.230

3351.0241)

3351.115

3351.230

Page

–

115 (AC), 50/60 230 (AC), 50/60 24 (DC)

115 (AC), 50/60 230 (AC), 50/60

W x H x D 482.6 (19˝) x 44 (1 U) x 200
320 m3/h

Air throughput, unimpeded air flow
Rated current max.

0.49 A

Pre-fuse T

6.0 A

Operating temperature range

–10°C to +55°C

Noise level

480 m3/h
0.46 A/0.46 A

0.24 A/0.22 A

51 dB (A)

52 dB (A)

51 dB (A)

Guide frame

3356.100

3355.100

3355.100

Digital temperature display/thermostat

3114.200

3114.200

3114.200

0.74 A

0.69 A/0.69 A

0.36 A/0.33 A

52 dB (A)

51 dB (A)

3356.100

3355.100

3355.100

–

3114.200

3114.200

3114.200

293

Accessories

Enclosure internal thermostat

3110.000

3110.000

3110.000

3110.000

3110.000

3110.000

294

Speed control

–

3120.200

3120.200

–

3120.200

3120.200

295

Model No. SK

3352.0241)

3 fans, distance between axes 105 mm



Rated operating voltage V, Hz

24 (DC)

Dimensions mm

3352.1151)

3352.230

3352.5001)2)

115 (AC), 50/60

230 (AC), 50/60

24 (DC), 115 – 230 (AC)

0.69 A/0.69 A

0.36 A/0.33 A

0.85 A

Page

W x H x D 482.6 (19˝) x 44 (1 U) x 200
480 m3/h

Air throughput, unimpeded air flow
Rated current max.

0.74 A

Pre-fuse T

6.0 A

Operating temperature range

–10°C to +55°C

Noise level

51 dB (A)

52 dB (A)

51 dB (A)

Guide frame

3356.100

3355.100

3355.100

3357.1001)

–

Digital temperature display/thermostat

3114.200

3114.200

3114.200

3114.200

293

Enclosure internal thermostat

3110.000

3110.000

3110.000

3110.000

294

Speed control

3120.200

3120.200

3120.200

–

295

Accessories

1) Extended

delivery times.
2) Version with monitoring

Tangential fans, air throughput 320 m3/h
Model No. SK

3145.000

3144.000

Rated operating voltage V, Hz

115, 50/60

230, 50/60

Dimensions mm

W x H x D 482.6 (19˝) x 88 (2 U) x 158
320 m3/h

Air throughput, unimpeded air flow
Rated current max.

0.32 A

Power

37 W

Noise level

52 dB (A)

Speed

2245 min–1

Operating temperature range

–10°C to +55°C

Maximum static pressure difference
Accessories

Page

0.16 A

65 – 70 Pa
Packs
of

Digital temperature display/
thermostat

1

3114.200

3114.200

Enclosure internal thermostat

1

3110.000

3110.000

294

Filter mats

5

3177.000

3177.000

299

293

Front outlet grille 2 U

1

3176.000

3176.000

304

Roof vent

1

3148.007

3148.007

220

Speed control

1

3120.200

3120.200

295

Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.

218

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

Fan systems
RTT roof-mounted fan and
vent attachment

TS roof plates with prepared mounting cut-outs
are additionally available.

for TS
The active roof-mounted fan and the passive vent
attachment (TS 8801.380) integrate perfectly into
the system-wide mounting concept of the Rittal
TopTherm platform. They fit precisely onto the
cut-outs of the small and medium performance
category of TopTherm roof-mounted cooling units.
Of course, they may also be mounted on any
sufficiently large roof surface.

Roof-mounted fan supply includes:
− Unit ready for connection with built-in radial fan
− Sealing and assembly parts
Vent attachment TS:
see page 296.
Protection category:
IP 43 to IEC 60 529
Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

125

0
37

55
0

50
0
B

0
29

T

Air throughput 400 m3/h
Model No. SK

3149.410

Rated operating voltage V, Hz

115, 50/60

Air throughput, unimpeded air flow

400 m3/h

Required mounting cut-out

3149.420

3149.440

230, 50/60

400, 3~, 50/60
460, 3~, 60

0.5/0.88 A

0.35/0.35 A

Page

W (B) x D (T) mm 475 x 260

Power consumption of fan

120 W/170 W

Rated current of fan

1.1/1.6 A

Operating temperature range

–10°C to +55°C

Noise level

68/69 dB (A)

Weight

10 kg

Colour

RAL 7035

95 W/140 W

Accessories
Roof plate 800 x 600 mm for TS 8 with cut-out

8801.320

8801.320

8801.320

Roof plate 1200 x 600 mm for TS 8 with cut-out

–

–

–

296
296

Digital temperature display/thermostat

3114.200

3114.200

–

293

Speed control

3120.200

3120.200

–

295

Air throughput 800 m3/h
Model No. SK

3149.810

Rated operating voltage V, Hz

400, 3~, 50/60 Vent
115, 50/60 230, 50/60
460, 3~, 60
attachment

Air throughput, unimpeded air flow

800 m3/h

Required mounting cut-out

3149.820

3149.840

8801.380

Page

Without
motor

W (B) x D (T) mm 475 x 260

490 x 390

Power consumption of fan

170 W/225 W

180 W/310 W

–

Rated current of fan

1.5/2.2 A

0.35/0.55 A

–

Operating temperature range

–10°C to +55°C

–

Noise level

69/70 dB (A)

–

Weight

11 kg

6 kg

Colour

RAL 7035

0.75/1.1 A

Accessories
Roof plate 600 x 600 mm for TS 8 with cut-out

8801.300

8801.300

8801.300

8801.310

296

Roof plate 800 x 600 mm for TS 8 with cut-out

8801.320

8801.320

8801.320

8801.330

296

Roof plate 1200 x 600 mm for TS 8 with cut-out

–

–

–

8801.350

296

Digital temperature display/thermostat

3114.200

3114.200

–

–

293

Speed control

3120.200

3120.200

–

–

295

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

219

Fan systems
Roof-mounted fan,
roof vent

Protection category:
IP 43 to IEC 60 529. Via additional installation
of the filter holder with filter mat SK 3175.000,
a protection category of IP 44 is achieved with
roof vent SK 3148.007.

● The roof-mounted fan is easily installed using
6 screws. The sealing tape supplied can be
used to seal it against the enclosure.
● The assembly screws are invisible from the
outside.
● The roof-mounted fan casing has a large air
outlet surface and labyrinth air ducting.
0
34

Supply includes:
− Unit ready for connection with built-in radial fan
− Sealing and assembly parts
− Connection cable (3 m)
− Drilling template

42
0

50

Accessories:
Filter holder, see page 304.

34
5

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

5
26

Model No. SK

3149.007

3169.007

3148.007

Rated operating voltage V, Hz

230, 50/60

115, 50/60

Without fan motor

Air throughput

360 m3/h

Rated current max.

0.2 A

0.55 A

Power consumption

42 W

65 W

Operating temperature range

–10°C to +60°C

Noise level

53 dB (A)

Weight

7.8 kg

Colour

RAL 7035, textured enamel

Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.

Roof-mounted fan
for TS in the office sector
This new roof ventilation concept offers a wealth
of performance, assembly and cost benefits associated with the use of integrated ventilation systems. This roof-mounted fan may be ordered with
and without a roof plate. Another outstanding feature is the enormous volumetric flow in proportion
to exceptionally low noise levels, making it ideal
for use in sensitive office areas.

Supply includes:
− Fully wired ready for connection
− Assembly parts.
Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

51
1

H

1
51

Technical specifications:
− Fitted onto a roof plate based on TS.
− Easy assembly; mounting cut-outs have been
provided.
− Radial fan.

B

T

Model No. SK

3164.610

3164.620

3164.115

3164.230

Rated operating voltage V, Hz

115, 50/60

230, 50/60

115, 50/60

230, 50/60

Air throughput, unimpeded air flow

1500 m3/h1)

Design
T

B

Dimensions mm

with roof plate

13.5

H
41
45 0
0

0
41 0
45

without roof plate

W (B) 800
H 240
D (T) 800

Power consumption

Page

511
227
511

68 W/81 W

Rated current

0.6 A/0.7 A

Noise level

40 dB (A)

0.3 A/0.35 A

Operating temperature range

+20°C to +55°C

Colour

RAL 7035

0.6 A/0.7 A

0.3 A/0.35 A

Accessories
Temperature indicator in 1 U patch panel

7109.035

7109.035

7109.035

7109.035

Digital temperature display/thermostat

3114.200

3114.200

3114.200

3114.200

293
293

Enclosure internal thermostat

3110.000

3110.000

3110.000

3110.000

294

1) 800 m3/h at 40 Pa counterpressure using two integrated louvres, type DK 7825.801, in the enclosure base/plinth.
Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.

220

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

Fan systems
Enclosure internal fan
for TS
To prevent hot-spots and support the air routing
of active enclosure climate control components.
Adjustable in two axes. Attached to the TS 8
frame section. Several fans may be cascaded
using the quick-release clamping strip.
Supply includes:
− Complete unit with radial fan ready
for connection
− Snap-on pivot device
− Assembly parts

Fan mounting plate
for TS
The fan mounting plate may be retro-fitted in all
TS 8 network enclosures from above. The plate is
mounted at the front of the enclosure, whilst the
rear section is left free for cable entry. A rubber
cable clamp strip is supplied loose for optional
sealing at the rear.
The following combinations are also possible:
● Solid roof plate raised with 20 or 50 mm roof
spacers.
● Roof plate for cable entry raised with 20 or
50 mm roof spacers.
● Vented roof plate for cable entry.
In conjunction with the large swing frame,
usage is only possible from an enclosure depth
of 800 mm, in conjunction with a roof plate for
cable entry from 1000 mm.
Note:
− Not suitable for crane transportation
− Not suitable for combination with 482.6 mm (19˝)
mounting frame

Air
Power
throughconsumpput (untion
impeded
W
air flow)

Rated
current
A

Rated
voltage
V, Hz

160 m3/h 19.0/18.0 0.12/0.11 230, 50/60 3108.100
160 m3/h 19.0/18.0 0.24/0.23 115, 50/60 3108.115
160 m3/h

3.5

0.15

24 V (DC)

3108.024

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

For enclosures

Number
of fans

Max.
number
of fans

Model No.
DK

600

2

4

7966.035

600

800
1000
1200

2

6

7968.035

800

600

2

6

7986.035

800

800
1000
1200

2

6

7988.035

Width
mm

Depth
mm

600

The air throughput can be increased with the fan
expansion kit DK 7980.000.
Accessories:
− Fan extension kit,
see page 222.
− Self-adhesive foam cable clamp strip
SZ 2573.000 for sealing at the sides and
targeted air routing when bayed,
see page 513.

40

Technical specifications for one fan:
− Rated operating voltage: 230 V
− Power consumption: 15/14 W at 50/60 Hz
− Air throughput (unimpeded air flow):
160/180 m3/h, 50/60 Hz
− Operating temperature range: –10°C to +55°C
Technical specifications of thermostat:
− Rated operating voltage: 250 V
− Operating temperature range: +5°C to +55°C

Model No.
SK

52
5/7
25

85
5/5
38

Colour:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
− 2 fans
− 2/4 cut-outs to extend to 4/6 fans
− Thermostat
− Foam rubber cable clamp strip
− Thermostat and fan fully wired to connection
cable (3.5 m).

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

221

Fan systems
Mini-fan
Compact DC fan for enclosure and component
cooling in enclosures.
Technical specifications:
− Rated operating voltage: 24 V (DC)
− Power consumption: 1 W
− Air throughput (unimpeded air flow): 21 m3/h
− Noise level (unimpeded air flow): 20 dB (A)
− Operating temperature range: –20°C to +70°C

Fan expansion kit
For retro-fitting various fan units or to supplement
the fan mounting plate and modular fan roof.
Technical specifications DK 7980.000:
− Rated operating voltage: 230 V~
− Power consumption: 15/14 W at 50/60 Hz
− Air throughput (unimpeded air flow):
160/180 m3/h, 50/60 Hz
− Noise level (unimpeded air flow): 37 dB (A)
− Operating temperature range: –10°C to +55°C

Dimensions
W x H x D mm

Packs of

Model No. SK

60 x 60 x 25.4

1

3236.124

Supply includes:
− Fans
− Assembly screws
− Contact hazard protection

Dimensions
W x H x D mm

Packs of

Model No. DK

119 x 119 x 38

1 set

7980.000

119 x 119 x 25

1 set

7980.100

119 x 119 x 38

1 set

7980.148

Supply includes:
− Fans
− Assembly parts
− Connection cable (0.61 m)

Technical specifications DK 7980.100:
− Rated operating voltage: 230 V~
− Power consumption: 14/12 W at 50/60 Hz
− Air throughput (unimpeded air flow):
108/120 m3/h, 50/60 Hz
− Noise level (unimpeded air flow): 34 dB (A)
− Operating temperature range: –20°C to +70°C
Technical specifications DK 7980.148:
− Rated operating voltage: 48 V (DC)
− Power consumption: 7.7 W
− Air throughput (unimpeded air flow): 184 m3/h
− Noise level (unimpeded air flow): 43 dB (A)
− Operating temperature range: –20°C to +70°C

Cover plates for fan panels
for FlatBox
To cover unused fan panels when using fans in
the FlatBox.

Packs of

Model No. DK

6

7507.760

Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Powder-coated
Colour:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

222

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

Fan systems
Fan roof, modular, two-piece
for TS
The modular roof plate consists of individual
components and can be configured for enclosure
ventilation in various ways.

Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Spray-finished

The modules:

Colour:
RAL 7035

Roof plate, two-piece with cut-out
For fan mounting and cable entry at the rear via
a sliding angular bracket with rubber cable clamp
strip. Replaces the existing roof plate. The twopiece design allows convenient retrofitting of
cables at any time.

Technical specifications for one fan:
− Rated operating voltage: 230 V
− Power consumption: 15/14 W at 50/60 Hz
− Air throughput (unimpeded air flow):
160/180 m3/h at 50/60 Hz
− Temperature range: –10°C to +55°C

Cover plate
To cover the cut-out, optionally solid or vented
options. The top-mounted cover plate may be
raised for extra air throughput using the supplied
spacers.

Detailed drawing:
Available on the Internet.

Fan insert
For active ventilation:
A fully pre-wired fan tray including 2.5 m connection cable, with two fan motors and additional
cut-outs. The air throughput may be increased
with a fan expansion kit.
Roof plate TS with cut-out
For enclosures
Width
mm

1

Accessories:
− Fan expansion kit DK 7980.000,
see page 222.
− Enclosure internal thermostat SK 3110.000,
see page 294.
− Speed control SK 3120.200,
see page 295.

Model No.
DK

Depth
mm

1

For enclosures
Width
mm

Depth
mm

Model No.
DK
2

Fan insert
Fans
pre-wired

Maximum
no. of fans

600

600

7826.366

600

600

2102.320

2

2

600

800

7826.368

600

800

2102.490

2

6

600

1000

7826.360

600

1000

2102.490

2

6

800

600

7826.486

800

600

7885.000

2

3

800

800

7826.488

800

800

7886.000

2

8

800

1000

7826.480

800

1000

7886.000

2

8

Roof plate, vented

For enclosures
Width
mm

4
3

Fan insert

Roof plate, solid

1)

2

Model No.
DK

For enclosures

Model No.
DK

Depth
mm

3

Width
mm

Depth
mm

4

600

600

2102.1801)

600

600

2102.400

600

800

2102.1901)

600

800

2102.410

600

1000

2102.1901)

600

1000

2102.410

800

600

7885.100

800

600

7885.200

800

800

7886.100

800

800

7886.200

800

1000

7886.100

800

1000

7886.200

Extended delivery times.

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

223

Fan systems
Fan unit, active
for TE
For active ventilation of the TE 7000. The fan
unit is installed in the prepunched cut-out.
An additional fan may optionally be integrated.
Supply includes:
− Fan unit
− Assembly parts
− 2 fans
− 1 thermostat
− Open connection cable
Technical specifications for one fan:
Fan extension kit, DK 7980.000,
see page 222.

For enclosures
Number
WxD
of pre-wired
mm
fans
All sizes

Possible
number
of fans

Model No.
TE

3

7000.670

2

Note:
Connection via distributor box or
country-specific connector.
Accessories:
Fan expansion kit,
see page 222.

Technical specifications of thermostat:
− Rated operating voltage: 250 V
− Temperature range: +5°C to +55°C

Active kit
for TE
consisting of fan unit including thermostat,
complete, wired ready for connection, socket strip
(DK 7000.630) for up to 8 earthing pin plugs,
version D and connection cable (DK 7200.210).

Fan mounting plate DC
for TS
Exceptionally low-noise thanks to FCS
speed control, fully fitted
Suitable for TS 8 enclosures with a raised roof
(> 20 mm) or TS 8 roof plate, vented. The fan
mounting plate may be used as an alternative to
fan mounting plate 7988.035. It is installed from
above. Cable entry is prepared in the rear section
of the plate.
Not suitable for combination with 482.6 mm (19˝)
mounting frame.
Advantages of the DC fan mounting plate with
FCS technology:
● Exceptionally low-noise thanks to speed control.
● All fans are individually monitored for failure.
● High air throughput thanks to DC technology
(unimpeded air flow 6 x 175 m3/h = 1050 m3/h).
● EMC compatibility.
● Temperature monitoring and control.
● High level of safety (low safety voltage with
24 V DC power supply).
● Visual and acoustic alarm messages, plus relay
alarm output.
● Freely selectable installation location for the
FCS control unit (included with the supply of
the fan mounting plate, in 482.6 mm (19˝) with
7320.440).
● Suitable for international use, thanks to widerange power supply 100 – 240 V AC and socket
to IEC 320.
● Pre-configured.
● Network-compatible via CMC-TC (all relevant
data such as temperature etc. is displayed in
the web browser, or alarms are sent in the form
of an SNMP trap).

224

Packs of

Model No. DK

1 set

7000.680

For
enclosures
width
mm

For
enclosures
depth
mm

Number of
DC fans

Model No.
DK

800

800
900
1000

6

7858.488

Technical specifications:
− Rated voltage of power supply:
100 – 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
− Power pack rated current: max. 1.5 A
− Secondary range of power supply:
24 V DC, 3 A
− Temperature range: +5°C to +40°C
− Total air throughput (unimpeded air flow):
6 x 175 m3/h = 1050 m3/h
Technical specifications for one fan:
− Rated voltage: 24 V DC
− Rated current: max. 0.3 A
− Air throughput (unimpeded air flow): 175 m3/h
− Speed: 2650 rpm
− Noise level: up to 45 dB (A) at maximum speed
activation
Also required:
Connection cable 230/115 V.
Example D version, Model No. DK 7200.210,
see page 585.
Accessories:
1 U mounting unit, Model No. DK 7320.440,
see page 586.
Note:
For more information on the Fan Control System
(FCS) system, see page 587.

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

Fan systems

for server enclosures TS, TE
Specifically for installing in perforated doors.
Given the growing packaging density in data
communications and network enclosures, active,
direct ventilation of the enclosure is essential.
The door-mounted fan, which is attached to the
rear or front door, supports horizontal air routing
via the servers and therefore facilitates faster heat
dissipation from active components.
Technical specifications:
− Standard assembly with two fans.
− Air throughput, unimpeded air flow 600 m3/h.
− By adding two fan expansion kits, the air
throughput is increased to 1200 m3/h.
− The direction of air flow is easily reversed by
rotating the fan.
− Several units may be positioned in a cascade
arrangement.
− Simple mounting on the tubular door frame.

Supply includes:
− Fully wired ready for connection
− Connection cable 2.5 m
− Assembly parts
Accessories:
Fan expansion kit,
see page 225.
Note:
− Only for mounting on the tubular door frame!
− Door configuration for installation in 2 and
4-door ISP racks available on request.
Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.
B

H

Door-mounted fan

For doors with width 600 mm
Model No. SK

3165.6241)

3165.6481)

3165.6151)

3165.6301)

Rated operating voltage V, Hz

24 (DC)

48 (DC)

115, 50/60

230, 50/60

Air throughput (unimpeded air flow)

600 m3/h

Power consumption for two fans

40 W

48 W

70 W/64 W

70 W/70 W

1.5 A

1.0 A

0.76 A/0.72 A

0.38 A/0.36 A

Rated current of fan
Dimensions mm

Page
T

W (B) 493
H 606
D (T) 64,5

Noise level

55 dB (A)

Temperature range

+20°C to +55°C

Colour

RAL 7035

Accessories
Digital temperature display/thermostat

3114.200

3114.200

3114.200

3114.200

293

Enclosure internal thermostat

3110.000

3110.000

3110.000

3110.000

294

Model No. SK

3165.8241)

3165.8481)

3165.8151)

3165.8301)

Page

Rated operating voltage V, Hz

24 (DC)

48 (DC)

115, 50/60

230, 50/60

Air throughput (unimpeded air flow)

600 m3/h

For doors with width 800 mm

Power consumption for two fans

40 W

48 W

70 W/64 W

70 W/70 W

Rated current of fan

1.5 A

1.0 A

0.76 A/0.72 A

0.38 A/0.36 A

Dimensions mm

W (B) 693
H 606
D (T) 64,5

For doors with width (mm)

800

Noise level

55 dB (A)

Temperature range

+20°C to +55°C

Colour

RAL 7035

Accessories
Digital temperature display/thermostat

3114.200

3114.200

3114.200

3114.200

293

Enclosure internal thermostat

3110.000

3110.000

3110.000

3110.000

294

1) Delivery times on request.
Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.

Fan expansion kit
for door-mounted fan
To increase the air throughput of the doormounted fan.

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

To fit door-mounted fan

Model No. SK

SK 3165.624, SK 3165.824

3165.024

SK 3165.648, SK 3165.848

3165.048

SK 3165.615, SK 3165.815

3165.115

SK 3165.630, SK 3165.830

3165.230

225

Air/air heat exchangers

Climate control accessories Page 291 Software & services Page 333
Colour:
RAL 7035
Protection category:
Internal circuit IP 54
to IEC 60 529

Supply includes:
Complete unit ready for connection.

Note:
For precise temperature
control inside the enclosure,
we recommend the digital temperature indicator/thermostat
SK 3114.200, the enclosure
internal thermostat SK 3110.000
or the speed control
SK 3120.200.

Approvals:
Available on the Internet.
Detailed drawing:
Available on the Internet.
Performance diagrams:
Available on the Internet.

Wall-mounted
Model No. SK

3125.800

Rated operating voltage V, Hz

230, 1~, 50/60
W 200
H 400
D 146

Dimensions mm
Specific thermal output

400
1360
110

12 W/K

62 W/K

Max. rated current per fan

0.11 A/0.13 A

0.45 A/0.55 A

Pre-fuse T

2.0 A

Output per fan

25 W/30 W

Operating temperature range

–5°C to +55°C

Air throughput of fans (unimpeded air flow)

External circuit
Internal circuit

Type of connection

m3/h

/ 315

m3/h

860 m3/h / 900 m3/h
860 m3/h / 900 m3/h

Connection cable

Weight
Accessories

100 W/130 W

265 m3/h / 315 m3/h
265

Page

3129.800

8 kg

30 kg

Packs of

Enclosure internal thermostat

1

3110.000

3110.000

Digital temperature display/thermostat

1

3114.200

3114.200

294
293

Speed control

1

3120.200

3120.200

295

Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.

226

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

Air/air heat exchangers

Climate control accessories Page 291 Software & services Page 333
Colour:
RAL 7035

− With controller and digital
temperature display
− Floating fault signal contact
in case of overtemperature

Supply includes:
− Complete unit ready for
connection
− Plug-in terminal strip

Protection category:
Internal circuit IP 54
to IEC 60 529

Approvals:
Available on the Internet.
Detailed drawing:
Available on the Internet.
Performance diagrams:
Available on the Internet.

Wall-mounted with controller, 17.5 – 45 W/K
Model No. SK

3126.100

3126.115

3127.100

3127.115

3128.100

3128.115

Rated operating voltage V, Hz

230, 1~, 50/60

115, 1~, 50/60

230, 1~, 50/60

115, 1~, 50/60

230, 1~, 50/60

115, 1~, 50/60

Dimensions mm

W x H x D 280 x 550 x 150

Specific thermal output

0.11 A/0.13 A

Pre-fuse T

2.0 A

Output per fan

23 W/27 W

Operating temperature range

–5°C to +55°C

Air throughput of fans
(unimpeded air flow)

400 x 950 x 205

17.5 W/K

Max. rated current per fan

30 W/K
0.23 A/0.25 A

0.28 A/0.34 A

45 W/K
0.55 A/0.7 A

0.3 A/0.4 A

60 W/75 W

70 W/90 W

0.6 A/0.8 A

External circuit

265 m3/h / 315 m3/h

480 m3/h / 525 m3/h

600 m3/h / 625 m3/h

Internal circuit

265 m3/h / 315 m3/h

480 m3/h / 525 m3/h

600 m3/h / 625 m3/h

10 kg

18 kg

19 kg

Weight

Page

Packs of

Accessories
Filter mats

3

3286.300

3286.300

3286.400

3286.400

3286.400

3286.400

299

Metal filters

1

3286.310

3286.310

3286.410

3286.410

3286.410

3286.410

300

Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.

Wall-mounted with controller, 60 – 90 W/K
Model No. SK

3129.100

3129.115

3130.100

3130.115

Rated operating voltage V, Hz

230, 1~, 50/60

115, 1~, 50/60

230, 1~, 50/60

115, 1~, 50/60

Dimensions mm

W x H x D 400 x 950 x 225

Specific thermal output

400 x 1580 x 215

60 W/K

90 W/K

Max. rated current per fan

0.38 A/0.4 A

Pre-fuse T

2.0 A

4.0 A

Output per fan

85 W/90 W

150 W/200 W

Operating temperature range

–5°C to +55°C

Air throughput of fans
(unimpeded air flow)

0.65 A/0.8 A

0.67 A/0.88 A

External circuit

860 m3/h / 900 m3/h

850 m3/h / 945 m3/h

Internal circuit

860 m3/h / 900 m3/h

850 m3/h / 945 m3/h

21 kg

34 kg

Weight
Accessories

Page

1.3 A/1.8 A

Packs of

Filter mats

3

3286.400

3286.400

3286.400

3286.400

299

Metal filters

1

3286.410

3286.410

3286.410

3286.410

300

Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

227

Air/air heat exchangers

Climate control accessories Page 291 Software & services Page 333
Rittal air/air heat exchangers in
a railway-compatible version are
used specifically in the mobile
railway engineering sector, e.g.
for local trains, locomotives and
high-speed trains.
Products are available both in
24 V DC and in 110 V DC.

Railway-compatible design of
the units means construction
to EN 50 155, halogen-free
connection cables, screw protection, shock and vibration testing to EN 61 373, preparation for
EN 45 545, and spray-finishing
in RAL 7035 S to DB TL 918340,
among other things.

Benefits:
● External and internal fans
may be controlled separately
● Simple maintenance
Colour:
RAL 7035

Supply includes:
Complete unit ready
for connection.
Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

Protection category:
Internal circuit IP 54 to
IEC 60 529

Wall-mounted, railway-compatible version
Model No. SK

3126.424

3128.424

3129.424

3130.424

3126.410

3128.410

Rated operating voltage

24 V (DC)

24 V (DC)

24 V (DC)

24 V (DC)

110 V (DC)

110 V (DC) 110 V (DC) 110 V (DC)

400
950
140

400
950
150

400
1580
150

280
650
127

400
950
140

400
950
150

400
1580
150

47 W/K

66 W/K

98 W/K

27 W/K

47 W/K

66 W/K

98 W/K
2.3 A

W 280
H 650
D 127

Dimensions mm
Specific thermal output

27 W/K

3129.410

3130.410

Max. rated current per fan

2.7 A

7.5 A

10.5 A

9.2 A

2.7 A

1.9 A

2.47 A

Output per fan

65 W

180 W

240 W

220 W

65 W

203 W

256 W

230 W

360 m3/h

560 m3/h

1055 m3/h

1125 m3/h

360 m3/h

560 m3/h

1055 m3/h

1125 m3/h

360 m3/h

560 m3/h

1055 m3/h

1125 m3/h

360 m3/h

560 m3/h

1055 m3/h

1125 m3/h

18 kg

25 kg

12.5 kg

18.5 kg

205 kg

27.5 kg

Air throughput of fans
(unimpeded air flow)

External circuit
Internal circuit

Operating temperature range

–30°C to +60°C

Weight
Accessories

Page

10 kg

16 kg

Packs of

Adjustable frame

1

3286.260

3286.270

3286.270

3286.280

3286.260

3286.270

3286.270

3286.280

297

Metal filters

1

3286.230

3286.240

3286.240

3286.250

3286.230

3286.240

3286.240

3286.250

300

Extended delivery times. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.

Rittal Israel
RITTAL Enclosure Systems Ltd.
13, Hatarshish St. Zone 29  P.O. Box 3597
Industrial Park, Caesarea 38900
Phone: +972 (0) 4 6275 505
Fax: +972 (0) 4 6275 535
E-mail: moshe@rittal.co.il
www.rittal.co.il

228

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

Air/air heat exchangers

Climate control accessories Page 291 Software & services Page 333
Colour:
RAL 7035/9005
Protection category:
Internal circuit IP 54 to
IEC 60 529

Supply includes:
− Complete unit ready for
connection
− The fans are connected via
two 3-wire connection cables,
with wire end ferrules.

Note:
For precise temperature
control inside the enclosure,
we recommend the digital temperature indicator/thermostat
SK 3114.200, the enclosure
internal thermostat SK 3110.000
or the speed control
SK 3120.200.

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

Roof-mounted
Model No. SK

3248.000

Rated operating voltage V, Hz

230, 1~, 50/60
W 595
H 362
D 440

Dimensions mm
Specific thermal output

66 W/K

Fans

2 per heat exchanger

Max. rated current per fan

0.45 A/0.55 A

Pre-fuse T

4.0 A

Output per fan
Air throughput of fans (unimpeded air flow)

75 W
External circuit

965 m3/h

Internal circuit

965 m3/h

Operating temperature range

–5°C to +55°C

Type of connection

Connection cable

Weight
Accessories

Page

168 kg
Packs of

Digital temperature display/thermostat

1

3114.200

293

Enclosure internal thermostat

1

3110.000

294

Hygrostat

1

3118.000

294

Speed control

1

3120.200

295

Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

229

230

Cooling units
Thermoelectric coolers
Thermoelectric coolers ..................................................... 100 W ..............232

Wall-mounted cooling units
TopTherm, horizontal format ............................................ 300 W ..............233
TopTherm ......................................................................... 300 W ..............234
TopTherm “Blue e” ........................................................... 500 W ..............235
TopTherm “Blue e” ........................................................... 750 W ..............236
TopTherm “Blue e” ......................................................... 1000 W ..............237
TopTherm “Blue e” ......................................................... 1500 W ..............238
TopTherm “Blue e” ......................................................... 2000 W ..............239
TopTherm “Blue e” ......................................................... 2500 W ..............240
TopTherm “Blue e” ......................................................... 4000 W ..............240
TopTherm “Blue e”, slimline ........................................... 1500 W ..............241
TopTherm “Blue e”, design NEMA 4X ............ 500/1000/1500 W ..............242
TopTherm “Blue e”, design NEMA 4X ................... 2000/2500 W ..............243
TopTherm “Blue e”, Ex cooling units
for zone 22 (dust) ........................................... 500/1000/1500 W ..............243

Roof-mounted cooling units
TopTherm “Blue e” ........................................................... 500 W ..............244
TopTherm “Blue e” ........................................................... 750 W ..............245
TopTherm “Blue e” ......................................................... 1000 W ..............245
TopTherm “Blue e” ................................................ 1100/3000 W ..............246
TopTherm “Blue e” ......................................................... 1500 W ..............246
TopTherm “Blue e” ......................................................... 2000 W ..............247
TopTherm “Blue e” ................................................ 3000/4000 W ..............247

Modular climate control concept
Cooling modules “Blue e” ..................................... 1500/2500 W ..............248
Section doors for installing cooling modules ............................................249

TopTherm cooling units –
generation “Blue e”
● Energy-saving range of cooling units in the
output range from 500 to 4000 W.
● Savings of up to 45% energy consumption with the same cooling output
(ideally 70% compared with a conventional Rittal TopTherm Plus cooling
unit in field trials).
● Further information can be found on the Internet at www.rittal.com under
“System climate control”.

Eco-Mode control
Intelligent, targeted use of energy thanks to the new eco-mode control from
Rittal.
231

Thermoelectric coolers

Climate control accessories Page 291 Therm software Page 341
Detailed drawing:
Available on the Internet.
Performance diagrams:
Available on the Internet.

T2

H

Supply includes:
− Thermoelectric climate
control unit
− Fully wired
ready for connection
− Mounting accessories
− Parameterization software.

H

Protection category:
− External circuit IP 34
to IEC 60 529
− Internal circuit IP 54
to IEC 60 529

B

B

T1

T1

Useful cooling output 100 W/thermal output 100 W
Model No. SK

3201.200

Dimensions mm

W (B) 125
H 400
D (T1) 155

Installation depth mm

D (T2) 100

Rated operating voltage V, Hz

100 – 230 V, 50/60

24 V DC

Start-up current

4.6 A

4.5 A

Rated current

0.7 A

4.5 A

Refrigeration factor/COP
.
Useful cooling output QK
to DIN 3168

Page

3201.300

L 35 L 35 1.0

1.2

L 35 L 35 100 W

100 W

Thermal output

100 W

100 W

Power pack integrated



–

Colour of cover/unit

RAL 7024/anodised aluminium

Weight

3.0 kg

2.4 kg

Operating temperature range

–30°C to +55°C

–30°C to +60°C

Air throughput, unimpeded air flow

50 m3/h

Type of connection

Plug-in spring connection terminal

Pre-fuse T
Accessories

4A

10 A

Packs of

Auto Range power pack 240 W

1

–

3201.040

302

Spare filter mat

1

3201.050

3201.050

301

Digital temperature display/thermostat

1

3114.200

3114.200

293

Master/slave adaptor

1

3201.070

3201.070

295

Condensate hose, 5 m length

1

3301.606

3301.606

303

We reserve the right to make technical modifications. Special voltages available on request.

232

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

Wall-mounted cooling units

Climate control accessories Page 291 Software & services Page 333

Supply includes:
− Nano-coated condenser
− Wired ready for connection
(plug-in terminal strip)
− Drilling template
− Assembly parts

Approvals:
Available on the Internet.
Detailed drawing:
Available on the Internet.
Performance diagrams:
Available on the Internet.

340

Protection category:
− External circuit IP 34
to IEC 60 529
− Internal circuit IP 54
to IEC 60 529

52
5
3
15

98
55

TopTherm, horizontal format, useful cooling output 300 W
Model No. SK

3302.300

Material

Sheet steel

Colour

RAL 7035

Rated operating voltage V, Hz
Dimensions mm

.
Useful cooling output QK
to DIN 3168

230, 1~, 50/60

3302.310

115, 1~, 60

W x H x D 525 x 340 x 153
L 35 L 35 300 W/320 W
L 35 L 50 150 W/160 W

300 W
150 W

Rated current max.

1.6 A/1.7 A

4.0 A

Start-up current

4.3 A/5.3 A

12.0 A

10.0 A

10.0 A

Pre-fuse T
Power consumption Pel
to DIN 3168

.
Refrigeration factor ε = QK/Pel

L 35 L 35 285 W/300 W
L 35 L 50 320 W/340 W
R134a, 100 g

Permissible operating pressure p. max.

25 bar

Operating temperature range

+20°C to +55°C

Setting range

+30°C to +55°C

Weight

R134a, 95 g

13 kg
External circuit 345 m3/h
Internal circuit 310 m3/h

Temperature control
Accessories

290 W
340 W

L 35 L 35 1.1

Refrigerant

Air throughput of fans

Page

Basic controller
Packs of

Digital temperature display/thermostat

1

3114.200

3114.200

293

Condensate hose

1

3301.608

3301.608

303

Filter mats

3

3286.110

3286.110

299

Metal filters

1

3286.120

3286.120

300

Door-operated switch

1

4127.010

4127.010

496

Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

233

Wall-mounted cooling units

Climate control accessories Page 291 Software & services Page 333
Supply includes:
− Nano-coated condenser
− Wired ready for connection
(plug-in terminal strip)
− Drilling template
− Assembly parts

Approvals:
Available on the Internet.
Detailed drawing:
Available on the Internet.
Performance diagrams:
Available on the Internet.

H

Protection category:
− External circuit IP 34
to IEC 60 529
− Internal circuit IP 54
to IEC 60 529

B

T

TopTherm, useful cooling output 300 W
Model No. SK

3302.100

Material

Sheet steel

Colour

RAL 7035

Rated operating voltage V, Hz

230, 1~, 50/60

Dimensions mm

.
Useful cooling output QK
to DIN 3168

3302.110

3302.2001)

3302.2101)

–
115, 1~, 60

230, 1~, 50/60

115, 1~, 60

300 W
150 W

300 W/320 W
150 W/170 W

300 W
150 W
3.3 A

W (B) x H x D (T) 280 x 550 x 140
L 35 L 35 300 W/320 W
L 35 L 50 150 W/170 W

Rated current max.

1.6 A/1.7 A

3.3 A

1.6 A/1.7 A

Start-up current

3.0 A/3.4 A

8.0 A

3.0 A/3.4 A

8.0 A

Pre-fuse T

10.0 A

10.0 A

10.0 A

10.0 A

290 W
340 W

245 W/255 W
255 W/275 W

290 W
340 W

Power consumption Pel
to DIN 3168

L 35 L 35 245 W/255 W
L 35 L 50 255 W/275 W

.
Refrigeration factor ε = QK/Pel

L 35 L 35 1.2

Refrigerant

R134a, 100 g

Permissible operating pressure p. max.

25 bar

Operating temperature range

+20°C to +55°C

Setting range

+30°C to +55°C

Weight
Air throughput of fans

Page

Stainless steel

13 kg
External circuit 310 m3/h
Internal circuit 345 m3/h

Temperature control
Accessories

Basic controller (factory setting +35°C)
Packs of

Filter mats

3

3286.300

3286.300

3286.300

3286.300

299

Metal filters

1

3286.310

3286.310

3286.310

3286.310

300

Door-operated switch

1

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

496

Digital temperature display/thermostat

1

3114.200

3114.200

3114.200

3114.200

293

Condensate hose

1

3301.608

3301.608

3301.608

3301.608

303

1) Extended delivery times.
Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.

234

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

Wall-mounted cooling units

Climate control accessories Page 291 Software & services Page 333
Supply includes:
− Nano-coated condenser
− Wired ready for connection
(plug-in terminal strip)
− Drilling template
− Assembly parts

Approvals:
Available on the Internet.
Detailed drawing:
Available on the Internet.
Performance diagrams:
Available on the Internet.

H

Protection category:
− External circuit IP 34
to IEC 60 529
− Internal circuit IP 54
to IEC 60 529

B

T

TopTherm “Blue e”, useful cooling output 500 W
Model No. SK

3303.500

Material

Sheet steel

Colour

RAL 7035

Rated operating voltage V, Hz

230, 1~, 50/60

Dimensions mm

.
Useful cooling output QK
to DIN 3168

3303.510

3303.6001)

3303.6101)

–
115, 1~, 60

230, 1~, 50/60

115, 1~, 60

500 W
280 W

500 W/610 W
280 W/350 W

500 W
280 W
5.7 A

W (B) x H x D (T) 280 x 550 x 210
L 35 L 35 500 W/610 W
L 35 L 50 280 W/350 W

Rated current max.

2.6 A/2.6 A

5.7 A

2.6 A/2.6 A

Start-up current

5.1 A/6.4 A

11.5 A

5.1 A/6.4 A

11.5 A

Pre-fuse T

10.0 A

10.0 A

10.0 A

10.0 A

470 W
500 W

360 W/380 W
420 W/390 W

470 W
500 W

Power consumption Pel
to DIN 3168

.
Refrigeration factor ε = QK/Pel

L 35 L 35 360 W/380 W
L 35 L 50 420 W/390 W
L 35 L 35 1.4

Refrigerant

R134a, 170 g

Permissible operating pressure p. max.

28 bar

Operating temperature and setting range

+20°C to +55°C

Weight
Air throughput of fans

17 kg
External circuit 345 m3/h
Internal circuit 310 m3/h

Temperature control
Accessories

Page

Stainless steel

e-Comfort controller (factory setting +35°C)
Packs of

Filter mats

3

3286.300

3286.300

3286.300

3286.300

299

Metal filters

1

3286.310

3286.310

3286.310

3286.310

300

Door-operated switch

1

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

496

SK BUS system

1

3124.100

3124.100

3124.100

3124.100

295

RiDiag II

1

3159.100

3159.100

3159.100

3159.100

347

Interface board

1

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

295

Condensate hose

1

3301.610

3301.610

3301.610

3301.610

303

1) Extended

delivery times.
Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

235

Wall-mounted cooling units
TopTherm “Blue e”, useful cooling output 750 W
Model No. SK

3361.500

Material

Sheet steel

Colour

RAL 7035

Rated operating voltage V, Hz

230, 1~,
50/603)

Dimensions mm

.
Useful cooling output QK
to DIN 3168

3361.510

3361.540

3361.6001)

3361.6101)

3361.6401)

–
115, 1~,
603)

4002), 2~,
50/603)

230, 1~,
50/603)

115, 1~,
602)

4002), 2~,
50/603)

750 W
500 W

750 W/790 W
570 W/570 W

750 W/790 W
570 W/570 W

750 W
500 W

750 W/790 W
570 W/570 W
1.2 A/1.4 A

W x H x D 280 x 550 x 206
L 35 L 35 750 W/790 W
L 35 L 50 570 W/570 W

Rated current max.

2.7 A/2.7 A

5.3 A

1.2 A/1.4 A

2.7 A/2.7 A

5.3 A

Start-up current

6.0 A/9.6 A

12.0 A

3.1 A/3.3 A

6.0 A/9.6 A

12.0 A

3.1 A/3.3 A

Pre-fuse T

10.0 A

10.0 A

6.3 A – 10.0 A4)

10.0 A

10.0 A

6.3 A – 10.0 A4)

570 W
670 W

450 W/470 W
520 W/550 W

420 W/450 W
480 W/510 W

570 W
670 W

450 W/470 W
520 W/550 W

1.3

1.7

1.8

1.3

1.7

R134a, 260 g

R134a, 280 g

R134a, 280 g

R134a, 260 g

R134a, 280 g

Power consumption Pel
to DIN 3168

.
Refrigeration factor ε = QK/Pel

L 35 L 35 420 W/450 W
L 35 L 50 480 W/510 W
L 35 L 35 1.8

Refrigerant

R134a, 280 g

Permissible operating pressure p. max.

28 bar

Operating temperature and setting range

+20°C to +55°C

Weight

22 kg

Air throughput of fans

External circuit 480 m3/h
Internal circuit 600 m3/h

Temperature control
Accessories

Page

Stainless steel

e-Comfort controller (factory setting +35°C)
Packs of

Filter mats

3

3286.300

3286.300

3286.300

3286.300

3286.300

3286.300

299

Metal filters

1

3286.310

3286.310

3286.310

3286.310

3286.310

3286.310

300

Door-operated switch

1

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

496

SK BUS system

1

3124.100

3124.100

3124.100

3124.100

3124.100

3124.100

295

RiDiag II

1

3159.100

3159.100

3159.100

3159.100

3159.100

3159.100

347

Interface board

1

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

295

Condensate hose

1

3301.610

3301.610

3301.610

3301.610

3301.610

3301.610

303

1) Extended

delivery times. 2) External toroidal core transformer Ø 126 x 65 mm deep for mounting in the enclosure.
Tu max. = 53°C/60 Hz. 4) Transformer protection switch.
Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.
3)

Rittal Canada
RITTAL Systems Ltd.
6485 Ordan Drive  Missisauga ON L5T 1X2
Canada
Phone: +1 (905) 795-0777
Fax: +1 (905) 795-9548
Toll-free: 1-800-399-0748
E-mail: marketing@rittal.ca  www.rittal.ca

236

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

Wall-mounted cooling units

Climate control accessories Page 291 Software & services Page 333
Supply includes:
− Nano-coated condenser
− Integral electric condensate
evaporation
− Wired ready for connection
(plug-in terminal strip)
− Drilling template
− Assembly parts

Approvals:
Available on the Internet.
Detailed drawing:
Available on the Internet.
Performance diagrams:
Available on the Internet.

H

Protection category:
− External circuit IP 34
to IEC 60 529
− Internal circuit IP 54
to IEC 60 529

B

T

TopTherm “Blue e”, useful cooling output 1000 W
Model No. SK

3304.500

Material

Sheet steel

Colour

RAL 7035

Rated operating voltage V, Hz

230, 1~, 50/60

3304.510

3304.540

3304.6001)

3304.6101)

3304.6401)

115, 1~, 50/60

400, 3~, 50/
460, 3~, 60

–
115, 1~, 50/60

400, 3~, 50/
460, 3~, 60

1000 W/1450 W
980 W/1050 W

1000 W/1460 W 1000 W/1450 W
880 W/890 W
1050 W/1100 W

1000 W/1450 W
1050 W/1100 W

1000 W/1460 W
880 W/990 W
2.2 A/2.1 A

230, 1~, 50/60

W (B) x H x D
400 x 950 x 260
(T)

Dimensions mm
.
Useful cooling output QK
to DIN 3168

L 35 L 35 1000 W/1450 W
L 35 L 50 1050 W/1100 W

Rated current max.

3.9 A/4.3 A

8.0 A/8.8 A

2.2 A/2.1 A

3.9 A/4.3 A

8.0 A/8.8 A

Start-up current

12.0 A/14.0 A

26.0 A/28.0 A

11.5 A/12.7 A

12.0 A/14.0 A

26.0 A/28.0 A

11.5 A/12.7 A

Pre-fuse T

10.0 A

11.0 A – 16.0 A

6.3 A – 10.0 A2)

10.0 A

11.0 A – 16.0 A

6.3 A – 10.0 A2)

670 W/750 W
780 W/880 W

670 W/820 W
760 W/930 W

640 W/720 W
750 W/850 W

670 W/750 W
780 W/880 W

670 W/820 W
760 W/930 W

1.7

1.6

40 kg

39 kg

Power consumption Pel
to DIN 3168

L 35 L 35 640 W/720 W
L 35 L 50 750 W/850 W

.
Refrigeration factor ε = QK/Pel

L 35 L 35 1.6

Refrigerant

R134a, 325 g

Permissible operating pressure p. max.

25 bar

Operating temperature and setting range

+20°C to +55°C

Weight

39 kg

Air throughput of fans

Page

Stainless steel

44 kg

1.7

44 kg

40 kg

External circuit 900 m3/h
Internal circuit 600 m3/h

Temperature control
Accessories

e-Comfort controller (factory setting +35°C)
Packs of

Filter mats

3

3286.400

3286.400

3286.400

3286.400

3286.400

3286.400

299

Metal filters

1

3286.410

3286.410

3286.410

3286.410

3286.410

3286.410

300

Door-operated switch

1

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

496

SK BUS system

1

3124.100

3124.100

3124.100

3124.100

3124.100

3124.100

295

RiDiag II

1

3159.100

3159.100

3159.100

3159.100

3159.100

3159.100

347

Interface board

1

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

295

Condensate hose

1

3301.612

3301.612

3301.612

3301.612

3301.612

3301.612

303

1) Extended

delivery times. 2) Motor circuit-breaker.
Special voltages and other output categories available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

237

Wall-mounted cooling units
TopTherm “Blue e”, useful cooling output 1500 W
Model No. SK

3305.500

Material

Sheet steel

Colour

RAL 7035

Rated operating voltage V, Hz
Dimensions mm

230, 1~, 50/60

3305.5101)

3305.6001)

3305.540

3305.6101)

3305.6401)

115, 1~, 50/60

400, 3~, 50/
460, 3~, 60

–
115, 1~, 50/60

400, 3~, 50/
460, 3~, 60

230, 1~, 50/60

W x H x D 400 x 950 x 260

.
Useful cooling output QK
to DIN 3168

L 35 L 35 1500 W/1510 W 1500 W/1660 W
L 35 L 50 1150 W/1200 W 1150 W/1270 W

1500 W/1510 W 1500 W/1510 W 1500 W/1660 W
1230 W/1250 W 1150 W/1200 W 1150 W/1270 W

1500 W/1510 W
1230 W/1250 W

Rated current max.

5.5 A/5.8 A

11.5 A/12.5 A

2.5 A/2.8 A

5.5 A/5.8 A

11.5 A/12.5 A

2.5 A/2.8 A

Start-up current

12.0 A/14.0 A

26.0 A/28.0 A

12.2 A/11.3 A

12.0 A/14.0 A

26.0 A/28.0 A

12.2 A/11.3 A

16.0 A/16.0 A

14.0 A –
20.0 A3)

16.0 A/16.0 A

14.0 A –
20.0 A3)

6.3 A – 10.0 A2)

Pre-fuse T
Power consumption Pel
to DIN 3168

.
Refrigeration factor ε = QK/Pel

870 W/890 W
1010 W/900 W
820 W/1000 W
1030 W/1150 W 1180 W/1060 W 980 W/1170 W

L 35 L 35 1.7
R134a, 600 g

Permissible operating pressure p. max.

25 bar

Operating temperature and setting range

+20°C to +55°C

Weight

41 kg

1.5

1.8

1.7

1.5

1.8

46 kg

42 kg

41 kg

46 kg

42 kg

External circuit 900 m3/h
Internal circuit 800 m3/h

Temperature control
Accessories

6.3 A – 10.0

A2)

L 35 L 35 870 W/890 W
1010 W/900 W
820 W/1000 W
L 35 L 50 1030 W/1150 W 1180 W/1060 W 980 W/1170 W

Refrigerant

Air throughput of fans

Page

Stainless steel

e-Comfort controller (factory setting +35°C)
Packs of

Filter mats

3

3286.400

3286.400

3286.400

3286.400

3286.400

3286.400

299

Metal filters

1

3286.410

3286.410

3286.410

3286.410

3286.410

3286.410

300
496

Door-operated switch

1

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

SK BUS system

1

3124.100

3124.100

3124.100

3124.100

3124.100

3124.100

295

RiDiag II

1

3159.100

3159.100

3159.100

3159.100

3159.100

3159.100

347

Interface board

1

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

295

Condensate hose

1

3301.612

3301.612

3301.612

3301.612

3301.612

3301.612

303

1) Extended

delivery times. 2) Motor circuit breaker. 3) Transformer protection switch.
Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.

Rittal Malaysia
RITTAL Systems Sdn Bhd
7, Jalan TPP 1/1A Taman Industri Puchong
Batu 12  Jalan Puchong 47100 Puchong
Solangor, Malaysia
Phone: +603-8060 6688
Fax: +603-8060 8866
E-mail: sales@rittal.com.my  www.rittal.com.my

238

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

Wall-mounted cooling units

Climate control accessories Page 291 Software & services Page 333
1

Supply includes:
− Nano-coated condenser
− Integral electric condensate
evaporation
− Wired ready for connection
(plug-in terminal strip)
− Drilling template
− Assembly parts

Approvals:
Available on the Internet.
Detailed drawing:
Available on the Internet.
Performance diagrams:
Available on the Internet.

H

Protection category:
− External circuit IP 34
to IEC 60 529
− Internal circuit IP 54
to IEC 60 529

1 Cannot be installed

with SK 3332.XXX.
B

T

TopTherm “Blue e”, useful cooling output 2000 W
Model No. SK

3328.500

Material

Sheet steel

Colour

RAL 7035

Rated operating voltage V, Hz

230, 1~, 50/60

3328.510

3328.540

3328.6001)

3328.6101)

3328.6401)

Page

Stainless steel
–
115, 1~, 50/60

W (B) x H x D (T) 400 x 1580 x 295
.
Useful cooling output QK
L 35 L 35 2000 W/2360 W 2000 W/2360 W
to DIN 3168
L 35 L 50 1620 W/1745 W 1620 W/1745 W

400, 3~, 50/
460, 3~, 60

230, 1~, 50/60

115, 1~, 50/60

400, 3~, 50/
460, 3~, 60

2000 W/2350 W
1450 W/1690 W

2000 W/2360 W
1620 W/1745 W

2000 W/2360 W
1620 W/1745 W

2000 W/2350 W
1450 W/1690 W

Dimensions mm

Rated current max.

6.1 A/6.6 A

13.4 A/14.8 A

2.8 A/3.3 A

6.1 A/6.6 A

13.4 A/14.8 A

2.8 A/3.3 A

Start-up current

20.0 A/22.0 A

40.0 A/38.0 A

6.8 A/7.8 A

20.0 A/22.0 A

40.0 A/38.0 A

6.8 A/7.8 A

16.0 A

18.0 A – 25.0 A3)

6.3 A – 10.0 A2)

16.0 A

18.0 A – 25.0 A3)

6.3 A – 10.0 A2)

Power consumption Pel
to DIN 3168

L 35 L 35 935 W/1055 W
L 35 L 50 1080 W/1250 W

965 W/1085 W
1110 W/1280 W

920 W/1145 W
1145 W/1395 W

935 W/1055 W
1080 W/1250 W

965 W/1085 W
1110 W/1280 W

920 W/1145 W
1145 W/1395 W

Refrigeration
factor
.
ε = QK/Pel

L 35 L 35 2.1

2.1

2.2

2.1

2.1

2.2

73 kg

67 kg

66 kg

73 kg

67 kg

Pre-fuse T

Refrigerant

R134a, 950 g

Permissible operating pressure p. max.

28 bar

Operating temperature and setting range +20°C to +55°C
Weight
Air throughput of fans

66 kg
External circuit 640 m3/h
Internal circuit 550 m3/h

Temperature control
Accessories

e-Comfort controller (factory setting +35°C)
Packs of

Filter mats

3

3286.400

3286.400

3286.400

3286.400

3286.400

3286.400

299

Metal filters

1

3286.410

3286.410

3286.410

3286.410

3286.410

3286.410

300

Door-operated switch

1

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

496

SK BUS system

1

3124.100

3124.100

3124.100

3124.100

3124.100

3124.100

295

RiDiag II

1

3159.100

3159.100

3159.100

3159.100

3159.100

3159.100

347

Interface board

1

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

295

Condensate hose

1

3301.612

3301.612

3301.612

3301.612

3301.612

3301.612

303

1) Extended

delivery times. 2) Motor circuit breaker. 3) Transformer protection switch.
Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

239

Wall-mounted cooling units
TopTherm “Blue e”, useful cooling output 2500 W
Model No. SK

3329.500

Material

Sheet steel

Colour

RAL 7035

Rated operating voltage V, Hz

230, 1~, 50/60

3329.510

3329.540

3329.6001)

3329.6101)

3329.6401)

115, 1~, 50/60

400, 3~, 50/
460, 3~, 60

–
115, 1~, 50/60

W (B) x H x D (T) 400 x 1580 x 295
.
Useful cooling output QK
L 35 L 35 2500 W/2660 W
to DIN 3168
L 35 L 50 1840 W/1920 W

400, 3~, 50/
460, 3~, 60

Dimensions mm

230, 1~, 50/60
400 x 1580 x 295

2500 W/2700 W 2500 W/2660 W
1900 W/1950 W 1840 W/1920 W

2500 W/2700 W
1900 W/1950 W

Rated current max.

8.2 A/9.3 A

17.0 A/20.0 A

3.7 A/3.8 A

8.2 A/9.3 A

17.0 A/20.0 A

Start-up current

20.0 A/24.0 A

44.0 A/42.0 A

6.8 A/7.6 A

20.0 A/24.0 A

44.0 A/42.0 A

6.8 A/7.6 A

Pre-fuse T

16.0 A

18.0 A – 25.0 A3)

6.3 A – 10.0 A2)

16.0 A

18.0 A – 25.0 A3)

6.3 A – 10.0 A2)

3.7 A/3.8 A

Power consumption Pel
to DIN 3168

L 35 L 35 1270 W/1410 W
L 35 L 50 1470 W/1700 W

1300 W/1440 W
1500 W/1730 W

1295 W/1495 W
1545 W/1845 W

1270 W/1410 W
1470 W/1700 W

1300 W/1440 W
1500 W/1730 W

1295 W/1495 W
1545 W/1845 W

Refrigeration
factor
.
ε = QK/Pel

L 35 L 35 2.0

1.9

1.9

2.0

1.9

1.9

76 kg

70 kg

69 kg

76 kg

70 kg

Refrigerant

R134a, 950 g

Permissible operating pressure p. max.

28 bar

Operating temperature and setting range

+20°C to +55°C

Weight

69 kg

Air throughput of fans

Page

Stainless steel

External circuit 710 m3/h
Internal circuit 640 m3/h

Temperature control

e-Comfort controller (factory setting +35°C)
Packs of

Accessories
Filter mats

3

3286.400

3286.400

3286.400

3286.400

3286.400

3286.400

299

Metal filters

1

3286.410

3286.410

3286.410

3286.410

3286.410

3286.410

300

Door-operated switch

1

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

496

SK BUS system

1

3124.100

3124.100

3124.100

3124.100

3124.100

3124.100

295

RiDiag II

1

3159.100

3159.100

3159.100

3159.100

3159.100

3159.100

347

Interface board

1

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

295

Condensate hose

1

3301.612

3301.612

3301.612

3301.612

3301.612

3301.612

303

1) Extended

delivery times. 2) Motor circuit breaker. 3) Transformer protection switch.
Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.

TopTherm “Blue e”, useful cooling output 4000 W
Model No. SK

3332.540

3332.6401)

Material

Sheet steel

Stainless steel

Colour

RAL 7035

–

Rated operating voltage V, Hz

400, 3~, 50/
460, 3~, 60

Page

Dimensions mm

W (B) x H x D (T) 500 x 1580 x 340
.
Useful cooling output QK
L 35 L 35 4000 W/4400 W
to DIN 3168
L 35 L 50 3070 W/3570 W
Rated current max.

4.2 A/4.2 A

Start-up current

9.2 A/11.0 A

Pre-fuse T

6.3 A – 10.0 A2)

Power consumption Pel
to DIN 3168

L 35 L 35 1720 W/2120 W
L 35 L 50 1990 W/2460 W

Refrigeration
factor
.
ε = QK/Pel

L 35 L 35 2.3

Refrigerant

R134a, 3000 g

Permissible operating pressure p. max.

28 bar

Operating temperature and setting range

+20°C to +55°C

Weight

91 kg

Air throughput of fans

External circuit 2000 m3/h
Internal circuit 1500 m3/h

Temperature control
Accessories

e-Comfort controller (factory setting +35°C)
Packs of

Filter mats

3

3286.400

3286.400

299

Metal filters

1

3286.410

3286.410

300

Door-operated switch

1

4127.010

4127.010

496

SK BUS system

1

3124.100

3124.100

295

RiDiag II

1

3159.100

3159.100

347

Interface board

1

3124.200

3124.200

295

Condensate hose

1

3301.612

3301.612

303

1) Extended

delivery times. 2) Motor circuit breaker.
Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.

240

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

Wall-mounted cooling units

Climate control accessories Page 291 Software & services Page 333
Protection category:
− External circuit IP 34
to IEC 60 529
− Internal circuit IP 54
to IEC 60 529

Supply includes:
− Nano-coated condenser
− Integral electric condensate
evaporation
− Wired ready for connection
(plug-in terminal strip)
− Drilling template
− Assembly parts

Approvals:
Available on the Internet.
Detailed drawing:
Available on the Internet.
Performance diagrams:
Available on the Internet.

TopTherm “Blue e”, slimline, useful cooling output 1500 W
Model No. SK

3366.500

Material

Sheet steel

Colour

RAL 7035

Rated operating voltage V, Hz

230, 1~, 50/60

Dimensions mm

.
Useful cooling output QK
to DIN 3168

3366.510

3366.540

3366.6001)

3366.6101)

3366.6401)

115, 1~, 50/60

400, 3~, 50/
460, 3~, 60

–
115, 1~, 50/60

400, 3~, 50/
460, 3~, 60

230, 1~, 50/60

1500 W/1500 W
980 W/1080 W

1500 W/1500 W
1050 W/1100 W

W x H x D 435 x 1590 x 205
L 35 L 35 1500 W/1500 W
L 35 L 50 1050 W/1100 W

1500 W/1500 W
980 W/1080 W

Rated current max.

6.7 A/6.9 A

13.6 A/13.8 A

2.7 A/2.9 A

6.7 A/6.9 A

13.6 A/13.8 A

2.7 A/2.9 A

Start-up current

22.0 A/24.0 A

43.0 A/47.0 A

8.0 A/8.8 A

22.0 A/24.0 A

43.0 A/47.0 A

8.0 A/8.8 A

Pre-fuse T

10.0 A

14.0 A –
20.0 A3)

6.3 A –
10.0 A2)

10.0 A

14.0 A –
20.0 A3)

6.3 A –
10.0 A2)

Power consumption Pel
to DIN 3168

L 35 L 35 940 W/1070 W
940 W/1070 W
970 W/1120 W
940 W/1070 W
940 W/1070 W
970 W/1120 W
L 35 L 50 1115 W/1230 W 1115 W/1230 W 1140 W/1310 W 1115 W/1230 W 1115 W/1230 W 1140 W/1310 W

Refrigeration
factor
.
ε = QK/Pel

L 35 L 35 1.6

Refrigerant

R134a, 700 g

Permissible operating pressure p. max.

28 bar

Operating temperature and setting range

+20°C to +55°C

Weight

45 kg

Air throughput of fans
(unimpeded air flow)

49 kg

1.5

1.6

46 kg

45 kg

1.5

49 kg

46 kg

External circuit 910 m3/h
Internal circuit 860 m3/h

Temperature control
Accessories

Page

Stainless steel

e-Comfort controller (factory setting +35°C)
Packs of

Filter mats

3

3286.400

3286.400

3286.400

3286.400

3286.400

3286.400

299

Metal filters

1

3286.410

3286.410

3286.410

3286.410

3286.410

3286.410

300

Trim frame

1

3377.000

3377.000

3377.000

3377.000

3377.000

3377.000

297

Door-operated switch

1

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

496

SK BUS system

1

3124.100

3124.100

3124.100

3124.100

3124.100

3124.100

295

RiDiag II

1

3159.100

3159.100

3159.100

3159.100

3159.100

3159.100

347

Interface board

1

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

295

Condensate hose

1

3301.612

3301.612

3301.612

3301.612

3301.612

3301.612

303

1) Extended

delivery times. 2) Motor circuit breaker. 3) Transformer protection switch.
Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

241

Wall-mounted cooling units

Climate control accessories Page 291 Software & services Page 333
Protection category:
See tables.

Supply includes:
− Nano-coated condenser
− Integral electric condensate
evaporation
− Wired ready for connection
(plug-in terminal strip)

− Drilling template
− Assembly parts

Approvals:
Available on the Internet.
Detailed drawing:
Available on the Internet.
Performance diagrams:
Available on the Internet.

TopTherm “Blue e”, design NEMA 4X, useful cooling output 500/1000/1500 W
Model No. SK

3303.5042)

Material

Stainless steel

3303.5142) 3304.504

Rated operating voltage
V, Hz

230, 1~,
50/60

115, 1~,
60

230, 1~,
50/60

3304.514

3304.544

3305.504

3305.514

3305.544

115, 1~,
50/60

400, 3~, 50/
460, 3~, 60

230, 1~,
50/60

115, 1~,
50/60

400, 3~, 50/
460, 3~, 60

Dimensions mm

W x H x D 285 x 620 x 298

405 x 1020 x 358

.
Useful cooling output QK
to DIN 3168

500 W/
L 35 L 35
610 W
280W/
L 35 L 50
350 W

1000 W/
1450 W
1050 W/
1100 W

1000 W/
1450 W
980 W/
1050 W

1000 W/
1460 W
880 W/
990 W

1500 W/
1510 W
1150 W/
1200 W

1500 W/
1660 W
1150 W/
1270 W

1500 W/
1510 W
1230 W/
1250 W

500 W
280 W

405 x 1020 x 358

Rated current max.

2.6 A/
2.6 A

5.7 A

3.9 A/
4.3 A

8.0 A –
8.8 A

2.2 A –
2.1 A

5.5 A –
5.8 A

11.5 A –
12.5 A

2.6 A –
2.8 A

Start-up current

5.1 A/
6.4 A

11.5 A

12.0 A/
14.0 A

26.0 A/
28.0 A

11.5 A/
12.7 A

12.0 A/
14.0 A

26.0 A/
28.0 A

12.2 A/
11.3 A

Pre-fuse T

10.0 A

10.0 A

10.0 A

11.0 A –
16.0 A

6.3 A –
10.0 A1)

16.0 A

14.0 A –
20.0 A3)

6.3 A –
10.0 A1)

640 W/
720 W
750 W/
850 W

670 W/
750 W
780 W/
880 W

670 W/
820 W
760 W/
930 W

870 W/
890 W
1030 W/
1150 W

1010 W/
900 W
1180 W/
1060 W

820 W/
1000 W
980 W/
1170 W

1.6

1.6

1.7

1.7

1.5

1.8

56 kg

52 kg

Power consumption Pel
to DIN 3168
Refrigeration
factor
.
ε = QK/Pel

360 W/
380 W
420 W/
L 35 L 50
390 W
L 35 L 35

470 W
500 W

L 35 L 35 1.4

Refrigerant

R134a, 170 g

R134a, 325 g
25 bar

Permissible operating pressure p. max.

28 bar

Operating temperature
and setting range

+20°C to +55°C

Protection category

NEMA 4X

Weight
Air throughput of fans

25 kg

R134a, 325 g R134a, 600 g

54 kg

50 kg

51 kg

External circuit 345 m3/h

900 m3/h

900 m3/h

Internal circuit 310 m3/h

600 m3/h

800 m3/h

Temperature control
Accessories

49 kg

Page

e-Comfort controller (factory setting +35°C)
Packs of

Door-operated switch

1

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

SK BUS system

1

3124.100

3124.100

–

–

–

3124.100

3124.100

3124.100

496
295

RiDiag II

1

3159.100

3159.100

3159.100

3159.100

3159.100

3159.100

3159.100

3159.100

347

Interface board

1

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

295

Condensate hose

1

3301.610

3301.610

3301.612

3301.612

3301.612

3301.612

3301.612

3301.612

303

1) Motor circuit breaker. 2) Without integral condensate evaporation. 3) Transformer protection switch.
Extended delivery times. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.

242

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

Wall-mounted cooling units
TopTherm “Blue e”, design NEMA 4X, useful cooling output 2000/2500 W
Model No. SK

3328.504

Material

Stainless steel

Rated operating voltage
V, Hz

230, 1~, 50/60

Dimensions mm

3328.514

3328.544

3329.504

3329.514

3329.544

115, 1~, 50/60

400, 3~, 50/
460, 3~, 60

230, 1~, 50/60

115, 1~, 50/60

400, 3~, 50/
460, 3~, 60

2000 W/2360 W
1620 W/1745 W

2000 W/2350 W
1450 W/1690 W

2500 W/2660 W
1840 W/1920 W

2500 W/2660 W
1840 W/1920 W

2500 W/2700 W
1900 W/1950 W
3.7 A/3.8 A

W x H x D 405 x 1650 x 388

.
Useful cooling output QK
to DIN 3168

L 35 L 35 2000 W/2360 W
L 35 L 50 1620 W/1745 W

Rated current max.

6.1 A/6.6 A

13.4 A – 14.8 A

2.8 A/3.3 A

8.2 A/9.3 A

17.0 A/20.0 A

Start-up current

20.0 A/22.0 A

40.0 A/38.0 A

6.8 A/7.8 A

20.0 A/24.0 A

44.0 A/42.0 A

6.8 A/7.6 A

Pre-fuse T

16.0 A

18.0 A –
25.0 A2)

6.3 A –
10.0 A1)

16.0 A

18.0 A –
25.0 A2)

6.3 A –
10.0 A1)

Power consumption Pel
to DIN 3168

L 35 L 35 935 W/1055 W
L 35 L 50 1080 W/1250 W

965 W/1085 W
1110 W/1280 W

920 W/1145 W
1145 W/1395 W

1270 W/1410 W
1470 W/1700 W

1300 W/1440 W
1500 W/1730 W

1295 W/1495 W
1545 W/1845 W

Refrigeration
factor
.
ε = QK/Pel

L 35 L 35 2.1

2.1

2.2

2.0

1.9

1.9

87 kg

80 kg

83 kg

90 kg

83 kg

Refrigerant

R134a, 900 g

Permissible operating pressure p. max.

28 bar

Operating temperature and setting range

+20°C to +50°C

Protection category

NEMA 4X

Weight
Air throughput of fans

Page

80 kg
External circuit 640 m3/h

710 m3/h

Internal circuit 550 m3/h

640 m3/h

Temperature control
Accessories

e-Comfort controller (factory setting +35°C)
Packs of

Door-operated switch

1

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

SK BUS system

1

3124.100

3124.100

3124.100

3124.100

3124.100

3124.100

496
295

RiDiag II

1

3159.100

3159.100

3159.100

3159.100

3159.100

3159.100

347

Interface board

1

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

295

Condensate hose

1

3301.612

3301.612

3301.612

3301.612

3301.612

3301.612

303

1)

Motor circuit breaker. 2) Transformer protection switch.
Delivery times available on request. Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.

TopTherm “Blue e”, Ex cooling units for zone 22 (dust);
useful cooling output 500/1000/1500 W
Model No. SK

3303.530

Material

Sheet steel

Colour

RAL 7035

Rated operating voltage V, Hz

230, 1~, 50/60

Dimensions mm

.
Useful cooling output QK
to DIN 3168

3304.530

3304.560

3305.530

3305.560

230, 50/60

400, 3~, 50/
460, 3~, 60

230, 50/60

400, 3~, 50/
460, 3~, 60

W x H x D 280 x 550 x 210

400 x 950 x 260

L 35 L 35 500 W/610 W
L 35 L 50 280 W/350 W

1000 W/1450 W
1050 W/1100 W

1000 W/1460 W
880 W/990 W

400 x 950 x 260
1500 W/1510 W
1150 W/1200 W

1500 W/1510 W
1230 W/1250 W
2.3 A/2.6 A

Rated current max.

2.6 A/2.6 A

3.9 A/4.3 A

2.1 A/2.2 A

5.4 A/6.0 A

Start-up current

5.1 A/6.4 A

12.0 A/14.0 A

11.5 A/12.7 A

22.0 A/24.0 A

12.2 A/11.3 A

Pre-fuse T

10.0 A

10.0 A/10.0 A

6.3 A – 10.0 A1)

16.0 A/16.0 A

6.3 A – 10.0 A1)

L 35 L 35 360 W/380 W
L 35 L 50 420 W/390 W

640 W/720 W
750 W/850 W

670 W/820 W
760 W/930 W

870 W/980 W
1030 W/1150 W

820 W/1000 W
980 W/1170 W

L 35 L 35 1.4

1.8

Power consumption Pel
to DIN 3168

.
Refrigeration factor ε = QK/Pel

1.4

1.7

1.7

R134a, 170 g

R134a, 325 g

R134a, 325 g

R134a, 600 g

Permissible operating pressure p. max.

28 bar

25 bar

Operating temperature and setting range

+20°C to +50°C

Refrigerant

Protection category

External circuit IP 54
Internal circuit IP 54

Weight
Air throughput of fans

Page

17 kg

39 kg

External circuit 345 m3/h

900 m3/h

Internal circuit 310 m3/h

600 m3/h

Temperature control
Accessories

41 kg
800 m3/h

e-Comfort controller (factory setting +35°C)
Packs of

Filter mats

3

3286.300

3286.400

3286.400

3286.400

3286.400

299

Door-operated switch

1

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

496

Digital temperature display/thermostat

1

3114.200

3114.200

3114.200

3114.200

3114.200

293

Condensate hose

1

3301.612

3301.612

3301.612

3301.612

3301.612

303

1)

Motor circuit breaker.
Without electric condensate evaporation.
Delivery times available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

243

Roof-mounted cooling units

Climate control accessories Page 291 Software & services Page 333 RiDiag II Page 347
Technical specifications:
− Permissible operating
pressure p. max.: 25 bar
− Duty cycle: 100%
− Type of connection:
Plug-in terminal strip
Protection category:
− External circuit IP 34
to IEC 60 529
− Internal circuit IP 54
to IEC 60 529

Supply includes:
− Nano-coated condenser
− Integral electric condensate
evaporation
− Fully wired ready for
connection
− Drilling template
− Assembly parts

Approvals:
Available on the Internet.

Accessories:
Roof plate for TS 8 with
mounting cut-out, see page 296.

Detailed drawing:
Available on the Internet.

New: TopTherm
roof-mounted cooling unit,
useful cooling output 1100/
3000 W, for office and IT applications with targeted air routing,
see page 246. Detailed drawing
and technical information can be
found on the Internet.

Performance diagrams:
Available on the Internet.

TopTherm “Blue e”, useful cooling output 500 W
Model No. SK

3382.500

3382.6001)

3382.510

3382.6101)

Material

Sheet steel

Stainless steel

Sheet steel

Stainless steel

Colour

RAL 7035

–

RAL 7035

–

Rated operating voltage V, Hz

230, 1~, 50/60

Dimensions mm

.
Useful cooling output QK
to DIN 3168

115, 1~, 50/60

W x H x D 597 x 417 x 380
L 35 L 35 500 W/586 W
L 35 L 50 273 W/429 W

Rated current max.

2.3 A/2.6 A

Start-up current

9.1 A/8.8 A

18.2 A/15.9 A

Pre-fuse T

10.0 A

6.3 A – 10.0 A2)

Power consumption Pel
to DIN 3168

.
Refrigeration factor ε = QK/Pel

312 W/357 W
352 W/422 W

L 35 L 35 1.6
R134a, 300 g

Operating temperature and setting range

+20°C to +55°C

Weight

30 kg

35 kg

External circuit 800 m3/h
Internal circuit 170 m3/h

Temperature control
Accessories

4.1 A/5.4 A

L 35 L 35 302 W/347 W
L 35 L 50 342 W/402 W

Refrigerant

Air throughput of fans (unimpeded air flow)

Page

e-Comfort controller (factory setting +35°C)
Packs of

Filter mats

3

3286.500

3286.500

3286.500

3286.500

299

Metal filters

1

3286.510

3286.510

3286.510

3286.510

300

Quick-change frame

1

3286.700

3286.700

3286.700

3286.700

297

Door-operated switch

1

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

496

SK BUS system

1

3124.100

3124.100

3124.100

3124.100

295

Interface board

1

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

295

Air duct system

1

3286.870

3286.870

3286.870

3286.870

291

Stoppers

2

3286.780

3286.780

3286.780

3286.780

292

Condensate hose

1

3301.612

3301.612

3301.612

3301.612

303

1) Extended

delivery times. 2) Transformer protection switch.
Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.

244

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

Roof-mounted cooling units
TopTherm “Blue e”, useful cooling output 750 W
Model No. SK

3359.500

3359.6001)

Material

Sheet steel

Stainless steel Sheet steel

Stainless steel Sheet steel

Stainless steel

Colour

RAL 7035

–

–

–

Rated operating voltage V, Hz

230, 1~, 50/60

Dimensions mm

3359.510
RAL 7035

3359.6101)

3359.540
RAL 7035

115, 1~, 50/60

400, 2~, 50/60

1.6 A/2.1 A

Page

W x H x D 597 x 417 x 380

.
Useful cooling output QK
to DIN 3168

L 35 L 35 750 W/625 W
L 35 L 50 304 W/368 W

Rated current max.

2.8 A/3.7 A

5.6 A/7.4 A

Start-up current

9.2 A/9.0 A

18.4 A/18.0 A

5.4 A/5.2 A

Pre-fuse T

10.0 A

11.0 A – 16.0 A2)

6.3 A – 10.0 A2)

Power consumption Pel
to DIN 3168

L 35 L 35 401 W/494 W
L 35 L 50 444 W/536 W

.
Refrigeration factor ε = QK/Pel

411 W/509 W
454 W/526 W

L 35 L 35 1.8

Refrigerant

R134a, 300 g

Operating temperature and setting range

+20°C to +55°C

Weight

32 kg

Air throughput of fans
(unimpeded air flow)

3359.6401)

37 kg

External circuit 800 m3/h
Internal circuit 585 m3/h

Temperature control

e-Comfort controller (factory setting +35°C)
Packs of

Accessories
Filter mats

3

3286.500

3286.500

3286.500

3286.500

3286.500

3286.500

299

Metal filters

1

3286.510

3286.510

3286.510

3286.510

3286.510

3286.510

300

Quick-change frame

1

3286.700

3286.700

3286.700

3286.700

3286.700

3286.700

297

Door-operated switch

1

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

496

SK BUS system

1

3124.100

3124.100

3124.100

3124.100

3124.100

3124.100

295

Interface board

1

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

295

Air duct system

1

3286.870

3286.870

3286.870

3286.870

3286.870

3286.870

291

Stoppers

2

3286.780

3286.780

3286.780

3286.780

3286.780

3286.780

292

Condensate hose

1

3301.612

3301.612

3301.612

3301.612

3301.612

3301.612

303

Page

1) Extended delivery times. 2) Transformer protection switch.
Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.

TopTherm “Blue e”, useful cooling output 1000 W
Model No. SK

3383.500

3383.6001)

3383.510

3383.6101)

3383.5401)

3383.640

Material

Sheet steel

Stainless steel

Sheet steel

Stainless steel

Sheet steel

Stainless steel

Colour

RAL 7035

–

RAL 7035

–

RAL 7035

–

Rated operating voltage V, Hz

230, 1~, 50/603)

Dimensions mm

115, 1~, 50/603)

400, 2~, 50/603)

2.9 A/3.9 A

W x H x D 597 x 417 x 475

.
Useful cooling output QK
to DIN 3168

L 35 L 35 1000 W/1088 W
L 35 L 50 709 W/807 W

Rated current max.

2.9 A/3.9 A

5.6 A/7.7 A

Start-up current

8.8 A/10.1 A

14.4 A/15.8 A

4.6 A/5.7 A

Pre-fuse T

10.0 A

11.0 A – 16.0 A2)

6.3 A – 10.0 A2)

Power consumption Pel
to DIN 3168

.
Refrigeration factor ε = QK/Pel

L 35 L 35 426 W/514 W
L 35 L 50 485 W/606 W

456 W/524 W
495 W/616 W

L 35 L 35 2.3

2.2

Refrigerant

R134a, 650 g

Operating temperature and setting range

+20°C to +55°C

Weight

40 kg

Air throughput of fans
(unimpeded air flow)

Internal circuit 491 m3/h

Temperature control
Accessories

46 kg

External circuit 1600 m3/h
e-Comfort controller (factory setting +35°C)
Packs of

Filter mats

3

3286.500

3286.500

3286.500

3286.500

3286.500

3286.500

299

Metal filters

1

3286.510

3286.510

3286.510

3286.510

3286.510

3286.510

300

Quick-change frame

1

3286.800

3286.800

3286.800

3286.800

3286.800

3286.800

297

Door-operated switch

1

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

496

SK BUS system

1

3124.100

3124.100

3124.100

3124.100

3124.100

3124.100

295

Interface board

1

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

295

Air duct system

1

3286.870

3286.870

3286.870

3286.870

3286.870

3286.870

291

Stoppers

2

3286.880

3286.880

3286.880

3286.880

3286.880

3286.880

292

Condensate hose

1

3301.612

3301.612

3301.612

3301.612

3301.612

3301.612

303

1) Extended

delivery times. 2) Transformer protection switch. 3) Tu max = 53°C/60 Hz.
Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

245

Roof-mounted cooling units
TopTherm “Blue e”, useful cooling output 1100/3000 W, especially for office and IT applications
3273.5151)

Model No. SK

3273.500

Application areas

Office application

Material

Sheet steel

Colour

RAL 7035

Rated operating voltage V, Hz

230, 1~, 50/60

Dimensions mm

.
Useful cooling output QK
to DIN 3168

Page

3301.800
IT application

115, 1~, 50/60

230, 1~, 50

W x H x D 597 x 417 x 475

597 x 417 x 895

L 35 L 35 1100 W/1200 W
L 35 L 50 850 W/870 W

3000 W
3200 W

L 25 L 35
L 35 L 45

Rated current max.

5.2 A/5.4 A

11.0 A/11.5 A

Start-up current

15.5 A/16.5 A

32.0 A/35.0 A

36.0 A

Pre-fuse T

10.0 A

11.0 A – 16.0 A2)

Air circuit-breaker 16.0 A

790 W/810 W
860 W/1010 W

1820 W
2325 W

Power consumption Pel
to DIN 3168

L 35 L 35 760 W/780 W
L 35 L 50 830 W/970 W

.
Refrigeration factor ε = QK/Pel

L 35 L 35 1.4

Refrigerant

L 25 L 35
L 35 L 45

1.6

R134a, 700 g

Operating temperature and setting range

+20°C to +50°C

Weight

42 kg

Air throughput of fans
(unimpeded air flow)

10.4 A

+20°C to +45°C
47 kg

72 kg

External circuit 1760 m3/h

2000 m3/h

Internal circuit 440 m3/h

1450 m3/h

Temperature control

e-Comfort controller (factory setting +35°C)
Packs of

Accessories
Filter mats

3

3286.500

3286.500

3286.600

299

Metal filters

1

3286.510

3286.510

3286.610

300

Quick-change frame

1

3286.700

3286.700

3286.800

297

Door-operated switch

1

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

496

SK BUS system

1

3124.100

3124.100

3124.100

295

Interface board

1

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

295

Air duct system

1

3286.870

3286.870

3286.970

291

Stoppers

2

3286.880

3286.880

3286.980

292

Condensate hose

1

3301.612

3301.612

3301.612

303

1) Extended

delivery times. 2) Transformer protection switch.
In order to avoid increased condensation, we recommend enclosures with a protection category of at least IP 54.
Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.

TopTherm “Blue e”, useful cooling output 1500 W
Model No. SK

3384.500

3384.6001)

3384.510

3384.6101)

3384.540

3384.6401)

Material

Sheet steel

Stainless steel

Sheet steel

Stainless steel

Sheet steel

Stainless steel

Colour

RAL 7035

–

RAL 7035

–

RAL 7035

–

Rated operating voltage V, Hz

230, 1~, 50/603)

Dimensions mm

115, 1~, 50/603)

400, 2~, 50/603)

2.5 A/2.9 A

W x H x D 597 x 417 x 475

.
Useful cooling output QK
to DIN 3168

L 35 L 35 1500 W/1637 W
L 35 L 50 1207 W/1308 W

Rated current max.

4.2 A/4.9 A

8.7 A/10.1 A

Start-up current

14.7 A/13.6 A

27.2 A/23.2 A

8.7 A/7.6 A

Pre-fuse T

10.0 A

14.0 A – 20.0 A2)

6.3 A – 10.0 A2)

Power consumption Pel
to DIN 3168

.
Refrigeration factor ε = QK/Pel

L 35 L 35 641 W/743 W
L 35 L 50 741 W/857 W

666 W/757 W
775 W/899 W

L 35 L 35 2.4

2.3

Refrigerant

R134a, 500 g

Operating temperature and setting range

+20°C to +55°C

Weight

41 kg

Air throughput of fans
(unimpeded air flow)

47 kg

External circuit 1600 m3/h
Internal circuit 491 m3/h

Temperature control
Accessories

Page

e-Comfort controller (factory setting +35°C)
Packs of

Filter mats

3

3286.500

3286.500

3286.500

3286.500

3286.500

3286.500

299

Metal filters

1

3286.510

3286.510

3286.510

3286.510

3286.510

3286.510

300

Quick-change frame

1

3286.800

3286.800

3286.800

3286.800

3286.800

3286.800

297

Door-operated switch

1

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

496

SK BUS system

1

3124.100

3124.100

3124.100

3124.100

3124.100

3124.100

295

Interface board

1

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

295

Air duct system

1

3286.870

3286.870

3286.870

3286.870

3286.870

3286.870

291

Stoppers

2

3286.880

3286.880

3286.880

3286.880

3286.880

3286.880

292

Condensate hose

1

3301.612

3301.612

3301.612

3301.612

3301.612

3301.612

303

1) Extended

delivery times. 2) Transformer protection switch. 3) Tu max = 53°C/60 Hz.
Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.

246

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

Roof-mounted cooling units
TopTherm “Blue e”, useful cooling output 2000 W
Model No. SK

3385.500

3385.6001)

Material

Sheet steel

Stainless steel Sheet steel

Stainless steel Sheet steel

Stainless steel

Colour

RAL 7035

–

–

–

Rated operating voltage V, Hz

230, 1~, 50/603)

Dimensions mm

3385.510
RAL 7035

3385.6101)

115, 1~, 50/603)

3385.540
RAL 7035

Page

400, 2~, 50/603)

W x H x D 597 x 417 x 475

.
Useful cooling output QK
to DIN 3168

L 35 L 35 2000 W/2030 W
L 35 L 50 1454 W/1547 W

2000 W/2140 W
1409 W/1511 W

Rated current max.

5.9 A/6.3 A

13.3 A/13.5 A

Start-up current

19.7 A/17.9 A

42.2 A/31.1 A

11.7 A/11.7 A

Pre-fuse T

10.0 A

14.0 A – 20.0 A2)

6.3 A – 10.0 A2)

Power consumption Pel
to DIN 3168

.
Refrigeration factor ε = QK/Pel

L 35 L 35 970 W/1155 W
L 35 L 50 1081 W/1511 W

1020 W/1235 W
1441 W/1310 W

L 35 L 35 2.1

2.0

Refrigerant

3.5 A/3.7 A

R134a, 900 g

Operating temperature and setting range

+20°C to +55°C

Weight

42 kg

Air throughput of fans
(unimpeded air flow)

3385.6401)

48 kg

External circuit 2100 m3/h
Internal circuit 657 m3/h

Temperature control

e-Comfort controller (factory setting +35°C)
Packs of

Accessories
Filter mats

3

3286.500

3286.500

3286.500

3286.500

3286.500

3286.500

299

Metal filters

1

3286.510

3286.510

3286.510

3286.510

3286.510

3286.510

300

Quick-change frame

1

3286.800

3286.800

3286.800

3286.800

3286.800

3286.800

297

Door-operated switch

1

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

496

SK BUS system

1

3124.100

3124.100

3124.100

3124.100

3124.100

3124.100

295

Interface board

1

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

295

Air duct system

1

3286.870

3286.870

3286.870

3286.870

3286.870

3286.870

291

Stoppers

2

3286.880

3286.880

3286.880

3286.880

3286.880

3286.880

292

Condensate hose

1

3301.612

3301.612

3301.612

3301.612

3301.612

3301.612

303

1) Extended

delivery times. 2) Transformer protection switch. 3) Tu max = 53°C/60 Hz.
Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.

TopTherm “Blue e”, useful cooling output 3000 W/4000 W
Model No. SK

3386.540

3386.6401)

3387.540

3387.6401)

Material

Sheet steel

Stainless steel

Sheet steel

Stainless steel

Colour

RAL 7035

–

RAL 7035

–

Rated operating voltage V, Hz

400, 3~, 50/460, 3~, 60

Dimensions mm

W x H x D 796 x 470 x 580

.
Useful cooling output QK
to DIN 3168

L 35 L 35 3000 W/3300 W
L 35 L 50 2200 W/2500 W

4000 W/4200 W
3250 W/3490 W

Rated current max.

3.4 A/3.4 A

3.9 A/3.9 A

Start-up current

8.0 A/9.0 A

17.0 A/19.0 A

Pre-fuse T

Motor circuit breaker 6.3 A – 10.0 A

Power consumption Pel
to DIN 3168

L 35 L 35 1190 W/1500 W
L 35 L 50 1440 W/1780 W

.
Refrigeration factor ε = QK/Pel

R134a, 1600 g

Operating temperature and setting range

+20°C to +55°C

Weight

70 kg

77 kg

External circuit 3450 m3/h

3870 m3/h

Internal circuit 1280 m3/h

1420 m3/h

Temperature control
Accessories

1630 W/2070 W
1880 W/2350 W

L 35 L 35 2.3

Refrigerant

Air throughput of fans
(unimpeded air flow)

Page

e-Comfort controller (factory setting +35°C)
Packs of

Filter mats

3

3286.600

3286.600

3286.600

3286.600

299

Metal filters

1

3286.610

3286.610

3286.610

3286.610

300

Quick-change frame

1

3286.900

3286.900

3286.900

3286.900

297

Door-operated switch

1

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

496

SK BUS system

1

3124.100

3124.100

3124.100

3124.100

295

Interface board

1

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

295

Air duct system

1

3286.970

3286.970

3286.970

3286.970

291

Stoppers

2

3286.980

3286.980

3286.980

3286.980

292

Condensate hose

1

3301.612

3301.612

3301.612

3301.612

303

1) Extended

delivery times.
Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

247

Modular climate control concept

Climate control accessories Page 291 TS 8 enclosures Page 69 Software & services Page 333
Colour:
RAL 7035

Also required:
− Section door, fits TS 8
enclosures, 600, 800,
1200 mm widths and
1800, 2000 mm heights,
see page 249.
− Base/plinth,
100 or 200 mm high,
see page 361.

Protection category:
− External circuit IP 34
to IEC 60 529
− Internal circuit IP 54
to IEC 60 529
Supply includes:
− Cooling module prepared for
installation in section door
− Nano-coated condenser
− Integral electric condensate
evaporation

Approvals:
Available on the Internet.
Detailed drawing:
Available on the Internet.
Performance diagrams:
Available on the Internet.

Cooling modules “Blue e”, 1500/2500 W useful cooling output
Model No. SK with Comfort controller
Rated operating voltage V, Hz
.
Useful cooling output QK
to DIN 3168

3307.700
230, 1~, 50/60

3307.710

3307.740

115, 1~, 50/60

400, 3~, 50/
460, 3~, 60

230, 1~, 50/60

1500 W/1550 W
930 W/950 W

2500 W/2520 W
1620 W/1730 W

L 35 L 35 1500 W/1550 W
L 35 L 50 850 W/900 W

3310.700

3310.710

3310.740

115, 1~, 50/60

400, 3~, 50/
460, 3~, 60
2500 W/2500 W
1760 W/1800 W

Rated current max.

6.0 A/6.1 A

11.2 A/11.8 A

2.5 A/2.7 A

7.6 A/9.4 A

17.3 A/19.0 A

Start-up current

22.0 A/24.0 A

36.0 A/39.0 A

8.5 A/9.2 A

22.0 A/24.0 A

36.0 A/39.0 A

13.0 A/14.0 A

Pre-fuse T

16.0 A/16.0 A

11.0 A –
16.0 A3)

6.3 A – 10.0 A1)

16.0 A/16.0 A

18.0 A –
25.0 A3)

6.3 A – 10.0 A1)

3.5 A/3.7 A

Power consumption Pel
to DIN 3168

L 35 L 35 850 W/1050 W 870 W/1080 W 790 W/1000 W
L 35 L 50 1000 W/1150 W 1070 W/1180 W 900 W/1100 W

1310 W/1520 W 1360 W/1570 W 1130 W/1480 W
1480 W/1850 W 1530 W/1900 W 1400 W/1750 W

Refrigeration
factor
.
ε = QK/Pel

L 35 L 35 1.8

1.9

Refrigerant

R134a, 700 g

Operating temperature and setting range

+20°C to +55°C

Weight2)

68 kg

Air throughput of fans
(unimpeded air flow)

External circuit
Internal circuit

Temperature control
Accessories

1.7

1.9

Page

1.8

2.2

78 kg

72 kg

R134a, 1175 g
72 kg

68 kg

73 kg

1100 m3/h

1100 m3/h

600 m3/h

1100 m3/h

Comfort controller (factory setting +35°C)
Packs of

Door-operated switch

1

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

SK BUS system

1

3124.100

3124.100

3124.100

3124.100

3124.100

3124.100

496
295

RiDiag II

1

3159.100

3159.100

3159.100

3159.100

3159.100

3159.100

347

Interface board

1

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

3124.200

295

Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.
1) Motor circuit breaker
2) Includes section door weight
3) Transformer protection switch

248

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

Modular climate control concept

Climate control accessories Page 291 TS 8 enclosures Page 69 Software & services Page 333
Colour:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
− Section door without preconfigured cooling module
− TS 8 hinges, door opening
angle approx. 110°

Note for 1200 mm wide
TS 8 enclosures:
− With the unit positioned on
the right, one pack consists
of a section door for installing
in the right-hand half of the
enclosure plus a special
lockable door for the left-hand
half.
− With the device positioned on
the “left”, one pack consists
of a section door for installing
in the left-hand half of the
enclosure. The existing lockable door on the right may be
used.

Approvals:
Available on the Internet.

Also required:
− Cooling module,
see page 248.
− Base/plinth,
100 or 200 mm high,
see page 361.

Detailed drawing:
Available on the Internet.
Performance diagrams:
Available on the Internet.

H

H

H

H

Section doors for installing cooling modules

B

B

B

B

Model No. SK
Dimensions
to fit TS enclosures
Dimensions
to fit TS enclosures
Accessories
Metal filters

3300.040
Height mm 1800
Width (B) mm 600

3300.050

3300.060

3300.070

3300.080

3300.090

3300.110

3300.120

2000

1800

2000

1800

2000

1800

2000

800

1200
(unit positioned on the left)

1200
(unit positioned on the right)

3284.210

3284.210

3284.210

Packs of
1

3284.210

All SK 3307.700/.710/.740 or 3310.700/.710/.740 cooling module models, see page 248, can be integrated into one of the section doors mentioned above.

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

249

250

Liquid cooling
Air/water heat exchangers
Roof-mounted, water-carrying parts CuAl........................... 2500 W.........252
Roof-mounted, water-carrying parts CuAl........................... 4000 W.........253
Roof-mounted, water-carrying parts V4A (1.4571) ............. 1875 W.........253
Roof-mounted, water-carrying parts V4A (1.4571) ............. 3000 W.........254
Wall-mounted ........................................................ 300/600/1250 W.........255
Wall-mounted, water-carrying parts CuAl ............................. 500 W.........256
Wall-mounted, water-carrying parts CuAl ........................... 1000 W.........256
Wall-mounted, water-carrying parts CuAl ........................... 2000 W.........257
Wall-mounted, water-carrying parts CuAl ........................... 3000 W.........257
Wall-mounted, water-carrying parts CuAl ........................... 5000 W.........258
Wall-mounted ...................................................................... 7000 W.........258
Wall-mounted, water-carrying parts V4A (1.4571) ................ 500 W.........259
Wall-mounted, water-carrying parts V4A (1.4571) ................ 750 W.........259
Wall-mounted, water-carrying parts V4A (1.4571) .............. 1750 W.........260
Wall-mounted, water-carrying parts V4A (1.4571) .............. 2500 W.........260
Wall-mounted, water-carrying parts V4A (1.4571) .............. 4000 W.........261

Cold Plate
Cold Plate incl. T channel for frequency converters .. 2500/3000 W.........262
Accessories for Cold Plate ........................................................................263

Chillers for water
TopTherm .......................................................................... 1/1.5 kW.........264
TopTherm ....................................................................... 3/4.5/6 kW.........265
TopTherm, for wall mounting .......................................... 1/2.5/4 kW.........266
TopTherm ........................................................................ 8 – 40 kW.........267
In a floor-standing enclosure....................................... 2.1 – 7.7 kW.........268
In a floor-standing enclosure......................................... 10 – 25 kW.........269
In a floor-standing enclosure......................................... 32 – 59 kW.........269

251

Air/water heat exchangers

Climate control accessories Page 291 Recooling systems Page 264 Software & Services Page 333
Colour:
RAL 7035

Also required:
Cooling water system
such as recooling systems,
from page 264.

Supply includes:
− Fully wired ready for
connection, with connector
− Drilling template, sealing mat
and assembly parts

Approvals:
Available on the Internet.
Detailed drawing:
Available on the Internet.
Performance diagrams:
Available on the Internet.

Roof-mounted, useful cooling output 2500 W, water-carrying parts CuAl
Model No. SK
Thermostat
(factory setting +35°C)
Useful cooling output

3209.500

3209.100

e-Comfort controller 

–

Basic controller –



L 35 W 10, 400 l/h 2500 W

Rated operating voltage V, Hz
Dimensions mm

230, 50/60
W x H x D 597 x 417 x 475

Rated current max.

0.40 A/0.48 A

Pre-fuse T

4.0 A

Cooling medium

Water (for specifications see Internet; user manual)

Water inlet temperature

> +1°C to +30°C

Permissible operating pressure p. max.

1 to 10 bar

Operating temperature and setting range

+1°C to +70°C

Protection category to IEC 60 529

IP 551)

Duty cycle

100%

Type of connection

Plug-in terminal strip

Weight

23.5 kg
1030 m3/h

Air throughput of the fans (unimpeded air flow)
Accessories

Page

Packs of

Door-operated switch

1

4127.010

4127.010

496

SK BUS system

1

3124.100

–

295

Interface board

1

3124.200

–

295

Air duct system

1

3286.870

3286.870

291

Stoppers

1

3286.880

3286.880

292

Condensate hose

1

3301.612

3301.612

303

Flow regulator valve

1

see page 304

1) IP 65 available on request.
Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.

252

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

Air/water heat exchangers
Roof-mounted, useful cooling output 4000 W, water-carrying parts CuAl
3210.100

3210.5401)

3210.1401)

e-Comfort controller 

–



–

Basic controller –



–



Model No. SK
Thermostat
(factory setting +35°C)
Useful cooling output

3210.500

Page

L 35 W 10, 400 l/h 4000 W

Rated operating voltage V, Hz

230, 50/60

Dimensions mm

400, 2~, 50/60

W x H x D 597 x 417 x 475

Rated current max.

0.44 A/0.5 A

Pre-fuse T

4.0 A

0.25 A/0.3 A

Cooling medium

Water (for specifications see Internet; user manual)

Water inlet temperature

> +1°C to +30°C

Permissible operating pressure p. max.

1 to 10 bar

Operating temperature and setting range

+1°C to +70°C

Protection category to IEC 60 529

IP 552)

Duty cycle

100%

Type of connection

Plug-in terminal strip

Weight

25.5 kg

Air throughput of the fans (unimpeded air flow)

925 m3/h

29.5 kg

Packs of

Accessories
Door-operated switch

1

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

496

SK BUS system

1

3124.100

–

3124.100

–

295

Interface board

1

3124.200

–

3124.200

–

295

Air duct system

1

3286.870

3286.870

3286.870

3286.870

291

Stoppers

1

3286.880

3286.880

3286.880

3286.880

292

Condensate hose

1

3301.612

3301.612

3301.612

3301.612

303

Flow regulator valve

1

see page 304

1) Extended delivery times.
2) IP 65 available on request.

Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.

Roof-mounted, useful cooling output 1875 W, water-carrying parts V4A (1.4571)
3209.5041)

Model No. SK
Thermostat
(factory setting +35°C)
Useful cooling output

3209.1041)

e-Comfort controller 

–

Basic controller –



L 35 W 10, 400 l/h 1875 W

Rated operating voltage V, Hz
Dimensions mm

230, 50/60
W x H x D 597 x 417 x 475

Rated current max.

0.40 A/0.48 A

Pre-fuse T

4.0 A

Cooling medium

Water (for specifications see Internet; user manual)

Water inlet temperature

> +1°C to +30°C

Permissible operating pressure p. max.

1 to 10 bar

Operating temperature and setting range

+1°C to +70°C

Protection category to IEC 60 529

IP 552)

Duty cycle

100%

Type of connection

Plug-in terminal strip

Weight

23.5 kg
1030 m3/h

Air throughput of the fans (unimpeded air flow)
Accessories

Page

Packs of

Door-operated switch

1

4127.010

4127.010

496

SK BUS system

1

3124.100

–

295

Interface board

1

3124.200

–

295

Air duct system

1

3286.870

3286.870

291

Stoppers

1

3286.880

3286.880

292

Condensate hose

1

3301.612

3301.612

303

Flow regulator valve

1

see page 304

1) Extended

delivery times.
2) IP 65 available on request.
Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

253

Air/water heat exchangers
Roof-mounted, useful cooling output 3000 W, water-carrying parts V4A (1.4571)
3210.5041)

Model No. SK
Thermostat
(factory setting +35°C)
Useful cooling output

3210.1041)

e-Comfort controller 

–

Basic controller –



L 35 W 10, 400 l/h 3000 W

Rated operating voltage V, Hz
Dimensions mm

230, 50/60
W x H x D 597 x 417 x 475

Rated current max.

0.44 A/0.5 A

Pre-fuse T

4.0 A

Cooling medium

Water (for specifications see Internet; user manual)

Water inlet temperature

> +1°C to +30°C

Permissible operating pressure p. max.

1 to 10 bar

Operating temperature and setting range

+1°C to +70°C

Protection category to IEC 60 529

IP 552)

Duty cycle

100%

Type of connection

Plug-in terminal strip

Weight

25.5 kg
925 m3/h

Air throughput of the fans (unimpeded air flow)
Accessories

Page

Packs of

Door-operated switch

1

4127.010

4127.010

496

SK BUS system

1

3124.100

–

295

Interface board

1

3124.200

–

295

Air duct system

1

3286.870

3286.870

291

Stoppers

1

3286.880

3286.880

292

Condensate hose

1

3301.612

3301.612

303

Flow regulator valve

1

see page 304

1) Extended

delivery times.
65 available on request.
Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.
2) IP

Rittal Norway
RITTAL AS
Postboks 258  N-1401 Ski
Phone: +47 64 85 13 00  Fax: +47 64 85 13 01
Besøksadresse: Regnbueveien 10
N-1405 Langhus
E-mail: rittal@rittal.no  www.rittal.no

254

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

Air/water heat exchangers

Climate control accessories Page 291 Recooling systems Page 264 Software & Services Page 333
Colour:
RAL 7035

Approvals:
Available on the Internet.

Also required:
Cooling water system
such as recooling systems,
see from page 264.

Supply includes:
− Fully wired ready for
connection
− Drilling template
and assembly parts

Detailed drawing:
Available on the Internet.
Performance diagrams:
Available on the Internet.

Wall-mounted, useful cooling output 300/600/1250 W
Model No. SK

3212.230

Temperature control

–

Useful cooling output

3212.1151)

3212.024

Dimensions mm

230, 50/60

600 W
650 W
115, 50/60

24 V (DC)

W x H x D 150 x 300 x 85

Rated current max.

0.11 A/0.13 A

Pre-fuse T

2.0 A

200 x 500 x 100
0.23 A/0.24 A

1.20 A

0.17 A/0.18 A

Water (for specifications see Internet; user manual)
> +1°C to +30°C
1 to 10 bar
+1°C to +70°C

Protection category to IEC 60 529

IP 552)

1250 W
1300 W
200 x 950 x 100
0.38 A/0.4 A
4.0 A

Water inlet temperature
Operating temperature and setting range
Duty cycle

100%

Type of connection

Connection clamp

Terminal strip

Weight

3 kg

7 kg

13 kg

Air throughput of the fans (unimpeded air flow)

280 m3/h

120 m3/h

200 m3/h

Temperature monitoring

–

Accessories

Page

230, 50/60

Cooling medium
Permissible operating pressure p. max.

3215.100

Thermostat-controlled magnetic valve

L 35 W 10, 200 l/h
300 W
L 35 W 10, 400 l/h

Rated operating voltage V, Hz

3214.100

250 m3/h

Internal thermostat, with change-over contact,
switching load 16 A, setting range +20°C to +60°C
(factory setting +35°C)

Packs of

Digital temperature display/thermostat

1

3114.200

3114.200

3114.200

3114.200

3114.200

293

Door-operated switch

1

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

4127.010

496

Condensate hose

1

3301.610

3301.610

3301.610

3301.612

3301.612

303

Flow regulator valve

1

see page 304

1) Extended

delivery times.
65 available on request.
Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.
2) IP

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

255

Air/water heat exchangers
Wall-mounted, useful cooling output 500 W, water-carrying parts CuAl
Model No. SK
Thermostat
(factory setting +35°C)
Useful cooling output

3363.500

3363.100

e-Comfort controller 

–

Basic controller –



Page

L 35 W 10, 400 l/h 500 W
230, 1~,
50/60

Rated operating voltage V, Hz
Dimensions mm

230, 1~,
50/60

W x H x D 280 x 550 x 120

Rated current max.

0.17 A/0.18 A

Pre-fuse T

4.0 A

Cooling medium

Water (for specifications see Internet; user manual)

Water inlet temperature

+1°C to +30°C

Water connection

Quick-release fastener system

Permissible operating pressure p. max.

1 to 10 bar

Operating temperature and setting range

+1°C to +70°C

Protection category to IEC 60 529

IP 551)

Duty cycle

100%

Type of connection

Plug-in terminal strip

Weight

12 kg

Air throughput of the fans (unimpeded air flow)

270/320 m3/h
Packs of

Accessories
Door-operated switch

1

4127.010

4127.010

496

SK BUS system

1

3124.100

–

295

Interface board

1

3124.200

–

295

Condensate hose

1

3301.612

3301.612

303

Threaded adaptor for quick-release fastener
with G3/8˝ internal thread

2

3201.900

3201.900

304

Threaded adaptor for quick-release fastener
with G3/8˝ external thread

2

3201.910

3201.910

304

Flow regulator valve

1

see page 304

1) IP

65 available on request.
Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.

Wall-mounted, useful cooling output 1000 W, water-carrying parts CuAl
Model No. SK
Thermostat
(factory setting +35°C)
Useful cooling output

3364.500

3364.100

e-Comfort controller 

–

Basic controller –



Page

L 35 W 10, 400 l/h 1000 W

Rated operating voltage V, Hz
Dimensions mm

230, 1~, 50/60
W x H x D 280 x 550 x 120

Rated current max.

0.2 A/0.19 A

Pre-fuse T

4.0 A

Cooling medium

Water (for specifications see Internet; user manual)

Water inlet temperature

+1°C to +30°C

Water connection

Quick-release fastener system

Permissible operating pressure p. max.

1 to 10 bar

Operating temperature and setting range

+1°C to +70°C

Protection category to IEC 60 529

IP 551)

Duty cycle

100%

Type of connection

Plug-in terminal strip

Weight

15 kg

Air throughput of the fans (unimpeded air flow)

270/320 m3/h

Accessories

Packs of

Door-operated switch

1

4127.010

4127.010

496

SK BUS system

1

3124.100

–

295

Interface board

1

3124.200

–

295

Condensate hose

1

3301.612

3301.612

303

Threaded adaptor for quick-release fastener
with G3/8˝ internal thread

2

3201.900

3201.900

304

Threaded adaptor for quick-release fastener
with G3/8˝ external thread

2

3201.910

3201.910

304

Flow regulator valve

1

see page 304

1) IP

65 available on request.
Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.

256

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

Air/water heat exchangers
Wall-mounted, useful cooling output 2000 W, water-carrying parts CuAl
Model No. SK
Thermostat
(factory setting +35°C)
Useful cooling output

3373.500

3373.100

e-Comfort controller 

–

Basic controller –



Page

L 35 W 10, 400 l/h 2000 W

Rated operating voltage V, Hz

230, 1~, 50/60

Dimensions mm

W x H x D 400 x 950 x 140

Rated current max.

0.38 A/0.43 A

Pre-fuse T

4.0 A

Cooling medium

Water (for specifications see Internet; user manual)

Water inlet temperature

+1°C to +30°C

Water connection

Quick-release fastener system

Permissible operating pressure p. max.

1 to 10 bar

Operating temperature and setting range

+1°C to +70°C

Protection category to IEC 60 529

IP 551)

Duty cycle

100%

Type of connection

Plug-in terminal strip

Weight

20 kg
600/625 m3/h

Air throughput of the fans (unimpeded air flow)
Packs of

Accessories
Door-operated switch

1

4127.010

4127.010

496

SK BUS system

1

3124.100

–

295

Interface board

1

3124.200

–

295

Condensate hose

1

3301.612

3301.612

303

Threaded adaptor for quick-release fastener
with G3/8˝ internal thread

2

3201.900

3201.900

304

Threaded adaptor for quick-release fastener
with G3/8˝ external thread

2

3201.910

3201.910

304

Flow regulator valve

1

see page 304

1) IP

65 available on request.
Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.

Wall-mounted, useful cooling output 3000 W, water-carrying parts CuAl
Model No. SK
Thermostat
(factory setting +35°C)
Useful cooling output

3374.500

3374.100

e-Comfort controller 

–

Basic controller –



Page

L 35 W 10, 400 l/h 3000 W

Rated operating voltage V, Hz
Dimensions mm

230, 1~, 50/60
W x H x D 400 x 950 x 140

Rated current max.

0.57 A/0.78 A

Pre-fuse T

4.0 A

Cooling medium

Water (for specifications see Internet; user manual)

Water inlet temperature

+1°C to +30°C

Water connection

Quick-release fastener system

Permissible operating pressure p. max.

1 to 10 bar

Operating temperature and setting range

+1°C to +70°C

Protection category to IEC 60 529

IP 551)

Duty cycle

100%

Type of connection

Plug-in terminal strip

Weight

20 kg
700/730 m3/h

Air throughput of the fans (unimpeded air flow)
Accessories

Packs of

Door-operated switch

1

4127.010

4127.010

496

SK BUS system

1

3124.100

–

295

Interface board

1

3124.200

–

295

Condensate hose

1

3301.612

3301.612

303

Threaded adaptor for quick-release fastener
with G3/8˝ internal thread

2

3201.900

3201.900

304

Threaded adaptor for quick-release fastener
with G3/8˝ external thread

2

3201.910

3201.910

304

Flow regulator valve

1

see page 304

1) IP

65 available on request.
Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

257

Air/water heat exchangers
Wall-mounted, useful cooling output 5000 W, water-carrying parts CuAl
Model No. SK
Thermostat
(factory setting +35°C)
Useful cooling output

3375.500

3375.100

e-Comfort controller 

–

Basic controller –



Page

L 35 W 10, 400 l/h 5000 W

Rated operating voltage V, Hz

230, 1~, 50/60

Dimensions mm

W x H x D 450 x 1400 x 220

Rated current max.

1.0 A/1.35 A

Pre-fuse T

4.0 A

Cooling medium

Water (for specifications see Internet; user manual)

Water inlet temperature

+1°C to +30°C

Water connection

Quick-release fastener system

Permissible operating pressure p. max.

1 to 10 bar

Operating temperature and setting range

+1°C to +70°C

Protection category to IEC 60 529

IP 551)

Duty cycle

100%

Type of connection

Plug-in terminal strip

Weight

56 kg
2365/2,750 m3/h

Air throughput of the fans (unimpeded air flow)
Packs of

Accessories
Door-operated switch

1

4127.010

4127.010

496

SK BUS system

1

3124.100

–

295

Interface board

1

3124.200

–

295

Condensate hose

1

3301.612

3301.612

303

Threaded adaptor for quick-release fastener
with G3/8˝ internal thread

2

3201.900

3201.900

304

Threaded adaptor for quick-release fastener
with G3/8˝ external thread

2

3201.910

3201.910

304

Flow regulator valve

1

see page 304

1) IP

65 available on request.
Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.

Wall-mounted, useful cooling output 7000 W
Model No. SK

3216.4801)

Temperature control

Thermostat-controlled magnetic valve

Useful cooling output

Page

L 35 W 10, 500 l/h 7000 W
L 35 W 20, 500 l/h 4500 W

Rated operating voltage V, Hz
Dimensions mm

400, 3~, 50/60

460, 3~, 60

W x H x D 450 x 1800 x 300

Rated current max.

1.4 A/1.6 A

Pre-fuse T

4.0 A, 3-pole

1.2 A

Power consumption Pel

450 W/700 W

Cooling medium

Water (for specifications see Internet; user manual)

Water inlet temperature

+1°C to +30°C

Permissible operating pressure p. max.

1 to 10 bar

Operating temperature and setting range

+1°C to +70°C

Protection category to IEC 60 529

IP 552)

Duty cycle

100%

Type of connection

Terminal strip

Weight

79 kg
2400 m3/h

Air throughput of the fans (unimpeded air flow)
Accessories

630 W

Packs of

Digital temperature display/thermostat

1

3114.200

293

Door-operated switch

1

4127.010

496

Condensate hose

1

3301.612

Flow regulator valve

1

303
see page 304

1) Extended

delivery times.
65 available on request.
Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.
2) IP

258

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

Air/water heat exchangers
Wall-mounted, useful cooling output 500 W, water-carrying parts V4A (1.4571)
3363.5041)

Model No. SK
Thermostat
(factory setting +35°C)
Useful cooling output

3363.1041)

e-Comfort controller 

–

Basic controller –



Page

L 35 W 10, 400 l/h 500 W

Rated operating voltage V, Hz

230, 1~, 50/60

External transformer

–

Dimensions mm

–

W x H x D 280 x 550 x 120

Rated current max.

0.17 A/0.18 A

Pre-fuse T

4.0 A

Cooling medium

Water (for specifications see Internet; user manual)

Water inlet temperature

+1°C to +30°C

Permissible operating pressure p. max.

1 to 10 bar

Operating temperature and setting range

+1°C to +70°C

Protection category to IEC 60 529

IP 552)

Duty cycle

100%

Type of connection

Plug-in terminal strip

Water connection

Quick-release fastener system3)

Weight

12 kg
270/320 m3/h

Air throughput of the fans (unimpeded air flow)
Packs of

Accessories
Door-operated switch

1

4127.010

4127.010

496

SK BUS system

1

3124.100

–

295

Interface board

1

3124.200

–

295

Condensate hose

1

3301.612

3301.612

303

Flow regulator valve

1

see page 304

1) Extended

delivery times.
65 available on request.
adaptor for quick-release fastener available on request.
Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.
2) IP

3) Threaded

Wall-mounted, useful cooling output 750 W, water-carrying parts V4A (1.4571)
3364.5041)

Model No. SK
Thermostat
(factory setting +35°C)
Useful cooling output

3364.1041)

e-Comfort controller 

–

Basic controller –



L 35 W 10, 400 l/h 750 W

Rated operating voltage V, Hz

230, 1~, 50/60

External transformer
Dimensions mm

–

–

W x H x D 280 x 550 x 120

Rated current max.

0.2 A/0.19 A

Pre-fuse T

4.0 A

Cooling medium

Water (for specifications see Internet; user manual)

Water inlet temperature

+1°C to +30°C

Permissible operating pressure p. max.

1 to 10 bar

Operating temperature and setting range

+1°C to +70°C

Protection category to IEC 60 529

IP 552)

Duty cycle

100%

Type of connection

Plug-in terminal strip

Water connection

Quick-release fastener system3)

Weight

15 kg
270/320 m3/h

Air throughput of the fans (unimpeded air flow)
Accessories

Page

Packs of

Door-operated switch

1

4127.010

4127.010

496

SK BUS system

1

3124.100

–

295

Interface board

1

3124.200

–

295

Condensate hose

1

3301.612

3301.612

303

Flow regulator valve

1

see page 304

1) Extended delivery times.
2) IP 65 available on request.
3) Threaded adaptor for quick-release fastener available on request.
Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

259

Air/water heat exchangers
Wall-mounted, useful cooling output 1750 W, water-carrying parts V4A (1.4571)
3373.5041)

Model No. SK
Thermostat
(factory setting +35°C)
Useful cooling output

3373.1041)

e-Comfort controller 

–

Basic controller –



Page

L 35 W 10, 400 l/h 1750 W

Rated operating voltage V, Hz

230, 1~, 50/60

Dimensions mm

W x H x D 400 x 950 x 140

Rated current max.

0.38 A/0.43 A

Pre-fuse T

4.0 A

Cooling medium

Water (for specifications see Internet; user manual)

Water inlet temperature

+1°C to +30°C

Permissible operating pressure p. max.

1 to 10 bar

Operating temperature and setting range

+1°C to +70°C

Protection category to IEC 60 529

IP 552)

Duty cycle

100%

Type of connection

Plug-in terminal strip

Water connection

Quick-release fastener system3)

Weight

20 kg
600/625 m3/h

Air throughput of the fans (unimpeded air flow)
Packs of

Accessories
Door-operated switch

1

4127.010

4127.010

496

SK BUS system

1

3124.100

–

295

Interface board

1

3124.200

–

295

Condensate hose

1

3301.612

3301.612

303

Flow regulator valve

1

see page 304

1) Extended

delivery times.
65 available on request.
3) Threaded adaptor for quick-release fastener available on request.
Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.
2) IP

Wall-mounted, useful cooling output 2500 W, water-carrying parts V4A (1.4571)
3374.5041)

Model No. SK
Thermostat
(factory setting +35°C)
Useful cooling output

3374.1041)

e-Comfort controller 

–

Basic controller –



L 35 W 10, 400 l/h 2500 W

Rated operating voltage V, Hz
Dimensions mm

230, 1~, 50/60
W x H x D 400 x 950 x 140

Rated current max.

0.57 A/0.78 A

Pre-fuse T

4.0 A

Cooling medium

Water (for specifications see Internet; user manual)

Water inlet temperature

+1°C to +30°C

Permissible operating pressure p. max.

1 to 10 bar

Operating temperature and setting range

+1°C to +70°C

Protection category to IEC 60 529

IP 552)

Duty cycle

100%

Type of connection

Plug-in terminal strip

Water connection

Quick-release fastener system3)

Weight

20 kg
700/730 m3/h

Air throughput of the fans (unimpeded air flow)
Accessories

Page

Packs of

Door-operated switch

1

4127.010

4127.010

496

SK BUS system

1

3124.100

–

295

Interface board

1

3124.200

–

295

Condensate hose

1

3301.612

3301.612

303

Flow regulator valve

1

see page 304

1) Extended delivery times.
2) IP 65 available on request.
3) Threaded adaptor for quick-release fastener available on request.
Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.

260

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

Air/water heat exchangers
Wall-mounted, useful cooling output 4000 W, water-carrying parts V4A (1.4571)
3375.5041)

Model No. SK
Thermostat
(factory setting +35°C)
Useful cooling output

3375.1041)

e-Comfort controller 

–

Basic controller –



L 35 W 10, 400 l/h 4000 W

Rated operating voltage V, Hz
Dimensions mm

230, 1~, 50/60
W x H x D 450 x 1400 x 220

Rated current max.

1.0 A/1.35 A

Pre-fuse T

4.0 A

Cooling medium

Water (for specifications see Internet; user manual)

Water inlet temperature

+1°C to +30°C

Permissible operating pressure p. max.

1 to 10 bar

Operating temperature and setting range

+1°C to +70°C

Protection category to IEC 60 529

IP 552)

Duty cycle

100%

Type of connection

Plug-in terminal strip

Water connection

Quick-release fastener system3)

Weight

56 kg
2365/2750 m3/h

Air throughput of the fans (unimpeded air flow)
Accessories

Page

Packs of

Door-operated switch

1

4127.010

4127.010

496

SK BUS system

1

3124.100

–

295

Interface board

1

3124.200

–

295

Condensate hose

1

3301.612

3301.612

303

Flow regulator valve

1

see page 304

1) Extended

delivery times.
65 available on request.
3) Threaded adaptor for quick-release fastener available on request.
Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.
2) IP

Rittal Sweden
RITTAL Scandinavian ab
Rittalgatan 1  SE-262 73 Ängelholm
Phone: +46 (431) 44 26 00
Fax: +46 (431) 44 26 44
E-mail: info@rittal.se  www.rittal.se

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

261

Cold Plate

Recooling systems page 264 Accessories for climate control page 291
Liquid-cooled partial
mounting plate with drilling
surface and T channel
Whole surface can be used by
the customer for own tapped
holes (blind holes) to a maximum drilling depth of 12 mm.
Alternatively, drive units may be
secured to the T channel
depending on the version.

Design:
− Press-fitted copper or stainless steel tubes, dependent
on the application, in closed
recooling systems or existing
(open) water infrastructure.
− Cooling water connection:
G1/4˝, anti-twist
Supply includes:
Mounting accessories for
system integration into TS 8.

Further technical information
is available at www.rittal.com

Accessories:
− Quick-action vent valve,
see page 263.
− Accessories for fluid distributor connection, see page 263.
− TS punched section with
mounting flange 17 x 73 mm
for the outer mounting level,
see page 459.
− Recooling systems for closed
cooling circuits,
see from page 264.
− System attachment
SK 8616.700, see page 263.

Detailed drawing:
Available on the Internet.

Cold Plate incl. T channel for frequency converters
Model No. SK
For installation in
Dimensions mm

8616.622

8616.802

8616.822

Enclosure width mm 600

8616.602

600

800

800

Enclosure depth (side) mm 600

600

800

800

W 499
H 399
D 20

499
399
20

699
399
20

699
399
20
3000 W

Output1)

2500 W

2500 W

3000 W

Material

CU

VA

CU

VA

Packs of

1

1

1

1

.
25°C medium inlet temperature, Cold Plate surface temperature ≈ 50°C, medium flowrate Q = 200 l/h, surface roughness: 1.2 μm.
Special sizes available on request.

1) At

Rittal Spain
RITTAL Disprel S.A.
Mas Baiona, 40
Polígono Industrial Can Roqueta
08202 Sabadell (Barcelona)
Phone: +34 937 001 300
Fax: +34 937 001 301
E-mail: info@rittal.es  www.rittal.es

262

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

Cold Plate
Accessories
Fluid distribution manifold

Packs of

Model No. SK

1 set

8616.750

For the connection of up to 4 Cold Plate units.
Supply includes:
− 2 fluid distribution manifold blocks
(inlet and return)
− Screw plugs G1/4˝, G3/8˝
− Connector sleeves G1/2˝
− Seals

Accessories:
Flexible hose, see page 263.
Also required:
Quick-action vent valve, see page 263.

Flexible hose
For connection of the Cold Plate to a fluid distribution manifold or direct fluid connection.
Supply includes:
− 2 flexible hoses G1/4˝
− Seals

Quick-action vent valve
To vent the complete Cold Plate system.
Easily mounted on the fluid distribution manifold.

Packs of

Length
mm

Material

Model No. SK

1 set

500

CU

8616.772

1 set

1000

CU

8616.773

1 set

500

VA

8616.7601)

1 set

1000

VA

8616.7611)

1) Extended

delivery times.

Packs of

Model No. SK

1

8616.762

Supply includes:
− Quick-action vent valve G3/8˝
− Seal

System attachment
for frequency converters
For mounting frequency converters on the
Cold Plate.
Supply includes:
− Wire clamp system
− T-slot blocks

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

For the attachment
of frequency converters

Packs
of

Model No.
SK

with all-round clamping surface

1

8616.700

with side clamping surfaces

1

8616.710

with clamping surfaces top
and bottom

1

8616.720

263

Chillers for water

Air/water heat exchangers From page 252 Overflow valve Page 304 Cooling medium Page 305
Technical design:
− Compact, modular layout of
the refrigeration components
− With RiNano coating
− Pump to convey the medium
− Precise temperature control,
based on microprocessor
technology
− Collective fault signal with
floating contact

Colour:
RAL 7035

Approvals:
Available on the Internet.

Protection category:
IP 44 (electrics)

Layout diagram:
Available on the Internet.

Supply includes:
− Recooling system wired ready
for connection
− Multi-lingual documentation
− Functional diagram and
wiring plans

Characteristic curves of pump:
Available on the Internet.
Other options:
Available on the Internet.

TopTherm, cooling output 1/1.5 kW
Model No. SK

3318.600

Rated operating voltage V, Hz

230, 50/60

3318.610

3319.600

Cooling output at
Tw = 10°C/Tu = 32°C
Tw = 18°C/Tu = 32°C

0.8 kW/0.9 kW
1.0 kW/1.1 kW

1.2 kW/1.3 kW
1.5 kW/1.7 kW

Power consumption

0.63 kW/0.78 kW

0.85 kW/1.05 kW

Rated current max.

4.2 A/4.1 A

5.4 A/5.3 A

Pre-fuse T

10 A

Refrigerant

R134a

Number of cooling circuits

1
Environment

+15°C to +43°C

Liquid media

+10°C to +30°C

Pump capacity

See characteristic curve of pump

Design

Pressure-sealed

Open

Pressure-sealed

Open

Tank

–

Made from PP plastic

–

Made from PP plastic

2.5 l

–

2.5 l

Tank capacity

–

Water connections

1/ ˝
2

Weight

48 kg

Air throughput of fans

900 m3/h

Temperature control
Accessories
Metal filters

Page

W 600
H 400
D 430

Dimensions mm

Temperature range

3319.610

internal thread
51 kg

Microcontroller control (factory setting +20°C)
Packs of
1

3286.510

3286.510

3286.510

3286.510

300

Customised solutions and technical modifications available on request.
We reserve the right to make technical modifications.

264

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

Chillers for water
TopTherm, cooling output 3/4.5/6 kW
Model No. SK

3320.600

Rated operating voltage V, Hz

400, 3~, 50/60/460, 3~, 601)

3334.600

W 602
H 676
D 645

Dimensions mm

3334.6602)
602
1050
645

Cooling output at
Tw = 10°C/Tu = 32°C
Tw = 18°C/Tu = 32°C

2.7 kW/3.0 kW
3.0 kW/3.4 kW

3.9 kW/4.7 kW
4.5 kW/5.4 kW

4.8 kW/5.2 kW/5.2 kW
6.0 kW/6.6 kW/6.6 kW

Power consumption

1.72 kW/1.95 kW

2.00 kW/2.51 kW

4.3 kW/5.1 kW/5.1 kW

Rated current max.

3.8 A/4.6 A/3.9 A

4.9 A/5.9 A/5.0 A

Pre-fuse T

10 A

Refrigerant

R134a

Number of cooling circuits

1

Temperature range

Environment

+15°C to +43°C

Liquid media

+10°C to +30°C
See characteristic curve of pump

Tank

Made from PP plastic
30 l

Water connections

1/ ˝
2

Weight (empty)

88 kg

8 A/9.7 A/8 A
16 A

Pump capacity
Tank capacity

Page

3/ ˝
4

internal thread
94 kg

Air throughput of fans

1785 m3/h

Temperature control

Microcontroller control (factory setting +20°C)

internal thread

125 kg
2200/2500 m3/h

Accessories
Metal filters

Packs of

3286.520

3286.520

3286.510

1

1

2

300

1) Supports

multiple voltages without rewiring.
fill level display.
Special voltages and technical modifications available on request.
We reserve the right to make technical modifications.
2) Integral

Rittal South Korea
RITTAL Co., Ltd.
Seoul Head Office
3rd Floor Asaan Venture Tower B/D
315-6 Yangjae-Dong
Seocho-Gu  Seoul 137-896  Korea
Phone: +82 (0)2-577-6525
Fax: +82 (0)2-577-6526
E-mail: rittal@rittal.co.kr  www.rittal.co.kr

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

265

Chillers for water

Air/water heat exchangers From page 252 Overflow valve Page 304 Cooling medium Page 305
Technical design:
− Compact, modular configuration of the cooling components with integral water tank
− With RiNano coating
− Pump to convey the medium
− Precise temperature control,
based on microprocessor
technology
− Open system with tank
− Collective fault signal with
floating contact

Colour:
RAL 7035
Protection category:
IP 44 (electrics)

Supply includes:
− Recooling system wired ready
for connection
− Multi-lingual documentation
− Functional diagram and
wiring plans

Approvals:
Available on the Internet.
Layout diagram:
Available on the Internet.
Characteristic curves of pump:
Available on the Internet.
Other options:
Available on the Internet.

TopTherm, for wall mounting, cooling output 1/2.5/4 kW
Model No. SK

3360.100

Rated operating voltage V, Hz

400, 3~, 50/60/460, 3~, 601)
W 400
H 950
D 310

Dimensions mm

3360.250

3360.470

400
1580
290

500
1580
390

Cooling output at
Tw = 10°C/Tu = 32°C
Tw = 18°C/Tu = 32°C

0.8 W/0.9 kW
1.0 kW/1.1 kW

2.1 kW/2.3 kW
2.5 kW/2.8 kW

3.3 kW/3.7 kW
4.0 kW/4.5 kW

Power consumption

0.7 kW/0.76 kW

1.55 kW/2.0 kW

1.85 kW/2.74 kW

Rated current max.

2.7 A/3.0 A

3.7 A/3.8 A

4.6 A/5.2 A

Pre-fuse T

10 A

Refrigerant

R134a

Number of cooling circuits

1

Temperature range

Environment

+15°C to +43°C

Liquid media

+10°C to +30°C

Pump capacity

See characteristic curve of pump

Tank

Plastic

Tank capacity

5l

Water connections

Quick-release coupling
(counterpart included in accessory bag)

3/ ˝
4

Weight

47 kg

78 kg

103 kg

Air throughput of fans

500 m3/h

710 m3/h

2000 m3/h

Temperature control

Microcontroller control (factory setting +20°C)

Accessories

10 l

Page

15 l
internal thread

Packs of

Filter mat

1

3286.400

3286.400

3286.400

299

Metal filters

1

3286.410

3286.410

3286.410

300

1) Supports multiple voltages without rewiring.
Special voltages and technical modifications available on request.
We reserve the right to make technical modifications.

266

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

Chillers for water

Climate control accessories Page 291
● One version for two
frequencies = international
compatibility
● Series product available from
stock
● Fast delivery, as pre-assembled modules can simply be
combined into a recooling
system

Benefits:
● Modular design
● Small footprint
● Convenient servicing
● High reliability thanks to
standard water bypass

Colour:
RAL 7035

Layout diagram:
Available on the Internet.

Protection category:
IP 44

Characteristic curves of pump:
Available on the Internet.

Supply includes:
Fully wired unit ready for
connection with side panels
and door.

Other options:
Available on the Internet.

TopTherm, cooling output 8 – 40 kW
Model No. SK

3335.590

Rated operating voltage V, Hz

400, 3~, 50 Hz/460, 3~, 60 Hz
W 805
H 1600
D 805

Dimensions mm

3335.600

3335.610

3335.620

805
2000
805

3335.630

3335.640

1205
2000
805

3335.650

3335.660

1605
2000
805

2405
2000
805

Cooling output1)
at Tw = 10°C/Tu = 32°C

6.5/7.6 kW

6.5/7.6 kW

10.3/11.3 kW

13.8/15.2 kW 16.6/18.7 kW 21.6/23.8 kW

27.6/30.4 kW

33.5/37.5 kW

Cooling output1)
at Tw = 18°C/Tu = 32°C

8/8.6 kW

8/8.6 kW

12/13.1 kW

16/17.6 kW

32/35.2 kW

40/44 kW

20/21.8 kW

25/27.6 kW

Power consumption max. kW

3.4/4.0

3.4/4.0

5.9/6.4

6.7/8.0

8.0/9.9

10.5/12.9

13.5/15.9

16.0/19.8

Rated current max. A

6.4/6.0

6.4/6.0

8.2/9.5

11.1/11.3

15.9/13.9

20.3/20.7

22.2/22.6

31.7/31.5

Refrigerant

R410A

Number of cooling circuits

1

Temperature range – environment

+10°C to +43°C

Page

2

Temperature range – water

+7°C to +25°C

Pump capacity at 2.5 bar (l/min.)
50/60 Hz

35/70

30/85

50/140

60/40 (at 60 Hz 3.7 bar)

Tank capacity l

80

Water connections

1˝

170

Weight (empty) kg

245

Temperature control

Microcontroller cotnrol (factory setting +18°C, differential value control also possible)

11/4˝
250

270

325

425

425

580

940

Packs of

Accessories
Metal filters

1

3286.550

3286.550

3286.530

3286.530

3286.540

3286.540

3286.5302)

3286.5402)

300

Levelling feet

4

7493.100

7493.100

7493.100

7493.100

7493.100

7493.100

7493.100

7493.100

371

4

Levelling feet with
vibration dampening
Base/plinth components
front and rear
Base/plinth trim panels,
side
Cooling
medium

7493.230

7493.230

7493.230

7493.230

7493.230

7493.230

7493.230

7493.230

373

100 mm 8601.805

8601.805

8601.805

8601.805

8601.200

8601.200

8601.8052)

8601.2002)

361

200 mm 8602.805

8602.805

8602.805

8602.805

8602.200

8602.200

8602.8052)

8602.2002)

361

100 mm 8601.085

8601.085

8601.085

8601.085

8601.085

8601.085

8601.085

8601.085

362

200 mm 8602.085

8602.085

8602.085

8602.085

8602.085

8602.085

8602.085

8602.085

362

10 l 3301.960

3301.960

3301.960

3301.960

3301.960

3301.960

3301.960

3301.960

305

Canister
Barrel

1) Without

pump heat losses.

2)

25 l 3301.965

3301.965

3301.965

3301.965

3301.965

3301.965

3301.965

3301.965

305

200 l 3301.967

3301.967

3301.967

3301.967

3301.967

3301.967

3301.967

3301.967

305

2 packs. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

267

Chillers for water

Air/water heat exchangers from page 252 Climate control accessories Page 291 Cooling medium Page 305
Technical design:
− Robust industrial standard
− Variable air routing is
possible via the l/h or r/h
side panel
− Floating contact for collective
fault signal

Colour:
RAL 7035

Approvals:
Available on the Internet.

Accessories:
− Metal filter mats
− Castors
− Bypass valve
on request

Protection category:
IP 44 (electrics)
Supply includes:
− Recooling system
wired ready for connection
− Multi-lingual documentation
− Functional diagram and
wiring plans

Layout diagram:
Available on the Internet.
Characteristic curves of pump:
Available on the Internet.
Other options:
Available on the Internet.

In floor-standing enclosure, cooling output 2.1 to 7.7 kW
Model No. SK

3336.100

Rated operating voltage V, Hz

400, 3~, 50

Dimensions mm

W 470
H 725
D 540

Cooling output at
Tw = 10°C/Tu = 32°C
Tw = 18°C/Tu = 32°C

3336.200

3336.300

485
965
650

1.7 kW
2.1 kW

2.1 kW
2.6 kW

3336.500

3336.600

3336.650

4.8 kW
6.2 kW

5.2 kW
7.7 kW

595
1180
800
2.3 kW
3.4 kW

3.6 kW
5.0 kW

Power consumption

1.5 kW

1.7 kW

2.3 kW

2.9 kW

3.7 kW

3.9 kW

Rated current max.

3.4 A

3.0 A

4.2 A

5.5 A

6.2 A

7.3 A

Refrigerant

R134a

Number of cooling circuits

1

Temperature range

Environment

+15°C to +43°C

Liquid media

+10°C to +25°C

Pump capacity

See characteristic curve of pump

Tank

Made from stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304)

Tank capacity

17 l

Water connections

3/

Weight

75 kg

97 kg

99 kg

141 kg

Air throughput of fans

700 m3/h

1250 m3/h

1785 m3/h

3140 m3/h

Temperature control

Electronic control with digital display (factory setting +18°C)

4˝

33 l

57 l

internal thread

1˝ internal thread
143 kg

147 kg

Extended delivery times.
Special voltages, other frequencies, and technical modifications available on request.
We reserve the right to make technical modifications.

268

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

Chillers for water
In floor-standing enclosure, cooling output 10 to 25 kW
Model No. SK

3336.700

Rated operating voltage
V, Hz

400, 3~, 50/460, 3~, 60

Dimensions mm

3336.710

3336.720

W 615
H 1178
D 1160

Cooling output at
Tw = 10°C/Tu = 32°C
Tw = 18°C/Tu = 32°C

8.3/10.4 kW
10.0/12.6 kW

3336.730

3336.740

3336.750

17.0/20.7 kW
20.9/25.4 kW

20.6/26.4 kW
25.2/32.3 kW

715
1178
1360
11.9/15.5 kW
14.4/18.7 kW

13.5/16.6 kW
16.3/20.1 kW

15.0/18.1 kW
18.5/22.4 kW

Power consumption

3.8 kW

4.8 kW

5.3 kW

6.4 kW

7.1 kW

13.1 kW

Rated current max.

10.6 A

13.1 A

14.1 A

16.2 A

18.2 A

23.7 A

250 kg

260 kg

Refrigerant

R407C

Number of cooling circuits

1

Temperature range

Environment
Liquid media

+15°C to +43°C1)
+10°C to +25°C

Pump capacity

See characteristic curve

Tank

Made from stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304)

Tank capacity

60 l

Water connections

1˝ internal thread

100 l

Weight

215 kg

Air throughput of fans

6280 m3/h

Temperature control

Electronic control with digital display (factory setting +18°C)

225 kg

235 kg

240 kg
10880 m3/h

1) SK

3336.720 and SK 3336.750 +15°C to +40°C at 60 Hz.
Delivery times available on request.
Special voltages and technical modifications available on request.
We reserve the right to make technical modifications.

In floor-standing enclosure, cooling output 32 to 59 kW
Model No. SK

3339.100

Rated operating voltage
V, Hz
Dimensions mm

3339.200

400, 3~, 50/460, 3~, 60

26.2/31.4 kW
32.0/38.4 kW

3339.280

400, 3~, 50

W 815
H 1400
D 1560

Cooling output at
Tw = 10°C/Tu = 32°C
Tw = 18°C/Tu = 32°C

3339.250

1000
1800
2000
29.6/35.5 kW
36.2/43.5 kW

40.0 kW
46.7 kW

52.0 kW
59.0 kW

Power consumption

18.3 kW

18.6 kW

20.6 kW

36.8 kW

Rated current max.

29.2 A

30.7 A

36.8 A

41.1 A

Refrigerant

R407C

Number of cooling circuits
Temperature range

1
Environment

+15°C to +43°C

Liquid media

+15°C to +25°C

+15°C to +40°C

Pump capacity

See characteristic curve

Tank

Made from stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304)

Tank capacity

150 l

220 l

Water connections

11/4˝ internal thread

11/2˝ internal thread

Weight

260 kg

Air throughput of fans

16000 m3/h

Temperature control

Electronic control with digital display (factory setting +18°C)

300 kg

680 kg

740 kg

32000 m3/h

Extended delivery times.
Special voltages and technical modifications available on request.
We reserve the right to make technical modifications.

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

269

270

IT cooling
Roof-mounted cooling units
TopTherm for office and IT applications ............... 1100/3000 W ..............246

Chillers for IT cooling
Chillers for IT cooling.............................................. 15 – 123 kW ..............272
Chillers for IT cooling............................................ 155 – 481 kW ..............273

CRAC system
CRAC system CW ............................................ 27.8 – 137.4 kW ..............274
CRAC system DX ............................................... 19.2 – 56.2 kW ..............276

Aisle containment
Aisle containment ......................................................................................278

Liquid Cooling Package
TopTherm LCP Rack CW and DX ........................... up to 60 kW ..............279
TopTherm LCP Inline CW and DX ........................... up to 60 kW ..............280
TopTherm LCP T3+ CW .......................................... up to 25 kW ..............281
TopTherm LCP Passive CW ............................................. 20 kW ..............282
Accessories ...............................................................................................283

271

Chillers for IT cooling

Climate control accessories Page 291
Application:
Especially for cooling IT applications, such as LCP or air/water
heat exchangers. Safety-relevant features such as redundant
speed-controlled pumps, compressors or buffer stores are the
distinguishing features of these
atmospherically sealed systems.

Technical design:
− Compact design with control
components in the front and
air intake via both side panels, air outlet upwards.
− Pressure-sealed system
− Digital thermostat for temperature control with setpoint and
actual value display
− Monitoring interface with
Rittal CMC II supported.
− Flow monitor

Protection category:
IP 54
Supply includes:
− Chiller wired ready for connection
− Multi-lingual documentation
− Functional diagram and
wiring plans

Options:
− Free cooling may be integrated from 67 kW.
Please follow the instructions!
− Buffer store for separate siting
− Emergency cooling with
mains water infeed
− Integral bypass
− Special voltages
Note:
Technical deviations in terms
of cooling output, dimensions
or weight are possible for unit
types with free cooling.
Layout diagram:
Available on the Internet.

Cooling output 15 to 124 kW
Model No. SK

3232.700 3232.710 3232.720 3232.730 3232.740 3232.750 3232.760 3232.770 3232.780 3232.790

Rated operating voltage V, Hz

400, 3~, 50
W 810
H 1542
D 1560

Dimensions mm
Cooling output1)

15 kW

810
1542
1560

810
1542
1560

1000
1780
2000

1100
1606
2450

1100
1606
2950

1100
1606
2950

1100
1606
2950

1100
1875
2950

1100
1875
2950

24 kW

36 kW

48 kW

67 kW

77 kW

88 kW

99 kW

117 kW

124 kW

Power consumption

6.9 kW

9.7 kW

14.6 kW

21 kW

21 kW

24 kW

26 kW

29 kW

36 kW

41 kW

Rated current max.

23.0 A

25.0 A

37.0 A

46.5 A

52.2 A

59.2 A

64.2 A

69.2 A

84.1 A

89.1 A

Refrigerant

R407C

R410A

Pmax. cooling circuit

28 bar

45 bar

Temperature range

Environment

–20°C to +43°C

Liquid media

+5°C to +15°C

Pump capacity

60 l/min.

Pump pressure

2.5 bar

Number of cooling circuits

1

Tank with 10 mm condensate insulation

Steel

Tank capacity

48 l

Water connections

1˝

Operating weight

375 kg

Colour

RAL 7035

Air throughput of fans
Temperature control

m3/h 10880

120 l/min.

240 l/min.

500 l/min.

2
100 l
390 kg

1 1/4˝

2˝

480 kg

710 kg

300 l

500 l
2 1/2˝

831 kg

896 kg

906 kg

912 kg

1119 kg

1123 kg

RAL 9002
14000

18000

22000

27000

34100

Electronic control with digital display (factory setting +15°C)

1) The performance data varies according to the option package chosen, and should be taken from the IT chiller configurator (see Internet).
Extended delivery times. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.

272

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

Chillers for IT cooling
Cooling output 155 to 481 kW
Model No. SK

3232.800 3232.810 3232.820 3232.890

Rated operating voltage V, Hz

400, 3~, 50
W 1100
H 1875
D 2950

Dimensions mm
Cooling output1)

155 kW

3232.830 3232.840 3232.850 3232.860 3232.870 3232.880

1100
1875
2950

1100
1875
3950

1500
1975
4350

2200
2450
3400

2200
2450
3400

2200
2450
3400

2200
2450
4250

2200
2450
4250

2200
2450
4250

172 kW

196 kW

235 kW

262 kW

291 kW

326 kW

387 kW

430 kW

481 kW

Power consumption

47 kW

52 kW

60 kW

70 kW

80 kW

93 kW

106 kW

121 kW

141 kW

159 kW

Rated current max.

108 A

120 A

127 A

149 A

181 A

203 A

225 A

293 A

307 A

336 A

Refrigerant

R410A

Pmax. cooling circuit

45 bar

Temperature range

Environment

–20°C to +43°C

Liquid media

+5°C to +15°C

Pump capacity

500 l/min.

Pump pressure

2.5 bar

Number of cooling circuits

2

500 l/min. 810 l/min.

1200 l/min.

Tank with 10 mm condensate insulation

Steel

Tank capacity

500 l

700 l

1000 l

Water connections

2 1/2˝

3˝

4˝

Operating weight

1308 kg

Colour

RAL 9002

Air throughput of fans
Temperature control

m3/h 32600

1321 kg

1489 kg

1933 kg

2546 kg

2693 kg

2843 kg

3148 kg

3354 kg

3576 kg

50000

49000

72800

71500

70200

106200

104100

102000

Electronic control with digital display (factory setting +15°C)

1) The performance data varies according to the option package chosen, and should be taken from the IT chiller configurator (see Internet).
Extended delivery times. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.

Rittal Austria
RITTAL Schaltschränke Gesellschaft m.b.H.
Laxenburger Straße 246a  A-1239 Wien
Phone: +43 (0) 5 99 40-0
Fax: +43 (0) 5 99 40-99 0
E-mail: info@rittal.at  www.rittal.at

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

273

CRAC system CW

Chillers for IT cooling Page 272 Liquid Cooling Package Page 279

The heated cooling water is
cooled in an external recooling
system outside of the building.

Equipment:
− User-friendly, high-quality controller with an extensive range
of functions and connectivity.
− Space-saving, readily accessible, high-efficiency fan.
− Flow and energy-optimised
special heat exchanger with
a generous safety factor.

T

B

H1

Benefits:
● Broad output range, suitable
for use with a wide range of
cooling media.
● The unit supports optimum
integration of both hardware
and software.
● Optimum energy and space
efficiency thanks to intelligent
design features, such as the
slanted heat exchanger and
base-integrated fan.
● Frame based on the popular
TS 8 system.

Colour:
RAL 7035

1
2
H2

Application and mode
of operation:
The CRAC system draws warm
waste air from the top of your
data centre, cools it using water
in a closed heat exchanger, and
blows the cooled, filtered supply air into the raised floor with
overpressure.

3

1 Water inlet,

condensate discharge,
humidifier inlet
2 Electrical connection
3 Water return

Base unit
Model No. SK

Top piece
Dimensions mm
Connection voltage

W (B)
H1
D (T)
V/Ph/Hz

3301.620

3301.660

3301.830

3301.870

1100
1950
650

1100
1950
850

1800
1950
850

2600
1950
850

400/3/50

400/3/50

400/3/50

400/3/50

3300.310

3300.320

3300.330

1

1

2

3

500

550

550

550

350

350

350

350

Fan unit in base
Model No. SK

Supporting structure with fan
No. of fans
Height of supporting structure mm1)
Min. raised floor height mm
1)

Quantity
H2

3300.340

Other supporting structure heights available on request.

274

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

CRAC system CW
Base unit
Model No. SK

3301.620

3301.660

3301.830

3301.870

33000

Rated volumetric flow
Air volume

m3/h

6000

11000

22000

External compression

Pa

20

20

20

20

Support area

m2

0.72

0.94

1.53

2.21

Weight

kg

340

385

585

843

Cooling – cold water 7°C/12°C and air inlet 24°C/50% relative humidity
Cooling output, total

kW

27.8

45.7

90.2

137.4

Cooling output, sensitive

kW

23.4

39.8

79.4

119.5

0.84

0.87

0.88

0.87

m3/h

4.78

7.85

15.49

23.6

Cooler pressure loss

kPa

33.4

39

37.6

37.5

Valve pressure loss

kPa

22.8

24.1

38.4

34.8

Rp 1

Rp 1 1/4

Rp 1 1/2

Rp 2

SHR1)
Volumetric flow of medium

Connection
Cooling – cold water 10°C/15°C and air inlet 26°C/45% relative humidity
Cooling output, total

kW

22.9

39.1

77.4

117.2

Cooling output, sensitive

kW

22.9

39.1

77.4

117.2

1

1

1

1

3.94

6.72

13.3

20.2

SHR1)
Volumetric flow of medium

m3/h

Cooler pressure loss

kPa

23.4

29.1

28.2

27.8

Valve pressure loss

kPa

15.5

17.6

28.3

25.5

Rp 1

Rp 1 1/4

Rp 1 1/2

Rp 2

G4

G4

G4

G4
79

Connection
Filter in intake
Design

Cassette filter

Filter class to DIN EN 779
Noise data
Sound power level, intake end

dB (A)

69

74

77

Sound power level, discharging end

dB (A)

79

82

85

87

Enclosure radiation

dB (A)

55

60

63

65

Sound pressure level in empty space (2 m distance)

dB (A)

57

62

65

67

1)

SHR = Sensible Heat Ratio. We reserve the right to make technical modifications in line with progress.

Fan unit
EC motor, directly driven, free-running

Design
Qty.
Power consumption, total
Max. current rating

Quantity

1

1

2

3

kW

0.6

1.4

3.1

4.6

A

1.5

4.6

9.2

13.8

Options
Steam humidification
Design
Max. steam output
Max. power consumption
Max. current rating
Water inlet connection
Water discharge connection

Electrode steam humidifier
kg/h

8

8

15

15

kW

6

6

11.3

11.3

A

8.7

8.7

16.3

16.3

G 1/2

G 1/2

G 1/2

G 1/2

mm

40

40

40

40

kW

4.5

7.5

15

22.5

A

6.5

10.8

21.7

32.5

3300.290

3300.291

3300.292

3300.293

Inches

Electric heater
Design
Max. thermal output
Max. current rating

Bare-tube heater, permanently controlled

Energy-saving extractor plenum
For top-mounting on CRAC systems

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

275

CRAC system DX

Chillers for IT cooling Page 272 Liquid Cooling Package Page 279
Equipment:
− User-friendly, high-quality controller with an extensive range
of functions and connectivity.
− Space-saving, readily accessible, high-efficiency fan.
− Flow and energy-optimised
special heat exchanger with
a generous safety factor.

T

B

H1

Benefits:
● Broad output range, suitable
for use with a wide range of
cooling media.
● The unit supports optimum
integration of both hardware
and software.
● Optimum energy and space
efficiency thanks to intelligent
design features, such as the
slanted heat exchanger and
base-integrated fan.
● Frame based on the popular
TS 8 system.

Colour:
RAL 7035

1
2
H2

Application and mode
of operation:
The air-cooled DX units with
direct evaporation discharge the
heat to the external air via an aircooled condenser installed outside of the building. The climate
control enclosure has one, two
or three compressors, depending on size, which are combined into one cooling circuit.
For this reason, connection to
the air-cooled condenser is via
just one refrigerant line.

3

1 Refrigerant pressure line,

condensate discharge,
humidifier inlet
2 Electrical connection
3 Refrigerant fluid line

Base unit
Model No. SK

Top piece
Dimensions mm
Connection voltage

W (B)
H1
D (T)
V/Ph/Hz

3300.510

3300.560

3300.710

3300.760

1100
1950
850

1100
1950
850

1400
1950
850

1800
1950
850

400/3/50

400/3/50

400/3/50

400/3/50

3300.360

3300.320

3300.370

3300.330

500

550

550

550

350

350

350

350

3300.353

3300.354

3300.355

3300.356

1

2

2

2

8500

12400

18000

18400

230/1/50

230/1/50

230/1/50

230/1/50

Fan unit in base
Model No. SK

Supporting structure with fan
Height of supporting structure mm1)

H2

Min. raised floor height mm
1)

Other supporting structure heights available on request.

Condenser unit
Model No. SK
No. of fans
Max. volumetric flow
Connection voltage

276

Quantity
m3/h
V/Ph/Hz

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

CRAC system DX
Base unit
Model No. SK

3300.510

3300.560

3300.710

3300.760

16000

Rated volumetric flow
m3/h

Air volume

6000

8500

12500

External compression

Pa

20

20

20

20

Support area

m2

0.94

0.94

1.19

1.53

Weight

kg

455

505

585

871

Cooling – condensation temperature 45°C and air inlet 24°C/50% relative humidity
Design

Scroll compressor

No. of compressors

Quantity

1

2

Cooling output, total

3

3

kW

19.2

31.4

46.4

56.2

Cooling output, sensitive

kW

18.3

28.3

41.5

51.9

0.95

0.90

0.89

0.92

kW

4.4

7.7

11.5

13.3

A

13.1

25.6

38.4

39.3

G4

G4

G4

G4
72

SHR1)
Power consumption, total
Max. operating temperature
Filter in intake
Design

Cassette filter

Filter class to DIN EN 779
Noise data
Sound power level, intake end

dB (A)

69

69

77

Sound power level, discharging end

dB (A)

79

76

84

79

Enclosure radiation

dB (A)

54

56

62

59

Sound pressure level in empty space (2 m distance)

dB (A)

57

57

64

59

1)

SHR = Sensible Heat Ratio. We reserve the right to make technical modifications in line with progress.

Fan unit
EC motor, directly driven, free-running

Design
Qty.

Quantity

1

1

1

2

kW

0.5

0.8

1.8

1.6

A

1.8

4.6

4.6

9.2

Condenser output

kW

27

38

49

71

Max. power consumption

kW

0.67

1.28

1.34

1.34

A

3.3

6

6.0

6.6

dB (A)

56

60

59

59

Width (B1 + B2)

1415

1420

2130

2680

kg

109

132

160

217

Power consumption, total
Max. current rating

Condenser unit
Axial fan condenser

Max. current rating
Max. noise level in empty space (5 m distance)
Dimensions mm
Weight

Design
Horizontally blowing

1105

Design
Vertically blowing

B1

1615

Design

B1
B1

B1
20

B1

B1

11
B2

3

56
B2

Options
Steam humidification
Design
Max. steam output
Max. power consumption
Max. current rating
Water inlet connection
Water discharge connection

Electrode steam humidifier
kg/h

8

8

8

15

kW

6

6

6

11.3

A

8.7

8.7

8.7

16.3

G 1/2

G 1/2

G 1/2

G 1/2

mm

40

40

40

40

kW

4.5

7.5

7.5

15

A

6.5

10.8

10.8

21.7

3300.294

3300.295

3300.296

3300.297

Inches

Electric heater
Design
Max. thermal output
Max. current rating

Bare-tube heater, permanently controlled

Energy-saving extractor plenum
For top-mounting on CRAC systems

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

277

Aisle containment

TopTherm LCP Passive CW From page 282
Benefits:
● Increased energy efficiency
and performance capability of
climate control.
● Superior output density is
facilitated, thanks to guaranteed cold air supply.
● Easily installed and retrofitted,
as it is fully compatible with
the TS 8 enclosure system.
● An inexpensive way to boost
the performance of your existing plant, lengthening the investment cycle until a replacement needs to be purchased.

12

00

00

0/8

60

2000

Application and mode
of operation:
Aisle containment is a combination of door and roof components which facilitate consistent
separation of the hot and cold
air in the data centre. Such
separation is pivotal to saving
energy and increasing the efficiency of the available climate
control technology. Depending
on the application, aisle containment may be used with CRAC
systems or TopTherm LCP Inline
CW and DX as hot or cold aisle
containment.

Equipment:
− Slimline door element with
viewing window, sliding door
− Stable roof elements in a composite metal with a high level
of light permeability
− Where required, safety glass
may also be used
Note:
Other size variants and individually modified systems available
on request.

Element

Roof element

Position

Start/end

Model No. SK

3300.270

3300.280

3300.170

3300.180

3300.160

Width of element
(identical to enclosure width) mm

600

800

600

800

–

Width of cold aisle mm

1200

1200

1200

1200

1200

Height of cold aisle mm

–

–

–

–

2000

278

Door element
Centre

–

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

Liquid Cooling Package

Accessories for climate control Page 291 Chillers for IT cooling Page 272 Server enclosures Page 92
Benefits:
● Maximum energy efficiency
thanks to EC fan technology
and IT-based control
● Minimal pressure loss at the
air end, which in turn minimises the power consumption of the fans
● Optimum adaptability thanks
to dynamic, continuous control of the cold water volume
flow
● By using high water inlet
temperatures, the proportion
of indirect free cooling is
increased, which in turn
reduces operating costs
● Thanks to six modular,
box-type plug-in fan units,
the cooling output can be
adapted to actual requirements

● The box-type plug-in fan units
are configurable as n+1
redundancy
● Standard 3-phase connection
for electrical redundancy
● With redundant temperature
sensor integrated at the air
end as standard
● The separation of cooling and
rack prevents water from penetrating the server enclosure
● Up to 60 kW cooling output on
a footprint of just 0.36 m²
● The low weight means a minimal load area
● Touchscreen display may be
retrofitted

Monitoring:
Monitoring of all system-relevant
parameters such as:
● Server air intake temperature
● Server waste air temperature
● Water inlet/return temperature
● Water flow
● Cooling output
● Fan speed
● Leakage
● Optional sensors
● Direct connection of the unit
via SNMP/Ethernet
● Integration into RiZone

Application and mode of
operation:
The LCP draws in the air at the
sides at the rear of the server
enclosures, cools it using highperformance compact impellers, and blows the cooled air
back into the front part of the
server enclosure at the sides.
Colour:
RAL 7035
Protection category:
IP 40 to IEC 60 529

TopTherm LCP rack CW and DX
Design

CW

Cooling medium

Water (for specifications see Internet)

Model No. SK

3311.130

3311.230

3311.260

3311.110

Rated operating voltage V, Hz

230, 1~, 50/60
400, 3~, 50/60

230, 1~, 50/60
400, 3~, 50/60

230, 1~, 50/60
400, 3~, 50/60

230, 1~, 50/60
400, 3~, 50/60

Dimensions mm

W x H x D 300 x 2000 x 1000

CW

CW

DX

300 x 2000 x 1200

300 x 2000 x 1200

300 x 2000 x 1000

Usable U

42

42

42

42

Useful cooling output

Up to 30 kW

Up to 30 kW

Up to 60 kW

Up to 10 kW

Duty cycle

100%

Electrical connection

Connection cable

Page

Refrigerant R410a

Linear fan control

Temperature control

Two-way control valve

–

Fans may be exchanged with the system operational









EC fan









Also required

Packs of

Condenser unit

1

–

–

–

3311.310

Fan module

1

3311.010

3311.010

3311.010

3311.010

–

Touchscreen display, colour

1

3311.030

3311.030

3311.030

3311.030

283

Connection hose, top

1

3311.040

3311.040

3311.040

3311.040

283

Connection hose, bottom

1

3311.050

3311.050

3311.050

3311.050

283

283

Accessories

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

279

Liquid Cooling Package

Accessories for climate control Page 291 Chillers for IT cooling Page 272 Server enclosures Page 92 Aisle containment Page 278
Benefits:
● Maximum energy efficiency
thanks to EC fan technology
and IT-based control
● Minimal pressure loss at the
air end, which in turn minimises the power consumption of the fans
● Optimum adaptability thanks
to dynamic, continuous control of the cold water volume
flow
● By using high water inlet
temperatures, the proportion
of indirect free cooling is
increased, which in turn
reduces operating costs
● Thanks to six modular,
box-type plug-in fan units,
the cooling output can be
adapted to actual requirements

● The box-type plug-in fan units
are configurable as n+1
redundancy
● Standard 3-phase connection
for electrical redundancy
● With redundant temperature
sensor integrated at the air
end as standard
● The separation of cooling and
rack prevents water from penetrating the server enclosure
● Up to 60 kW cooling output on
a footprint of just 0.36 m²
● The low weight means a minimal load area
● Touchscreen display may be
retrofitted

Monitoring:
Monitoring of all system-relevant
parameters such as:
● Server air intake temperature
● Server waste air temperature
● Water inlet/return temperature
● Water flow
● Cooling output
● Fan speed
● Leakage
● Optional sensors
● Direct connection of the unit
via SNMP/Ethernet
● Integration into RiZone

Application and mode of
operation:
The LCP is designed for siting
within a bayed enclosure suite.
The hot air is drawn in from the
room or hot aisle at the rear of
the device and expelled at the
front into the cold aisle after
cooling.
The LCP achieves maximum
performance and efficiency in
conjunction with Rittal cold aisle
containment. With this product,
a raised floor is not necessary.
Colour:
RAL 7035
Protection category:
IP 40 to IEC 60 529

TopTherm LCP Inline CW and DX
Design

CW

Cooling medium

Water (for specifications see Internet)

Refrigerant R410a

Model No. SK

3311.530

3311.560

3311.210

Rated operating voltage V, Hz

230, 1~, 50/60
400, 3~, 50/60

230, 1~, 50/60
400, 3~, 50/60

230, 1~, 50/60
400, 3~, 50/60

Dimensions mm

W x H x D 300 x 2000 x 1200

CW

DX

Page

300 x 2000 x 1200

300 x 2000 x 1200

Usable U

42

42

42

Useful cooling output

Up to 30 kW

Up to 60 kW

Up to 10 kW

Duty cycle

100%

Electrical connection

Connection cable
Linear fan control

Temperature control

Two-way control valve

–

Fans may be exchanged with the system operational







EC fan







–

–

3311.310

283
283

Also required

Packs of

Condenser unit

1

Accessories
Front cover

1

3311.060

3311.060

3311.060

Fan module

1

3311.020

3311.020

3311.020

–

Touchscreen display, colour

1

3311.030

3311.030

3311.030

283

Connection hose, top

1

3311.040

3311.040

3311.040

283

Connection hose, bottom

1

3311.050

3311.050

3311.050

283

280

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

Liquid Cooling Package

Accessories for climate control Page 291 Chillers for IT cooling Page 272 Server enclosures Page 92
Benefits:
● Error-tolerant, efficient cooling
of server racks with high thermal loads
● Fully redundant – Two active
cooling circuits and two
switchable power circuits
ensure optimum fail-safeness
● The built-in controllers are
capable of adapting all device
parameters automatically to
preserve the required climate
conditions

● A separate decentralised
intelligence which automatically recognises emergency
situations and responds
appropriately with the “auto
load balancing” and “auto
recovery” functions
● Interfaces which facilitate
user-friendly operation and
monitoring via the network or
BSM systems

Optional:
− Fully integrated fire detection
and extinguisher system
− Automatic server enclosure
door opening
− Various sensors

Colour:
RAL 7035
Protection category:
IP 40 to IEC 60 529

Application and mode
of operation:
The LCP draws in the air at the
sides at the rear of the server
enclosures, cools it using highperformance compact impellers, and blows the cooled air
back into the front part of the
server enclosures at the sides.

TopTherm LCP T3+ CW
Cooling medium

Water (for specifications see Internet)

Model No. SK

3311.400

Rated operating voltage V, Hz

230, 1~, 50/60
400, 3~, 50/60

Dimensions mm

Page

W x H x D 300 x 2000 x 1200

Usable U

42

Useful cooling output, redundant

Up to 25 kW

Duty cycle

100%

Electrical connection

C19/C20
Linear fan control

Temperature control

Two-way control valve

Fans may be exchanged with the system operational



EC fan



Auto-load balancing



Auto-recovery



Accessories
Fan module

1

3311.010

–

Touchscreen display, colour

1

3311.030

283

Connection hose, top

1

3311.040

283

Connection hose, bottom

1

3311.050

283

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

281

Liquid Cooling Package

Accessories for climate control Page 291 Chillers for IT cooling Page 272 Server enclosures Page 92
Benefits:
● High cooling output of 20 kW
in a minimal space
● Easily exchanged for the
standard rear door of the
server enclosure
● Retrofitting is not a problem
● A door opening angle of 120°
allows rear access to the
server enclosure and makes
assembly and configuration
inside the enclosure easier

● The LCP does not require its
own fan, and therefore does
not need an integrated control
● Maximum energy efficiency,
as there is no electrical power
consumption whatsoever

Application and mode of
operation:
Air/water heat exchanger
mechanically integrated into a
rear door for server enclosures.
The 482.6 mm (19˝) equipment
built into the server enclosure
must have suitable airflow capabilities in order to route the
heated waste air through the
heat exchanger rear door. The
waste air is cooled down to room
temperature. The heat energy
absorbed by the water is transported to the external cold water
supply, where it is cooled back
down to the required inlet temperature.

Colour:
RAL 7035
Approvals:
Available on the Internet.

TopTherm LCP Passive CW
Model No. SK
Dimensions mm

3311.600
W x H x D 600 x 2000 x 170

Usable U

42

Useful cooling output

Up to 20 kW

Rittal China
RITTAL Electro-Mechanical Technology
(Shanghai) Co. Ltd.
No. 1658 Minyi Road  Songjiang District
Shanghai, 201612
Phone: +86 (0) 21 5115 7799
Fax: +86 (0) 21 5115 7788
E-mail: marketing@rittal.cn  www.rittal.cn

282

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

Liquid Cooling Package
Accessories
Touchscreen display, colour

Packs of

Model No. SK

1

3311.030

Packs of

Model No. SK

1

3311.060

for LCP rack, inline, T3+
The display offers the opportunity of directly
monitoring key LCP functions and implementing
settings.

Front cover
for LCP Inline CW and DX
The optional front cover ensures an even air
exhaust and reduces the air outlet speed,
thereby preventing draught effects.

Condenser unit
The condenser unit is needed to operate the
refrigerant-based LCPs, and comprises the
external condenser, fan and inverter-controlled
compressor.

For LCP

Packs of

Model No. SK

SK 3311.110,
SK 3311.210

1

3311.310

Refrigerant:
R410a

Vertical shielding
To block the airflow on the left and right of the
482.6 mm (19˝) level, for enclosure height
2000 mm.
Material:
− Cellular PU foam
− Flame-inhibiting to UL 94 (HF1)
− Length: 1900 mm
− Self-adhesive on one side

Connection hose,
bottom and top
Flexible connection hose, may be shortened,
including union nuts on both sides for connecting
the LCP to existing pipework.

Add-on cover
For height compensation with 2200 mm high
racks in conjunction with the LCP (H = 2000 mm).
Material:
Sheet steel

For sealing
between

For
Packs
enclosure width
of
mm

Model No.
SK

Side panel and
482.6 mm (19˝)
level

600

1

800

1

3301.390

LCP and
482.6 mm (19˝)
level

600

1

3301.370

800

1

3301.320

For LCP
SK 3311.130,
SK 3311.230,
SK 3311.260,
SK 3311.530,
SK 3311.560,
SK 3311.400,
SK 3311.110,
SK 3311.210

3301.380

Water
Packs Model No.
Thread connection
of
SK
from
Bottom

2

3311.050

Top

2

3311.040

11/4˝

For LCP

Packs of

Model No. SK

SK 3311.130, ....110

1

3301.221

SK 3311.230, ....260,
SK 3311.530, ....560,
SK 3311.400, ....210

1

3301.421

Extended delivery times.

Surface finish:
Spray-finished
Colour:
RAL 7035

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

283

284

CS Outdoor climate control
Air/air heat exchangers
For CS Toptec ..........................................................85/105 W/K ..............286
For CS modular enclosures .............................................30 W/K ..............287

Cooling units
For CS Toptec ....................................................... 1000/1600 W ..............286
For CS modular enclosures ..................................... 900/1500 W ..............287

285

CS Outdoor climate control

CS Toptec Page 185 Enclosure heaters Page 289
With sealing frame for universal
mounting on the CS Toptec in
3 positions: Internal, partial internal and external.

Surface finish:
Powder-coated, pure polyester

Colour:
RAL 7035

Protection category:
IP 55 to IEC 60 529 (internal
circuit to external circuit)

Material:
Enclosure: Aluminium

Air/air heat exchangers and cooling units for CS Toptec
Air/air heat exchangers
Model No. CS

9776.102

Installation

Universal
DC 48 V

Rated operating voltage

Specific thermal output
.
Useful cooling output QK
to DIN 3168

W 500 (550)
H 1000 (1050)
D 150 (175)

230 V, 50/60 Hz
500 (550)
1000 (1050)
200 (225)

500 (550)
1000 (1050)
150 (175)

500 (550)
1000 (1050)
260 (285)

105 W/K

–

–

L 35 L 35
–
L 35 L 50

85 W/K

–

1000 W/1150 W
650 W/700 W

1600 W/1750 W
1200 W/1250 W

–

–

400 W

4.5 A

–

–

5.0 A/5.0 A

6.0 A/6.8 A

DC 4.2 A
AC –

Start-up current max.
Power consumption Pel
to DIN 3168

9776.550

W x H 800 x 1200

Heater

Rated current max.

9776.500
–

AC –

Enclosure dimensions mm
(including sealing frame and designer cover)
Minimum enclosure dimensions (mm)

Cooling units
9776.152

–

24.0 A/22.0 A

34.0 A/32.0 A

L 35 L 35
–
L 35 L 50

640 W/760 W
780 W/920 W

960 W/1170 W
1125 W/1310 W

Coolant

–

Permissible operating pressure p. max.

–

28 bar

Temperature range

–33°C to +65°C

–33°C to +55°C

Air throughput of fans
– unimpeded air flow

Internal/external
circuit fan

R134a
28 bar

570 m3/h

1200 m3/h

600/625 m3/h
600/625 m3/h

880/950 m3/h
1000/1090 m3/h

Comfort controller1)

Comfort controller

Comfort controller

30 kg

35 kg

45 kg

Temperature control

Comfort controller1)

Type of connection

Plug-in terminal strip

Weight

22 kg

Extended delivery times. Products are manufactured to order. The units are assembled and supplied connected to the Toptec enclosure.
1) Setpoint settings may be altered via software.

286

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

CS Outdoor climate control

CS modular enclosures Page 186 Enclosure heaters Page 289
For roof mounting
With Comfort controller as standard1) and 400 W heater or control via thermostat.
Heat exchanger CS 9764.040
without Comfort controller.

For wall mounting
With Comfort controller1) and
400 W heater as standard.

Installation options:
● in the door or rear panel
● in the side panel

Protection category:
IP 55 to IEC 60 529 (internal
circuit to external circuit)

For partial installation
With Comfort controller1) and
800 W heater as standard.

Surface finish:
Powder-coated, pure polyester

1) Units with Comfort controller.
The Comfort controller is
installed on the inside of the
cooling units, and is not accessible from the outside.

Mounting frame:
Required for CS 9762.212.

Colour:
RAL 7035

Air/air heat exchangers and cooling units for CS modular enclosures
Air/air heat
exchangers

Cooling units

Model No. CS

9764.040

9762.212

9761.212

9768.152

Installation

Roof-mounted

Roof-mounted

Wall-mounted

Partial internal
mounting

DC

48 V

–

AC

–

230 V, 50/60 Hz

Rated operating voltage
Unit dimensions (mm)

W x H x D 470 x 158 x 380

535 x 390 x 400

515 x 1170 x 152

400 x 1050 x 310

Minimum enclosure dimensions (mm)

W x D 600 x 500

W x D 600 x 500

W x H 600 x 1200

W/D x H 600 x 1200

Specific thermal output
.
Useful cooling output QK
to DIN 3168

30 W/K

–

–

–

900 W/1020 W
720 W/780 W

900 W/1050 W
750 W/820 W

1500 W/1600 W
1250 W/1250 W

–

400 W

400 W

800 W

DC

1.3 A

–

–

–

AC

–

3.1 A/4 A

3.2 A/4.2 A

5.8 A/6.7 A

–

10.6 A

10.8 A

19.0 A

460 W/570 W
520 W/655 W

605 W/790 W
690 W/880 W

940 W/1145 W
1045 W/1270 W

L 35 L 35
–
L 35 L 50

Heater

Rated current max.
Start-up current max.
Power consumption Pel
to DIN 3168

L 35 L 35
–
L 35 L 50
Without2)

Temperature control
Coolant

R134a –

Comfort controller

Comfort controller

Comfort controller

550 g

600 g

650 g

24 bar

28 bar

880 m3/h
880 m3/h

850 m3/h
680 m3/h

Permissible operating pressure p. max.

–

27 bar

Temperature range

–33°C to +65°C

–33°C to +55°C

345 m3/h

570 m3/h
570 m3/h

Type of connection

Plug panel

Plug-in terminal strip

Weight

7 kg

29 kg

45 kg

40 kg

/–

/–

–/

/–

Mounting frame

–

9765.051

–

–

Enclosure internal thermostat

3110.000

–

–

–

Air throughput of fans
– unimpeded air flow

Material (enclosure)

Internal/ external circuit fan

Aluminium/sheet steel

Accessories

Extended delivery times. The partially internally mounted CS 9768.152 may be inserted directly. Cooling units are manufactured to order.
The units are assembled and supplied connected to the modular enclosure. Adaptations to other enclosure platforms are available on request.
2) Customers may fit their own thermostat (SK 3110.000).

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

287

288

Enclosure heaters

Climate control accessories Page 291 Software & services Page 333

B

B

H

Note:
− For precise temperature
control inside the enclosure,
we recommend the enclosure internal thermostat
SK 3110.000 or the digital
thermostat SK 3114.200 with
display (see accessories).

− In order to prevent condensation on assemblies, hygrostat
SK 3118.000 (see accessories) is recommended to regulate heating.
− In larger enclosures, even
heat distribution is best
achieved by installing several
low-output heaters.
− The installation of heaters is
generally advisable, in order
to prevent condensation.

H

Supply includes:
− PTC heater
− Quick-connection terminal
− Assembly parts

1

2
T

1

T

Without fan, continuous thermal output 10 – 150 W

Model No. SK

3105.310
W (B) 45
H 120
D (T) 46

Dimensions mm
Rated operating voltage V, Hz

3105.320

3105.330

3105.340

3105.350

3105.360

3105.370

45
120
46

64
155
56

64
155
56

64
230
56

90
165
75

90
180
75

110 – 240 V, 50/60 Hz

Continuous thermal output at Tu = 10°C

8 – 10 W

18 – 20 W

23 – 30 W

49 – 50 W

63 – 75 W

86 – 100 W

130 – 150 W

Pre-fuse T

2A

2A

4A

4A

4A

4A

4A

Accessories

Page

Packs of

Enclosure internal thermostat

1

3110.000

3110.000

3110.000

3110.000

3110.000

3110.000

3110.000

294

Hygrostat

1

3118.000

3118.000

3118.000

3118.000

3118.000

3118.000

3118.000

294

Digital temperature display/thermostat

1

3114.200

3114.200

3114.200

3114.200

3114.200

3114.200

3114.200

293

Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.

2

With fan, continuous thermal output 250 – 800 W

Model No. SK

3105.410

3105.380

W (B) 103
H 200
D (T) 103

Dimensions mm

3105.420

3105.390

103
200
103
110 V,
50/60 Hz

3105.400

Page

103
200
103

Rated operating voltage V, Hz

110 V,
50/60 Hz

Continuous thermal output at Tu = 10°C

250 W1)

Pre-fuse T

4A

4A

6A

6A

10 A

6A

Accessories

230 V,
50/60 Hz

3105.430

230 V,
50/60 Hz

400 W1)

110 V,
50/60 Hz

230 V,
50/60 Hz

800 W1)

Packs of

Enclosure internal thermostat

1

3110.000

3110.000

3110.000

3110.000

3110.000

3110.000

Hygrostat

1

3118.000

3118.000

3118.000

3118.000

3118.000

3118.000

294
294

Digital temperature display/thermostat

1

3114.200

3114.200

3114.200

3114.200

3114.200

3114.200

293

1)

Thermal output with fan.
Special voltages available on request. We reserve the right to make technical modifications.

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

289

290

Climate control accessories
Air routing
Air duct system
for roof-mounted variants:
cooling units and air/water heat exchangers
It is possible to route the cold air directly to specific areas of the enclosure using the air duct
system. The risk of “short circuits” in the air circulation due to self-ventilated installed devices is
therefore eliminated.
The dimensions of the shallow duct are
W x H x D 229 x 1500 x 29 mm, and can be
shortened to the required length.
Material:
Flame-resistant plastic to DIN 4102/B1

Note:
Do not direct cold air straight at active components. When using the ducting system, the performance of the cooling unit may be reduced,
depending on the application in question.
Also required:
TS support strips, see page 462.
Accessories:
− Deflector 90°, see page 291.
− Stopper, see page 292.

Supply includes:
Shallow duct, compensating hose.
For unit

Packs of

Model No. SK

SK 3209. . . ./SK 3210. . . ./SK 3273. . . ./SK 3359. . . ./SK 3382. . . ./
SK 3383. . . ./SK 3384. . . ./SK 3385. . . .

1

3286.870

SK 3386. . . ./SK 3387. . . .

1

3286.970

Deflector, 90°
for air duct system
For targeted air deflection at the end of the shallow channel.

Packs of

Model No. SK

1

3286.990

Material:
Flame-resistant plastic to DIN 4102/B1

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

291

Climate control accessories
Air routing
Shallow air duct system
for roof-mounted variants:
cooling units and air/water heat exchangers,
to fit TS 8 enclosures from a width of 800 mm
and a depth of 600 mm.
It is possible to route the cold air directly to specific areas of the enclosure using the air duct
system. The risk of “short circuits” in the air circulation due to self-ventilated installed devices is
therefore eliminated.
The dimensions of the shallow duct are
W x H x D 229 x 1500 x 29 mm, and can be
shortened to the required length.
Material:
Flame-resistant plastic to DIN 4102/B1

Note:
Do not direct cold air straight at active components. When using the ducting system, the performance of the cooling unit may be reduced,
depending on the application in question.
Also required:
− Shallow duct extension SK 3286.860 to compensate for the enclosure width and height.
− TS support strips, see page 462.
Accessories:
− Deflector 90°, see page 291.
− Stopper, see page 292.

Supply includes:
− Shallow duct
− Adaptor
− Compensating piece
− Deflector, 90°
For unit

Packs of

Model No. SK

1

3286.850

SK 3209. . . ./SK 3210. . . ./SK 3273. . . ./SK 3383. . . ./SK 3384. . . ./
SK 3385. . . .

Shallow duct extension
Extension kit for shallow air duct system
SK 3286.850 for width, depth or height length
extensions in TS 8 enclosures.

Packs of

Model No. SK

1

3286.860

Material:
Flame-resistant plastic to DIN 4102/B1

Supply includes:
− Shallow duct 1500 mm
− Connecting piece

Stoppers

Material:
Polyurethane foam

for roof-mounted cooling units
To cover unneeded cold air outlets in roofmounted cooling units.

Max. no. of
stoppers per unit

Packs of

Model No. SK

SK 3359. . . ./SK 3382. . . .

1

2

3286.780

SK 3209. . . ./SK 3210. . . ./SK 3273. . . ./SK 3383. . . ./
SK 3384. . . ./SK 3385. . . .

2

2

3286.880

SK 3386. . . ./SK 3387. . . .

1

2

3286.980

For units

Max. 2 x
Max. 1 x

SK 3359. . . . /SK 3382. . . .
SK 3386. . . . /SK 3387. . . .

292

SK 3209. . . . /SK 3210. . . .
SK 3383. . . . /SK 3384. . . .
SK 3385. . . . /SK 3273. . . .

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

Climate control accessories
Air routing/control/regulation
Air diverter

For units

For use with wall-mounted cooling units.
For targeted air routing of the cold air in a downward direction.
Particularly well-suited for densely-packed electrical components in the lower section of the enclosure.

SK 3304. . . ./SK 3305. . . .

3213.310

SK 3328. . . ./SK 3329. . . .

3213.320

SK 3332. . . .

3213.3301)

Material:
Sheet steel

Model No. SK

External
air circuit

Internal
air circuit

65 1)

1) 115

Digital enclosure internal
temperature display and
thermostat
For installation in the enclosure door or wall.
Technical specifications:
− 2 voltage ranges for 100 – 230 V, 50/60 Hz
and 24 – 60 V (DC)
− Depth: 100 mm
− Three-digit, 7-segment display
− Option of switching between °C/°F
− Temperature range: +5°C to +55°C
− Includes 1800 mm long NTC sensor
− Two relay outputs as change-over contact
and normally open contact (max. contact load
230 V, 6 A)

Digital enclosure internal
temperature display and
thermostat
Integrated into a panel 1 U.
Including cable attachment for connection cable
and label holder.
Technical specifications:
− 2 voltage ranges for 100 – 230 V, 50/60 Hz
and 24 – 60 V (DC)
− Depth: 100 mm
− Three-digit, 7-segment display
− Option of switching between °C/°F
− Temperature range: +5°C to +55°C
− Includes 1800 mm long NTC sensor
− Two relay outputs as change-over contact
and normally open contact (max. contact load
230 V, 6 A)

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

mm for SK 3213.330

Packs of

Model No. SK

1

3114.200

Special requirements can be accommodated on request.

− Freely selectable switching difference
− The freely adjustable setpoint values can be set
using the membrane keyboard at the front
Setting range: +5°C to +55°C
− Display and switching accuracy +/– 2 K
− The minimum and maximum recorded temperatures are stored until it is next reset

Packs of

Model No. DK

1

7109.035

Special requirements can be accommodated on request.

− Freely selectable switching difference
− The freely adjustable setpoint values can be set
using the membrane keyboard at the front
Setting range: +5°C to +55°C
− Display and switching accuracy +/– 2 K
− The minimum and maximum recorded temperatures are stored until it is next reset
Colour:
RAL 7035

293

Climate control accessories
Control/regulation
Enclosure internal thermostat

Rated operating voltage

Especially suitable for controlling fan-and-filter
units, heaters and heat exchangers, this thermostat can also be used as a signal generator for
monitoring the enclosure internal temperature.

230/115/60/48/24 V (AC)

Technical specifications:
− Bi-metal controller as a temperature-sensitive
element with thermal feedback.
− Contact population: Single-pole change-over
contact as a quick-break contact.
− Permissible contact load:
Cat. 5 – 3 (heating)
AC 10 (4)1) A,
DC = max. 30 W
Cat. 5 – 4 (cooling)
AC 5 (4)1) A,
DC = max. 30 W
1) = inductive load at cos ϕ = 0.6
− Setting range: +5°C to +60°C

Hygrostat
The hygrostat switches on the heater and/or fan
when a preset relative humidity in the enclosure is
exceeded.
In this way, the relative humidity is raised above
the dew point, and condensation on assemblies
or electronic components is avoided.
Technical specifications:
− Contact population: Single-pole change-over
contact as a quick-break contact.
− Permissible contact load:
AC ~ 5 (0.2)1) A
DC = max. 20 W
1) = inductive load at cos ϕ = 0.6
− Setting range: 50 – 100 % relative humidity
− Weight: approx. 100 g
− Dimensions: 71 x 71 x 33.5 mm
− Switching difference: approx. 4%

Bottom-mounted adaptor
for enclosure internal thermostat SK 3110.000
and hygrostat SK 3118.000
Bottom-mounted adaptor with mounting option for
screwed cable glands, for targeted cable infeed
from appropriate equipment such as SK fan-andfilter units and enclosure heaters. In conjunction
with screwed cable glands, it is also suitable for
use as strain relief.

Control unit for
EC fan-and-filter units
Temperature-dependent speed control for EC fanand-filter units to reduce noise and save energy.
The function of the fan can also be monitored.

60/48/24 V (DC)

−
−
−
−

Model No. SK
3110.000

Weight: approx. 105 g
Dimensions: 71 x 71 x 33.5 mm
Switching difference: approx. 1 K ± 0.8 K.
Flexible mounting on a vertical or horizontal
35 mm support rail to EN 50 022, and snap
fastening in the TS/SE enclosure section or on
the mounting plate using the supplied adaptor.
Accessories:

Mounting plate TS with integral top-hat rail,
see page 470.

Rated operating voltage

Model No. SK

24 – 230 V (AC),
24 – 75 V (DC)

3118.000

− Flexible mounting on a vertical or horizontal
35 mm support rail to EN 50 022, and snap
fastening in the TS/SE enclosure section or on
the mounting plate using the supplied adaptor.
Accessories:
Mounting plate TS with integral top-hat rail,
see page 470.

Packs of

Model No. SK

1

3110.200

For fan-and-filter units

Model No. SK

SK 3245.XXX

3235.440

Supply includes:
NTC sensor, length 1.80 m.

● Activation and monitoring of up to 4 EC fanand-filter units (caution: EC fan-and-filter units
cannot be controlled with speed control
3120.200!)
● Rated operating voltage: 24 V (DC)
● Top-hat rail assembly
● Temperature setting range:
+5°C to +55°C/41°F to 131°F
● External temperature sensor to record the
ACTUAL temperature
● Status LED to display the operating status
● Alarm relay for reporting overtemperature, fan
defect, cable interruption and sensor failure
294

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

Climate control accessories
Control/regulation
Speed control
Temperature-dependent speed control for
TopTherm fan-and-filter units and air/air heat
exchangers for noise reduction and to save
energy in part-load operation.
Technical specifications:
− For mounting on a 35 mm support rail
DIN EN 50 022
− Dimensions (W x H x D):
105 x 90.5 x 60.2 mm
− Rated operating voltage: 100 – 230 V (AC)
− Setting range: +20°C to +55°C
− Phase cross-over with microcontroller
− Maximum fan output 300 W or 2 A

Interface board
for equipment with e-Comfort controller
The interface board is an extension for equipment
with e-Comfort controller. In this way it is possible, e.g. to monitor a master/slave combination of
up to 10 cooling units in conjunction with a Rittal
CMC III. Control is achieved via standardised
interfaces: RS232 (DB9) or RS485, one PLC interface (DB9). RS422 (RJ 45 jack) is the connection
to the Rittal CMC III. In this way, remote monitoring via TCP-IP, graphical interfaces for operation,
evaluation and control, documentation, and connection to additional sensors for access control
are possible. The extension board is built into a
1 U plastic housing.
A voltage supply of 24 V (DC) is required.
This may be supplied from the CMC III via a
wide-range power pack DK 7320.425 (100 to
240 V (AC), 50/60 Hz) or externally via a Kycon
connector.

SK BUS system
The SK bus system facilitates communications
between several enclosure cooling units and air/
water heat exchangers .500/.510/.540/.600/.610/
.640. via a master/slave construction such as that
required e.g. in complex bayed enclosure systems for optimum operating conditions.
Technical specifications:
The master/slave construction facilitates common
activation and deactivation via door limit switches,
parallel activation and deactivation via a temperature setpoint, and common collective fault signals
and temperature logging, thereby eliminating the
need for intricate wiring.

Master/slave adaptor
for Thermoelectric Cooler
Parallel operation of up to 5 thermoelectric coolers to increase cooling output or for redundant
use.

Packs of

Model No. SK

1

3120.200

Supply includes:
− Speed control
− NTC sensor, length 1.80 m.
Note:
Only suitable for use with 1-phase AC motors and
equipment.
Accessories:
Mounting plate TS with integral top-hat rail,
see page 470.

Packs of

Model No. SK

1

3124.200

Supply includes:
− Interface board integrated into a plastic box
W x H x D (mm): 136 x 44 (1 U) x 129
− Serial SUB-D cable, 1.5 m.
Note:
Networking and monitoring plan may be found
on the relevant product page on the Internet,
under “Download”.

Packs of

Model No. SK

1

3124.100
35C

Supply includes:
− 3 m shielded interface cable
− Operating instructions on programming the
cooling units
Note:
− nB = n K – 1
− nB: Number of order units (SK bus system)
− nK: Number of cooling units to be linked

25C
20C
30C

40C
20C

35C

Networking and monitoring plan may be found
on the relevant product page on the Internet,
under “Download”.

For units

Model No. SK

SK 3201.200, SK 3201.300

3201.070

Also required:
Per slave 1 x RJ 45 network cable DK 7320.470
or DK 7320.472, see page 596.

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

295

Climate control accessories
Mounting accessories
Roof plates TS
For mounting:
● Roof-mounted units
● Air/water heat exchangers
● Roof-mounted fan
● Vent attachment TS
The cut-outs in the roof plate are arranged in such
a way that the roof-mounted cooling units are
positioned centrally on the enclosure.

13

T3
B2
B1

=

T1

Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

B2
mm

T1
mm

T2
mm

T3
mm

Model No. TS

SK 3382. . . ./SK 3359. . . ./
SK 3149.4 . ./SK 3149.8. .

767.5

475

567.5

260

129.3

8801.320

567.5

490

567.5

390

61.3

8801.3101)

767.5

490

567.5

390

61.3

8801.330

1200 x 600

SK 3209. . . ./SK 3383. . . ./
SK 3210. . . ./SK 3384. . . ./
SK 3273. . . ./SK 3385. . . ./
TS 8801.380

1167.5

490

567.5

390

61.3

8801.350

800 x 600

SK 3386. . . ./SK 3387. . . .

767.5

692

567.5

392

57.8

8801.3402)

800 x 600

T2

Colour:
RAL 7035

B1
mm

For enclosures
For mounting
W (B) x D (T) mm
=

Material:
Sheet steel

600 x 600
800 x 600

1) When

mounting the cooling units, there may be a collision with the eyebolts of the enclosure; for this reason,
roof fastening screws are supplied loose with the roof plates.
2) Attachment is from the inside using metal brackets and retaining clamps.

Vent attachment TS
For passive ventilation with labyrinthine air flow
routing, to match the roofs for roof-mounted
cooling units.

For roof plates
with cut-out

Model No. TS

490 x 390 mm

8801.380

Colour:
RAL 7035
Protection category:
IP 43

37.5

Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

56

4

4

46

Vent cover
The ideal addition for incorporating sealed racks
into an existing central climate control system.
The stepped connection is suitable for standard
pipe diameters 150 mm and 200 mm, thereby
ensuring effective cooling thanks to targeted air
exchange inside the rack.
Design:
Diameter of hose connection:
150 mm/200 mm
Maximum cut-out on roof plate:
380 mm x 230 mm

Width
mm

Height
mm

Depth
mm

450

144

300

Packs
Model No. DK
of
1

7826.750

Extended delivery times.

Rittal service:
Mounting on the enclosure on request.

Material:
PET-G, transparent
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

296

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

Climate control accessories
Mounting accessories
Trim frame

For cooling unit

for slimline cooling units
Slimline cooling units can be internally or externally mounted on an enclosure door or wall. The
trim frame presents a closed front for the cooling
unit.

SK 3366. . . .

Model No. SK
3377.000

Colour:
RAL 7035

140

Material:
Sheet steel

Quick-change frame

For roof-mounted cooling units

for roof-mounted cooling units
The quick-change frame is more than just an alternate frame. Together with the seal, the lower part
of the frame is screw-fastened to the enclosure.
In this way, it is possible to install and remove the
connector-ready cooling unit with the upper part
of the quick-change frame previously mounted
on the cooling unit with quick-release fasteners.
During servicing work, this means shorter assembly times and hence minimised downtime. What
is more, the quick-change frame offers effective
protection against the ingress of oil into the enclosure in oily atmospheres, thanks to its integral
drainage trough.

SK 3359. . . ./SK 3382. . . .

3286.700

SK 3209. . . ./SK 3210. . . ./
SK 3383. . . ./SK 3384. . . ./
SK 3385. . . .

3286.800

SK 3301.800/SK 3386. . . . /
SK 3387. . . .

3286.900

Model No. SK

Material:
Sheet steel
Colour:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
− Quick-change frame
− Seal
− Quick-release fasteners

Adjustable frame

For heat exchangers

for air/air heat exchangers,
railway-compatible version

SK 3126.4. .

3286.260

SK 3128.4. ./SK 3129.4. .

3286.270

The adjustable frame allows variable partial installation of air/air heat exchangers on enclosures, to
facilitate optimum space utilisation.

SK 3130.4. .

3286.280

Model No. SK

Material:
Sheet steel
Colour:
RAL 7035

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

297

Climate control accessories
Mounting accessories
Adaptor frame

For cooling units 300 W

for wall-mounted cooling units

SK 3302.300/.310

Packs of

Model No. TP

1

6730.600

Extended delivery times.

To compensate for the rear tilt of the TP consoles.
Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
− Powder-coated
− Textured paint
Colour:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Mounting cut-out
1
481
167

200

20
329

84

3
2

77.5

84

200

201

277

77.5

Ø7

245

1 Top edge of console
2 Adaptor frame
3 Cooling units SK 3302.3X0

Integrated louvres
For ventilation by convection; easily retro-fitted
using 4 screws.
Material:
Sheet steel
Colour:
RAL 7035

W (B) x H x D (T) mm

Packs of

160 x 110 x 8

4

2541.235

210 x 100 x 8

4

2542.235

330 x 110 x 8

4

2543.235

Model No. SK

Detailed drawing:
Available on the Internet.

B

298

H

T

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

Climate control accessories
Filter technology
Filter mats
for tangential fans
Made of chopped-fibre mat with a progressive
structure. Temperature-resistant to 100°C,
self-extinguishing category F1 to DIN 53 438.
Dust-laden air side: Open structure.
Clean air side: Closed structure.
Reliable filtering of virtually all types of dust from
a particle size of 10 μm.
For tangential fans/front outlet grilles 2 U
SK 3144.000/SK 3145.000/SK 3176.000

Filter mats
For
● Cooling units
● Air/air heat exchangers
Rittal cooling units are low-maintenance and are
supplied without filter mats. Filter mats may be
used for extreme conditions.

Material:
Chemical fibre

W x H x D mm

Packs of

Model No. SK

425 x 85 x 8

5

3177.000

Material:
− Open-celled polyurethane foamed plastic
− Outstanding physical and mechanical properties
− Temperature-resistant from –40°C to +80°C
− Thickness: 10 mm

For cooling units

W x H x D mm

Packs of

SK 3302.300/SK 3302.310

190 x 95 x 10

3

3286.110

SK 3302. . . ./SK 3303. . . ./SK 3361. . . .

265 x 200 x 10

3

3286.300

SK 3304. . . ./SK 3305. . . ./SK 3328. . . ./SK 3329. . . ./
SK 3332. . . ./SK 3366. . . .

344 x 268 x 10

3

3286.400

SK 3273. . . ./SK 3382. . . ./SK 3383. . . ./SK 3384. . . ./
SK 3385. . . ./SK 3359. . . .

530 x 255 x 10

3

3286.500

SK 3386. . . ./SK 3387. . . .

720 x 300 x 10

3

3286.600

SK 3377. . . .

205 x 210 x 10

3

3253.010

Model No. SK

For discontinued cooling units

W x H x D mm

Packs of

Model No. SK

SK 3296. . . ./SK 3272.100/SK 3290. . . ./SK 3280.100/
SK 3299. . . ./SK 3261. . . .

539 x 332 x 10

3

3286.100

SK 3265.100/SK 3266.100

270 x 332 x 10

3

3267.100

SK 3256. . . .

395 x 300 x 10

3

3254.000

SK 3293. . . ./SK 3281.100/SK 3298. . . ./SK 3279.100/
SK 3260. . . ./SK 3269. . . ./SK 3262.100/SK 3393. . . ./
SK 3381.100/SK 3391. . . .

334 x 313 x 10

3

3294.100

SK 3255. . . ./SK 3395. . . .

350 x 245 x 10

3

3253.000

SK 3394. . . .

315 x 200 x 10

3

3285.000

SK 3292.134/SK 3278.134

325 x 250 x 10

3

3286.000

For air/air heat exchangers

W x H x D mm

Packs of

Model No. SK

SK 3126.100/SK 3126.115

265 x 200 x 10

3

3286.300

SK 3127.100/SK 3127.115/SK 3128.100/SK 3128.115/
SK 3129.100/SK 3129.115/SK 3130.100/SK 3130.115

344 x 268 x 10

3

3286.400

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

299

Climate control accessories
Filter technology
Metal filters
Particularly when cooling units are used in dusty
and damp environments, it is advisable to use
washable metal filters.
If air or steam condenses on the metal surfaces,
any particles that may be present will adhere to
the metal and are easily washed out with water
or grease-dissolving detergents.

300

Material:
− Aluminium
− Thickness: 10 mm

For cooling units

W x H x D mm

Packs of

Model No. SK

SK 3302.300/SK 3302.310

190 x 95 x 10

1

3286.120

SK 3302.100/SK 3302.110/SK 3303. . . ./SK 3361. . . .

265 x 200 x 10

1

3286.310

SK 3304. . . ./SK 3305. . . ./SK 3328. . . ./SK 3329. . . ./
SK 3332. . . ./SK 3366. . . .

344 x 268 x 10

1

3286.410

SK 3273. . . ./SK 3382. . . ./SK 3383. . . ./SK 3384. . . ./
SK 3385. . . ./SK 3359. . . .

530 x 255 x 10

1

3286.510

SK 3386. . . ./SK 3387. . . .

720 x 300 x 10

1

3286.610

SK 3377. . . .

225 x 200 x 10

1

3253.220

For discontinued cooling units

W x H x D mm

Packs of

Model No. SK

SK 3296. . . ./SK 3272.100/SK 3290. . . ./SK 3280.100

520 x 290 x 10

1

3286.210

SK 3299. . . ./SK 3261. . . .

520 x 315 x 10

1

3286.200

SK 3265.100/SK 3266.100

265 x 320 x 10

1

3267.200

SK 3256. . . .

315 x 365 x 10

1

3254.200

SK 3293. . . ./SK 3281.100/SK 3298. . . ./SK 3279.100/
SK 3260. . . ./SK 3269. . . ./SK 3262.100/SK 3393. . . ./
SK 3381.100/SK 3391. . . .

300 x 328 x 10

1

3294.200

SK 3255. . . ./SK 3395. . . .

348 x 210 x 10

1

3253.200

SK 3394. . . .

375 x 415 x 10

1

3285.200

For climate control door/section door

W x H x D mm

Packs of

Model No. SK

SK 3300.040/SK 3300.050/SK 3300.060/SK 3300.070/
SK 3300.080/SK 3300.090/SK 3300.110/SK 3300.120

425 x 78 x 10

1

3284.210

For discontinued climate control doors

W x H x D mm

Packs of

Model No. SK

SK 3306. . . ./SK 3307. . . ./SK 3309. . . ./SK 3310. . . .

424 x 100 x 10

1

3284.200

SK 3308. . . .

624 x 100 x 10

1

3288.200

For discontinued climate control side panel

W x H x D mm

Packs of

Model No. SK

SK 3331. . . .

380 x 150 x 10

1

3289.200

For air/air heat exchangers

W x H x D mm

Packs of

Model No. SK

SK 3126.100/SK 3126.115

265 x 200 x 10

1

3286.310

SK 3127.100/SK 3127.115/SK 3128.100/SK 3128.115/
SK 3129.100/SK 3129.115/SK 3130.100/SK 3130.115

344 x 268 x 10

1

3286.410

For air/air heat exchangers,
wall-mounted, railway-compatible version

W x H x D mm

Packs of

Model No. SK

SK 3126.4XX

130 x 130 x 10

1

3286.230

SK 3128.4XX/SK 3129.4XX

208 x 208 x 10

1

3286.240

SK 3130.4XX

225 x 225 x 10

1

3286.250

For recooling systems

W x H x D mm

Packs of

Model No. SK

SK 3318.600/SK 3318.610/SK 3319.600/SK 3319.610

530 x 255 x 10

1

3286.510

SK 3320.600/SK 3334.600

500 x 558 x 8

1

3286.520

SK 3360. . . .

344 x 268 x 10

1

3286.410

For chillers

W x H x D mm

Packs of

Model No. SK

SK 3335.590/SK 3335.600

600 x 800 x 20

1

3286.550

SK 3335.610/SK 3335.620/SK 3335.650

600 x 1050 x 20

1

3286.530

SK 3335.630/SK 3335.640/SK 3335.660

1000 x 1035 x 20

1

3286.540

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

Climate control accessories
Filter technology
Lint screen

Packs
of

Model No. SK

1

3329.904

For lint screen

Packs
of

Model No. SK

SK 3329.904

1

3329.903

For units

Especially for the use of cooling units and air/air
heat exchangers where there is a high proportion
of lint in the ambient air.
Material:
Stainless steel mesh

SK 3304. . . ./SK 3305. . . ./
SK 3328. . . ./SK 3329. . . ./
SK 3332. . . ./SK 3360. . . ./
SK 3126. . . ./SK 3127. . . ./
SK 3128. . . ./SK 3129. . . ./
SK 3130. . . .
Extended delivery times.

Also required:
Louvred grille for lint screen.

Louvred grille for lint screen
Material:
ABS

Extended delivery times.

Spare filter mats
Made of chopped-fibre mat with a progressive
structure. Temperature-resistant to +100°C,
self-extinguishing category F1 to DIN 53 438.
Dust-laden air side: Open structure.
Clean air side: Closed structure.
Reliable filtering of virtually all types of dust from
a particle size of 10 μm.
For thermoelectric cooler

Material

Filter class
to DIN EN 779

Packs of

Model No. SK

SK 3201.200/SK 3201.300

Chemical fibres

G2

5

3201.050

Material

Filter class
to DIN EN 779

Packs of

Model No. SK

SK 3237. . . .

G2

5

3321.700

SK 3238. . . .

G2

5

3322.700

For fan-and-filter units

SK 3239. . . .

G3

5

3171.100

SK 3240. . . ./SK 3241. . . .

G3

5

3172.100

SK 3243. . . ./SK 3244. . . .

G3

5

3173.100

Filter class
to DIN EN 779

Packs of

Model No. SK

SK 3321. . . .

G2

5

3321.700

SK 3322. . . .

G2

5

3322.700

G3

5

3171.100

G3

5

3172.100

SK 3326. . . .

G3

5

3173.100

SK 3327. . . .

G3

5

3327.700

Material

Filter class
to DIN EN 779

Packs of

Model No. SK

Chemical fibres

G2

3

3174.000

Material

Filter class
to DIN EN 779

Packs of

Model No. SK

SK 3237. . . .

G2

5

3237.0661)

SK 3238. . . .

G2

5

3238.0661)

G3

5

3239.0661)

G3

5

3240.0661)

G3

5

3243.0661)

For discontinued fan-and-filter units/
outlet filters

SK 3323. . . .
SK 3324. . . ./SK 3325. . . .

For filter holders
SK 3175.000

For EMC fan-and-filter units

SK 3239. . . .
SK 3240. . . ./SK 3241. . . .

Chemical fibres

Material

Chemical fibres

Copper-nickel
coated
chemical fibres

SK 3243. . . ./SK 3244. . . ./SK 3245. . . .
1) To

achieve the shielding/dampening properties of EMC fan-and-filter units.

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

301

Climate control accessories
Filter technology/general
Fine filter mats
for fan-and-filter units
Made of chopped-fibre mat with a progressive
structure. Temperature-resistant to +100°C,
self-extinguishing category F1 to DIN 53 438.
Dust-laden air side: Open structure.
Clean air side: Closed structure.
Reliable filtering of virtually all types of dust from
a particle size of 10 μm.

Material:
Chemical fibre

Filter class to
DIN EN 779

Packs of

Model No. SK

SK 3238. . . .

F5

5

3238.055

SK 3239. . . .

F5

5

3181.100

SK 3240. . . ./SK 3241. . . .

F5

5

3182.100

SK 3243. . . ./SK 3244. . . ./SK 3245. . . .

F5

5

3183.100

Filter class to
DIN EN 779

Packs of

Model No. SK

SK 3323. . . .

F5

5

3181.100

SK 3324. . . ./SK 3325. . . .

F5

5

3182.100

SK 3326. . . ./SK 3327. . . .

F5

5

3183.100

For fan-and-filter units

For discontinued fan-and-filter units/outlet filters

Auto Range power pack 240 W
for 24 V (DC) components
For power supply e.g. to DC fan-and-filter units
or the Thermoelectric Cooler SK 3201.300 with
primary 115/230 V (AC) voltage supply input.

Packs of

Model No. SK

1

3201.040

Technical specifications:
− Approvals: CE, UL-listed
− Dimensions W x H x D: 83 x 125 x 116 mm
− Operating temperature range: –10°C to +71°C
− Snaps onto a 35 mm top-hat rail

Electric condensate evaporator
For external mounting on enclosures.
For use with all enclosure cooling units and
air/water heat exchangers.
Evaporation performance:
1) 2.4 l/d
2) 4.2 l/d
Colour:
RAL 7035

For cooling units
SK 3302. . . ./
SK 3303. . . .
400 mm wide

Rated
operating voltage

Model No.
SK

230 V, 50/60 Hz

3301.5601)

115 V, 50/60 Hz

3301.5801)

230 V, 50/60 Hz

3301.5702)

115 V, 50/60 Hz

3301.5902)

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

Supply includes:
Electric condensate evaporator, ready to connect.

1
2

239

3

Condensate collecting bottle
For mounting on the enclosure.
For use with all enclosure cooling units and
air/water heat exchangers.
Safety overflow at the side.
Capacity approximately 0.75 l.

66

1 Condensate discharge tube
Ø 73

Packs of

Model No. SK

1

3301.600

Supply includes:
− Condensate collecting bottle
− Bottle holder
− Assembly parts

2 Membrane grommet
3 Max. 70 mm

302

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

Climate control accessories
General
Condensate hose
For removing and directing condensate.
For connecting to enclosure cooling units.
Material:
PVC, transparent
For units

Hose length

Material thickness
Ø

Model No. SK

SK 3201. . . .

5m

6 x 1 mm

3301.606

SK 3302. . . ./SK 320. . . . .

10 m

8 x 1.5 mm

3301.608

SK 3303. . . ./SK 3361. . . .

10 m

10 x 1.5 mm

3301.610

SK 3273. . . ./SK 3304. . . ./SK 3305. . . ./SK 3328. . . ./
SK 3329. . . ./SK 3332. . . ./SK 3359. . . ./SK 3366. . . ./
SK 3377. . . ./SK 3382. . . ./SK 3383. . . ./SK 3384. . . ./
SK 3385. . . ./SK 3386. . . ./SK 3387. . . .

10 m

12 x 2 mm

3301.612

Outlet filters
For ventilation by convection, an outlet filter can
be installed in the upper and lower sections of the
enclosure.
Material:
ABS,
material resistance to UL 94-5VA.

Model No. SK

Dimensions
W x H x D in mm

Standard

EMC

116.5 x 116.5 x 16

3237.200

3237.060

148.5 x 148.5 x 24

3238.200

3238.060

204 x 204 x 24

3239.200

3239.060

255 x 255 x 25

3240.200

3240.060

323 x 323 x 25

3243.200

3243.060

Colour:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
− Outlet filter
− Filter mat

Hose-proof hood
For fan-and-filter units/outlet filters. Easy cleaning
thanks to exterior silicon coating approved for use
with foodstuffs. When mounted over the fan-andfilter unit and outlet filter, a protection category of
IP 56 to IEC 60 529 is achieved.
Material:
− Stainless steel
− Silicone

Accessories:
− Spare filter mats, see page 301.
− Fine filter mats, see page 302.

For fan-and-filter units

Dimensions
mm

Model No.
SK

SK 3237. . . .

150 x 230 x 40

3237.080

SK 3238. . . .

176 x 245 x 55

3238.080

SK 3239. . . .

233 x 330 x 55

3239.080

SK 3240. . . ./SK 3241. . . .

282 x 390 x 85

3240.080

SK 3243. . . ./SK 3244. . . . 350 x 480 x 110 3243.080
SK 3245. . . .

350 x 480 x 160 3245.080

Protection category:
− In conjunction with the fan-and-filter units/
outlet filters, NEMA 3R + 12 is met.
− Protection category is met by type 1, 12, 3, 3R,
4, 4X.
− With SK 3237.080 and SK 3245.080, the protection category is only met by type 1, 12, 3R.

Blanking cover
If existing mounting cut-outs for fan-and-filter
units/outlet filters need to be closed to achieve
a higher protection category, the filter mat of the
fan-and-filter unit/outlet filter can simply be
replaced with a blanking cover; welding or other
mechanical modification of the enclosure is not
necessary.

For fan-and-filter units/
outlet filters

Packs of

Model No.
SK

SK 3237. . . .

2

3237.020

SK 3238. . . .

2

3238.020

SK 3239. . . .

2

3239.020

SK 3240. . . ./SK 3241. . . .

2

3240.020

SK 3243. . . ./SK 3244. . . .

2

3243.020

Material:
Plastic
Protection category:
IP 54

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

303

Climate control accessories
General
Front outlet grille 2 U
for tangential fans
This front outlet grille is required if a 482.6 mm (19˝)
cross-flow blower (SK 3144.000/SK 3145.000) is
used in the lower section of the electronic enclosure and the hot air is to be expelled to the outside from the upper section of the enclosure.
The design of the grille matches that of the intake
grille in the cross-flow blower.
These grilles can also be used as simple inflow
and outflow grilles with natural convection.

Packs of

Model No. SK

1

3176.000

Accessories:
Filter mat, see page 299.

Filter holder

W x H x D mm

Model No. SK

for roof ventilation
The use of a filter mat is required in order to
increase the protection category of the roof vent
(SK 3148.007).
Protection category IP 44 to IEC 60 529 is
achieved.

340 x 244 x 15

3175.000

Accessories:
Spare filter mat, see page 301.

Material:
Sheet steel
Supply includes:
Filter holder including filter mat.

Overflow valve
Pressostat for use in the water cycle between
the recooling system and the air/water heat
exchanger. It prevents an increase in pump pressure in the recooling system against the closed
magnetic valve of the air/water heat exchanger
outside of the cooling cycle.

Packs of

Model No. SK

1/

2˝

bypass valve

Design

1

3301.900

3/

4˝

bypass valve

1

3301.910

1˝ bypass valve

1

3301.920

Design

Packs of

Model No. SK

1

3301.930

1

3301.940

Setting range:
2 – 12 bar
Presetting:
3 bar
Material:
Brass

Flow regulator valve
For use with air/water heat exchangers, especially if more than one heat exchanger (n > 1) is
used in the water cooling circuit. The correctly set
valve then ensures the same quantity of cooling
medium for all equipment. The valve is used for
hydraulic balancing.

3/ ˝
4

x 1/2˝
for volumetric flow control
3/ ˝
4

x 3/4˝
for volumetric flow control

Setting range:
3 – 12 l/min
Material:
Brass

Threaded adaptor for
quick-release fastener
For use with air/water heat exchangers with quickrelease fastener. This threaded adaptor enables
simple adaptation to fixed and flexible pipework.
Material:
Brass

304

For
units
SK 3363..../
SK 3364..../
SK 3373..../
SK 3374..../
SK 3375....

Design

Packs Model No.
of
SK

G3/8˝ internal thread

2

3201.900

G3/8˝ external thread

2

3201.910

Stainless steel V4A version available on request.

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

Climate control accessories
General
Cooling medium
for recooling systems
Ready mix
Apart from the recooling systems for oil and emulsion, all other recooling systems are only suitable
for the cooling of water or a water/glycol mixture.
As well as protecting against frost, this cooling
medium also serves to inhibit bacterial growth and
provide optimum corrosion protection.

Cooling
medium

Antifreeze/
water mixture

Outdoor

1:2

Standard
1) Extended

1:4

Container

Model No. SK

10 l

3301.950

25 l

3301.955

200 l

3301.9571)

10 l

3301.960

25 l

3301.965

200 l

3301.9671)

Nominal
width

Model No. SK

delivery times.

Supply includes:
− 10 l canister
− 25 l canister
− 200 l barrel

Connection kit
for connecting the CRAC system CW to the customer’s pipework when using water as a cooling
medium.
The connection kit is preassembled and is connected to an outgoing pipe with stop valve (to be
provided by the customer) in both the inlet and
outlet.

For CRAC system CW
SK 3301.620 to 3301.650

1˝

3300.260

SK 3301.660 to 3301.690

11/4˝

3300.261

SK 3301.830 to 3301.860

11/2˝

3300.262

SK 3301.870 to 3301.990

2˝

3300.263

Height
mm

Model No. SK

SK 3301.620 to 3301.650

550

3300.290

SK 3301.660 to 3301.690

550

3300.291

SK 3301.830 to 3301.860

550

3300.292

SK 3301.870 to 3301.990

550

3300.293

SK 3300.510 to 3300.540

550

3300.294

SK 3300.560 to 3300.590

550

3300.295

SK 3300.710 to 3300.740

550

3300.296

SK 3300.760 to 3300.790

550

3300.297

Supply includes:
Inlet side in direction of flow
High-pressure hose for flexible connection to the
CRAC system CW.
Return side in direction of flow
High-pressure hose for flexible connection to the
CRAC system CW.

Energy-saving extractor
plenum
for top-mounting on CRAC systems CW/DX.
The extractor plenum is used to raise the extraction height of the return air and return it to the
CRAC system CW/DX at the highest possible
temperature level. In this way, the energy efficiency of the unit can be increased significantly.
The extractor plenum is comprised of an empty
enclosure tailored to the width and depth of the
CRAC system CW/DX. The equipment enclosure
and extractor plenum are screw-fastened together
using the assembly kit supplied loose.
Supply includes:
Empty enclosure including assembly kit.

Rittal Catalogue 33/Climate control

For
CRAC system CW/DX

Note:
Special heights to adapt to the available room
height are available on request.

305

306

IT infrastructure
IT competence
System overview – Wall-mounted/floor-standing network enclosures ......311
System overview – Server enclosures .......................................................313
System overview – Power ..........................................................................315
System overview – Cooling .......................................................................317
System overview – Monitoring ...................................................................319
System overview – Security solutions........................................................321

307

1

8
2

9

3

10

7

308

IT competence
Wall-mounted/floor-standing network enclosures
Wall-mounted enclosures ............................................................................53
Network enclosures.....................................................................................79

Server enclosures
Server enclosures........................................................................................91

Power
UPS systems .............................................................................................189
Power Distribution Rack ............................................................................200
Power System Module Plus .......................................................................201
Power System Module ...............................................................................202
RiCell Flex fuel cell system........................................................................205

Cooling
Chillers for IT cooling.................................................................................272
CRAC system ............................................................................................274
Aisle containment ......................................................................................278
Liquid Cooling Package ............................................................................279

Monitoring
Monitoring system CMC III ........................................................................578
Door control system ..................................................................................589
Monitor/keyboard unit................................................................................590
KVM switches ............................................................................................591
Dynamic Rack Control...............................................................................597

6

Security solutions
5

Compact data centre ................................................................................321
Data Centre Container...............................................................................327
Fire alarm and extinguisher system ..........................................................328
Security rooms...........................................................................................331
4

Software
RiZone .......................................................................................................345

Your benefits
●
●
●
●
●
●

Standardised server racks and network enclosures
Modular power distribution and back-up
Scalable IT cooling concepts
High-MTBF IT security rooms, including certificates
Complete system accessories for IT environments and data centres
Software-based IT and infrastructure management system

Sample applications
1

Wall-mounted enclosures, see page 53

2

Network enclosures, see page 79

3

Server enclosures, bayed in combination with LCP, see page 94/279

4

Power distribution

5

UPS systems, see page 189

6

Power Distribution Rack, see page 200

7

Chillers for IT cooling, see page 272

8

Monitoring system CMC III, see page 578

9

Compact data centre, see page 321

10

Data Center Container, see page 327
309

4

6

2

3

1

5

5

310

Wall-mounted/floor-standing
network enclosures
Wall-mounted network enclosures

6

VerticalBox ..................................................................................................54
FlatBox with 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles ............................................55
FlatBox with 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame .............................................56
QuickBox with glazed door .........................................................................57
QuickBox with sheet steel door...................................................................58
QuickBox with vertical 482.6 mm (19˝) level ...............................................59
Wall-mounted enclosures EL, 3-part, depth 573/673 mm, pre-configured ....60
Wall-mounted enclosures EL, 3-part, depth 473 mm, with punched rails......61
Wall-mounted enclosures EL, 3-part, depth 373 mm, with mounting plate....62
Wall-mounted enclosures EL, 3-part, depth 473 mm, with mounting plate....63
Wall-mounted enclosures EL, 2-part, depth 369 mm, with swing frame ........64
Wall-mounted enclosures AE with 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles.............65
Wall-mounted enclosures AE with 482.6 mm (19˝) pull-out frame .................66
Small fibre-optic distributors .........................................................................67

Floor-standing network enclosures
6

Network enclosures TS 8
Pre-configured, doors unvented .................................................................80
Pre-configured, doors vented .....................................................................81
Pre-configured, doors/rear wall unvented ...................................................82
Pre-configured, doors unvented, divided ...................................................82
Network enclosures TS 8.............................................................................83
Network enclosures TE 7000
Pre-configured.............................................................................................85
600 mm width ..............................................................................................86
800 mm width ..............................................................................................87
Distributor racks
TE 7000 open ..............................................................................................88
Data Rack ....................................................................................................89

Your benefits
Network enclosures
● Network enclosures for stand-alone installation and data centres
● Complete system solutions for small to large networks
● Maximum configuration diversity and protection for installed equipment
● Investment protection and flexibility thanks to simple conversions and
use of the comprehensive modular system
Wall-mounted enclosures
● The right enclosure to suit all applications – up to protection category
IP 55
● Sizes available from 3 U to 21 U
● Wide choice of accessories with “Rittal – The System.”
● Fast assembly, conversion and simple installation based on the modular
principle

Sample applications
1 Wall-mounted enclosures EL, see page 60
2 FlatBox, see page 55
3 QuickBox wall-mounted enclosure with vertical 482.6 mm (19˝) level,

see page 59
4 QuickBox wall-mounted enclosure with glazed door, see page 57
5 TE 7000 network enclosure with base/plinth and installation accessories,

see page 85
6 TS 8 network enclosures, bayed with base/plinth, roof-mounted fan

and installation accessories, see page 80
311

1

1

2

2

312

Server enclosures
Server enclosures
Server enclosures TS 8 ...............................................................................92
TS 8 server enclosures, colocation .............................................................93
TS 8 server enclosures for High Performance Cooling systems HPC ........94
Server enclosures TE 7000 .........................................................................95

Your benefits
● Broad spectrum of sizes
● Integrated system, from small server racks to bayed rack suites
in the data centre
● First-class finish for maximum protection
● High-quality lock systems for optimum access protection
● Comprehensive, system-compatible complete range for cooling,
power distribution/power backup and monitoring

3

Sample applications
1 TS 8 server enclosures in combination with aisle containment and LCP,

see page 278
2 TS 8 server enclosures, colocation, see page 93
3 TS 8 server enclosures in combination with LCP, see page 94
313

2

3

4

1

314

Power
UPS systems
UPS PMC 12..............................................................................................190
UPS PMC 40 (type 1-4) .............................................................................191
UPS PMC 40 (type 5) ................................................................................192
UPS PMC 120............................................................................................193
UPS PMC 200............................................................................................194
UPS PMC 800............................................................................................195
UPS PMC accessories ..............................................................................196

Power Distribution Rack
Power Distribution Rack ............................................................................200
Power Distribution Module ........................................................................200

Power System Module
PSM Plus busbar .......................................................................................201
PSM Plus plug-in modules ........................................................................201
PSM busbars .............................................................................................202
PSM socket modules .................................................................................203
PSM accessories.......................................................................................204

Fuel cell system
RiCell Flex fuel cell system........................................................................205

Your benefits
● Holistic, systematic energy management concepts
● Comprehensive, complete solutions for power distribution and back-up,
consistently modular, and flexibly extendible at any time
● Optimum energy and cost efficiency with maximum availability of the
entire system
● Reduced costs for installation, administration and manpower
● High level of investment certainty
● All from a single source!

Sample applications
1 Power Modular Concept PMC 200, see page 194
2 Power Distribution Rack PDR, see page 200
3 Power Distribution Module PDM, see page 200
4 Power System Module PSM, see page 201
315

4

3

4
3
3

3

2

2

6

5

316

Cooling
Chillers for IT cooling
Chillers for IT cooling.............................................. 15 – 123 kW ..............272
Chillers for IT cooling............................................ 155 – 481 kW ..............273

CRAC system
CRAC system CW ............................................ 27.8 – 137.4 kW ..............274
CRAC system DX ............................................... 19.2 – 56.2 kW ..............276

Aisle containment
Aisle containment ......................................................................................278

Liquid Cooling Package
TopTherm LCP Rack CW and DX ........................... up to 60 kW ..............279
TopTherm LCP Inline CW and DX ........................... up to 60 kW ..............280
TopTherm LCP T3+ CW .......................................... up to 25 kW ..............281
TopTherm LCP Passive CW ............................................. 20 kW ..............282
Accessories ...............................................................................................283

Your benefits
● State-of-the-art climate control technology, from cooling a single rack
through to entire data centres
● Individual climate control concepts for rack, suite and room cooling
● Enhanced security plus superior energy and cost efficiency
● Optimisation with aisle containment and cross-system control concepts
● Energy-efficient cooling with IT chillers
● Minimises operating costs with free cooling
● Environmentally friendly thanks to resource and CO2 savings
● Planning, assembly, commissioning and servicing –
all from a single supplier!

1

7

Sample applications
1

Rittal aisle containment, see page 278

2

CRAC systems, see page 274

3

Liquid Cooling Package LCP, see page 279

4

IT chiller, see page 272

5

Free cooling

6

Pipework

7

Raised floor for cold air supply
317

4

1

8

1

2

3

6
5
7

318

Monitoring
Monitoring system CMC III
CMC III system representation..................................................................578
CMC III system overview ...........................................................................580
CMC III Processing Unit/Compact ............................................................582
CMC III sensors .........................................................................................583
CMC III accessories ..................................................................................584

Door Control System
Door Control System .................................................................................588

Monitor/keyboard unit
Monitor/keyboard unit................................................................................590

KVM switches
SSC view 8 USB, SSC view 32 Cat, SSC compact 32 Cat........................591
SSC premium 2/16, 4/32, 8/32 ..................................................................592
SSC Duo 16 ...............................................................................................593

1

Dynamic Rack Control
RFID mounting frame, tags, controller ......................................................597
1

Software
RiZone .......................................................................................................345

Your benefits
3

2

7

●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●

Overview of your IT infrastructure
Enhanced security
Automated processes
High cost efficiency
Enormous energy savings
Simple project management
Fast installation
Flexible, individual solutions with standard products from Rittal
High standard of quality with coordinated standard products

Sample applications:
1

CMC III, see page 581

2

Power System Module PSM, Power Control Unit PCU
incl. current measurement see page 201

3

Liquid Cooling Package LCP, see page 279

4

Connection of up to 10 cooling units with Comfort control via one unit

5

Sensors/actuators, see page 583
– Temperature sensor
– Humidity sensor
– Access and vandalism sensors
– Motion detectors
– Airflow monitors
– Smoke detectors
– Voltage monitor
– Power supply
– Leaks

6

Monitor/keyboard unit, see page 590

7

Electric comfort handle TS 8, see page 415

8

Fire alarm and extinguisher system DET-AC XL, see page 329
319

1

2

320

Security solutions
Compact data centre
Basic Safe .................................................................................................322
Modular Safe .............................................................................................323
Modular Safe Extend .................................................................................324
Climate control for Modular Safe/Modular Safe Extend ............................325

Data Centre Container DCC
Data Centre Container DCC......................................................................327

Fire alarm and extinguisher system
DET-AC Plus ..............................................................................................328
DET-AC XL ................................................................................................329

Security rooms
Data centres ..............................................................................................331

3

Sample applications
1 Modular Safe with climate control, see page 323, 325
2 Basic Safe with CMC and extinguisher system, see page 322
3 Modular Safe Extend as compact data centre, see page 324
321

Basic Safe

System accessories Page 355

Benefits:
● Complete system with built-in
climate control
● High level of operational and
service-friendliness thanks to
the two-door system
● Compatibility with other infrastructure elements

Material:
Pladur plate
Colour:
Enclosure: RAL 7035
T2

Supply includes:
− Security enclosure with
operating and service doors
(three-point locking)
− Cable entry in both side
elements
− Climate control 2.4 kW

B2

H1

Protection standards:
− Fire protection F90 based on
DIN 4102
− Compliance with limit values
ΔT < 50 K, relative humidity
< 85% for 10 minutes
− Tested burglary protection
WK 2 EN 1627
− Protection against dust and
water jets IP 55 to IEC 60 529
The tests were performed as
system tests and confirmed by
way of test reports.

H2

Applications:
● Micro data centre for small
businesses
● Protection for servers and
storage applications
● Protection for business-critical
data
● Storage of personal data,
e.g. doctors’ surgeries or tax
advisors

B1

T1

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.
Photo shows a configuration
example with equipment not
included in the scope of supply.

U

15

Cooling capacity kW

2.4

Width (B1) mm

806

Height (H1) mm

1699

Depth (T1) mm

1270

Clearance width (B2) mm

620

Clearance height (H2) mm

827

Clearance depth (T2) mm

1024

Weight excluding internal installation approx. kg

360

Model No. LS Basic Safe with built-in 482.6 mm (19˝) rack

7999.999

Model No. LS Basic Safe without built-in 482.6 mm (19˝) rack

7999.898

Accessories
482.6 mm (19˝) rack, 15 U, depth 1000 mm

7995.992

Early fire detection system EFD Plus

see page 328

Fire alarm and extinguisher system DET-AC Plus

see page 328

CMC monitoring system

see page 577

Standard protection from:

Fire

322

Extinguishing
water

Vandalism

Unauthorised
access

Dust

Theft/
burglary

Rittal Catalogue 33/IT infrastructure

Modular Safe

System accessories Page 355

Benefits:
● Modular assembly
● Prepared for the installation
of various IT climate control
solutions
● Low weight
● User-friendly, thanks to
operator and service door

Material:
Pladur plate

T1

Colour:
Enclosure: RAL 7035

B1

T2

Supply includes:
− Security safe as a two-door
system
− Cable duct in both side
elements
− Both doors with semi-cylinder
and two locks
− Optional cable routing in
the top element, selectable
positioning

H1

Protection standards:
− Fire protection F90 based on
DIN 4102
− Burglary protection WK 2 to
EN 1627
− Protection against dust and
water jets IP 56 to IEC 60 529
− Protection from acrid gases to
DIN 18 095

H2

Applications:
● Solid protection against
potential physical threats for
IT components
● Targeted configuration
components transform the
safe into a complete,
compact data centre.

B2

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

Two-door-system
33

47

Width (B1)

1500

1500

Height (H1)

1942

2321

Depth (T1)

1238

1238

Width (B2)

9791)

9791)

Height (H2)

1840

2219

Depth (T2)

1010

1010

U
External dimensions mm

Internal dimensions mm
Clearance height of door opening mm
Model No. LS

1678

2057

7999.892

7999.893

Accessories
482.6 mm (19˝) rack, based on TS 8, 482.6 mm (19˝) level front
and rear, 6 support strips for mounting on the 482.6 mm (19˝) level,
2 punched sections with mounting flanges

W 800 x H 1600 x D 1000

7831.429

–

W 800 x H 2000 x D 1000

–

7995.969

W 800 x H 2200 x D 1000

–

7999.970

Early fire detection system EFD Plus

see page 328

Fire alarm and extinguisher system DET-AC Plus

see page 328

CMC monitoring system

see page 577

Climate control for Modular Safe
1) With

see page 325/326

built-in heat exchanger.

Standard protection from:

Fire

Extinguishing
water

Rittal Catalogue 33/IT infrastructure

Vandalism

Unauthorised
access

Dust

Theft/
burglary

323

Modular Safe Extend

System accessories Page 355

Benefits:
● Modular assembly
● Expandability for graduated
investment in line with IT
growth
● Prepared for the installation
of various IT climate control
solutions
● Systems may be dismantled
and reassembled, for maximum investment security

Material:
Pladur plate

Colour:
Enclosure: RAL 7035
Supply includes:
− Security safe with operator
door and servicing door
− Cable entry in both side
elements
− Both doors with key lock

Internal dimensions mm

B2

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

42

47

42

47

Width (B1)

1100

1100

1100

1100

Height (H1)

2210

2410

2210

2410

Depth (T1)

1200

1200

1400

1400

Width (B2)

920

920

920

920

Height (H2)

2030

2230

2030

2230

U

Depth (T2)

1000

1000

1200

1200

7999.896

7999.897

7999.983

7999.987

Left

7999.977

7999.980

7999.984

7999.988

Centre

7999.978

7999.981

7999.985

7999.989

Right

7999.979

7999.982

7999.986

7999.990

W 800 x H 2000 x D 1000

7995.969

7995.969

7995.969

7995.969

W 800 x H 2200 x D 1000

7999.970

7999.970

7999.970

7999.970

Individual solution
Model No. LS

T2

Optional:
− Electronic combination lock
− Electronic lock pre-equipped
for activation by an external
access control system
− Cable entry in the top and
base unit
− Twin-walled doors
− Choice of door hinges

External dimensions mm

B1

T1

H1

Protection standards:
− Fire protection F90 based on
DIN 4102
− Compliance with limit values
ΔT < 50 K, relative humidity
< 85% for 30 minutes
− Burglary protection optionally
WK 2, 3 or 4 EN 1627
− Protection against dust and
water jets IP 56 to IEC 60 529
− Protection from acrid gases to
DIN 18 095
The tests were performed as
system tests and confirmed by
way of test reports.

H2

Applications:
● A high level of protection
against potential physical
threats for IT
● Targeted configuration components transform the safe
into a complete, compact
data centre.

Suite creation

Accessories
482.6 mm (19˝) rack, based on TS 8, 482.6 mm (19˝) level front
and rear, 6 support strips for mounting on the 482.6 mm (19˝) level,
2 punched sections with mounting flanges
Early fire detection system EFD Plus

see page 328

Fire alarm and extinguisher system DET-AC Plus

see page 328

CMC monitoring system

see page 577

PSM busbar

see page 202

Climate control for Modular Safe

see page 325/326

Standard protection from:

Fire

324

Extinguishing
water

Corrosive
gases

Vandalism

Unauthorised
access

Dust

Theft/
burglary

Rittal Catalogue 33/IT infrastructure

Climate control for Modular Safe/Modular Safe Extend

System accessories Page 355 Modular Safe/Modular Safe Extend Page 323/324
● All climate control units are
designed as split units to
ensure hermetic separation
between the cooling circuits
inside and outside of the safe.
This prevents the ingress of
dust and corrosive gases.
● Air routing inside the safe is
horizontal. The hot air is
drawn in at the rear, and the
cooled air is expelled in front
of the 482.6 mm (19˝) level.

Compact climate control
Suitable for use in rooms with
climate control in the building or
adequate ventilation, and low or
no noise level requirements. The
climate control unit is available
in the output categories 2.5 kW
and 4 kW.
The evaporator coil is fastened
to the side panel on the inside of
the modular safe, and the external device on the service door
(Modular Safe Extend) or side
panel (Modular Safe).

Outdoor climate control
When using the outdoor variant,
the internal circuit of the climate
control unit is secured to the
side panel on the inside of the
safe.
The external unit is positioned
outside of the building. The
internal and external units are
connected to one another via
coolant lines and control cables.
The hot air from the servers is
drawn in at the rear of the safe,
and the cooled air is expelled in
front of the 482.6 mm (19˝) level.
Benefits of the outdoor model:
The waste heat is routed directly
to the outside. As a result, room
ventilation or air-conditioning is
not necessary.

Outdoor climate control
with inverter technology
The external unit with inverter
technology allows targeted
speed control of the compressor. The volume of refrigerant
is regulated via the electronic
expansion valve. Adaptation to
cooling requirements facilitates
energy savings of up to 40%.
The cold air is expelled in front
of the 482.6 mm (19˝) level by
the internal unit (evaporator
coil), while the hot air is drawn
in at the rear. Modified air baffle
plates achieve additional efficiency gains and help to avoid
hot spots.

Compact climate control
Model No. SK

3126.230

Rated operating voltage V, Hz

400/460, 3~, 50/60

Dimensions mm
.
Useful cooling output QK
to DIN 3168

3126.240

W x H x D external unit 500 x 1580 x 231
W x H x D internal unit 804 x 1544 x 100
L 35 L 35 2500 W/3090 W
L 35 L 50 2070 W/2300 W

4000 W/4010 W
3020 W/3250 W

Rated current max.

3.3 A/3.5 A

4.1 A/4.8 A

Start-up current

14.2 A/14.7 A

15.2 A/15.8 A

Pre-fuse T

6,3 – 10.0 A

Motor circuit-breaker
Power consumption Pel
to DIN 3168

.
Refrigeration factor ε = QK/Pel





L 35 L 35 1275 W/1615 W
L 35 L 50 1525 W/1920 W

1620 W/2125 W
1825 W/2835 W

L 35 L 35 2.0

2.5

Refrigerant

R134a,1500 g

R134a, 2900 g

Permissible operating pressure p. max.

28 bar

25 bar

Temperature and setting range

+20°C to +55°C

Noise level dB (A)
Protection category to
IEC 60 529
Weight

< 70
External circuit IP 24
External unit 65 kg
Internal unit 70 kg

Colour

RAL 7035

Temperature control

Comfort controller (factory setting +25°C)

Rittal Catalogue 33/IT infrastructure

< 72

Internal circuit IP 54

325

Climate control for Modular Safe/Modular Safe Extend
Outdoor climate control
Model No. SK

7999.963

7999.965

7999.964

7999.966

Redundancy

–

–





Rated operating voltage V, Hz

230 V, 50 Hz, 1~

400 V, 50 Hz, 3~

230 V, 50 Hz, 1~ (2 x)

400 V, 50 Hz, 3~ (2 x)

W x H x D 795 x 610 x 290

900 x 680 x 340 (2 x)

795 x 610 x 290

900 x 680 x 340 (2 x)

L 25 L 35 2400 W

5000 W

2400 W

5000 W

Dimensions mm

.
Useful cooling output QK
to DIN 3168
Rated current per unit, max.

3.8 A

4.1 A

3.8 A

4.1 A

Start-up current per unit

19.5 A

35 A

19.5 A

35 A

Pre-fuse T

16 A

3 x 16 A

16 A (2 x)

3 x 16 A (2 x)

Refrigerant

R410 a

Temperature and setting range
Weight

–15°C to +35°C
External unit 38 kg

74 kg

2 x 38 kg

2 x 74 kg

Internal unit 59 kg

59 kg

63 kg

66 kg

Colour

RAL 7035

Accessories
Refrigerant line incl. electric control cable for 2400 W,
length 20 m

7999.961

7999.961

7999.961

7999.961

Refrigerant line incl. electric control cable for 5000 W,
length 20 m

7999.962

7999.962

7999.962

7999.962

Outdoor climate control with inverter technology
Model No. SK

7999.991

7999.992

Redundancy

–



Rated operating voltage V, Hz

230 V, 50 Hz, 1~

230 V, 50 Hz, 1~ (2 x)

W x H x D 900 x 795 x 320

900 x 795 x 320 (2 x)

Dimensions mm

.
Useful cooling output QK
to DIN 3168
Rated current max.

L 181)/L 35 7850 W
L 18/L 43 7030 W
13.9 A

Start-up current

36 A

Pre-fuse T

25 A

Refrigerant

R410a

Temperature and setting range

–15°C to +43°C

Noise level
Weight
Colour

25 A (2 x)

48 – 49 dB (A)
External unit 63 kg

63 (2 x) kg

Internal unit 70 kg

70 (2 x) kg

RAL 7035

Also required
Heat exchanger (evaporator coil)

3126.270

3126.2702)

1) Server

inlet temperature
2) 2 heat exchangers are required.

Rittal Czech Republic
RITTAL Czech, s.r.o.
Ke Zdibsku 182  250 66 Zdiby u Prahy
Phone: +420 234 099 000
Fax: +420 234 099 099
E-mail: info@rittal.cz  www.rittal.cz

326

Rittal Catalogue 33/IT infrastructure

Data Centre Container DCC

Technical specifications:
Fire protection:
− Fire protection, internal
panels: F30, optionally F90
based on DIN 4102/EN 1363,
component-tested
Duct system:
− Type: Hard duct DN200
− Dimensions of packing space:
120 x 120 mm
Raised floor:
− Substructure type:
Control room
− Number of slotted plates
dependent on number of
racks
− Total raised height: 300 mm

Climate control –
Direct Free Cooling:
− Available with 7 and 10 kW
units. Up to 3 units can be
integrated.
− Targeted cooling via aisle
containment

Note on standard and
customised solutions:
There is a standard range of
models available with 12 preconfigured data centre types.
Ask for the Rittal Data Centre
Container project planning form.
Within just a few days, you will
receive an initial quote.

Power distribution:
− Infeed: Wall-mounted
CEE connector, 125 A,
3-phase/N/PE, 400 V/50 Hz
− Enclosure dimensions
(W x H x D):
600 x 2000 x 400 mm

Version

R7A

R7B

R7C

Customised solutions:
Bayed containers, higher cooling outputs e.g. using LCP technology or more than seven racks
– we would be happy to design
your own individual data centre
container.

R7D

R14A

R14B

R14C

Width mm

3000

Height mm

3250

R14D

Depth mm

6055

Useful area

15.2 m2

Model No.

Project planning on request

Optional:
− Up to seven 482.6 mm (19˝)
IT racks with power supply
− UPS, with up to 15 minutes
autonomy
− Fire alarm/gas extinguisher
system (Novec 1230)
− Access systems, access door
(keyboard, code card)
− Monitoring and management
(CMC, RiZone)
Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.
Photo shows a configuration
example with equipment not
included in the scope of supply.

R20A

R20B

R20C

R20D

Cooling capacity kW

7

7

7

7

14

14

14

14

20

20

20

20

Redundancy cooling

1+1

1+1

1+1

1+1

2+1

2+1

2+1

2+1

2+1

2+1

2+1

2+1

Available area mm (racks, UPS, DET-AC)

4000

4500

4500

4500

4500

4000

4000

4000

4000

4000

4000

4000

Heavy-duty raised floor

























Plug-and-play power distribution

























Hard ducts 2 x DN200

























Security door WK 2

























Optional fittings
UPS (uninterruptible power supply)

▫



▫



▫



▫



▫



▫



DET-AC XL fire alarm/extinguisher system

▫

▫





▫

▫





▫

▫





Max. no. of racks 42 U (600 mm wide)

7

6

7

6

7

6

6

5

7

6

6

5

Max. no. of racks 42 U (800 mm wide)

5

4

5

4

5

4

4

4

5

4

4

4

Higher racks (47 U)

▫

▫

▫

▫

▫

▫

▫

▫

▫

▫

▫

▫

Rack power supply (PSM, PDM)

▫

▫

▫

▫

▫

▫

▫

▫

▫

▫

▫

▫

Monitoring package (CMC)

▫

▫

▫

▫

▫

▫

▫

▫

▫

▫

▫

▫

Security door WK 3

▫

▫

▫

▫

▫

▫

▫

▫

▫

▫

▫

▫

Additional hard ducts

▫

▫

▫

▫

▫

▫

▫

▫

▫

▫

▫

▫

Metal sun shade

▫

▫

▫

▫

▫

▫

▫

▫

▫

▫

▫

▫

 Standard ▫ Option

Rittal Catalogue 33/IT infrastructure

327

Fire alarm and extinguisher system DET-AC/EFD Plus

System accessories Page 355 Server enclosures Page 91
EFD Plus
The EFD Plus system is a compact early fire detection system
with active smoke extraction
system.
The integral fan system continuously extracts the air from the
enclosure, and passes it over
two smoke detectors. The first
smoke detector is extremely
sensitive and triggers a prealarm. The second smoke
detector triggers the main alarm.

DET-AC Plus
The DET-AC Plus is a compact
fire alarm and active extinguisher system with smoke
extraction system, built into one
height unit. The detection system is identical to that used in
the EFD Plus system. Fire extinguishing with the extinguisher
gas NOVEC 1230 is automatically activated when a main
alarm is triggered. With the
extinguisher gas supply provided, a volume of up to 3 m3
can be extinguished.

Fire alarm and extinguisher
system DET-AC Plus

DET-AC Plus Slave
In conjunction with the DET-AC
Plus slave system, up to five
bayed enclosures may be extinguished. In addition to the
DET-AC Plus unit, a DET-AC Plus
Save unit is used for each additional enclosure and contains
the extinguisher gas for one
enclosure. For detection purposes, the pipework from the
DET-AC Plus system is laid in
all enclosures.

Benefits:
● Early fire detection
● Automatic extinguishing
● Innovative extinguisher gas
NOVEC 1230
− Eco-friendly
− Uncritical for IT components
● 482.6 mm (19˝) rack mount
with just 1 U

Add-on unit
DET-AC Plus Slave

Early fire detection system
EFD Plus

Width mm

482,6 (19˝) rack mount

Height mm

44 (1 U)

Depth mm

640

570

500

Weight kg

Approx. 15

Approx. 12

Approx. 8

Model No. DK

7338.120

7338.320

7338.220

Protection category

IP 20

24 V DC

100/240 V AC 50/60 Hz

Ambient temperature (operation)

+10°C to +35°C

Battery storage

–10°C to +50°C

Operating voltage

100/240 V AC 50/60 Hz

Uninterruptible mains electricity
operation

2 x 12 V; 2.2 A/approx. 4 h

Connections

3 RJ 12 connectors for connecting to the CMC, alternatively 3 relay outputs,
max. contact load 24 V DC/0.5 A

Sensors

2 different scattered-light sensors

–

2 different scattered-light sensors

Display

LCD display with
plain text information

–

LCD display with
plain text information

No. of slave modules

Max. 4

–

Max. 5

No. of monitored enclosures

Max. 5

–

Max. 5

Extinguisher gas

NOVEC 1230

NOVEC 1230

–

Fill volume of extinguisher gas

3.2 kg

3.2 kg

–

Admissible max. protection volume

3 m³

3 m³

–

Pipe kit

7338.130

7338.130

7338.130

RJ 12 cable for alarm relaying to CMC,
packs of 2

7320.8141)

7320.8141)

7320.8141)

Access sensors

7320.530

7320.530

–

583

Depth-variable slide rails

–

–

7063.883

559

Also required

1)

Page
585

2 packs are required.

328

Rittal Catalogue 33/IT infrastructure

Fire alarm and extinguisher system DET-AC XL

System accessories Page 355 Server enclosures Page 91
Standardised solution for extinguishing individual bayed
enclosure suites with up to
24 enclosures or entire rooms.
All components of the system are
built into a 300 mm wide TS 8
enclosure, facilitating optimum
baying to a suite of server enclosures. The integral earlywarning fire detection system
with active smoke extraction
detects fire from a very early
stage. The fire is extinguished
automatically.
NOVEC 1230 is used as the
extinguisher gas.

Benefits:
● Extinguisher system for room
volumes up to 84 m³
● Rack extinguisher system
for up to 24 racks
● Suitable for incorporation into
TS 8 server rack suites
● Simple project planning on
the basis of standard packages
● Innovative extinguisher gas
NOVEC 1230
− Eco-friendly
− Uncritical for IT components

Fire alarm and extinguisher system DET-AC XL

Three solutions are available
in the standard version:
For extinguishing up to:
● 8 racks
● 16 racks
● 24 racks
In addition, Rittal is able to
configure both room and rack
extinguisher systems to your
individual specifications.

S-08-40-10

Function principle:
The detection system of the
DET-AC XL draws room or rack
air in continuously and detects
even the tiniest smoke particles
during the initial phase of a fire,
the pyrolysis phase.
After a defined delay time, the
extinguisher gas bottle is
opened electrically and the gas
flows out into the room or racks
via the extinguisher nozzles.
Photo shows a configuration
example with equipment not
included in the scope of supply.

S-16-40-10

S-24-40-10

S-08-40-12

S-16-40-12

Width mm

300

300

Height mm

2000

2000

Depth mm

1000

Model No. DK

S-24-40-12

1200

7338.160

7338.161

7338.162

7338.163

7338.164

7338.165

Nozzle piping kit for extinguisher system

7338.166

7338.166

7338.166

7338.166

7338.166

7338.166

Piping kit for smoke extraction system

7338.167

7338.167

7338.167

7338.167

7338.167

7338.167

Nozzle piping kit for extinguisher system between enclosure suites

7338.168

7338.168

7338.168

7338.168

7338.168

7338.168

Piping kit for smoke extraction system between enclosure suites

7338.170

7338.170

7338.170

7338.170

7338.170

7338.170

Pressure relief valve for enclosures

7338.171

7338.171

7338.171

7338.171

7338.171

7338.171

Accessories

Rittal Catalogue 33/IT infrastructure

329

330

Security rooms
We plan and implement
data centres
Whether you are planning a new building, an
extension or an optimisation to your data centre,
we are at your side as a trustworthy partner and
leading provider with decades of experience.

Basic protection

HighMTBF

LER
Extend

LER
Basic

LSR
18.6 E

–







ECB·S certifications to EN 1047-2,
50 K temperature increase and 85%
rel. humidity up to 24 hours (reheating
period), 60 minutes flame impingement
time

–

–

–



50 K temperature rise and 85% rel. humidity over
30 minutes, without reheat period

–



–



F120 as system test, according to the limits of
EN 1363 (DIN 4102), for the cellular structure
and its built-in modules

–

–

–



F90 as system test, according to the limits of
EN 1363 (DIN 4102), for the cellular structure
and its built-in modules

–







F180 only as component testing to EN 1363
(DIN 4102), wall system only

–

–

–



F120 only as component testing to EN 1363
(DIN 4102), wall system only









F90 only as component testing to EN 1363
(DIN 4102), wall system only









Detonation test as system testing of 200 kg TNT
from 40 m

–

–

–



Standing water, 72 hours, 40 cm,
maximum 20 drops

–

–

–



Extinguisher water, IP x6 as system testing to
IEC 60 529, for the cellular structure and its
built-in modules

–







Relative humidity, 85%, over 24 hours (reheat
period), 60 minutes flame impingement time,
to EN 1047-2

–

–

–



Criterion

Standards
Testing of the following standards as
complete system or structure1)

System testing

Fire protection
Testing at temperatures
of up to 1000°C and
above

Explosion

Water

● Basic protection or high-MBTF protection
for data centres
● Extendible
● Dismantling and reassembly =
investment protection
● Dust- and noise-reduced installation
● System-tested
● Multi-functional risk coverage

Conventional
design2)

Relative humidity, 85%, over 30 minutes

–



–



Dust-tightness

IP 5x as system testing to IEC 60 529, for the
cellular structure and its built-in modules

–







Corrosive fire gases

Acrid gas-tightness, based on EN 1634-3
(DIN 18 095)

–







WK 3 as system test to EN 1627/1630,
for the cellular structure and its built-in modules,
such as doors

–







WK 2 as system test to EN 1627/1630,
for the cellular structure and its built-in modules,
such as doors

–







WK 4 only as component testing to
EN 1627/1630, door system only

–

–

–



Shock test as system test,
3 shocks of 200 kg from 1.5 m after 45 minutes
flame impingement time

–

–

–



Shock test as system test,
1 shock of 200 kg from 1.5 m after 30 minutes
flame impingement time

–







EMC protection

Protection against high-frequency irradiation
and radiation, verified by tests on comparable
components by TU Aachen

–







EMC optional package

Extended high-frequency shielding in accordance with BSI TL-03304

–

–

–



Unauthorised access

Falling debris

1)

System-tested products are tested as a complete construction. This comprises the cellular structure and installation
modules such as doors, cable shields or ventilation units. By contrast, component testing only refers to
individual parts.
2) The conventional design refers to room structures of plasterboard, concrete and other standard construction
materials which do not offer sufficient protection for data centre applications.
Conventional designs are generally tested for use as fire walls.

Rittal Catalogue 33/IT infrastructure

331

332

Software & services
Expertise ............................................................................................335
Planning..............................................................................................337
Project management .................................................................341
Configuration ...................................................................................343
Monitoring..........................................................................................345
Service ................................................................................................349
Quality management .................................................................353
Training courses, seminars and workshops
See our website www.rittal.com

333

334

Rittal added-value
Rittal system consulting
Rittal offers you more than just efficient products.
Rittal can help you to save costs throughout the
entire value creation chain. It is a question of
uncovering and tapping into hidden potential.
A whole team of Rittal experts – who know exactly
what they are talking about – are waiting to give
you their support. Together with your own specialists, they investigate the full process chain, from
initial development and engineering, through to
the actual manufacturing. Always on the lookout
for optimisation potential.

Rittal offers you an ingenious and integrated concept combining consulting, software, products,
services and support. A conclusive approach, but
nevertheless open to all your individual contributions. Benefit from our proven expertise and longstanding experience. Put our promise to the test.

Step 1:
Analysis of current situation

Rittal follows a systematic approach to solutionfinding.
The starting point is a customer-specific analysis
of the current situation at all levels:

Rittal has both the consultants and the
requisite know-how.

1

● Products, tools and software used
● Defined processes and procedures
● Efficiency of the solution

12

2

11

3

4

10

5

9
8

6
7

Step 2:
Identify potential

The second step is to uncover the potential for
time and cost savings. An individual evaluation
scrutinises data consistency, technology efficiency and the options for process optimisation.
In many cases, the first savings are already
apparent here.

Step 3:
Implement measures

With corresponding support from Rittal, the customer can now translate the theoretical results into
concrete efficiency-boosting measures.
Rittal possesses all the necessary intelligent tools,
solutions and systems. Each component is perfectly integrated – without compromise, without
the need for improvisation.

Step 4:
Performance review

A systematic approach is the key to significantly
enhanced efficiency. To this end, Rittal offers a
complete package (products, planning and software, service and support). After a defined
period, we join you to review the success of the
implemented measures.

Rittal Catalogue 33/Software & services

335

336

Planning
RiCAD 3D
The download platform for seamless integration of Rittal CAD data into your plant designs
– 3D data for efficient planning
Regardless of which CAD system you use,
RiCAD 3D effectively supports the efficiency
and productivity of your plant design work.
It includes both 2D and 3D drawings for virtually
all Rittal products, together with an extensive
range of system accessories.

CAD data in the following formats:
● DWG.3D
● ProE 2001
● ProE Wildfire
● SolidWorks 3D
● Neutral Step format
Fast online access to original data in many
other CAD formats with direct downloading
facility available at: www.rittal.com

Benefits:
● Precisely detailed CAD product data
● Export in all standard CAD formats
● Simple integration into the most varied CAD
systems
● Considerable reduction of engineering and
design work
● Error-free, detailed Rittal data
● Generic original data in 3D and 2D format
● No conversion of neutral formats

AE Laser Express
Rittal provides a very special service: You will
receive an enclosure that has been assembled
as defined in your specifications, finished with
cut-outs and drilled holes and painted in the special colour that you stipulated within just 7 days!

Benefits:
● Send us your drawing via our Internet portal.
You will receive your quote within the next
24 hours.
● Production will start as soon as we receive your
order.
● Within 7 days, customers in Germany will
receive their own compact enclosure, custommanufactured for their particular application.
www.rittal.com

Rittal Catalogue 33/Software & services

337

Planning
EPLAN platform
●
●
●
●
●
●
●

EPLAN electric P8
EPLAN pro panel
EPLAN fluid
EPLAN ppe
EPLAN cabinet
EPLAN data portal
EPLAN engineering center

All applications on the same, consistent
platform technology
● Uniform project planning environment for
electrical, fluid, EI&C engineering and 3D
assembly design
● Consistent project data and component
management
● Modularisation for individual system
configuration
● Open system architecture for seamless
system integration
● Cross-platform basic functions
www.eplan.com

EPLAN electric P8
The new dimension in engineering.
● Professional project planning, documentation
and administration of electrical engineering
automation projects
● Optimisation of the engineering process
through standardisation, reuse and automated
circuit diagram generation
● Variant technology – unique, powerful,
convincing
● High-end electrical project planning –
process-oriented and automated
● Transfer and processing of data from
upstream processes

● Qualified master data ready to use
“out-of-the-box”
● Consistent support in circuit diagram
generation

EPLAN pro panel
● High-end 3D assembly layouts for electrical
and fluid design
● Description of the assembly layout with virtual
3D prototypes
● EPLAN eTouch technology for the simplest
handling
● Positioning aids for optimum dimensioning
and utilisation of the available space
● Planning confidence by taking manufacturer
data into account
● 50% or more time savings with layout
● Early availability of precise production
documents

● Precise-fit components for greater assembly
efficiency
● Complete consistency with participating
engineering disciplines
● Improved communications thanks to
high-quality documentation

EPLAN fluid
From drawing to engineering.
● Clear project structures instead of a single
drawing
● The latest symbol data based on the current
standard ISO 1219
● Consistency in electro-hydraulic system
documentation
● Direct connection of parts lists and hydraulic
diagrams
● Automatic documentation of revisions

338

Rittal Catalogue 33/Software & services

Planning
EPLAN ppe
For consistent engineering with process technology in mechanical and plant engineering
● Professional planning and project management
of EI&C technology in process-related
machinery and plant
● Generation of plant overviews, P&I diagrams,
administration of PIC points, and documentation
● Smooth-running interdisciplinary cooperation
thanks to deep platform integration
● Optimum support for both preplanning and
detailed planning

EPLAN cabinet
Efficient enclosure production in the product
development process
● Transfer of equipment and wiring information
from the upstream electrical design
● 3D configuration of mounting plates and enclosures
● Automatic calculation of optimum wiring routes
and wire lengths
● Transfer of production data to NC machines
● Transfer of assembly data to wire assembly
machines
● High-quality product data thanks to links with
RiCAD 3D

EPLAN data portal
Web-based supply of high-quality equipment
data.
● Seamless integration into the EPLAN platform
● Fast project planning with no media interruptions
● Minimal effort required for master data
maintenance
● Enhanced quality, thanks to high-quality
templates
● Extensive additional information
● Multi-lingualism at no extra cost
● Uniform layout and complete documentation

EPLAN engineering center
Functional engineering for unimaginable
productivity benefits.
● Functional engineering is the crucial link
between sales, design and service
● Existing projects indicate potential savings of
up to 80%
● EPLAN EC guarantees rapid commissioning
on the basis of tested, standardised machine
functions
● Cross-disciplinary engineering minimises the
need for coordination and speeds up the time
to market
● EPLAN EC proves that: module-based engineering cuts costs and permanently improves
quality

Rittal Catalogue 33/Software & services

● The EPLAN EC automatisms prevent the usual
last minute changes from becoming a project
cost trap
● A central database ensures engineering
expertise and allows rapid induction during
peak project times

339

340

Project management
Therm 6.1 software
The Therm 6.1 software package takes care of the
complex calculation of climate control requirements. A user-friendly interface guides the operator to the most suitable, correctly dimensioned
climate control component.
All evaluations are closely based on the requirements of IEC/TR 60 890 AMD 1/02.95 and
DIN 3168 for enclosure cooling units.
Rittal Therm 6.1 is a calculation program
for enclosure climate control.
● Improved user guidance via tabs and simple
selection menus
● Express and expert versions
● Configurator for recooling systems
● Heat loss calculator for busbars
● Key calculation data is visible at all times
● Internet updates
● Fast and thorough determination of the required
climate control measures
● Determining the correct climate control measures leads to cost savings
● Easy calculation of the required actual cooling
output, as well as any upgrades or enhancements to the switchgear
● Detailed documentation is supplied with the
calculation

Rittal Power Engineering
Planning software for RiLine60 busbar systems and Ri4Power low-voltage switchgear
with design certificate
The multi-lingual software package includes the
following functions:
● Project handling, from the initial enquiry through
to ordering
● Configuration of RiLine60 busbar systems in the
Top enclosure system TS 8. Compact enclosures AE, CM, KS and free-standing enclosure
ES 5000.
● Configuration of low-voltage switchgear with
Ri4Power systems Form 1-4 and ISV
● Complete, automatic function for the generation of bills of materials and a calculation program for quote preparation
● Input and evaluation of assembly times to calculate man hours
● Access to the entire range of Rittal products
● Output of automatically generated plant documentation with rated current and heat loss
calculation

Packs of

Model No. SK

1

3121.000

Supply includes:
CD-ROM, with 19 languages
Note:
Your free 30-day trial version may be downloaded at www.rittal.com

Packs of

Model No. SV

1

3020.500

● Generation of special fields configured by
the customer with graphical processing in the
CAD view
● Import/export interfaces for product and
CAD data
● Export function for order lists and bills of materials in Excel format
● Interface to EPLAN Electric P8, for the export
of CAD data and bills of materials
● The extra benefit for engineering and planning
offices: Output of detailed tender texts based
on plants that have been project-planned in
Power Engineering in MS Word format.
● Output of project-specific assembly plans
together with field and plant definitions
● Integral configurator for the generation of
drawings and bills of materials to create connector kits for connecting open air circuitbreakers (ACB).
Supply includes:
CD-ROM
Languages: German/English/French/Dutch/Danish/Swedish/Czech/Italian/Spanish/Polish/Russian

Rittal Catalogue 33/Software & services

341

342

Configuration
TS 8 configurator
A complete enclosure configured in just eight
clicks, including parts list and 3D model.

Benefits:
● Easy menu-assisted configuration of a bayed
TS 8 enclosure with base/plinth, side panels
and the handle system required
● Mounting rails and punched sections with mounting
flanges can be pre-assembled for interior installation
● This will produce a 3D drawing that can be
incorporated directly into the system design or
integrated into EPLANCabinet
www.rittal.com

Command panel configurator
Optimised, coordinated solutions for the human/
machine interface based on Rittal Comfort Panel
and Optipanel.

Benefits:
● Select the enclosure that holds the panels to
be used (the integrated database contains a
variety of commercial panels from various
manufacturers)
● Easy navigation thanks to the list of related
questions
● Quick compilation of the features required
● Request a quote based on the selected data
● Request the 3D data for integration in the
system design
www.rittal.com

Support arm configurator
The system is able to precisely define the correct
support arm system using important user-specific
parameters such as the jib length, enclosure
weight or required cable cross-section.

Benefits:
● Individual assembly tailored to the user’s
specific requirements
● Integrated consistency checking
● Configured system parts list
www.rittal.com

CM configurator
Rittal CM compact system enclosures combine
the advantages of the AE compact system enclosure with the configuration diversity of the TS 8
top enclosure system.

Benefits:
● Simple menu-assisted selection of a CM enclosure together with a base/plinth and gland
plates that meet the requirements
● The relevant interior installation accessories can
also be selected to match the chosen enclosure
● The end result will enable you to request a
quote that reflects the actual configuration
selected
www.rittal.com

Subrack configurator
Generate a component-based order list for a
subrack in just a few clicks.

Benefits:
● Fast, reliable selection of individually coordinated systems in the Ripac Easy and Ripac
Vario series
● Simple prompt masks reliably create technically feasible solutions with error-free order lists
● Intelligent plausibility checking of admissible
component combinations
● Request a quote based on the order list
generated
● Parts list for the configured subrack
www.rittal.com

IT configurator
Rittal offers the ideal system solution for every networking task, matched to the user’s individual
demands.

Benefits:
● A specific enclosure can be selected
● Accessories can be configured
● Plausibility checking
● The end result will enable you to request a
quote that reflects the actual configuration
selected
www.rittal.com

Rittal Catalogue 33/Software & services

343

344

Monitoring
RiZone Appliance Standard
RiZone is supplied as an appliance or a software
appliance.
As an appliance, RiZone is supplied with global
support, installed on a powerful server. The software appliance is available as a virtual server
which can easily be used on existing hardware in
the data centre.

Also required:
RiZone Appliance IP node licence according to
the number of IP nodes available

Standard version
Hardware

appliance1)

Software

appliance1)

1) All

Model No. DK
Server with Windows

RiZone software

7990.101

7990.201

RiZone graphics tool
7990.301

Hard drive + Windows

RiZone software

RiZone graphics tool

7990.103

7990.203

7990.303

Model Nos. on the same line belong together, and must always be ordered together.

RiZone Appliance
IP node licence

Console
licences
included

RiZone
software

RiZone
graphics tool

10

2

7990.205

7990.305

25

4

7990.206

7990.306

50

4

7990.207

7990.307

100

8

7990.208

7990.308

250

10

7990.209

7990.309

500

15

7990.210

7990.310

1000

20

7990.211

7990.311

The flexible RiZone licence model allows optimum adaptation to any project size, while at the
same time allowing the opportunity to grow with
the data centre.
The volume licences for the IP nodes are graduated from 10 to 1000 nodes and may be adapted
precisely to the size of the data centre. For each
active component or other SNMP-compatible
component to be covered, one node licence is
required.

Rittal Catalogue 33/Software & services

Model No. DK

For no. of
IP nodes1)

1) All

Model Nos. on the same line belong together,
and must always be ordered together.

345

Monitoring
Client Access licence

Model No. DK

Additional licence for operation of another RiZone
console.

Client Access1)

RiZone
software

RiZone
graphics tool

7990.213

7990.313

1) All

Model Nos. on the same line belong together,
and must always be ordered together.

RiZone module SNMP support
for units from
other manufacturers

Extension

Model No. DK

RiZone SNMP support for units
from other manufacturers

7990.014

For the incorporation of SNMP-compatible units
from other manufacturers into RiZone. With MIB
browser.

Microsoft Operations Manager
Management Pack
For integrating RiZone into the Microsoft Operations Manager.

346

Extension

Model No. DK

Microsoft SCOM
Management Pack

7990.012

Rittal Catalogue 33/Software & services

Monitoring
RCCMD software
Client software to control the server shutdown via
the PMC UPS. The software supports all common
operating systems and versions (e.g. Windows 7,
VISTA, XP, Server 2003/2008, UNIX/LINUX and
VMWARE Sphere/ESX Server, CITRIX XEN etc).
One licence is required for each server to be shut
down on an event-controlled basis.

RiDiag II
For the diagnosis, maintenance and long-term
data capture of TopTherm units with Comfort controller. RiDiag logs equipment data and prepares
an error list. RiDiag also offers the option of displaying and setting the device’s operating parameters. The logging of measurement data can be
tracked in real time in the form of a diagram.

Licences

Model No. DK

Single licence

7857.421

Licence bundle (5 servers)

7857.423

Licence bundle (25 servers)

7857.424

Note:
Software updates and a complete list of currently
supported operating systems may be found at
www.rittal.com.

Packs of

Model No. SK

1

3159.100

Supply includes:
− CD-ROM
Languages: German/English/Italian/French/
Spanish/Portuguese
− Connection cable

Rittal Catalogue 33/Software & services

347

348

Service – Global availability
Rittal Global Service: Always on hand, whenever you need us!
Perfect service for individual requirements, all from a single supplier. That's Rittal Global Service.
Wherever in the world you use our products, we are happy to ensure that every aspect of “Rittal – The
System.” is exactly as it should be. With this in mind, every minute and every kilometre counts when
it comes to service. We have set up five strategic service hubs to ensure proximity to our customers:
In Germany, the USA, Brazil, China and India. Every hub forms the central heart of our regional service
organisations and ensures rapid response times (on-site service engineers) and efficient service
handling.

Faster
● Short paths, fast communications:
Thanks to regional service support points
● A perfect interplay between sales,
project management and service

Worldwide
● 5 strategic service support points
● Service representation in more than
60 subsidiaries
● More than 250 service partners and over
1000 service technicians

Better
● Individual service solutions from a single source
● A high standard of qualifications among Rittal
service technicians worldwide
● A uniform global service ticket system

Around the globe, we can be contacted 365 days a year
on the following numbers:
Rittal Europe (Herborn)
service@rittal.de
+49(0)2772 505 1855

Rittal North America (Urbana)
service@rittal.us
+1 (800) 477 4000 Option 3

Rittal Asia-Pacific (Shanghai)
service@rittal.cn
+86 800 820 0866

Rittal Middle East (Bangalore)
service@rittal-india.com
+91 80 22 890 78

Rittal South America (São Paulo)
service@rittal.com.br
+55 11 36 22 23 77

Service from a single partner
●
●
●
●
●
●

24/7/365 service availability
Highly qualified service specialists
Service engineers on site within 8 hours
Automated incident and emergency management
Individual availability of spare parts
Global service ticket system

Rittal Catalogue 33/Software & services

349

350

Services
Individual service throughout the entire product lifecycle
Rittal’s added value begins with the perfect quality of our products, and extends throughout every
phase, from planning and commissioning, right
through to support and servicing once the system
is up and running.

We have developed a range of individual service
offerings for our customers, so that every potential requirement profile is covered.
In this way, we permanently ensure the systems’
productivity on behalf of our customers. Services
play a decisive role in our lifecycle management
approach. You decide for yourself which service
you need.

The added extra for customers with the Rittal
system: Firstly, our comprehensive global service
network, which complements the high quality and
reliability of our products. And secondly, an extended guarantee above and beyond the statutory warranty for defects, thereby ensuring maximum availability during operation.

We are committed to perfection at every phase
PRE-SALES

IMPLEMENTATION

AFTER-SALES

● Advice/information
● Requirement analysis
(on site)
● Load tests
● Simulation and calculation
● Thermal imaging
● Laboratory testing in our
own accredited laboratories
● Project meeting
● Prototyping
● Planning/team-building
(sales, service, project
management, quality
assurance, customer)

● Installation/integration
● Assembly and system
connection
● Commissioning/parameterisation
● Final inspection and
handover
● Instruction (training)
● Site coordination/project
management
● Certification

● Service contracts
● Training
● Inspection, maintenance/
servicing, repair
● Management/sale of spare
parts
● Round-the-clock availability
● Thermal analyses

Flexible service contracts:
The right solution to suit every requirement.
Rittal Global Service is just as flexible and individual as your requirements.
An overview of the features of the various Rittal service packages:
Availability

Response time

Spare parts
availability

Repair

Warranty
extension

BASIC

Business hours Next working day

Standard

1 x per annum

Optional

COMFORT

Business hours

Next day

Standard

2 x per annum

Optional

ADVANCED

24 hours
365 days a year

Next day

24 hours

2 x per annum

Yes

FULL

24 hours
365 days a year

8 hours

Individual
concept

Individual
(at least 2 x/annum)

Yes

CUSTOMIZED

Individual by arrangement

Warranty extension
Rittal products are always an excellent choice. Day after day, around the globe, they prove their high
quality and reliability in tough industrial production environments. With regular preventive maintenance,
you can help to further extend the product's service life and the cost-effectiveness of your plant.
Anyone purchasing an “Advanced” or “Full” contract will be rewarded with a 1 to 3-year warranty
extension, up to a maximum of 5 years. With “Basic”, “Comfort” and “Customized” contracts, warranty
extensions are optional.

Rittal Catalogue 33/Software & services

351

352

Quality management
Quality management is a must. Quality philosophy is an attitude.
“Rittal – The System.” stands for consistent quality management and on-going refinements to
products, services and internal processes.
Rittal quality management ensures that regulations and standards are observed, and individual customer requirements are met. In addition to this, we also define our exacting product quality demands
in supplementary Rittal standards. The consistent Rittal quality philosophy guarantees perpetually high
standards and ensures the global usability of all products with countless international approvals and
licences.
Alongside product quality, we also focus on process and service quality.
All internal processes are continuously refined by quality control groups, and reviewed during in-house
audits. Each year, our improvements and high standards are verified by countless successful external
system and customer audits.

Rittal offers support from day one
● Project planning of technical specifications
● Prototype assembly, testing and simulations
● Manufacturing and assembly
● Warehousing service and on-time delivery
● Your own personal point of contact throughout
the entire project
Accredited Rittal test laboratory in Germany
● Simulation of climatic conditions
● Dynamic and static load tests
● 3D measurement
● Particle density testing
● Hosed water tests
● Salt spray tests
● Electrical safety and function tests
● Performance testing of all active products
● Various material tests

Rittal Catalogue 33/Software & services

353

354

System accessories
Enclosures
Base ..........................................................................................................358
Walls ..........................................................................................................385
Baying system ...........................................................................................394
Doors/locks................................................................................................402
Roof/wall mounting ....................................................................................431
Interior installation .....................................................................................443
Voltage supply...........................................................................................505
Cable management...................................................................................511
482.6 mm (19˝) installation system............................................................543

Monitoring
CMC III Processing Unit/Compact ............................................................578
CMC III sensors .........................................................................................583
CMC III accessories ..................................................................................584
Door Control System .................................................................................588
Monitor/keyboard unit................................................................................590
KVM switches ............................................................................................591
Dynamic Rack Control...............................................................................597

Human/machine interface
Handles .....................................................................................................600
External mounting accessories .................................................................602
Front assembly ..........................................................................................604
Monitors .....................................................................................................606
Keyboards, supports and drawers............................................................608
Interfaces...................................................................................................616
Signal pillars ..............................................................................................618

355

356

System accessories for enclosures
Base
Flex-Block base/plinth ...............................................................................358
TS base/plinth............................................................................................360
Base/plinths ...............................................................................................368
Base ..........................................................................................................373

Walls
Side panels................................................................................................385
Divider panels/partitions............................................................................389
Isolator door locking..................................................................................393

Baying system
Enclosure suites ........................................................................................394
TS 8 corner enclosures .............................................................................401

Doors/locks
Door variants .............................................................................................402
Viewing panels/operating panels ..............................................................407
Lock systems.............................................................................................411
Hinges .......................................................................................................425
Door, internal .............................................................................................426

Roof/wall mounting
Roof ...........................................................................................................431
Wall mounting bracket...............................................................................439

Interior installation
Mounting plates.........................................................................................443
Rail systems ..............................................................................................452
Assembly components ..............................................................................471
Component shelves...................................................................................480
System lights .............................................................................................491
EMC...........................................................................................................498
Earthing .....................................................................................................501
Socket strips ..............................................................................................505

Cable management
Cable entry ................................................................................................511
Gland plates ..............................................................................................514
Cable glands .............................................................................................519
Cable management...................................................................................525
482.6 mm (19˝) cable routing ....................................................................537

482.6 mm (19˝) installation system
Swing frame...............................................................................................543
Mounting angles........................................................................................549
Mounting kits for mounting angles ............................................................555
Accessories for Data Rack ........................................................................558
Slide rails ...................................................................................................559
482.6 mm (19˝) installation ........................................................................562
Patch panels..............................................................................................569
Splicing boxes ...........................................................................................572
LSA connection system.............................................................................574

357

Base
Flex-Block base/plinth system
Flex-Block
for TS
– For fast, toolless assembly
– Individual cable management
– Fully symmetrical base/plinth
– Base/plinth height: 100 mm

Solid, RAL 9005
For enclosure size mm

Packs of

Model No. SO

400

500

1

8001.450

400

600

1

8001.460

600

500

1

8001.650

600

600

1

8001.660

600

800

1

8001.680

800

400

1

8001.840

800

500

1

8001.850

800

800

1

8001.880

800

1000

1

8001.800

1000

400

1

8001.040

1000

500

1

8001.050

1000

600

1

8001.060

1200

400

1

8001.240

1200

500

1

8001.250

1200

600

1

8001.260

1200

800

1

8001.280

1600

400

1

8001.940

1800

500

1

8001.950

We reserve the right to make technical modifications.
Delivery times available on request.
Solid, RAL 7035
For enclosure size mm

Packs of

Model No. SO

600

600

1

8001.665

600

800

1

8001.685

600

1000

1

8001.605

600

1200

1

8001.625

800

800

1

8001.885

800

1000

1

8001.805

800

1200

1

8001.825

We reserve the right to make technical modifications.
Delivery times available on request.
Vented in enclosure width, RAL 7035
For enclosure size mm
Width
mm

Depth
mm

Packs of

Model No. SO

600

600

1

8001.661

600

800

1

8001.681

600

1000

1

8001.601

600

1200

1

8001.621

800

600

1

8001.861

800

800

1

8001.881

800

1000

1

8001.801

800

1200

1

8001.821

We reserve the right to make technical modifications.
Delivery times available on request.

358

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Base
Flex-Block base/plinth system
Baying clip
for baying the Flex-Block corner pieces
Simply insert the clip from behind into the
recesses provided (no need for tools).

Packs of

Model No. SO

12

8000.100

We reserve the right to make technical modifications.
Delivery times available on request.

Material:
Fibreglass-reinforced polyamide

Adaptor sleeve
for levelling feet and twin castors
To hold levelling feet and twin castors on the
Flex-Block

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Packs of

Model No. SO

12

8000.500

We reserve the right to make technical modifications.
Delivery times available on request.

359

Base
TS base/plinth
Modular base/plinth diversity
Regardless of the enclosure depth:
The base/plinth components at the front and rear,
pre-configured with corner pieces, are always the
same for the chosen width.
Only the side trim panels are selected according
to the enclosure depth and the required base/
plinth configuration. The modular concept produces exceptional advantages in terms of cost
and function.

Base/pl.
Basic form
height

Mounting on the enclosure is conveniently carried
out from the outside. The base/plinth interior offers
diverse opportunities for mounting levels for cable
management.

One Model No.
for the
base/plinth components front and rear.

One Model No.
for the
base/plinth trim,
side.

A complete
base/plinth
TS.

Cable gland options
Stabilisation of bayed
base/plinth

100 mm

200 mm

Function and cost benefits
Fewer parts, more opportunities, lower purchasing, storage and assembly costs – this is the formula behind the new modular base/plinth system.

The following table shows three bayed base/
plinths in 200 mm height illustrating a wide range
of possible solutions and the potential savings
with trim panels compared with the previous
200 mm base/plinth system each with two trim
panels of 100 mm height at the sides.

New supply includes

Functional benefits

Savings potential compared
with twelve 100 mm trim panels

3 packs of base/plinth components
1 pack of base/plinth trim panels
200 mm high

Continuous cable chamber

2 trim panels 200 mm

3 packs of base/plinth components
1 pack of base/plinth trim panels
200 mm high
1 pack of base/plinth trim panels
100 mm high
1 pack of base/plinth baying brackets
TS 8601.100 (packs of 20)
4 are required for this solution.

Additional stabilisation for transporta- 2 trim panels 200 mm
tion purposes with base/plinth trim
2 trim panels 100 mm
rotated through 90°

3 packs of base/plinth components
2 packs of base/plinth trim panels
200 mm high

Shielding of the base/plinths in
relation to one another

4 trim panels 200 mm

3 packs of base/plinth components
1 pack of base/plinth trim panels
200 mm high
1 pack of base/plinth trim panels
100 mm high

Additional connection of the base/
plinths

2 trim panels 200 mm
2 trim panels 100 mm

Other options:
● Cable entry at the side by mounting a 100 mm base/plinth trim panel (top or bottom).
● Cable entry from the rear by dismantling one or more trim panels of the base/plinth components.
● Cable clamp rail fitted on the 100 mm high trim panel.

360

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Base
TS base/plinth
Base/plinth components
front and rear
Sheet steel
for TS, CM, TP, PC, IW, TE
Base/plinth component consisting of one trim
panel and two pre-configured corner pieces.
In 200 mm high base/plinth components, one
trim panel is divided into two for cable entry.

Accessories:
− Base mounting plate SO 2817.000,
see page 364.
− Filter mat for vented versions,
see page 366.
Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

Material:
− Base/plinth components: Sheet steel
− Cover caps: Plastic
Surface finish:
Spray-finished
Colour:
Cover caps: RAL 9005/7035
Supply includes:
1 set =
2 base/plinth components, 4 cover caps,
4 screws and captive nuts M12
for mounting on the enclosure.
100 mm high, colour: RAL 7022

200 mm high, colour: RAL 7022
Model No. TS

For
enclosure width
mm

Design

Solid

8601.915

300

Solid

8602.915

Solid

8601.400

400

Solid

8602.400

500

Solid

8601.500

500

Solid

8602.500

600

Solid

8601.600

600

Solid

8602.600

800

Solid

8601.800

800

Solid

8602.800

850

Solid

8601.850

850

Solid

8602.850

1000

Solid

8601.000

1000

Solid

8602.000

1100

Solid

8601.300

1100

Solid

8602.100

1200

Solid

8601.200

1200

Solid

8602.200

1600

Solid

8601.920

1600

Solid

8602.920

1800

Solid

8601.980

1800

Solid

8602.980

For
enclosure width
mm

Design

300
400

100 mm high, colour: RAL 7035

Model No. TS

200 mm high, colour: RAL 7035

For
enclosure width
mm

Design

Model No. TS

For
enclosure width
mm

Design

Model No. TS

300

Solid

8601.905

300

Solid

8602.905

Solid

8601.605

600

Solid

8602.605

Vented

7825.601

800

Solid

8602.805

Vented with
designer cover

7825.603

600

800

Solid

8601.805

Vented

7825.801

Vented with
designer cover

7825.803

100 mm high, colour: RAL 9005
For
enclosure width
mm

Design

Model No. TS

Solid

8601.602

600

Vented with
designer cover

7825.605

Solid

8601.802

800

Vented with
designer cover

7825.805

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

361

Base
TS base/plinth
Base/plinth trim panels, side
Sheet steel
for TS, CM, TP, PC, IW, TE
For mounting between the base/plinth components. At 200 mm height, two 100 mm base/plinth
trims may be used. Base/plinth trim (100 mm
high) may be installed rotated through 90° in
order to stabilise bayed base/plinth components.

Also required:
Base/plinth baying brackets TS 8601.100,
see page 362,
when mounting base/plinth trim panels rotated
through 90°.
Accessories:

Material:
Sheet steel

Fastening bolts for base/plinth,
see page 364.

Surface finish:
Spray-finished

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

Supply includes:
1 set =
2 base/plinth trim panels, including parts for
attaching to the base/plinth components.

100 mm high, colour: RAL 7022

200 mm high, colour: RAL 7022

For enclosure depth
mm

Model No. TS

For enclosure depth
mm

Model No. TS

300

8601.030

300

8602.030

400

8601.040

400

8602.040

500

8601.050

500

8602.050

600

8601.060

600

8602.060

800

8601.080

800

8602.080

100 mm high, colour: RAL 7035

200 mm high, colour: RAL 7035

For enclosure depth
mm

Model No. TS

For enclosure depth
mm

Model No. TS

600

8601.065

600

8602.065

800

8601.085

800

8602.085

1000

8601.015

1000

8602.015

1200

8601.025

1200

8602.025

Packs of

Model No. TS

20

8601.100

100 mm high, colour: RAL 9005
For enclosure depth
mm

Model No. TS

800

8601.086

1000

8601.010

1200

8601.026

Base/plinth baying brackets
for TS base/plinth
Essential if the trim panels are mounted rotated
through 90° for additional stabilisation during the
transportation of bayed enclosures.
Additionally required for each trim panel: 2 units.
Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Screws M8 x 16 mm.

362

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Base
TS base/plinth
Cable chamber

For enclosures

Model No. TS

Width mm

Depth mm

400

500

8600.455

400

600

8600.465

Material:
Sheet steel

600

500

8600.655

600

600

8600.665

Colour:
RAL 7035

800

500

8600.855

800

600

8600.865

Supply includes:
− Sheet steel trim panels front and rear
− Assembly parts for mounting on the enclosure.

1200

500

8600.255

1200

600

8600.265

for TS
With integral system punchings for individual
system accessories. Height = 200 mm.

Accessories:
Side panels for cable chamber,
see page 363.
Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

Side panels
for cable chamber
Material:
Sheet steel

For
enclosure depth
mm

Packs of

500

2

8600.510

600

2

8600.520

Model No. TS

Colour:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Transport castors
for TS base/plinth
For locating onto the base/plinth corner piece
100 or 200 mm high.
Load capacity:
Maximum permissible load per twin castor:
Static: 100 kg
Supply includes:
1 set =
4 twin castors,
2 x with, 2 x without locks.

Floor clearance
mm

Model No. TS

100

8800.390

Also required:
Base/plinth trim panels, side,
see page 362.

Colour:
RAL 7022

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

363

Base
TS base/plinth
Base mounting plate
for
● TS base/plinth
● base/plinth, complete
For fastening the base/plinth to the floor without
moving the enclosure or the bayed enclosure
suite. For assembly screws up to 12 mm Ø.

Packs of

Model No. SO

10

2817.000

Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated

Fastening bolts
for
● TS base/plinth
● Base/plinth, complete
● Base/plinth, stationary
For mounting on base/plinth trim panels, side.
The lockable assembly bolt allows the installation
of cable clamp rails. Tighten with hex spanner,
width across flats 19 mm.
Material:
Hexagon steel

Base/plinth trim panel
mm high

Packs of

Model No. SZ

100

10

2819.000

200

10

2819.200

Accessories:
Cable clamp rail,
see page 527.

1)

Levelling component
for TS base/plinth
For retrospective levelling of floor unevenness at
the installation site up to a maximum of 15 mm.
Installed through the corner piece of the base/
plinth component. Adjusted using a SW 19 hex
spanner.

1671)

1171)

67

Surface finish:
Zinc-plated

Only for height 200 mm

For
base/plinth height
mm

Packs of

100

4

2891.000

200

4

2892.000

Model No. SZ

Benefits:
● A door offset caused by uneven flooring can
be corrected.
● Installed on the assembled enclosure,
i.e. no need to plan levelling in advance.
Max. admissible static load:
2500 N per levelling component
(check the load capacity of the floor).
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

364

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Base
TS base/plinth
Cover cap
for TS base/plinth components
As a replacement.
Material:
Plastic ABS

For
base/plinth height
mm

Packs of

Model No. TS

100

4

8601.130

200

4

8601.140

Colour:
RAL 9005

Base/plinth trim
with brush strip
for TS base/plinth
To supplement the modular base/plinth concept.
May also be exchanged retrospectively for the
front or rear trim panel of the base/plinth components 100 mm high.
Open on one side for retrospective mounting if
cables have already been inserted.

For
base/plinth width
mm

Height
mm

Colour
RAL

Model No. TS

600

100

7035

7825.607

800

100

7035

7825.807

600

100

9005

7825.608

800

100

9005

7825.808

For
base/plinth height
mm

Colour
RAL

Packs of

Model No. TS

100

7022

2

8601.110

Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Spray-finished

Connecting plinth trim
for TS base/plinth
For covering gaps in bayed back-to-back or corner enclosure suites. Simply push in between the
trim panel and the corner piece before tightening
the screws.
Material:
Sheet steel
Note:
For a base/plinth height of 200 mm, 2 trim panels
must be fitted one above the other.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

365

Base
TS base/plinth
For
base/plinth width
mm

Height
mm

Model No. PC

600

200

8360.920

Material:
Sheet steel, spray-finished
Designer trim panels: Extruded aluminium section

9

56

Colour:
RAL 7015
Designer trim panels: RAL 7035

212

592

280

45.2

for TS base/plinth
To continue the design of the
● lower front door of PC enclosures
● door of the IW enclosure.
The base/plinth trim is screw-fastened to the
corner pieces of the TS base/plinth components
from the outside.

100

Base/plinth trim

362

Base/plinth, stationary
for PC-TS, IW
Design-coordinated with the enclosures,
height 100 mm, with front projection.
Material:
Sheet steel, 2.0 mm
Colour:
RAL 7035
Design component, front: RAL 7015
Supply includes:
− 1 design component, front
− 1 base/plinth component, rear
− 2 base/plinth trims, side

Filter mat
for
● Base/plinth component, vented
● Base/plinth component, vented,
with designer trim panel
To cover the trim panel in the base/plinth component.
The mounting frame slides into position behind
the filter mat in the base/plinth trim panel.
Filter class G3 to DIN EN 779.

For depth
mm

Model No. PC

600

8800.920

Accessories:
Attachment opportunities for:
− Twin castors DK 7495.000,
see page 374,
− Levelling feet PS 4612.000,
see page 373.
− Fastening bolt for cable clamp rails
SO 2819.000,
see page 364,
− Support bracket PS 4183.000,
see page 473.

For
enclosure width
mm

Packs of

Model No. DK

600

1

7561.500

800

1

7581.500

Packs of

Model No. DK

5

7582.500

Supply includes:
Mounting frame.

Spare filter mat
Spare filter mat for base/plinth trim panels up to
800 mm wide.

366

Spare filter mats

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Base
TS base/plinth
Base/plinth components
front and rear

For
enclosure width
mm

Height
mm

Model No. TS

Stainless steel
for TS

600

100

8701.600

800

100

8701.800

Material:
Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304)

1000

100

8701.000

1200

100

8701.200

Surface finish:
Brushed, grain 400

600

200

8702.600

800

200

8702.800

Supply includes:
Mounting accessories for mounting on the enclosure.

1000

200

8702.000

1200

200

8702.200

100 mm high:
2 trim panels front/rear
200 mm high:
− 2 corner pieces with removable trim panel
− 1 trim panel front/rear

Base/plinth trim panels, side
Stainless steel
for TS
For mounting between the base/plinth components. At 200 mm height, two 100 mm base/plinth
trims may be used.
Base/plinth trim (100 mm high) may be installed
rotated through 90° in order to stabilise bayed
base/plinth components.
Material:
Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304)
Surface finish:
Brushed, grain 400
Supply includes:
2 base/plinth trim panels, including parts for
attaching to the base/plinth components.

Accessories:
Base/plinth trim, modular (perforated plate),
see page 367.

For
enclosure depth
mm

Height
mm

Model No. TS

400

100

8701.040

500

100

8701.050

600

100

8701.060

400

200

8702.040

500

200

8702.050

600

200

8702.060

Also required:
Base/plinth baying brackets TS 8601.100,
see page 362,
when mounting base/plinth trim panels rotated
through 90°.
Accessories:
− Fastening bolts for base/plinth,
see page 364.
− Levelling feet PS 4612.000,
see page 373.
Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

Base/plinth trim, modular
for
● TS base/plinth
● base/plinth, complete, stainless steel
For cable routing in the stainless steel base/plinth,
e.g. if levelling feet SO 2890.000 or SO 2890.000,
see page 371, are used.
Width: 175 mm.
Material:
Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304)
Supply includes:
4 base/plinth trim panels.

For
enclosure depth
mm

Packs of

400

4

2907.000

500

4

2908.000

600

4

2913.000

Model No. SO

Accessories:
Cable tie SZ 2597.000,
see page 530.

Note:
One base/plinth trim panel is needed per 200 mm
base/plinth width.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

367

Base
Base/plinths
Transport plinth
for TS
For the transportation of heavy, bayed enclosure
suites. Available in 200 mm increments from
2 to 5 m.
Transport plinths can have 2 tubes welded to
receive cross-bars for transportation.
Variable punchings to suit all enclosure widths of
600 mm and above.

Surface finish:
Primed in reddish-brown rust-inhibiting paint,
optionally spray-finished.
Supply includes:
With transport tubes.
Note:
Please state the required width and depth of the
enclosure suite when ordering.

For mounting on the TS base frame
Transport plinth depth = enclosure depth – 31 mm
Colour

Packs of

Model No. SO

Primed, reddish-brown rust-inhibiting paint

1

1228.010

Similar to RAL 7022

1

1228.110

Similar to RAL 7035

1

1228.310

Delivery times available on request.

Concrete base/plinth
for CS Toptec, CS modular and
basic enclosures
The base/plinth is made from pre-cast concrete
sections which are easily fitted in situ. Front/rear
base/plinth plate screw-fastened from the inside
may be removed for servicing purposes.
Overall height: approx. 1000 mm,
Excavation depth: approx. 700 mm.
Material:
Light-weight concrete

B

1000

300

270

Surface finish:
Untreated

T

368

Supply includes:
− 1 base plate
− 2 side parts
− 2 divided base/plinth plates
− Assembly parts and fastening screws for
mounting the enclosure.

For CS modular and basic enclosures
Model No. CS

Width (B)
mm

Depth (T)
mm

600

400

9765.182

600

500

9765.082

600

600

9765.083

800

400

9765.088

800

500

9765.084

800

600

9765.085

1200

400

9765.089

1200

500

9765.086

1200

600

9765.087

Delivery times available on request.
For CS Toptec
Width (B)
mm

Depth (T)
mm

Model No. CS

600

600

9765.071

800

600

9765.072

Delivery times available on request.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Base
Base/plinths
Base/plinth, complete

Supply includes:
Mounting accessories for mounting on the enclosure.

Sheet steel
for AE, TP, ES
Trim panels at the front and rear with fitted corner
pieces and side trim panels.

100 mm high:
− 4 corner pieces
− 2 trim panels front/rear
− 2 trim panels, side

Material:
Sheet steel

200 mm high:
− 4 corner pieces
− 1 trim panel front/rear x 200 mm
− 2 trim panels front/rear x 100 mm
− 4 trim panels, side

Surface finish:
Spray-finished
Colour:
RAL 7022
Base/plinth for ES, TP universal console, 100 mm high
For enclosures/consoles
Width (B)
mm

Depth (T)
mm

Base/plinth
depth
mm

600

400

350

600

500

450

800

400

800

Base/plinth for ES, TP universal console, 200 mm high
For enclosures/consoles
Width (B)
mm

Depth (T)
mm

Base/plinth
depth
mm

Model No.
SO

2804.200

600

400

350

2805.200

2807.200

600

500

450

2808.200

350

2823.200

800

400

350

2824.200

500

450

2829.200

800

500

450

2830.200

1000

400

350

2909.200

1000

400

350

2910.200

1200

400

350

2836.200

1200

400

350

2837.200

1200

500

450

2839.200

1200

500

450

2840.200

1600

400

350

2905.200

1600

400

350

2906.200

1800

500

450

2903.200

1800

500

450

2904.200

Model No.
SO

Base/plinth for AE, 100 mm high
For enclosures

Base/plinth for AE, 200 mm high

Width (B)
mm

Depth (T)
mm

Base/plinth
depth
mm

Model No.
SO

600

300

279

800

300

279

1000

300

279

For enclosures
Width (B)
mm

Depth (T)
mm

Base/plinth
depth
mm

Model No.
SO

2816.200

600

300

279

2826.200

2818.200

800

300

279

2828.200

2801.200

1000

300

279

2802.200

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

Accessories:
− Fastening bolt,
see page 364.
− Base mounting plate,
see page 364.

125
100

50

T

Ø 8.5

98

52.5

30
52.5

□ 14

22.5

18 x 14

100

Base/plinth, 100 mm high
25

30

37.5

12.5

125
100

62.5
32.5

98

62.5
32.5

200

2

37.5

12.5

98

25

Base/plinth, 200 mm high

B

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

369

Base
Base/plinths
Supply includes:
Mounting accessories for mounting on the enclosure.

Base/plinth, complete
Stainless steel
for ES, PC-ES stainless steel,
AP stainless steel

100 mm high:
− 2 trim panels front/rear
− 2 trim panels, side

Material:
Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304)

200 mm high:
− 2 corner pieces with removable trim panel
− 1 trim panel front/rear
− 4 trim panels, side

Surface finish:
Brushed

Accessories:
− Levelling feet,
see page 371.
− Base/plinth trim, modular (perforated plate),
see page 367.
100 mm high

200 mm high

For enclosures

For enclosures

Width mm

Depth mm

Model No.
SO

Width mm

Depth mm

Model No.
SO

600

400

2865.000

600

400

2875.000

600

500

2868.000

600

500

2876.000

600

600

2855.000

800

400

2878.000

800

400

2869.000

800

500

2879.000

800

500

2866.000

800

600

2880.000

800

600

2856.000

1000

400

2885.000

1000

400

2867.000

1200

400

2886.000

1200

400

2870.000

1200

500

2887.000

1200

500

2860.000

Transport castors
for base/plinth, complete, sheet steel
For locating onto the base/plinth corner piece
100 or 200 mm high by raising or tilting.

Floor clearance
mm

Model No. PS

60

4570.000

Load capacity:
Maximum permissible static load:
100 kg per twin castor
Colour:
RAL 7022
Supply includes:
1 set =
4 twin castors,
2 x with, 2 x without locks.

Cross member
for TS, CM, TP, PC, IW, ES
adjustable
● To increase stability
● Height 70 mm
● Adjustable from the enclosure depth
To increase stability, the cross member is positioned 138 mm above the base frame of the
enclosure at the front and rear. For deeper enclosures, the rear part may be extended and screwfastened again. For screw-fastening to the floor
and enclosure with mounting hole at the sides,
front and rear. The castors and levelling feet may
be secured to the welded nuts M12.
Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Spray-finished

For
enclosure depth
mm
400
500
600
800

Packs of

Model No.
TS

2

8601.450

2

8601.680

Accessories:
Attachment opportunities for
− Twin castors DK 7495.000,
see page 374,
− Levelling feet PS 4612.000,
see page 373.
Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

Colour:
RAL 7015

370

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Base
Base/plinths
Cast feet
For secure siting of
● Enclosure for tower PC
or
● Other own assemblies
Depth 700 mm
Material:
Cast aluminium
Colour:
RAL 7035

Packs of

Model No. IW

2

6902.920

Accessories:
− Base mount CP 6147.000,
see page 151.
− Twin castors,
see page 374.

Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Levelling feet

Thread

Packs of

Model No. SO

M12

4

2889.000

M16

4

2890.000

For direct mounting underneath the base/plinth TS
and the base/plinth, complete.
For unhindered access e.g. when cleaning the
floor, and to compensate for floor irregularities.
Load capacity:
Maximum permissible static load:
400 kg per levelling foot
Adjustment range:
M12: 55 mm – 125 mm
M16: 45 mm – 120 mm

Possible
alternative:
Levelling feet Hygienic Design,
see page 156.

Material:
Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304)

Base/plinth
for FlatBox
The base/plinth may be mounted on any FlatBox
with a base area of 600 x 600 or 700 x 700 mm.
For attachment purposes, the base/plinth may be
mounted on the pre-existing thread in the base
area of the FlatBox. There is a rear recess provided for cable entry.

For base area
Width
mm

Depth
mm

Packs of

Model No. DK

600

600

1

7507.750

700

700

1

7507.755

Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Powder-coated
Colour:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
4 levelling feet and
assembly parts.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

371

Base
Base/plinths
Under-floor frame
for DK-TS
For siting the enclosure on a false floor when
heavy equipment is installed.
Material:
Sheet steel

Width
mm

Height
mm

Depth
mm

Model No. DK

600

400

1000

7855.340

800

400

1000

7855.342

Delivery times available on request.

Colour:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
Mounting accessories for mounting on the enclosure.

Stabiliser bracket
for base/plinth TS
The stabiliser bracket may be retrospectively
screw-fastened to the outside of the base/plinth
corner pieces.

Packs of

Model No. DK

2

7825.150

Delivery times available on request.

Load capacity:
Up to a maximum of 80 kg static load.
Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Spray-finished
Colour:
RAL 7035, warning markings RAL 2002
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Stabiliser
for TS 8 server enclosures
The pull-out stabiliser is quickly and easily retrofitted to the lower frame of the server racks and
only extended when necessary.
Load capacity:
Up to a maximum of 150 kg static load.
Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated

Enclosure depth mm

1)

Model No. DK

1000

7825.250

1200

7825.2601)

Delivery times available on request.

Accessories:
− Levelling feet, see page 373
and/or
− Transport kit for DK-TS, see page 375.

Supply includes:
Assembly parts.
Note:
− The stabiliser cannot be used together with
base plates, base frames or base/plinths.
− Combined use with the divided base frame
(DK 7825.342), see page 377, is supported.

372

150kg

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Base
Base
Levelling feet
18 – 43 mm high
To compensate for height differences with floor
irregularities. Thread length 40 mm.
Assembly thread M12.

4612.000

Also required:
For mounting on the TS base/plinth:
Base/plinth adaptor TS 8800.220,
see page 375.

40

M12

SW 19
18

For:
● Baying system TS 8
● PC enclosure system
● Pedestal base plate
CP 6137.035 – CP 6137.535
● Pedestal CP 6141.XXX
● Industrial workstations

Model No. PS

4

58

Max. admissible static load:
approx. 300 kg per levelling foot.

Packs of

Ø 47

Levelling feet
18 – 63 mm high, with hex socket for baying
system TS 8
To compensate for floor irregularities.
Particularly in confined spaces, adjustments can
be made quickly and easily from the enclosure
interior.
Mounting thread: M12
Hex socket: 6 mm
Thread length: 60 mm

Packs of

Model No. DK

4

7493.100

Also required:
For mounting on the TS base/plinth:
Base/plinth adaptor TS 8800.220,
see page 375.
M12

Max. admissible static load:
300 kg per levelling foot.

78

60

Ø 48

18

SW 19

Packs of

Model No. DK

4

7493.230
SW19

50

M12

95

30

with vibration dampening
For vibration insulation of enclosures and to
compensate for floor irregularities.
The levelling foot is comprised of a disc of reinforced polyamide and an M12 screw, zincplated, with ball joint pendulum plus anti-slip
and insulating plate for buffering.
The insulating plate is resistant to water, mineral
oils, petrol, alkaline and acid solutions, salts,
soap lye and detergents.
Also suitable for special applications such as
chemical and laboratory environments.

45

Levelling feet

Thread length: 50 mm
Max. admissible static load:
300 kg per levelling foot.

Levelling feet
for Data Rack
To compensate for height differences with floor
irregularities.
The levelling feet are attached into the die-cast
zinc feet of the base/plinth.

50

Packs of

Model No. DK

4

7493.000

Supply includes:
4 levelling feet M12,
levelling range 40 mm.
Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

373

Base
Base
Levelling feet

Packs of

Model No. DK

4

7507.740

Packs of

Model No. SO

4

2859.000

for FlatBox, TE
M10 x 20 mm
For screw-fastening onto the enclosure base
when used as a floor-standing or desktop
enclosure.
Width across flats 17, mounting thread multitooth 30.

Levelling feet
85 – 115 mm high
For mounting on TS, ES and PC enclosures, for
easier floor cleaning and to compensate for floor
irregularities ±15 mm.
Height 100 mm.
Max. admissible static load:
350 kg per levelling foot.

Possible
alternative:
Levelling feet Hygienic Design,
see page 156.

Material:
− Feet: Brass, nickel-plated
− Threaded bolts and mounting plates:
Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304)
Supply includes:
Assembly parts to the enclosure.

1

Twin castors

Max. permissible
static load (per castor)

40 kg

Mounting thread M12 x 20.

Ground clearance

50 mm

For:
● Baying system TS 8
● PC enclosure system
● Pedestal base plate
CP 6137.035 – CP 6137.535
● Pedestal CP 6141.XXX
● TopConsole pedestals
● Industrial workstations
● Data Rack

1

Lock

4 without

Packs of

1 set

Colour

Black

Model No. PS

Max. permissible
static load (per castor)
Ground clearance

Also required:

2

For mounting on the TS base/plinth:
Base/plinth adaptor for twin castors TS 8800.290,
see page 375.

Lock
Packs of

85 mm
1 set
Black with grey
running surface

Model No. CP

Max. permissible
static load (per castor)
Ground clearance
3

75 kg

2 with, 2 without

Colour

2

4611.000

Lock

6148.000

120 kg
125 mm
2 with, 2 without

Packs of

1 set

Colour

Black

Model No. DK

7495.000

3

374

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Base
Base
Transport castors
for TE
The castors may be screw-fastened in the corner
areas within the base frame in place of the levelling feet.
Ground clearance: 58 mm,
Mounting thread M10 x 20.

Packs of

Model No. TE

1 set

7000.672

Supply includes:
1 set = 4 baying clamps,
including assembly parts.

Permissible static load:
300 kg per enclosure

Transport kit
for DK-TS
Ground clearance: approx. 40 mm.
Permissible static load:
750 kg per enclosure

Model No. DK

1 set

7825.900

Note:
Only for enclosures without gland plates or gland
plate frames.
For 800 mm wide enclosures with 482.6 mm (19˝)
mounting frame, special installation dimensions
must be observed (see drawing).

Min.
175

Supply includes:
1 set =
4 castors (2 steerable) including assembly parts.

Packs of

Base/plinth adaptor
for levelling feet
Connection component for fastening M12 levelling feet PS 4612.000 to the TS base/plinth.
Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated

Base/plinth adaptor
for twin castors
Connection component for mounting twin castors
to the TS and TE base/plinth.
Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Packs of

Model No. TS

4

8800.220

Also required:
Levelling feet, PS 4612.000,
see page 373.

Packs of

Model No. TS

4

8800.290

Also required:
Base/plinth trim panels, side,
see page 362,
wherever a twin castor is fitted.

375

Base
Base
Width divider
Divides 1200 mm wide TS enclosures into two
halves.
Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
1 set =
1 bracket for right/left,
2 compensating plates for the top,
mounting accessories.

1. Mounting position:
Two mounting plates side by side.
Two mounting plates (from 600 mm wide
enclosures) in a 1200 mm wide enclosure permit
independent positioning and easy handling.

2. Mounting position:
System support rails, fitted on the left.
Whilst heavy installed equipment rests on the
system support rails, the remaining floor space
is free, e.g. for unhindered cable entry.

3. Mounting position:
Cable clamp rail, installed on the left.
With 1200 mm wide enclosures, the width divider
allows cable entry and cable clamping to be
arranged differently on the left and right of the
enclosure.

Base mounting bracket
for TS, ES, TP universal console
For anchoring the enclosure at any position of the
base frame, particularly in cases where the existing holes in the frame or base tray cannot be used
due to the installed equipment or because the
substructure prevents them from being used.

Packs of

Model No. TS

1 set

8800.200

Also required:
Depending on the installation situation:
− TS punched rail 18 x 38 mm,
see page 462.
− PS punched section without mounting flange,
23 x 73 mm,
see page 464.

Also required:
In accordance with the enclosure depth:
− 4 TS punched rails 18 x 38 mm, bottom,
see page 462.
− 1 PS punched section without mounting flange
23 x 73 mm at the top, see page 464.

Also required:
− 2 system support rails PS 4361.000,
see page 466.
− 1 TS punched rail 18 x 38 mm in accordance
with the enclosure depth (included with the
supply of the standard enclosure).

Also required:
− 1 cable clamp rail PS 4191.000,
see page 527.
− 1 TS punched rail 18 x 38 mm in accordance
with the enclosure depth (included with the
supply of the standard enclosure).

Packs of

Model No. TS

4

8800.210

Note:
Additional holes in the base are required for
mounting.

Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated

376

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Base
Base
Reinforcement bracket

Packs of

Model No. TS

4

8800.830

for TS, ES, TP universal console
For use as an additional stabiliser to the clamping
straps when populated enclosures are screw-fastened via the base tray to the base/plinth or pallet
for transportation purposes.
Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Base frame, divided
for TS 8 server enclosures
For retro-fitting gland plates or base modules.
Suitable for combining with the pull-out stabiliser.

For enclosures
Width
mm

Depth
mm

Model No. DK

600

1000

7825.342

Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Packs of 1 set
Frame elements, assembly parts.

Clips
for gland plates
As replacement and for additional gland plate
attachments in TS, CM, TP.

Accessories:
− Multi-piece gland plate,
see page 381.
− Stabiliser,
see page 372.

Packs of

Model No. TS

50

8800.075

Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

377

Base
Base
Material:
Sheet steel

Gland plate
for CM, TopConsole TP
and one-piece console TP
Select suitable gland plates depending on the
application. The following examples illustrate the
individual options for cable entry structuring.
Potential equalisation is provided via assembly
components and earthing points.

Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Protection category:
IP 55 to IEC 60 529, subject to correct mounting.
Supply includes:
1 piece, including assembly parts.
Note:
For greater stability and universal cable entry,
the base opening is divided in the width for 1000,
1200 and 1600 mm wide enclosures, and is suitable for various configurations.

For enclosure depth 300 mm, complete module groups
For enclosure/console depth
mm
One-piece base opening

For enclosure width

Requires
packs
of

1

600

800

1000

1200

1600

Model No.

Packs
of

Requires
packs
of

2

5001.210 5001.211

1

4

5001.212 5001.213 5001.233

1 set

1

8802.060 8802.080

2 sets

1

8802.100 8802.120 8802.160

1

1

5001.214 5001.215

1

2

5001.216 5001.217 5001.234

1 set

1

8802.065 8802.085

2 sets

1

8802.105 8802.125 8802.165

Gland plate,
depth 50 mm

1

1

5001.210 5001.211

1

2

5001.212 5001.213 5001.233

Cable entry plates
for grommets

1

1

5001.226 5001.227

1

1

5001.228 5001.229 5001.237

Cable entry
module groups

Packs
of

Two-piece base opening

Model No.

Cable clamp strip, centre
Gland plate,
depth 50 mm
Section for cable entry,
centre

Cable clamp strip, rear
Gland plate,
depth 100 mm
Section for cable entry,
rear

Grommets, 1 x

Cable entry and connector grommets, see page 512.

For cable glands
One-piece
Gland plate,
depth 150 mm

1

1

5001.218 5001.219

1

2

5001.220 5001.221 5001.235

Gland plate,
depth 50 mm

1

1

5001.210 5001.211

1

2

5001.212 5001.213 5001.233

Gland plate,
depth 100 mm

1

1

5001.214 5001.215

1

2

5001.216 5001.217 5001.234

Two-piece

Cable glands, see page 519.

378

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Base
Base
For enclosure depth 400 mm, complete module groups
For enclosure/console depth
mm
One-piece base opening

For enclosure width

Packs
of

Requires
packs
of

Gland plate,
depth 50 mm

1

Gland plate,
depth 150 mm

Cable entry
module groups

600

Two-piece base opening

800

1000

1200

1600

Model No.

Packs
of

Requires
packs
of

1

5001.210 5001.211

1

2

5001.212 5001.213 5001.233

1

1

5001.218 5001.219

1

2

5001.220 5001.221 5001.235

1 set

1

8802.060 8802.080

2 sets

1

8802.100 8802.120 8802.160

1

2

5001.214 5001.215

1

4

5001.216 5001.217 5001.234

1 set

1

8802.065 8802.085

2 sets

1

8802.105 8802.125 8802.165

Model No.

Cable clamp strip, centre

Section for cable entry,
centre

Cable clamp strip, rear
Gland plate,
depth 100 mm
Section for cable entry,
rear

Cable clamp strip, centre and rear
Gland plate,
depth 50 mm

1

1

5001.210 5001.211

1

2

5001.212 5001.213 5001.233

Gland plate,
depth 100 mm

1

1

5001.214 5001.215

1

2

5001.216 5001.217 5001.234

Section for cable entry,
centre

1 set

1

8802.060 8802.080

2 sets

1

8802.100 8802.120 8802.160

Section for cable entry,
rear

1 set

1

8802.065 8802.085

2 sets

1

8802.105 8802.125 8802.165

Gland plate,
depth 150 mm

1

1

5001.218 5001.219

1

2

5001.220 5001.221 5001.235

Cable entry plates
for grommets

1

1

5001.226 5001.227

1

2

5001.228 5001.229 5001.237

Grommets, 1 x

Cable entry and connector grommets, see page 512.

Grommets, 2 x
Gland plate,
depth 50 mm

1

1

5001.210 5001.211

1

2

5001.212 5001.213 5001.233

Cable entry plates
for grommets

1

2

5001.226 5001.227

1

4

5001.228 5001.229 5001.237

Cable entry and connector grommets, see page 512.

EMC
EMC gland plate
Gland plate,
depth 100 mm

1 set

1

8800.660 8800.680

1 set

2

8800.600 8800.620

–

1

1

5001.214 5001.215

1

2

5001.216 5001.217

–

Cable entry and connector grommets, see page 512.

For cable glands
One-piece
Gland plate,
depth 250 mm

1

1

5001.222 5001.223

1

2

5001.224 5001.225 5001.236

Gland plate,
depth 150 mm

1

1

5001.218 5001.219

1

2

5001.220 5001.221 5001.235

Gland plate,
depth 100 mm

1

1

5001.214 5001.215

1

2

5001.216 5001.217 5001.234

Two-piece

Cable glands, see page 519.
Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

379

Base
Base
For enclosure depth 500 mm, complete module groups
For enclosure/console depth
mm
One-piece base opening

For enclosure width

Packs
of

Requires
packs
of

Gland plate,
depth 50 mm

1

Gland plate,
depth 250 mm

Cable entry
module groups

600

Two-piece base opening

800

1000

1200

1600

Model No.

Packs
of

Requires
packs
of

1

5001.210 5001.211

1

2

5001.212 5001.213 5001.233

1

1

5001.222 5001.223

1

2

5001.224 5001.225 5001.236

1 set

1

8802.060 8802.080

2 sets

1

8802.100 8802.120 8802.160

1

2

5001.218 5001.219

1

4

5001.220 5001.221 5001.235

1 set

1

8802.065 8802.085

2 sets

1

8802.105 8802.125 8802.165

Model No.

Cable clamp strip, centre

Section for cable entry,
centre

Cable clamp strip, rear
Gland plate,
depth 150 mm
Section for cable entry,
rear

Cable clamp strip, centre and rear
Gland plate,
depth 50 mm

1

1

5001.210 5001.211

1

2

5001.212 5001.213 5001.233

Gland plate,
depth 100 mm

1

2

5001.214 5001.215

1

4

5001.216 5001.217 5001.234

Section for cable entry,
centre

1 set

1

8802.060 8802.080

2 sets

1

8802.100 8802.120 8802.160

Section for cable entry,
rear

1 set

1

8802.065 8802.085

2 sets

1

8802.105 8802.125 8802.165

Gland plate,
depth 250 mm

1

1

5001.222 5001.223

1

2

5001.224 5001.225 5001.236

Cable entry plates
for grommets

1

1

5001.226 5001.227

1

2

5001.228 5001.229 5001.237

Grommets, 1 x

Cable entry and connector grommets, see page 512.

Grommets, 2 x
Gland plate,
depth 150 mm

1

1

5001.218 5001.219

1

2

5001.220 5001.221 5001.235

Cable entry plates
for grommets

1

2

5001.226 5001.227

1

4

5001.228 5001.229 5001.237

Cable entry and connector grommets, see page 512.

EMC
EMC gland plate
Gland plate,
depth 100 mm

1 set

1

8800.660 8800.680

1 set

2

8800.600 8800.620

–

1

2

5001.214 5001.215

1

4

5001.216 5001.217

–

Cable entry and connector grommets, see page 512.

For cable glands, two-piece
Gland plate,
depth 100 mm

1

1

5001.214 5001.215

1

2

5001.216 5001.217 5001.234

Gland plate,
depth 250 mm

1

1

5001.222 5001.223

1

2

5001.224 5001.225 5001.236

Cable glands, see page 519.

380

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Base
Base
Trim panel
for CM
To conceal the entire base opening.
Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Textured paint

For enclosure

Model No. CM

Width mm

Depth mm

600

400

5001.130

800

400

5001.140

1000

400

5001.150

1200

400

5001.160

Colour:
RAL 7035
Protection category:
IP 55 to IEC 60 529
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Gland plate, multi-piece
for DK-TS
Any combination possible
Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Packs of 1 set
Gland plates including sliding plate for cable
entry, including sealing tape and assembly parts.
Note:
For the size variant 800 x 800 mm, the gland plate
included with the supply of pre-configured network enclosures should be additionally used.

For enclosures
Width
mm

Depth
mm

Model No. TS

600

1000

7825.364

600

1200

7825.365

800

800

7825.382

800

1000

7825.384

800

1200

7825.385

Also required:
For integration of the gland plates, there must be
a base frame inside the enclosure.
Base frame, divided, for retro-fitting,
see page 377.
Accessories:
All gland plates with a depth of 237.5 mm may be
exchanged for gland plate modules on request.
− Gland plate modules,
see page 382.
− Gland plate modules,
vented with airflow regulator,
see page 382.
− Base module for cable entry,
see page 383.
− Section for cable entry,
see page 512, 513.

One-piece gland plate

For enclosures

Model No. DK

Width mm

Depth mm

600

600

7825.660

600

800

7825.680

600

1000

7825.610

Material:
Sheet steel

800

600

7825.860

800

800

7825.880

Surface finish:
Zinc-plated

800

1000

7825.810

600

1200

7825.612

Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

800

1200

7825.812

vented, for TS
− With ventilation holes
− Cut-out for cable entry at the rear, covered with
brush strip.

Accessories:
Filter mat for gland plate,
see page 382.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

381

Base
Base
Filter mat

Packs of

Model No. DK

1

7825.620

for one-piece gland plate
The filter mat may be cut to size according to the
required cut-out.
Material:
PPI 35-5/polyamide

Gland plate modules
for DK-TS
For use in the base frame of the network enclosure. Used in exchange for an existing gland
plate of the same depth or in conjunction with a
multi-piece gland plate for pre-configured TS 8
enclosures, see page 381.
Gland plate depth:
237.5 mm
Version for cable entry at the rear:
With brush strip.
Version for cable entry at the sides:
With rubber cable clamp strip.
Vented design:
With filter mat for concealing the holes and nylon
tape for securing from the inside or outside.

Spare filter mat
for gland plate modules, vented
To be used in exchange for the existing filter mat.

For
enclosure width
mm
600
800

Design

Model No. DK

For cable entry,
rear

7825.361

For cable entry,
sides

800
600

Vented

800

7825.381
7825.388
7825.360
7825.380

Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated

Packs of

Model No. DK

2

7825.350

For enclosure width mm

Model No. DK

600

7825.366

800

7825.386

Material:
PPI 35-5/polyamide
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Gland plate modules, vented
with airflow regulator
for DK-TS
Allows controlled air routing from the twin base to
the installed components. Individually adjustable
membranes allow control of the air inlet opening
between 10% and 80% free space.
If the rear area of the enclosure is partitioned by
base/gland plates, the required volumetric airflow
may be individually regulated, and distribution of
the airflow inside the twin base adapted to suit the
requirements of each enclosure.
The gland plate module may be combined with all
gland plates as required. Gland plate module
including contacting assembly screws; the additional installation of PE conductors is not required.

Also required:
For integration of the gland plates, there must be
a base frame inside the enclosure.
Base frame, divided, for retro-fitting,
see page 377.
Accessories:
Spare filter mat,
see page 383.

Material:
Sheet steel
Supply includes:
Packs of 1
− Gland plate module, vented
− Filter mat
− Assembly parts

382

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Base
Base
Spare filter mat

Packs of

Model No. DK

1

7825.622

for gland plate modules, vented,
with airflow regulator
To be used in exchange for the existing filter mat.
Material:
PPI 35-5/polyamide
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Base module
for cable entry

For enclosure width
mm

Packs of

Model No. DK

600

1

7825.367

800

1

7825.387

Super-airtight
for DK-TS
The two-part base module has a special cable
entry with alternate offset brush strips which
guarantee an excellent seal even with large cable
quantities.
Material:
− Module plate: Sheet steel
− Brush strip: Plastic, UL 94-V0
Surface finish:
Module plate: Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Brush strip and assembly parts.

Module plates

Design

for TE
The base area of the TE may be varied as
required using the module plates.
Material:
Sheet steel

Solid

Supply includes:
Assembly parts.
With brush strip
Vented

Compensating
panel
1)

Enclosure dimensions
mm

W (B)
D (T)

Base cut-out dimensions
mm

W (B1)
D (T1)

550

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

600

Width
mm

Depth
mm

450

200

7526.760

450

550

7526.770

450

750

7526.780

650

550

7526.7851)

650

200

7526.800

650

750

7526.8201)

450

200

7526.850

650

200

7526.860

450

200

7526.829

650

200

7526.834

450

50

7526.750

450

150

7526.755

650

50

7526.790

650

150

7526.795

Model No. TE

T

B1

B

T1

Extended delivery times.

600

600

800

800

800

600

800

1000

450

450

450

600

800

1000

650

650

750

950

550

650

750

950

383

Base
Base
Pressure relief stopper
Especially when enclosures are exposed to
changing climatic conditions (e.g. with outdoor
siting), condensation may form in sealed enclosures due to pressure differences. The integral
sealing membrane largely prevents such pressure differences and hence condensation; additionally, it also prevents the ingress of moisture
from the outside.
Installed in vertical surfaces to protect against
dirt.

Packs of

Model No. SZ

5

2459.500

Technical specifications:
− Air permeability up to 120 litres/hour with a
pressure difference of 70 mbar
− Connection thread M12 x 1.5
− For fitting in wall thicknesses up to 4 mm
Material:
Polyamide
Colour:
Similar to RAL 9005
Protection category:
− IP 66, 68 to EN 60 529
− IP 69K to DIN 40 050-9
Supply includes:
Lock nut

Condensate discharge
For reliable discharge from the inside and protection against splashes from the outside (labyrinth
effect).
A hole diameter of 16 mm is required.
(With AE sheet steel, the holes are already provided in the base.)

Packs of

Model No. SZ

6

2459.000

Material:
Polyamide
Colour:
Similar to RAL 7035
Protection category:
IP 55 to IEC 60 529,
subject to correct mounting at the bottom.

Gland plates
for CS New Basic enclosures
For sealing the base opening and for cable entry.
Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Powder-coated, zinc-plated
Colour:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

384

For enclosure dimensions
Width
mm

Depth
mm

Packs of

600

400

1 set

9785.511

600

500

1 set

9785.514

800

400

1 set

9785.512

800

500

1 set

9785.513

1200

400

1 set

2x
9785.511

1200

500

1 set

2x
9785.514

Model No. CS

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Walls
Side panels
Side panels, screw-fastened,
sheet steel

For enclosures
Height mm

Depth mm

Packs
of

Model No. TS

800

600

2

8173.235

1000

600

2

8174.235

1200

500

2

8115.235

1200

600

2

8170.235

1200

800

2

8175.235

1200

1000

2

8176.235

1400

500

2

8145.235

1400

600

2

8146.235

1400

800

2

8148.235

1600

500

2

8165.235

1600

600

2

8166.235

1600

800

2

8168.235

Protection category:
IP 55 to IEC 60 529

1800

400

2

8184.235

1800

500

2

8185.235

Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

1800

600

2

8186.235

1800

800

2

8188.235

Note:
Enclosure panel holders may optionally be fitted
from the inside or outside of the enclosure.
Area available for population:
External dimension – 100 mm.

1800

1000

2

8180.235

2000

400

2

8104.235

2000

500

2

8105.235

2000

600

2

8106.235

2000

800

2

8108.235

2000

1000

2

8100.235

2200

600

2

8126.235

2200

800

2

8128.235

for TS
● Automatic potential equalisation and higher
EMC protection thanks to enclosure panel
fasteners with earthing insert
● Easy positioning with the location aid
● Earthing bolt with contact surface
Material:
Sheet steel 1.5 mm, textured
Surface finish:
Dipcoat-primed, powder-coated on the outside
Colour:
RAL 7035

1 Automatic potential equalisation

1

Accessories:
− Earth straps,
see page 501.
− Enclosure panel fasteners, internal,
see page 386, for heavy installed equipment
and high dynamic pressures.

Side panels, screw-fastened,
stainless steel
for TS
● Automatic potential equalisation and higher
EMC protection thanks to enclosure panel
fasteners
● Easy positioning with the location aid
● Earthing bolt with contact surface
Material:
Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304), 1.5 mm

For enclosures

Packs
of

Model No. TS

400

2

8700.840

500

2

8700.850

600

2

8700.060

Height
mm

Depth
mm

1800
1800
2000

Accessories:

Surface finish:
Brushed, grain 400

Enclosure panel fasteners, internal, see page 386,
for heavy installed equipment and high dynamic
pressures.

Protection category:
IP 55 to IEC 60 529

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

385

Walls
Side panels
Side panels, asymmetrical
for TS
The alternative to the standard side panel for
improved visual appearance in the event of backto-back, back-to-side or corner baying. The gap
(A) which occurs with standard side panels is
reduced to a standard dimension (B), see technical drawing. In the case of the TS 8 corner enclosure, an asymmetrical side panel is included in
the supply.
The number of additional asymmetrical side panels required depends on the chosen baying variant.

For enclosures
Height mm

Depth mm

Packs
of

Model No. TS

1800

400

2

8184.500

1800

500

2

8185.500

1800

600

2

8186.500

2000

400

2

8104.500

2000

500

2

8105.500

2000

600

2

8106.500

2000

800

2

8108.500

2200

600

2

8126.500

Material:
Sheet steel, 1.5 mm

Accessories:
Enclosure panel fasteners, internal, see page 386,
for heavy installed equipment and high dynamic
pressures.

Colour:
RAL 7035
Protection category:
IP 55 to IEC 60 529
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Side panel

Corner baying

Back-to-back baying

Rear panel

Door

Standard side panel

Asymmetrical side panel

A

B

Asymmetrical
side panel

Enclosure panel fasteners,
internal

Packs of

Model No. TS

10

8800.071

for TS
for additional fixing of the side or rear panel with
heavy installed equipment and high dynamic
pressures.

386

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Walls
Side panels
Hinges
for
TS side panel, screw-fastened, sheet steel
TS side panel, asymmetrical
The 180° opening angle allows unhindered
access. May be installed optionally from the
inside or outside of the enclosure: Simply replace
3 enclosure panel fasteners with hinges. Despite
the hinge, the protection category of the enclosure is retained.
Material:
Die-cast zinc
Supply includes:
Assembly screws.

Side panel, lockable
for TS
● Simply locate from above
● Lock via security lock no. 3524 E
● Earthing bolt with contact lug.
Material:
Sheet steel, powder-coated
Protection category:
IP 20/NEMA 1 to IEC 60 529
Supply includes:
2 side panels each with 4 security locks
no. 3524 E.
Note:
Side panels 1200 mm deep as divided variants,
see page 388.
Accessories:
Internal latch DK 7824.510,
see page 388.

Design

Packs of

Model No. TS

RAL 7035

6

8800.110

Note:
− Side panel and door hinges may only be
installed on the same enclosure section when
using a 180° door hinge (see page 425).
− Please note: Red areas (side panels), hinged
and unhinged, must always be opposite one
another. Blue areas (doors/rear panels) must
always be opposite one another. Only one
surface on each vertical enclosure section
may be hinged.

For enclosures
Height mm

7035

9005

Model No.
DK
7824.086

800

600



–

1000

600



–

7824.106

1200

600



–

7824.126

1200

800



–

7824.128

1200

1000



–

7824.120

1200

1000

–



7816.120

1400

600



–

7824.1461)

1400

800



–

7824.148

1600

600



–

7824.166

1600

800



–

7824.168

1800

600



–

7824.186

1800

800



–

7824.188

1800

1000



–

7824.1801)

2000

600



–

7824.206

2000

800



–

7824.208

2000

1000



–

7824.200

2000

1000

–



7816.2001)

2200

600



–

7824.226

2200

800



–

7824.228

2200

1000



–

7824.220

1) Extended

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Colour RAL

Depth mm

delivery times.

387

Walls
Side panels
Internal latch

For enclosure system

Packs of

Model No. DK

TS

4

7824.510

for side panel, lockable
Additional security is achieved via the option of
latching the side panel from the inside.
The side panels on the frame section are screwfastened from the inside with latching brackets.
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Side panel, plug-type, divided
for DK-TS
The horizontally divided side panel offers clear
advantages for storage, transportation and
assembly, thanks to the reduced weight and
smaller dimensions of its individual parts. The
lower side panel part is inserted into the base
frame and secured in the centre of the enclosure
via a punched section with mounting flange. After
attaching, the complete side panel is locked at
the top with 2 locks.
Material:
Sheet steel

For enclosures
Height
mm

Depth
mm

Packs of

2000

1200

1

7824.310

2200

1200

1

7824.312

Model No. DK

Supply includes:
− Side panel with security lock 3524 E
− Punched sections with mounting flanges
− Earth conductor
− Assembly parts

Colour:
RAL 7035

Side panels
for TE
● Simple assembly with insertion aid at the
bottom and lock at the top
● Earthing bolt with contact lug

Protection category:
IP 20
Supply includes:
Security lock 3524 E.

Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Powder-coated
For enclosures
Height mm

Depth mm

Packs of

Colour RAL
7035

9005

2000

800

2



–

7000.652

2000

1000

2



–

7000.653

2000

1000

2

–



7000.663

Primer/paint
For touching up and repairing powder-coated and
wet-painted surfaces, air-drying.

Touch-up pen 12 ml
Tin 1000 ml
Spray can 150 ml

388

Model No. TE

Colour RAL

Model No. SZ

7032

2436.732

7035

2436.735

7035

2438.735

7022

2581.000

7032

2437.000

7035

2440.735

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Walls
Divider panels/partitions
Cable management panel
for DK-TS
The universal routing aid for network enclosures
where large quantities of cables and lines are
managed. Can also be used as a partition with
cable management option.
By attaching to the inner level, cables may be
routed inside and out, also in conjunction with
a side panel.
Mounting options:
● Directly onto the inner mounting level of TS 8
enclosures
● On the outer mounting level on punched
sections with mounting flanges.
Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Powder-coated
Colour:
RAL 7035

For enclosures

1)

Model No. DK

Width/depth
mm

Height
mm

600

2000

7824.560

800

2000

7824.5801)

Extended delivery times.

Accessories:
− Nylon loop fasteners,
see page 530.
− Cable route,
see page 536.
− Cable ties,
see page 530.
− Cable shunting rings,
see page 534.
− Cable manager,
see page 533.

Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Divider panel
for TS
For shielding individual enclosure cells. Thanks to
the symmetry of the frame system, the divider
panel can also be used at the rear. All-round,
double fold for stability and to hold the seal.
Notches in the corners and half-way up the sides
permit the use of angular baying brackets and
baying brackets, even with a divider panel fitted.
For mounting on the outer mounting level. This
leaves the inner level free for further population.
Material:
Sheet steel, 1.5 mm, zinc-plated

For enclosures

Model No. TS

Height mm

Depth mm

1800

400

8609.840

1800

500

8609.850

1800

600

8609.860

2000

400

8609.040

2000

500

8609.050

2000

600

8609.060

2000

800

8609.080

2200

600

8609.260

302/402/502/702

Protection category:
IP 54 to IEC 60 529, subject to the correct use of
module plates.
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.
Note:
The divider panel may also be fitted to the rear.
This allows, e.g. frequency converters for heat
dissipation to be installed in a divider panel with
the cooling units facing outwards and protected/
finished off with a cover (see page 392).

289/389/489/689

247/347/447/647

− Cover with door,
see page 392.
− Baying attachment, vertical (TS 8800.470)
for enclosures with fitted divider panel,
see page 398.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

1702/1902/2102

Accessories:

389

Walls
Divider panels/partitions
Partition

For enclosures

for DK-TS
For rack mounting, suspended between two TS 8
enclosures.
With three Ø 40 mm holes in all 4 corner areas for
the insertion of cable sections, conduits etc.
Drilled holes may be sealed with the enclosed
stepped collars. For cable entry, simply cut off at
a suitable level to match the required cross-section.
Material:
− Partition: Sheet steel
− Stepped collar: Plastic to UL 94-HB

Model No. DK

Height mm

Depth mm

2000

1000

7831.723

2000

1200

7831.724

2200

1200

7831.726

Note:
Use baying connector TS 8800.490.
Not for use in conjunction with a baying seal.
Any existing seals must be removed prior to
installation.
Accessories:

Surface finish:
Partition: Zinc-plated

Baying clamp TS 8800.490,
see page 396.

Supply includes:
12 stepped collars Ø 40 mm.

The divider panel and
module plate system
More options:
The cut-outs of a divider panel are individually
equipped with module plates for 16-pole or 24pole connectors, with module plates for cable
entry and with solid module plates.

Faster assembly:
Usually only some of the total number of connector cut-outs are used. Thanks to the new divider
panel technique, the cut-outs do not need to be
covered individually. The solid module plate is
used instead.
The benefits: Less plates, less screws,
less assembly work.

Divider panel

402/502
318

99/105

188

144

for module panels TS
With cut-outs for the installation of module plates
for connectors or for cable entry, and also for
the entry of busbar systems and other installed
equipment. All-round, double fold for stability
and to hold the seal. Thanks to the symmetry of
the enclosure frame, divider panels may also be
fitted at the rear, dimensions permitting.
For mounting on the outer mounting level. This
leaves the inner level free for further population.

8 x 188 (1504)/9 x 188 (1692)

Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts and multi-tooth screws
M5 x 12 mm for mounting the module plates.
Note:
Notches in the corners and half-way up the sides
permit the use of angular baying brackets and
baying brackets, even with a divider panel fitted.

1702/1902

Material:
Sheet steel, 2 mm

Accessories:
− Module plates,
see page 391.
− Cover with door,
see page 392.
− Baying attachment (TS 8800.470)
for enclosures with fitted divider panel,
see page 398.

For enclosures

390

Height mm

Depth mm

Number of cut-outs

Model No. TS
8609.100

1800

500

9

1800

600

9

8609.110

2000

500

10

8609.120

2000

600

10

8609.130

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Walls
Divider panels/partitions
Module plates

Design

Material:
Sheet steel, 2 mm

Solid

–

1

8609.160

For 16-pole
connectors

4

1

8609.150

For 24-pole
connectors

4

1

8609.140

For cable entry

1

1

8609.170

For cable entry
grommets

4

1

8609.190

With cable sleeve

1

1

8609.390

Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Seal

Solid
For sealing unused cut-outs. Easily machined for
individual cut-outs.

for 16/24-pole connectors
With cut-outs to accommodate connectors. In
addition to mounting on divider panels, module
plates may also be attached to the 25 mm pitch
pattern of the enclosure and to the rails of the TS/
PS system.

For cable entry
For the entry of pre-assembled cables. Sealed,
secure routing is achieved via adjustable angle
brackets with inserted foam cable clamp strip.
Attachment bracket, punched, for cable clamping.

For cable entry grommets
For mounting on the divider panel for module
plates TS. Slide the grommets into the cut-outs,
slide the clamp plate with seal down over them,
and screw-fasten.

Cut-outs

Packs of Model No. TS

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

Accessories:
− Adaptor, cover plate,
see page 392.
− Connector gland for connector cut-outs,
see page 522.
− Connector gland sealing frame and sealing
module, see page 523.

Accessories:
Cable tie for fast assembly SZ 2597.000,
see page 530.

Also required:
− Cable entry grommets,
see page 512 or
− Connector grommets,
see page 512.

With cable sleeve
For 10 – 65 mm cable diameters. The flexible
grommet adapts to the cable's bending radius.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

391

Walls
Divider panels/partitions
Adaptors

For reduction

Packs of

Model No. SZ

for connector cut-outs
For using connectors with varying numbers of
poles.

From 24 to 16 poles

5

2479.000

From 24 to 10 poles

5

2480.000

From 24 to 6 poles

5

2481.000

Material:
Sheet steel

From 16 to 10 poles

5

2401.000

From 16 to 6 poles

5

2402.000

Model No. SZ

Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Seal for adaptor and mounting accessories.

Cover plate
for connector cut-outs
For unused cut-outs.

For

Packs of

24-pole cut-outs

20

2477.000

16-pole cut-outs

20

2478.000

Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Seal and assembly parts.

Cover with door

For enclosures

for TS
● To protect and finish off connectors or other
installed equipment.
● Optional cable entry from above or below.
Material:
− Cover: Sheet steel, 1.5 mm
− Door: Sheet steel, 2.0 mm
Colour:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
− Cover
− Door with locking rod and double-bit lock insert
− 1 cover plate for top or bottom.

Colour:
Pale grey
Supply includes:
Spacer bolts for sound insulation of the roof plate.
Material category:
B1 to DIN 4102

392

Model No. TS

2000

500

8609.020

2000

600

8609.030

Accessories:

for TS
Noise insulating mats for equipping or retro-fitting
enclosures.
Thanks to their self-adhesive rear, the noise insulating mats are easily attached to existing surfaces. Sound is absorbed, leading to significant
noise reduction. The kit is designed to reduce
noise from the roof, sides and rear of an enclosure with dimensions WHD 800 x 2000 x 800 mm.

Material:
Soft foam based on melamine resin, 20 mm

Depth
mm

− Lock inserts, version F,
see page 421.
− Comfort handle,
see page 415.
− 180° hinge,
see page 425.

Noise protection kit

Other dimensions can be accommodated by
cutting to size individually.

Height
mm

For enclosures
W x H x D mm

Packs of

Model No. DK

800 x 2000 x 800

1 set

7824.650

Absorption level
1.00
0.90
0.80
0.70
0.60
α

0.50
0.40
0.30
0.20
0.10
0.00
63

100

160 250 400 630 1000 1600 2500 4000 6300 10000
Hz

Asorption level α: share of absorbed output,
1 = 100% (averaged).
Averaged noise reduction (comparison source,
50 Hz – 20 kHz): 1 m standard distance (averaged)

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Walls
Isolator door locking
TS isolator door cover
(US version)
Including main door lock for safety locking of
enclosures and bayed enclosure suites in accordance with US regulations, only in conjunction with
actuator lever for master switches:
● Allen Bradley 1494 F-M1/P1/S1
and 140 U-K-FCX04
● Square D 9422 A1
● ITE Siemens Max-Flex series/FHOH
(only available in the USA)
● General Electric TDA Type 1 and 2
● Moeller NZM-XSHGVR 12-NA
Benefits:
● In combination with
− Operating mechanism
− Adjacent door latch
− Interconnecting rods
meets the requirements of UL 508 A
● Compact design with a width of just 100 mm.
● May be mounted instead of a side panel.
With this cover, all standard single-door TS 8
enclosures may be configured as isolator door
enclosures. The complete installation surface of
the enclosure is retained.
● May be mounted optionally on the left or right of
the enclosure.
● In conjunction with the integrable TS 8 mounting plate infill, (see page 443), the mounting
surface of the main enclosure can be enlarged
by around 14%.

Width
mm

Height
mm

Depth
mm

Model No.
TS

100

1800

400

8900.840

100

1800

500

8900.850

100

2000

500

8900.050

100

2000

600

8900.060

Also required:
− Operating mechanism, TS 4912.000, for enclosure with isolator door cover and additionally
every fourth adjacent enclosure,
see page 393.
− Adjacent door latch, TS 4911.000, TS 4911.100,
for every adjacent enclosure,
see page 393.
− Interconnecting rods, for every adjacent
enclosure in the appropriate enclosure width,
see page 393.
Accessories:
Mounting plate infill,
see page 443.
Isolator door locking (US version)
1 Operating mechanism
2 Adjacent door locking (single-door)
3 Interconnecting rod

Material:
Sheet steel

4 Connection component

Surface finish:
Powder-coated

6 Adjacent door locking (two-door)

5 Main door latch

Colour:
RAL 7035

3

4

4

3

3

Protection category:
IP 55 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 12.
Supply includes:
Main door lock, cover plate and assembly parts.

6

6

2

2

1

5

Door latch
for bayed enclosure suites
For extending the door locking of commercially
available master switches to bayed suites TS.
Adjacent door cannot be opened until the main
door has been opened.
1
1 Operating mechanism

(Fitted in the enclosure with master switch and
additionally in every fourth adjacent enclosure)

2 Adjacent door latch

(Installation in adjacent enclosure)

Packs of

Model No. TS

Operating mechanism

1

4912.000

Adjacent door locking for

Packs of

Model No. TS

single-door enclosures

1

4911.000

two-door enclosures

1

4911.100

2

3
3 Interconnecting rods

To extend locking from the main enclosure to
the adjacent enclosures of a bayed suite.
An interconnecting rod corresponding to the
width of the enclosure is required for each
adjacent enclosure.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

For enclosure width
mm

Packs of

Model No. TS

600

10

4916.000

800

10

4918.000

1200

10

4920.000

393

Baying system
Enclosure suites
Bayable on all sides
Whether around corners, forwards, backwards,
to the left or right or even upwards if required,
the baying options are unlimited.

For baying at the installation site
or for provisional siting in the workshop
1 Quick-fit baying clamps,

one-piece
2 Quick-fit baying clamps,

three-piece
5

3 Baying clamp, horizontal
4 Baying clamp, vertical

for TS/TS
2

5 Baying clamp, vertical

for TS/PS
6 Baying connector, external

Notes on the transportation
of bayed enclosures,
see page 396.
4

1
3

1

6

394

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Baying system
Enclosure suites
Quick-fit baying clamp,
one-piece
1

Packs of

Model No. TS

6

8800.500

Packs of

Model No. TS

6

8800.590

Packs of

Model No. TS

4

8800.400

Packs of

Model No. TS

6

8800.410

for TS/TS
Simply attach the screws, insert the quick-fit
baying clamp, tap in with a hammer and lock.
Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Quick-fit baying clamp,
three-piece
2

for TS/TS
Simply locate, connect with the lock plate,
and secure.
Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

3

Baying clamp, horizontal

for TS/TS, TS/PS
For mounting on the horizontal enclosure sections.
Material:
Cast steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

4

Baying clamp, vertical

for TS/TS
For mounting on the vertical enclosure sections.
Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

395

Baying system
Enclosure suites
5

Baying clamp, vertical

for TS/PS
For mounting on the vertical enclosure sections.

Packs of

Model No. TS

6

8800.420

Material:
Cast steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

6

Baying connectors, external

for TS/TS
For mounting on the vertical enclosure sections.
Simply position on the outside and screw-fasten
either from the inside or outside.

Material/surface finish

Packs of

Model No. TS

Sheet steel, zinc-plated

6

8800.490

Stainless steel 1.4301
(AISI 304)

6

8700.000

Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Note on the transport of bayed enclosures

Individual enclosures may be safely transported
using the eyebolts included with the supply.
For symmetrical loads, the following maximum
permissible loads apply:
for 45° cable pull angle 4,800 N,
for 60° cable pull angle 6,400 N,
for 90° cable pull angle 13,600 N.
Note:
The eyebolts must be aligned in the direction of
the cable pull.
For larger baying combinations, we recommend
the use of a transport base/plinth, see page 368.

396

For the enclosure combination with angular baying brackets, quick-fit
baying clamps and combination angles shown
here, the load capacity
with a cable pull angle of
60° is as follows:
for the left-hand enclosure 7,000 N,
for the central enclosure
14,000 N,
for the right-hand enclosure 7,000 N.

The cable pull angle
between the roof
plate and the cable
has a significant influence on the total permissible load.
The cable pull angle
must not be less than
45°, and where possible, should be less
than 60°.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Baying system
Enclosure suites
When transporting bayed
enclosures

A
1 2 quick-fit baying clamps

7 Baying bracket for TS/TS

TS 8800.500
(see page 395).

8 Baying bracket for TS/TS

7 4 baying brackets

and TS/PS
Note:
− In addition, the outer baying connector
(see page 396), can be used.
− When transporting large, heavy enclosure combinations by crane, we additionally recommend
the use of combination angles TS 4540.000,
see page 398.
Also required:
For protection category IP 55:
One connector/clamp is required half-way up the
enclosure height, see page 395.
Baying clamp, see page 395/396.
Notes on the transportation of bayed enclosures,
see page 396.

1

TS 8800.430
(see page 397).
7

A

B
1 2 quick-fit baying clamps

TS 8800.500
(see page 395).

8

7 2 baying brackets

TS 8800.430
(see page 397).
8 4 baying brackets

TS 4582.500
(see page 398) if the angular baying brackets
cannot be fitted in the foremost installation
position due to installed equipment such as
large swing frames.

1

B

7

8

7

8

7

Angular baying brackets

for TS/TS
For a stable connection when transporting bayed
enclosure suites.

Packs of

Model No. TS

4

8800.430

Screw-fastening either
● Horizontally and vertically with 8 screws
● Horizontally with 2 screws and M8 threaded
blocks, vertically with 4 screws
connection.
Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

397

Baying system
Enclosure suites
8

Baying brackets

for TS/TS and TS/PS
For additional stabilistation, or in cases where:
● Mounting plate brackets
● Swing frame
● Busbar support
prevent the installation of angular baying
brackets.
Material:
Sheet steel

Packs of

Model No. TS

4

4582.500

Accessories:
For mounting on the vertical TS enclosure section:
Snap-on nut M8, TS 8800.808,
see page 471.

Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Angular baying bracket
The alternative to baying bracket TS 4582.500
and for individual interior installations.
Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Screws M8 x 16 mm.

Combination angle
For optimum distribution of tensile forces during
transportation of bayed enclosures by crane.
Material:
Sheet steel

Packs of

Model No. PS

4

4582.000

Also required:
For mounting on:
− Horizontal TS enclosure section,
captive nuts/threaded blocks M8,
see page 477,
− Vertical TS enclosure section,
snap-on nut M8, TS 8800.808,
see page 471.

Packs of

Model No. TS

4

4540.000

Accessories:

Surface finish:
Zinc-plated

Top baying cover,
see page 399.

Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Notes on the transportation of bayed enclosures,
see page 396.

Baying attachment, vertical
for TS/TS with divider panel
Only suitable for mounting in conjunction with the
angle brackets of the divider panel (included with
the supply).
Material:
Sheet steel

Packs of

Model No. TS

8

8800.470

Note:
May also be used for side or rear wall attachment/
fastening of enclosures. In such cases, additional
holes must be drilled in the side or rear panel.

Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

398

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Baying system
Enclosure suites
Baying attachment, vertical

Packs of

Model No. TS

6

8800.670

Packs of

Model No. TS

4

8800.170

for TS/TS
For baying two populated enclosures on the vertical enclosure section.
Simply locate into the vertical TS punchings,
secure and connect both brackets by using the
hex screws (supplied loose).
Using the fastening bolts, the enclosure is pulled
into a defined end position, with a height or side
offset of up to ± 2 mm.
Material:
Sheet steel, 3 mm
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Baying clamp, horizontal
for back-to-back mounting
Two-piece, for in situ assembly of enclosures
with mounting plate in the rearmost installation
position.
Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Baying cover, top
A cover with two end caps may additionally be
clipped over the seal between the two enclosures. This prevents dirt and liquid from collecting on the baying seal.
Material:
− Cover section: Sheet steel or stainless steel
− End caps: Plastic
Surface finish:
Spray-finished
Supply includes:
− Cover section
− 2 end caps

For
enclosure
depth
mm

Packs
of

RAL
7035

Stainless
steel
1.4301
(AISI 304)

Model No.
TS

400

1



–

8800.840

500

1



–

8800.850

600

1



–

8800.860

800

1



–

8800.880

1000

1



–

8800.892

400

1

–



8700.140

500

1

–



8700.150

600

1

–



8700.160

Note:
May also be fitted in the width with enclosure
suites bayed back-to-back.
May also be used in conjunction with dust guard
trim, see page 432.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

399

Baying system
Enclosure suites
Baying connector, external

Packs of

Model No. DK

4

7824.540

Depth difference
mm

Model No. DK

100

7067.1001)

200

7067.200

for DK-TS/DK-TS with side panels
For retrospective baying of enclosures with screwfastened or lockable side panels.
Material:
Sheet steel
Colour:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Compensating panel
for TS
The panel is screw-fastened to the outside of the
enclosure frame and serves as an infill panel
when baying 2000 mm high enclosures of varying
depths.
No seal between the enclosures.

1) Extended

delivery times.

Material:
Sheet steel
Colour:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Baying kit
for TE/TE
For connecting individual enclosures into bayed
suites at the sides. The enclosures are connected
between the base and roof frame.

Packs of

Model No. TE

4

7000.640

Packs of

Model No. SZ

1 set

1199.100

Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Baying kit
for KL, AE
Special screws and nuts
● For fast, simple assembly without thread-tapping.
● Compression of the seal is limited to a predefined level, to ensure a long-lasting, permanent
seal between enclosures.
Seal, self-adhesive
● Comprised of bayable sealing elements and
corner pieces, for individual adaptation to various enclosure sizes.
One pack is sufficient for a baying point up to
H x D = 800 x 350 mm.
Supply includes:
− Sealing elements
− Assembly parts

400

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Baying system
TS 8 corner enclosures
TS 8 corner enclosures
The corner enclosure and the supplied components will accommodate the various baying
options of the TS 8 frame on all outer surfaces.
Fitted with a rear panel and an asymmetrical side
panel (see page 386, mounted on the l/h side),
the corner enclosure also permits the option of
baying in both the width and depth.
The gland plates are aligned parallel to the rear
panel. In TS 8 enclosures with a square footprint,
the gland plates may also be rotated through 90°.
The baying system is identical to all other TS 8
enclosures.
Material:
Sheet steel, 1.5 mm
Surface finish:
− Enclosure frame, roof, rear panel, side panel:
Dipcoat-primed, powder-coated on the outside,
textured paint
− Gland plates: Zinc-plated

Height
mm

Depth
mm

Model No. TS

400

1800

400

8484.300

500

1800

400

8584.300

600

1800

400

8684.300

500

1800

500

8585.300

600

1800

500

8685.300

600

1800

600

8686.300

400

2000

400

8404.300

500

2000

400

8504.300

600

2000

400

8604.300

800

2000

400

8804.300

500

2000

500

8505.300

600

2000

500

8605.300

800

2000

500

8805.300

600

2000

600

8606.300

800

2000

600

8806.300

600

2200

600

8626.300

Extended delivery times.

Colour:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
− Enclosure frame
− Roof
− Rear wall (on the longest side)
− Side panel, asymmetrical
− Gland plates (divided in a longitudinal
direction)

Baying examples

Accessories:
− TS base/plinth,
see page 360.
− Connecting plinth trim,
see page 365.

B = Width
T = Depth

TS 8 corner enclosures

B 600

B 600

T 500

T 500

T 500

T 500

B 600

T 500

B 600

T 500

B 600

B 600

Width
mm

H

Note:

Correct

B

Incorrect

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

T

Incorrect
401

Doors/locks
Door variants
Glazed door
for TS
Instead of a sheet steel door or rear panel.
Material:
− Front panel: Extruded aluminium section
− Corner pieces: Die-cast zinc
− Viewing window: Single-pane safety glass,
3 mm
Surface finish:
Powder-coated
Colour:
− Frame and corner pieces: RAL 7035
− Viewing window (printed mask on the inside):
RAL 7015
Protection category:
IP 55 to IEC 60 529
Supply includes:
− Viewing door frame with safety glass
− Locking rod with double-bit insert
− 180° hinges (4)
− Visible area: W – 140 mm, H – 160 mm

Handle adaptor
The handle adaptor compensates for the design
chamfer in the door profile to enable installation of
the comfort handle.
Material:
Plastic

For enclosures
Width
mm

Height
mm

Model No. TS

600

1800

8610.680

800

1800

8610.880

600

2000

8610.600

800

2000

8610.800

600

2200

8610.620

800

2200

8610.820

Also required:
When mounting instead of the rear panel:
Lock components for frame TS 8800.040,
see page 402.
Accessories:
− Lock inserts, version F,
see page 421.
− Comfort handle,
see page 415.

For glazed door TS
Colour

Model No. TS

RAL 7035

8611.080

For designer door IW and PC-TS, bottom door

Supply includes:
− 1 adaptor plate
− 1 extension for drive
− 2 assembly screws

Colour

Model No. PC

RAL 7035

8611.300

Lock components

Packs of

Model No. TS

4

8800.040

for frame TS
For retrofitting a glazed door or sheet steel door
in place of a rear panel.
Material:
Die-cast zinc
Supply includes:
Assembly screws.

402

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Doors/locks
Door variants
Sheet steel door

For enclosures
Width
mm

Height
mm

Model No. DK

600

2000

7824.205

800

1200

7824.127

Material:
Sheet steel

800

2000

7824.207

600

2200

7824.225

Colour:
RAL 7035

800

2200

7824.227

for DK-TS
To replace existing doors. With 180° hinges and
swivel handle with security lock no. 3524 E,
in exchange for comfort handle.

Protection category:
IP 55 to IEC 60 529
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Accessories:
− Comfort handle,
see page 415.
− 180° hinge for bayed TS enclosure suites
with comfort handle,
see page 425.

Sheet steel door, vented
for DK-TS
With 180° hinges and swivel handle with security
lock no. 3524 E, in exchange for comfort handle.
For optimum air throughput in network enclosures
with a high proportion of active components.
Slotted surface with air inlet opening > 78%.
Material:
Sheet steel
Colour:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

For enclosures
Height
mm

600

1800

7824.183

600

2000

7824.203

800

2000

7824.204

600

2200

7824.223

800

2200

7824.224

Accessories:
− Comfort handle,
see page 415.
− 180° hinge for bayed TS enclosure suites
with comfort handle,
see page 425.

Glazed door, vented
for DK-TS
With 180° hinges and comfort handle with security lock no. 3524 E. For optimum air throughput in
network enclosures with a low proportion of active
components.
Material:
− Front panel: Sheet steel
− Viewing window: Single-pane safety glass,
3 mm
− Slotted surfaces (SWG-6.7 hexagon) at the
sides for air inlet
Surface finish:
Spray-finished

Model No. DK

Width
mm

For enclosures
Model No. DK

Width
mm

Height
mm

600

2000

7824.201

800

2000

7824.202

800

2200

7824.222

Accessories:
180° hinge for bayed TS enclosure suites
with comfort handle,
see page 425.

Colour:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

403

Doors/locks
Door variants
Sheet steel door,
vertically divided
for DK-TS
With 130° hinges and locking rod, including comfort handle for semi-cylinder with security lock
no. 3524 E. Thanks to the minimal rotation radius
of the individual doors, the distance between individual bayed enclosure suites may be reduced.
The extensive door perforations additionally support climate control of the installed equipment.
Slotted surface with air inlet opening > 78%.

Vented
For enclosures

Model No. DK

Width mm

Height mm

600

2000

7824.360

600

2200

7824.362

800

2000

7824.380

800

2200

7824.382

Unvented1)
For enclosures

Model No. DK

Width mm

Height mm

Material:
Sheet steel

600

2000

7816.360

600

2200

7816.362

Protection category:
− IP 55 to IEC 60 529 (unvented)
− IP 20 to IEC 60 529 (vented)

800

2000

7816.380

800

2200

7816.382

Colour:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

1)

Without tubular door frame.
Tubular door frame available on request.

Accessories:
180° hinge TS 8800.190,
see page 425.

Sheet steel glazed door,
vertically divided
for TS
With underlaid viewing panel, 4-point locking rod
and comfort handle for semi-cylinder with security lock 3524 E.
The divided design allows room-optimised siting
of the enclosures coupled with the best possible
access, thanks to a reduced distance between
the individual bayed enclosure suites. Max. door
opening angle, thanks to pre-integrated 180°
hinges.
Material:
− Front panel: Sheet steel
− Viewing window: Single-pane safety glass,
3 mm

For enclosures
Width
mm

Height
mm

Model No. DK

800

2000

7824.280

800

2200

7824.282

Protection category:
IP 55
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.
Note:
Height 2200 mm cannot be combined with
swing frame 45 U.

Surface finish:
Powder-coated
Colour:
RAL 7035

All-glass door,
vertically divided
for DK-TS
With 180° hinges and locking rod including comfort handle for semi-cylinder with security lock
no. 3524 E. Thanks to the minimal rotation radius
of the individual doors, the distance between individual bayed enclosure suites may be reduced.

For enclosures
Width
mm

Height
mm

Model No. DK

800

2000

7824.490

Note:
Not to be used in conjunction with a swing frame.

Material:
− Frame elements: Aluminium
− Viewing window: Single-pane safety glass,
5 mm
Colour:
− Frame elements: RAL 7035
− Viewing windows: Tinted
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

404

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Doors/locks
Door variants
Lockable and adjacent door
for TS
For example, if two 400 mm doors instead of one
800 mm wide door are used to comply with
escape routes.

For enclosures
Width
mm

Height
mm

800

2000

Material:
Sheet steel

Colour
RAL

Model No. TS

7035

8801.450

Accessories:

Surface finish:
Dipcoat-primed,
powder-coated on the outside

Lock system,
see page 415.

Supply includes:
2 doors
including hinges and lock parts.

Protective bars
for TS
As an alternative to a door, e.g. in sealed switch
rooms. Prevents people from falling into the open
enclosure frame. Easily removable for maintenance purposes.
For 1200 mm enclosure width; may be shortened
or divided for other sizes.
Material:
Wood, spray-finished, RAL 3000

For enclosure width
mm

Length
mm

1200

1090

Packs
Model No. TS
of
1

8801.010

Enclosure
width
mm

Clearance
between the
enclosure frame
(B3) mm

Length
protective bar (L)
mm

400

312

2901)

600

512

4901)

800

712

6901)

1000

912

8901)

1200

1112

1090

L
60 x 40

1) The

65

protective bar TS 8801.010 (1090 mm) will need
to be shortened.

40
B3

Holder
for protective bars
For location into the vertical TS section.
The protective bar is simply inserted.

Packs of

Model No. TS

2

8801.000

Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly screws.

Variable modular climate
control concept
Instead of an enclosure door in a 600 mm/
800 mm/1200 mm wide and 1800 mm/2000 mm
high TS enclosure, section doors with integral
cooling module may be retrofitted without major
assembly work.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Possible
alternative:
Modular climate control concept,
see page 248/249.

405

Doors/locks
Door variants
Trim frame

For enclosures

for TS
To conceal the TS 8 front frame in enclosures
without a door. Can be combined with large
swing frames.
Possible application areas include, for example:
● Studio technology
● Electronic configuration
Material:
Sheet steel
Colour:
RAL 7035

Model No. DK

Width mm

Height mm

600

2000

7824.130

800

2000

7824.132

Note:
The trim frame conceals the system punchings
at the sides in the inner mounting level.
The TS punched sections with mounting flange
23 x 73 mm (see page 460) may be used for
installation.

Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Interior door
with mounting frame
for compact enclosure AE IP 69K,
stainless steel
For the installation of control and display components. Mounting frame, depth-adjustable for a
distance between the outer surface and the inside
of the outer door of 35 to 85 mm (80 mm with
AE 1101.110).

For
AE enclosure

W
(B)
mm

H
mm

1101.110

160

260

1101.910

1101.120

330

330

1101.920

1101.130

330

580

1101.930

1101.140

580

580

1101.940

Material:
Sheet steel, 1.5 mm
23

30

Colour:
RAL 7035

30

23

70

H

Supply includes:
− Mounting frame
− Door with cam lock and screwdriver insert
− Assembly parts

Model No.
AE

B

406

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Doors/locks
Viewing panels/operating panels
30 section

System window
To conceal display and operating instruments or
cut-outs, and to protect against dirt and liquids as
well as unauthorised access.

To fit
TS, ES
with width
mm

Window size,
exterior, mm
W (B)

Model No. FT

H

Consisting of the following 2 components:

270

1. Base frame:
● Easily screw-fastened to the door thanks to
modified dimensions (tubular door frame may
be used as a drilling template).
● Readily height-adjustable.
● Stabilises the door cut-out.
● Conceals the cut edge.
● The rain canopy
− prevents dirt from landing on the seal,
− protects the glass from being lifted out,
− prevents the ingress of dirt and moisture
when opening the window.
● Frame section height 30 mm or 60 mm

370

2735.510

470

2735.520

570

2735.530

670

2735.540

270

2735.560

370

2735.570

470

2735.580

570

2735.590

670

2735.250

600

800

500

700

2735.500

2. Viewing window:
● Made from single-pane safety glass:
− high level of resistance to solvents and
scratches,
− anti-static,
− reduced risk of injury if broken.
● Cam lock with double-bit insert, easily
exchanged for lock inserts, type A, and semicylinders in the Ergoform-S lock system
(not with FT 2735.500 and .560)
● Hinge with 180° opening angle, easily inserted.

60 section

Material:
Extruded aluminium sections with die-cast zinc
corner pieces and single-pane safety glass.

Standard double-bit lock insert may be exchanged
for lock inserts 27 mm, type A, see page 421
and for lock system Ergoform-S (except H = 270 mm),
see page 419.

To fit
TS, ES
with width
mm

600

800

Window size,
exterior, mm
W (B)

Model No. FT

H

500

700

370

2736.510

470

2736.520

570

2736.530

670

2736.540

670

2736.500

Surface finish:
− Base frame:
Powder-coated in RAL 7035
− Hinge and lock section:
Natural-anodised
Protection category:
IP 54 to IEC 60 529

B
85

B – 137

52

47

X

h – 70

h–2

H

b – 70

View X
for profile height 30

View Y
for profile height 60

63

33

Y

Viewing area (W (B) – 137) offset by 16.5 mm
towards the hinge side.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

407

Doors/locks
Viewing panels/operating panels
Viewing window
For mounting on
● AE instead of door
● Surfaces
Material:
− Front panel: Aluminium, natural-anodised.
− Glass panel: Acrylic
Protection category:
IP 54 to IEC 60 529
Supply includes:
Plastic handle with lock insert no. 3524 E.
Max. installation depth: (depth – 4 mm)
Visible area: (width – 60 mm) x (height – 60 mm)
Note:
Other sizes available on request.

Depth = 34 mm
For use
as door variant with
AE 1050.500, AE 1350.500
AE 1007.600

497

497

2733.000

AE 1039.500, AE 1339.500
AE 1009.600, DK 7641.000

597

377

2730.000

AE 1010.500, AE 1054.500
AE 1060.500, AE 1360.500
DK 7643.000

597

597

2731.000

AE 1012.500, AE 1076.500
AE 1376.500, DK 7645.000

597

757

2732.000

for 3 U subrack

597

197

2734.000

Depth = 60 mm
For use
as door variant with

497

497

2763.000

AE 1039.500, AE 1339.500,
AE 1009.600, DK 7641.000

597

377

2760.000

AE 1010.500, AE 1054.500
AE 1060.500, AE 1360.500
DK 7643.000

597

597

2761.000

AE 1012.500, AE 1076.500
AE 1376.500, DK 7645.000

597

757

2762.000

A gas pressurised spring holds the viewing window securely open (top or side).
When the viewing window is closed, the gas pressurised spring disappears into the frame section.

With security lock, lock no. 3524 E.
Material:
− Front panel:
Extruded aluminium sections with die-cast
corner pieces
− Glass panel: Smoked acrylic
Protection category:
IP 54 to IEC 60 529

Width Height Model No.
mm
mm
FT

AE 1050.500, AE 1350.500
AE 1007.600

Horizontally hinged FT stay

Acrylic glazed cover

Width Height Model No.
mm
mm
FT

Packs of

Model No. FT

2

2772.000

Acrylic glazed covers, 482.6 mm (19˝)
U

Width
mm

Height
mm

Depth
mm

Model No. FT

3

320

158

47.5

2780.000

3

534

158

47.5

2781.000

6

534

291.5

47.5

2782.000

9

534

425

47.5

2796.000

Max. installation depth: 43 mm
Visible area: (width – 40 mm) x (height – 20.5 mm)
Metric acrylic glazed covers
Width
mm

Height
mm

Depth
mm

Model No. FT

400

200

47.5

2784.000

400

400

47.5

2785.000

500

200

47.5

2786.000

500

400

47.5

2787.000

600

200

47.5

2788.000

600

400

47.5

2789.000

Max. installation depth: 43 mm
Visible area: (width – 40 mm) x (height – 20.5 mm)

408

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Doors/locks
Viewing panels/operating panels
Viewing window
Stainless steel
Fitted as standard with internal 130° hinges and
all-round seal.
The double-bit lock insert may be exchanged
for 27 mm lock inserts, type A, and Ergoform-S
handle SZ 2452.000.
Material:
Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304)
Single-pane safety glass

Width
mm

Height
mm

Depth
mm

Model No. FT

522

600

38

2793.560

Accessories:
− Lock inserts, 27 mm, version A,
see page 421.
− Ergoform-S handle SZ 2452.000,
see page 419.

Protection category:
IP 54 to IEC 60 529
37.5

522

Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

408

525

475
285

543

600

25.5

Monitor frame
For door width 600 and 800 mm
For covering a door cut-out, for all standard
monitors up to 482.6 mm (19˝).
Protection category:
IP 54 to IEC 60 529

31

38

25

Dimensions

Width
mm

Height
mm

External dimensions

470

430

Viewing area

375

325

Cut-out required

415

375

Model No.
SZ
2305.000

Supply includes:
Security glass pane.

Identification strips
For individual field identifiers on the door,
including transparent cover and assembly parts.
For labels:
Width: Enclosure width – 150 mm
Height: 29 mm
Thickness: 0.75 mm.

For enclosure width mm

Model No. SZ

600

2403.000

800

2404.000

Colour:
RAL 7033

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

409

Doors/locks
Viewing panels/operating panels
Operating panel
For mounting on:
● AE instead of door
● Surfaces
Frame construction with corner connectors on
the inside, 3 mm aluminium plate secured from
the inside and sealed against the frame
Material:
Aluminium, natural-anodised
Protection category:
IP 54 to IEC 60 529
Supply includes:
Aluminium frame, display panel, hinges, brackets.

For use
as door variant
for AE

Width
mm

Height
mm

Depth
mm

Model No.
FT

1001.600
1002.500
1002.600
1032.500
1035.500

197

297

34

2740.0001)

1004.600
1011.600
1030.500
1031.500

377

297

34

2741.000

1006.500
1006.600
1380.500

377

377

34

2742.000

1008.600
1038.500
1338.500

377

597

34

2743.000

1007.600
1013.600
1050.500
1350.500

497

497

34

2745.000

1009.600
1039.500
1339.500

597

377

34

2744.000

1010.500
1010.600
1060.500
1360.500

597

597

34

2746.000

1) With

AE, only for use on the rear panel

Area available for population:
(width – 70 mm) x (height – 70 mm)
Dimensions of aluminium plate:
(width – 54 mm) x (height – 54 mm)
Accessories:
Cam lock FT 2749.000,
see page 410.

Cam lock
May be retrofitted to the operating area or
enclosure panel of operating panels.
Standard double-bit lock insert may be
exchanged for type C lock inserts and type C
plastic handle.

Viewing window
for operating panel
For the protection of display and control components. With a build height of max. 35 mm.

Packs of

Model No. FT

1

2749.000

Accessories:
− Lock inserts, type C,
see page 421.
− Plastic handle, type C,
see page 420.

For operating panel

Model No. FT

FT 2741.000

2791.000

FT 2742.000

2792.000

Material:
Frame: Aluminium, natural-anodised
Glazed panel: Smoked acrylic
Supply includes:
Lock insert no. 3524 E.

410

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Doors/locks
Allocation of lock systems
Compact enclosures, sheet steel
Enclosure series

Lock and
push-button inserts

DIN 18 252

Version A

Version F

Lock and
push-button inserts

46

Lock inserts

18 – 21 U

44

Semi-cylinder

3 – 15 U

39

EL
3-part

KS

With 3-point lock

37

CM

Lock inserts for handle systems

With cam

from
page

With 3-point lock

–

With cam

Condition

BG

With cam

EB

AE,
wall-mounted
enclosures AE

48

50

51

60

60

416

416

421

421

416

–

Handle systems for enclosures
Comfort handle
For lock inserts

415

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–



–

–

–





For padlock and
lock inserts

415

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–



–

–

–





With security lock insert
E1

415

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–



–

–

–

–

–

For semi-cylinder

415

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–







–

–

–

Prepared for
ASSA lock system

415

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–



–

–

–

–

–

Mini-comfort handle (from AE enclosure height 380 mm, from AE enclosure width 300 mm)
For lock inserts

418

–

–



–

–

–

–



–

–

–

–





For semi-cylinder

418

–

–



–

–

–

–



–





–

–

–

Ergoform-S handle
Standard

419

–

–

–



–

–

–

–

–







–

–

Special with lock insert,
lock E1

419

–

–

–



–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Specially prepared for
ASSA lock system

419

–

–

–



–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Standard for KS
plastic enclosures

419

–

–

–

–

–

–



–

–







–

–

Folding lever handle
For lock inserts

416

–

–

–

–



–

–

–

–





–



–

For padlock and
lock inserts

416

–

–

–

–



–

–

–

–





–



–

With security lock insert
E1

416

–

–

–

–



–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

422

–

–



–

–

–

–

–

–

–



–

–

–

Version B

420







–

–

–

–

–

–

Version E

420

–

–

–

–

–



–

–

–

420







–

–

–

–

–

–

Semi-cylinder lock
For AE
Plastic handles

T handles
Version B

Lock inserts for enclosures
Lock inserts
Version A

421









–

–

–

–

–

Version E

421

–

–

–

–

–





–

–

Version F

421

–

–

–

–



–

–





422







–

–

–

–

–

–

Lock cylinder inserts
Version B

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

411

Doors/locks
Allocation of lock systems
Large enclosures, sheet steel
Enclosure series

Lock inserts for handle systems

Door

For keyboard drawer
or fold-out tray

DK-TS

TE 7000

Lock and
push-button inserts

DIN 18 252

Version A

Version F

Lock and
push-button inserts

Lock inserts

70

108

108

80

85

416

416

421

421

416

Condition

from
page

Semi-cylinder

TS 8

PC enclosure TS 8

Handle systems for enclosures
Comfort handle
For lock inserts

415





–



–

–

–

–





For padlock and lock inserts

415





–



–

–

–

–





For semi-cylinder

415





–



–





–

–

–

With security lock insert E1

415





–



–

–

–

–

–

–

Prepared for ASSA lock system

415





–



–

–

–

–

–

–

Security handle with code

417



 1)

–

 1)

–





–

–

–

Standard

419

–

–

–

–









–

–

Security handle with code

417

–

–

–

–







–

–

–

Special with lock insert, lock E1

419

–

–

–

–



–

–

–

–

–

Special, prepared for
ASSA lock system

419

–

–

–

–



–

–

–

–

–

Ergoform-S handle

Lock inserts for enclosures
Lock inserts
Version A

421

–

–



–

–

Version F

421





–

–

–

1) Only

suitable for use with rear door

Rittal Switzerland
RITTAL AG
Ringstrasse 1  CH-5432 Neuenhof
Phone: +41 (0) 56 416 06 00
Fax: +41 (0) 56 416 06 66
E-mail: rittal@rittal.ch  www.rittal.ch

412

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

Doors/locks
Allocation of lock systems
Console systems and industrial workstation, sheet steel
Enclosure series

Desk section
and console

Pedestal

Console cover

Console door

Universal consoler TP

IW

IW enclosure for tower PC

Lock and
push-button inserts

DIN 18 252

Version A

Version F

Lock and
push-button inserts

101

101

106

106

107

110

109

416

416

421

421

416

TopConsole TP

Condition

from
page

Lock inserts for handle systems

One-piece console
TP

Semi-cylinder

Lock inserts

Handle systems for enclosures
Comfort handle
For lock inserts

415

–

–

–

–

–



–

–

–

–





For padlock and
lock inserts

415

–

–

–

–

–



–

–

–

–





For semi-cylinder

415

–

–

–

–

–



–





–

–

–

With security lock insert E1

415

–

–

–

–

–



–

–

–

–

–

–

Prepared for ASSA
lock system

415

–

–

–

–

–



–

–

–

–

–

–

Security handle
with code

417

–

–

–

–

–



–





–

–

–

Standard

419

–



–





–

–







–

–

Special with lock insert,
lock E1

419

–



–





–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Special, prepared for
ASSA lock system

419

–



–





–

–

–

–

–

–

–



–



–

–

–

–

Ergoform-S handle

T handles
Version B

420

Lock inserts for enclosures
Lock inserts
Version A

421











–

–

Version D

421

–

–

–

–

–

–



Version F

421

–

–

–

–

–



–

422

–

–

–

–

–



–

Lock cylinder inserts
Version B

Rittal Hungary
RITTAL Kereskedelmi Kft.
1044 Budapest, Ipari Park u. 1.
Phone: +36 (1) 399 8000
Fax: +36 (1) 399 8009
E-mail: rittal@rittal.hu  www.rittal.hu

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

413

Doors/locks
Allocation of lock systems
Enclosures and cases, stainless steel
Enclosure series

Console cover

Console door

TS 8

PC

Lock and
push-button inserts

DIN 18 252

Version A

Version F

Lock and
push-button inserts

Lock inserts

With 3-point lock

Page

Semi-cylinder

With cam

AE

Condition

Lock inserts for handle systems

One-piece console
AP

162/163

164

170

170

172

171

416

416

421

421

416

Handle systems for enclosures
Comfort handle
For lock inserts

415

–

–

–

–



–

–

–

–





For padlock and
lock inserts

415

–

–

–

–



–

–

–

–





For semi-cylinder

415

–

–

–

–



–





–

–

–

With security lock insert
E1

415

–

–

–

–



–

–

–

–

–

–

Prepared for
ASSA lock system

415

–

–

–

–



–

–

–

–

–

–

Standard

419

–



–



–









–

–

Special with lock insert,
lock E1

419

–



–



–



–

–

–

–

–

Special, prepared for
ASSA lock system

419

–



–



–



–

–

–

–

–

420

 1)

–



–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

420

 1)

–



–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

 2)

–

–

–

–

–

–



–

–

–

Ergoform-S handle

Plastic handles
Version C
T handles
Version C
Semi-cylinder lock
for AE

422

Lock inserts for enclosures
Lock inserts
Version A

421

–



–

–

–



Version C

421



–



–

–

–

Version F

421

–

–

–

–



–

422



–



–

–

–

Lock cylinder inserts
Version C
1) Not

with AE 1018.600.
2) Not with enclosures from stainless steel 1.4401 (AISI 316L) and use of cam lock SZ 2304.000.

Rittal Japan
RITTAL K.K.
Sales HQ.
Shin-Yokohama AK Bldg 2F
3-23-3, Shin-Yokohama, Kohoku-ku
Kanagawa 222-0033
Phone: 0120-998-631 / +81 (45) 478-6801
Fax: 0120-998-632 / +81 (45) 478-6880
E-mail: contact@rittal.co.jp  www.rittal.co.jp

414

Rittal Catalogue 33/Enclosures

Doors/locks
Lock systems
Rittal comfort handle
for TS, DK-TS, PC, IW
As the handle does not take up any swing space,
due to its folding mechanism, the door surface
area may be maximised for installed equipment.
Material:
Die-cast zinc

Also required:
Handle adaptor for mounting on a
− Glazed door TS
− Bottom door PC-TS
− Designer door IW
see page 402.

Surface finish:
Powder-coated

For
lock inserts

For
padlock
and
lock
inserts

For
semi-cylinder2)

Prepared
for
ASSA
lock
system

RAL 7032

8611.010

8611.030

RAL 7035

8611.020

8611.290

8611.040

8611.060

8611.050

8611.045

8611.070

RAL 8019

8611.250

8611.280

8611.260

–

8611.270

RAL 9005

–

8611.350

–

–

8611.360

Matt nickel-plated

–

8611.330

–

–

8611.340

–

7 mm square

8611.100

8611.100

–

–

–

8 mm square

8611.110

8611.110

–

–

–

7 mm triangular

8611.120

8611.120

–

–

–

8 mm triangular

8611.130

8611.130

–

–

–

Screwdriver

8611.140

8611.140

–

–

–

Daimler insert

8611.150

8611.150

–

–

–

With
lock insert,
lock E11)
Model No. TS

Lock inserts, type F

3 mm double-bit

8611.160

8611.160

–

–

–

Fiat

8611.170

8611.170

–

–

–

6.5 mm triangular
(CNOMO)

8611.220

8611.220

–

–

–

Security lock insert
no. 3524 E3)

8611.180

8611.180

–

2467.000

–

Push-button insert

8611.190

8611.190

–

2468.000

–

8611.2004)

8611.2004)

–

2469.0005)

–

–

–

–

9785.040

–

–

–

–

9785.0427)

–

Lock and push-button inserts

Push-button and
lock insert3)
Semi-cylinder
to DIN 18 2526)
1) Only

for use with VW, Audi, SEAT, SkodaAuto. Supplied without key.
Other VW locks available on request.
2) Comfort handle for lock cylinder KESO/KABA with Model No. TS 8611.240 available on request.
3) With 2 keys.
4) Lock no. 12321, no other lock is possible.
5) Lock no. 2123, no other lock is possible.
6) With 3 keys for each lock insert.
7) Packs of 2. Simultaneous locking within the same pack, no simultaneous locking for different packs.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

415

Doors/locks
Lock systems
Lock inserts
For installation in comfort handle, mini-comfort
handle, Ergoform-S standard, folding lever handle

Lock and push-button inserts
Installation in

Comfort handle6),
mini-comfort handle6)

Comfort handle,
mini-comfort handle,
Ergoform-S standard,
folding lever handle for CM

Model No. TS

Model No. SZ

Model No. CS

8611.180

2467.000

–

Security lock insert
no. 3524 E1)
Push-button insert
Push-button and
lock insert1)

8611.190

2468.000

–

8611.2002)

2469.0003)

–

–

–

9785.040

–

–

9785.0425)

to DIN 18 2524)
1) With
3) Lock

Semi-cylinder

Comfort handle7),
mini-comfort handle7),
Ergoform-S standard,
folding lever handle CM

2 keys. 2) Lock no. 12321, no other lock is possible.
no. 2123, no other lock is possible. 4) With 3 keys for each lock insert.
the same pack, no simultaneous locking for different packs.

5) Packs of 2. Simultaneous locking within
6) For lock inserts. 7) For semi-cylinder.

Folding lever handle
for CM
As the handle does not take up any swing space,
due to its folding mechanism, the door surface
area may be maximised for installed equipment.

For
lock inserts

Colour:
− Enclosure: Similar to RAL 9005
− Handle: Similar to RAL 9006
Size:
− Length: 242 mm (with inserted trim panel)
− Width: 50 mm
− Depth: 17.5 mm

For
padlock and
lock inserts

With
lock insert,
lock E11)

Model No. CM
5001.060

5001.062

5001.061

7 mm square

8611.100

8611.100

–

8 mm square

8611.110

8611.110

–

7 mm triangular

8611.120

8611.120

–

8 mm triangular

8611.130

8611.130

–

Screwdriver

8611.140

8611.140

–

Daimler insert

8611.150

8611.150

–

3 mm double-bit

8611.160

8611.160

–

Fiat

8611.170

8611.170

–

6.5 mm triangular (CNOMO)

8611.220

8611.220

–

Security lock insert no. 3524 E2)

2467.000

2467.000

–

Push-button insert

2468.000

2468.000

–

2469.0003)

2469.0003)

–

9785.040

9785.040

–

9785.0425)

9785.0425)

–

Lock inserts, type F

Lock and push-button inserts

Push-button and lock insert2)
Semi-cylinder
to DIN 18 2524)
1) Only

for use with VW, Audi, SEAT, SkodaAuto. Supplied without key.
Other VW locks available on request.
2) With 2 keys.
3) Lock no. 2123; no other lock is possible.
4) With 3 keys for each lock insert.
5) Packs of 2. Simultaneous locking within the same pack, no simultaneous locking for different packs.

416

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Doors/locks
Lock systems
Security handle
with code
Flexible access opportunities with
● individual 3-digit code without key
or
● with the master key function via an additional
semi-cylinder of 40 or 45 mm to DIN 18 252,
irrespective of the code.

Design with

Model No. DK

Comfort handle for TS

7200.800

Ergoform-S handle for TE

7200.810

Accessories:
− SZ lock and push-button inserts,
see page 416.
− Semi-cylinder,
see page 416.

Adjacent door latch
for TS
For optimum operation of the adjacent door from
the outside if the handle on the inside is difficult
to access due to swing frames or 482.6 mm (19˝)
installed equipment. Retrospective conversion of
the adjacent door is easily achieved using the
supplied drilling template.
The handle on the inside is no longer required.

Packs of

Model No. TS

1

8611.370

Accessories:
Standard double-bit lock insert may be
exchanged for 27 mm lock inserts, version A,
see page 421.

Colour:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Swivel handle
for sheet steel door DK-TS
With lock insert, lock no. 3524 E.
The use of semi-cylinders is not supported.
Length: 150 mm.

°

0
12

Note:
The swivel handle cannot be used in conjunction
with 180° hinges (TS 7824.520).

Design

Model No. DK

RAL 7035

7829.300

90

°

64

69.7

1

2

1 Position for door opening
2 Max. projection of the upper handle part

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

417

Doors/locks
Lock systems
Locking bar latch to CNOMO1)
To fit all locking bars in TS doors and glazed
doors with standard lock or comfort handle.
The latch prevents the locking bars from moving
when the door is open.
For mounting on the bolt of the bar guide.
1) CNOMO is a specification by the French automobile industry. For safety reasons, it must not be
possible to lock the handle whilst the door is
open.

Packs of

Model No. TS

10

8611.210

Also required:
for CNOMO1)
Lock inserts, version F, 6.5 mm triangular insert
TS 8611.220,
see page 421.

Spring washer
Spring washer

Upon dismantling the TS locking rods, the spring
washers cannot be reused.

Packs of

Model No. TS

100

8800.070

Material:
Spring steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated

Mini-comfort handle
for AE with cam, EL 3-part
Prepared for the installation of lock inserts and
for the installation of commercially available 40
or 45 mm semi-cylinders, and of lock and pushbutton inserts.

Material:
Die-cast zinc
Colour:
RAL 7035

For lock inserts

For semi-cylinder
Model No. DK

Fro enclosure system

EL

AE

EL

AE

7705.110

2537.010

7705.120

2537.000

7 mm square

8611.100

8611.100

–

–

8 mm square

8611.110

8611.110

–

–

7 mm triangular

8611.120

8611.120

–

–

8 mm triangular

8611.130

8611.130

–

–

Screwdriver

8611.140

8611.140

–

–

Daimler insert

8611.150

8611.150

–

–

3 mm double-bit

8611.160

8611.160

–

–

Fiat

8611.170

8611.170

–

–

6.5 mm triangular (CNOMO)

8611.220

8611.220

–

–

Security lock insert
no. 3524 E1)

8611.180

8611.180

2467.000

2467.000

Push-button insert

8611.190

8611.190

2468.000

2468.000

8611.2002)

8611.2002)

2469.0003)

2469.0003)

Lock inserts, type F

Lock and push-button inserts

Push-button and
lock insert1)
Semi-cylinder
to DIN 18 2524)

–

–

9785.040

9785.040

–

–

9785.0425)

9785.0425)

1) With 2 keys.
2) Lock no. 12321;
3) Lock

no other lock is possible.
no. 2123; no other lock is possible.
keys for each lock insert.
of 2. Simultaneous locking within the same pack, no simultaneous locking for different packs.

4) With 3
5) Packs

418

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Doors/locks
Lock systems
Ergoform-S lock system
The unlocked handle folds down forwards,
and the lock is opened by swivelling.
Material:
Die-cast zinc
Surface finish:
Powder-coated

Standard

Standard
for KS
plastic enclosures

Special
with
lock insert E11)

Specially
prepared for
ASSA
lock system

Model No. SZ

Model No. KS

RAL 7032 with brown handle

2450.000

–

–

Model No. SZ
–

RAL 7035 with brown handle

2450.010

–

2456.500

–

Brown

2451.000

–

–

2453.000

Matt nickel-plated

2452.000

–

–

–

RAL 7032

2454.000

–

–

–

RAL 7035

2435.000

1490.010

–

–

RAL 7032 with brown handle and
bracket

2455.000

–

–

–

RAL 7035 with brown handle and
bracket

2455.010

–

–

–

7 mm square

2460.000

2460.000

–

–

8 mm square

2461.000

2461.000

–

–

7 mm triangular

2462.000

2462.000

–

–

8 mm triangular

2463.000

2463.000

–

–

Screwdriver

2464.000

2464.000

–

–

Daimler insert

2465.000

2465.000

–

–

3 mm double-bit

2466.000

2466.000

–

–

Fiat

2307.000

2307.000

–

–

6.5 mm triangular (CNOMO)

2460.650

2460.650

–

–

Security lock insert no. 3524 E2)

2467.000

2467.000

–

–

Push-button insert

2468.000

2468.000

–

–

2469.0003)

2469.0003)

–

–

9785.040

9785.040

–

–

9785.0425)

9785.0425)

–

–

Lock inserts, version A

Lock and push-button inserts

Push-button and lock insert2)
Semi-cylinder
to DIN 18 2524)
1) Only

for use with VW, Audi, SEAT, SkodaAuto. Supplied without key.
Other lock systems available on request.
2) With 2 keys.
3) Lock no. 2123; no other lock is possible.
4) With 3 keys for each lock insert.
5) Packs of 2. Simultaneous locking within the same pack, no simultaneous locking for different packs.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

419

Doors/locks
Lock systems
Plastic handles
With or without lock cylinder insert.
Supply includes:
Assembly parts and seals.

Design

B

C

With
lock
cylinder
insert,
lock
no. 3524 E1)

Without
lock cylinder
insert

RAL 9011

2576.000

2533.000

RAL 7030

2439.000

RAL 8019

–

With
lock
cylinder
insert,
lock
no. 3524 E1)

E

Without
lock cylinder
insert

With
lock
cylinder
insert,
lock
no. 3524 E1)

2485.000

2485.100

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1484.000

1484.001

–

Model No. SZ

1) With

G

Without
lock cylinder
insert

Model No. KS

With
lock
cylinder
insert,
lock
no. 3524 E1)
Model No. SZ
2599.000

2 keys

T handles
With or without lock cylinder insert.
Supply includes:
Seal
Design

B

C

With
lock cylinder insert1)

Without
lock cylinder insert

2575.0002)

2572.000

With
lock cylinder insert1)

Without
lock cylinder insert

Model No. SZ
2535.0002)

2536.000

1) With

2 keys
2) Lock no. 3524 E

420

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Doors/locks
Lock systems
Cam locks

With
double-bit
insert

Material:
Enclosure

With
lock cylinder
insert3)

With
double-bit
insert

Die-cast zinc,
nickel-plated

With
lock cylinder
insert3)

With
lock insert,
lock E11)

With
double-bit insert

RAL 7035

Fibreglass-reinforced polyamide

Made entirely
from
stainless
steel 1.4404
(AISI 316L)

Model No. SZ
2520.000

2530.000

2420.000

2430.000

2540.500

2304.000

Lock inserts
7 mm square

2523.000

–

2460.000

–

–

–

8 mm square

2526.000

–

2461.000

–

–

–

7 mm triangular

2527.000

–

2462.000

–

–

–

8 mm triangular

2528.000

–

2463.000

–

–

–

–

–

2464.000

–

–

–

Daimler insert

2522.000

–

2465.000

–

–

–

3 mm double-bit

Screwdriver

2483.000

–

2466.000

–

–

–

Fiat

–

–

2307.000

–

–

–

6.5 mm triangular
(CNOMO)

–

–

2460.650

–

–

–

–

–

2571.000

–

–

–

Lock cylinder inserts
With lock
no. 3524 E2)
1) Only

for use with VW, Audi, SEAT, SkodaAuto. Supplied without key.
Other lock systems available on request.
2) With 2 keys
3) Lock no. 3524 E

Lock inserts
Design

A

C

D

E

F

Material

Die-cast zinc

Die-cast zinc

Die-cast zinc

Plastic

Die-cast zinc

Length

27 mm

41 mm

47 mm
Model No. KS

Model No. TS

7 mm square

2460.000

Model No. SZ
2523.000

–

1487.000

8611.100

8 mm square

2461.000

2526.000

–

1488.000

8611.110

7 mm triangular

2462.000

2527.000

–

1485.000

8611.120

8 mm triangular

2463.000

2528.000

–

1486.000

8611.130

Screwdriver

2464.000

–

–

1489.000

8611.140

Daimler insert

2465.000

2522.000

–

–

8611.150

3 mm double-bit

2466.000

2483.000

2484.000

1492.000

8611.160

Fiat

2307.000

–

–

–

8611.170

6.5 mm triangular
(CNOMO)

2460.650

–

–

–

8611.220

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

421

Doors/locks
Lock systems
Lock cylinder inserts
Design

Material

1) With

B

C

With lock no. 3524 E1)

With lock no. 3524 E1)

Die-cast zinc

Die-cast zinc

Model No. SZ

Model No. SZ

2571.000

2525.000

2 keys

Semi-cylinder lock

Design

for compact enclosures AE
For retro-fitting to single-door enclosures with
cam lock.
The cover plate is locked by semi-cylinders with
a total length of 40/45 mm (to DIN 18 252).
An additional cover protects the cylinder against
dirt. The protection category of the enclosure is
not impaired.
Supplied without semi-cylinder.

Model No. SZ

RAL 7035

2534.100

Nickel-plated (matt)

2534.500

Accessories:
Semi-cylinder,
see page 416.

Material:
Die-cast zinc
55

28.5

91.5

27.5

90

70

90

49

55

Lock cover
For padlocks or multiple locks
For retrospective mounting on all compact enclosures AE, of sheet steel and with cam lock.

Packs of

Model No. SZ

1

2493.000

Material:
Die-cast zinc
Surface finish:
Nickel-plated

422

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Doors/locks
Lock systems
Multiple lock
for 6 cam locks
The the ideal solution in cases where individual
access for several persons is required for
maintenance and repair purposes.

Packs of

Model No. SZ

2

2493.500

Packs of

Model No. SZ

2

2476.000

Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated

Lock cover
prepared for lead seal
For all enclosure types with Rittal-specific locks,
such as AE and EB.
Material:
Polyamide
Colour:
RAL 7035

Security lock
Fitted to doors, to protect against contact with live
electrical equipment whilst the master switch is
ON.
Function:
● Locks the door when the main switch is ON.
● Mains power (voltage) is only enabled whilst
the door is closed.
● Monitoring of the lock magnet via an additional
closing contact.
Supply includes:
− Lock
− Actuator
− Angle bracket
− Assembly parts

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Connection voltage
for lock magnet

Model No. SZ

230 V AC 11 VA

2416.000

24 V DC 8 W

2418.000

120 V AC 8 VA

2419.000

Also required:
For twin-door enclosures (for the overlapping
door, to indicate “enclosure door closed”),
Rittal door-operated switch SZ 4127.010,
see page 496.

423

Doors/locks
Lock systems
Enclosure keys
For lock inserts (one double-bit key is supplied
with every enclosure).

Model No. SZ/QB

Model No. SZ
2549.5002)3)

–

–

2549.000

2531.000

–





–

2532.0001)

–

–

7 mm triangular

2545.000

–

–



8 mm triangular

2546.000

–





Double-bit key no. 5
Security key no. 3524 E

7 mm square

2547.000

–

–



8 mm square

2548.000

–





For HD locks

2549.600

–

–

–

Daimler key

2521.000

–

–

–

Fiat key

2308.000

–

–

–

–

7526.0501)

–

–

Lock 12321
1) Packs of 2
2) With bit adaptor
3) Bit

and reversible bit for multi-tooth size 25 and Phillips-head (Ph 2)
for HD lock insert (Model No. HD 2549.510), see page 156.

Quick-release fastener
for QuickBox
The quick-release fastener is ideal for use in
inaccessible areas. To facilitate locking, the
quick-release fastener is screw-fastened to the
mounting bracket at the front. This enables the
QuickBox to be locked even when the fasteners
of the sides are opened, allowing the enclosure
cover to be attached and removed easily.

Packs of

Model No. QB

2

7502.220

Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Spray-finished
Colour:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
2 mounting brackets, mounting material and
quick-release fasteners.

424

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Doors/locks
Hinges
130°/180° hinges

Also required:

Supply includes:
Assembly parts

1)

Enclosure type

Door variant

Material

Lock components for frame TS 8800.040,
see page 402.

Packs
of

Colour

130°

180°

Model No.
ES 5000

Sheet steel door

Die-cast zinc

–

6

4190.000

–

TS 8

Sheet steel door

Die-cast zinc

–

4

8800.0201)

–

TS 8

TS 8

Sheet steel door

–

8800.190

RAL 7032

–

8800.030

RAL 8019

–

8800.230

RAL 9005

–

8800.950

Matt nickel-plated

–

8701.180

4

–

8800.710

4

–

7824.5252)

Doors with high
dynamic loads, Precision casting/
door installations
die-cast zinc
up to 900 N

RAL 7035

Sheet steel door

Die-cast zinc

RAL 7035

Glazed door

Die-cast zinc

RAL 7035

TS 8 bayed
enclosure suites
with
comfort handle

2)

Die-cast zinc

RAL 7035
4

7824.520

Sheet steel door

Die-cast zinc

RAL 9005

ES 5000,
TP universal
console,
TP pedestals,
TE 7000

Standard door

Aluminium

Powder-coated
in RAL 8019

6

–

4189.000

ES 5000

Standard door

Stainless steel
1.4301
(AISI 304)

–

6

–

4156.000

AE

Standard door

Die-cast zinc

–

2

–

2449.000

CM

Standard door

Die-cast zinc

RAL 9011/9006

3

–

5001.000

7824.522

Max. 140°

Hinge pin remover
For safe and easy removal of hinge pins.

Cover hinge
for KL
The cover hinge is simply screwed to the enclosure protection channel and to the edge fold.

For enclosure

Model No. SM

AE/CM

2432.000

Material

Packs of

Model No. KL

Die-cast zinc

6

1592.000

Stainless steel 1.4404
(AISI 316L)

2

1592.010

Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Cover retainer
for KL
The cover retainer is easily fitted without drilling,
and allows the covers to be opened upwards,
even when the terminal box below is bayed.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Packs of

Model No. KL

3 pairs

1591.000

425

Doors/locks
Door, internal
Support strips
For attachment of
● Cable ducts
● Cable conduit holders
● Contact hazard protection covers
● Equipment installed on the door
● Cable clamping and attachment

Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Packs of 20 (screws included).

4.5 mm diameter hole on a 25 mm DIN pitch
pattern.

Accessories:
Screws and self-tapping screws M5,
see page 478.

For TS, CM, ES, TP

For AE

For door width
mm

Length
mm

Model No. SZ

400

290

4594.000

500

390

4309.000

600

490

4596.000

800

690

4598.000

900

790

4579.000

1000

890

4599.000

For enclosures AE

Model No. SZ

1018.6002),
1050.5001),
1100.500,
1114.5001),
1213.5001),

1019.5002)
1057.500
1110.500
1130.500
1350.5001)

2325.000

1009.6002),
1012.5002),
1054.500,
1060.500,
1090.500,
1339.500,

1376.500
1039.500
1058.500
1076.500
1260.5001)
1360.500

2326.000

1014.5002), 1073.500
1077.500
1016.5002),

2327.000

1017.5002)

1055.500, 1180.500
1280.5001)

2328.000

1) For

these AE models, the support strips should be cut
to length at the knockout.
in conjunction with perforated mounting strips
(see page 427).

2) Only

Spacers
The universal assembly component for all cases
where a distance from the mounting level is
required. With self-tapping thread for diameter
4.5 mm. The following components may be
attached to the rear using 5.5 x 13 mm screws:

Packs of

Model No. TS

25

12

2311.225

50

12

2311.250

Top-hat/cross rails
Contact hazard protection covers
Master switch trim panels
Cable clamp rails,
etc.

Material:
Hexagonal steel (SW8)

25

●
●
●
●

Length
mm

Surface finish:
Zinc-plated

426

50

Accessories:
Screws 5.5 x 13 mm,
see page 478.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Doors/locks
Door, internal
Perforated mounting strip
for AE stainless steel, TP universal console1)
For vertical mounting on the threaded bolts of the
door, for attaching
● Support strips for AE, see page 426.
● Door stay SZ 2519.000, see page 429.
3.7 mm diameter hole on a 25 mm DIN pitch
pattern.
Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Packs of 20 (nuts and serrated washers included).

Utility lectern
For programming units etc. Prepared for mounting on the tubular door frame of TS, CM, ES, PC or
on any sufficiently large surface.
When required for servicing, it folds down quickly
with a maximum support area, and after use is
stowed between the tubular door frames in a
space-saving design.
Load capacity: max. 30 kg.

Length
mm

Model No. SZ

1005.500, 1005.600,
1006.500, 1006.600,
1009.600

318

2310.0381)

1012.600, 1014.600

698

2310.076

1016.600, 1018.600

938

2310.100

1017.600, 1019.500,
1019.600

1138

2310.120

To match AE

1) For

door at top

Accessories:
Screws,
see page 478.

Support area
Width
mm

Depth
mm

For door
width
mm

Model No. TS

413

400

600

4638.600

613

400

800

4638.800

Material:
Sheet steel
Colour:
RAL 7035

Wiring plan lectern
Holds wiring plans during fault finding and maintenance work.
The wiring plan lecterns can be bayed according
to the door width.
For mounting on the tubular door frame.

For enclosures

Packs of

Model No. TS

TS, CM, ES, PC, TP

1

4120.000

For door width
mm

Required/possible number
of wiring plan lecterns
min.

max.

Material:
− Utility lectern: Polypropylene
− Mounting bracket: Die-cast zinc

400

1

1

500

1

1

600

2

2

Colour:
Similar to RAL 7035

800

2

3

1000

3

3

Supply includes:
− Wiring plan lectern (width 210 mm)
− Assembly parts

CD/disk box
For fixing to all flat, clean surfaces with doublesided adhesive tape.

Packs of

Model No. SZ

1

2446.000

Capacity:
Max. 10 CDs/DVDs or 18 (3 1/2˝) disks.
Material:
Polyamide
Colour:
RAL 7033

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

427

Doors/locks
Door, internal
Plastic wiring plan pockets
for AE
For installation options, refer to table
● B = Screw-fastened to the perforated door strip
on both sides
● E = Screw-fastened on one side, other side
stuck with adhesive
or stuck entirely with adhesive
Model No. SZ

Supply includes:
− 2 holders with double-sided adhesive tape
− Acrylic glazed pane
− Assembly parts
Note:
The acrylic glazed pane may be shortened to any
required size for shorter doors.
2514.500

2514.600

2514.800

Usable width mm

340

415

615

Usable depth mm

18

18

18

Height of acrylic glazed pane mm

167

167

167

–

Installation options:
For Model No. AE

Width mm

1050.500

500

B

–

1054.500

600

E

E

–

1055.500

800

E

E

E

1057.500

500

B

–

–

1058.500

600

E

E

–

1060.500

600

E

E

–

1073.500

760

E

E

–

1076.500

600

E

E

–

1077.500

760

E

E

–

1090.500

600

E

E

–

1100.500

1000

B

–

–

1110.500

1000

B

–

–

1114.500

1000

B1)

–

–

1130.500

1000

B

–

–
E

1180.500

800

E

E

1213.500

1000

B1)

–

–

1260.500

600

E

B

–

1280.500

800

E

E

B

1350.500

500

B

–

–

1360.500

600

E

E

–

1376.500

600

E

E

–

1) Prepared

for mounting on the l/h side door; for mounting on the r/h side door, the acrylic glazed pane can be
shortened.

Plastic wiring plan pockets
For affixing to the inside surfaces of doors.

Clearance opening
mm
B

H

D

Model No. SZ

Material:
Polystyrene with self-adhesive fastening strips.

A3 landscape

438

286

45

2513.000

A4 portrait

228

254

17

2514.000

Colour:
Similar to RAL 7035

A5 landscape

228

174

17

2515.000

Wiring plan pockets
with transparent pouch
With welded-on transparent pouch and self-adhesive backing.

428

For format

For format

Model No. SZ

DIN A4

2510.000

DIN A3

2512.000

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Doors/locks
Door, internal
Wiring plan pockets
of sheet steel
for TS, CM, ES, PC, TP pedestal
For fastening to tubular door frames at any height.

D = 90 mm
Clearance opening
mm

To fit door width
mm

W

H

Model No. TS

400

255

210

4114.000

Colour:
RAL 7035

500

355

210

4115.000

600

455

210

4116.000

Supply includes:
Assembly screws.

800

655

210

4118.000

900

755

210

4123.000

1000

855

210

4124.000

D = 35 mm
Clearance opening
mm

To fit door width
mm

Door stay
To secure the door in the open position.

Model No. TS

W

H

500

355

260

4115.500

600

455

260

4116.500

800

655

260

4118.500

For

Assembly

TS, ES, PC,
TP universal console

Packs
Model No.
of

Bottom

5

4583.000

AP one-piece console

Top

5

2518.000

CM, TP

Top

2

2519.200

AE (except AE 1032.500
and AE 1035.500) and
all AE stainless steel
enclosures1)

Top

5

2519.000

AE IP 69K

Top

1

1101.800

1) With

AE stainless steel, only in conjunction with
perforated mounting strips, see page 427.

Door stay for escape routes
TS sheet steel/stainless steel doors
with tubular door frames
In case of an emergency, conventional door stays
can block the escape route. The stay is actuated
automatically in the event of pressure, releasing
the door in both directions. In conjunction with
180° hinges, this ensures that no escape routes
are blocked by locked doors in the event of an
emergency.

Packs of

Model No. TS

1

4583.500

Accessories:
180° hinge,
see page 425.
180° hinge

Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

90°

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

130°

429

Doors/locks
Door, internal
Ride-up roller

Packs of

Model No. TS

10

4538.000

Transport and mounting handle

Packs of

Model No. SM

for doors TS, ES
For safe installation and removal of the door and
during relocation in the workshop. The matching
hinge pin removal tool for 130° hinges is pre-integrated, and supplied loose for 180° hinges.

1

2415.100

Packs of

Model No. DK

2

7950.200

Packs of

Model No. DK

10

7950.150

for TS, ES, PC
Lifts the door with heavy installed equipment
(e.g. cooling unit) as a closing aid. For attaching
to the tubular door frame.

Document clip, magnetic
For simple attachment of installation documentation as a reminder or for flexible accommodation
of a wide range of documents, measurement
records, test reports etc. May be attached to any
magnet compatible surface via a permanent magnet.
Material:
− Plastic: Transparent
− Handle pieces: Black
Supply includes:
− 2 mounting clamps
− Permanent magnet

Alternate frame, magnetic
For individual marking or labelling of the existing
network infrastructure.
The magnetic surface facilitates flexible mounting
on all magnet compatible surfaces. Adhesive
strips are supplied for non-magnetic compatible
surfaces.
The maximum size of the labels is 130 x 50 mm.
Material:
Plastic
Supply includes:
− Alternate frame, magnetic
− Labels
− Double-sided adhesive tape

430

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Roof/wall mounting
Roof
Rain canopies
for AE, CM
Reliable protection for outdoor siting – with water
run-off to the rear. Easily retro-fitted.
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.
Accessories:
− Condensate discharge,
see page 384.
− Pressure relief stopper,
see page 384.
− Wall mounting brackets SZ 2503.010 and
SZ 2508.010 may be used,
see page 439.

Note:
For outdoor siting, we generally recommend a rain
canopy above the enclosure or the gap between
the door or screw-fastened rear panel and the
enclosure, in order to protect against water and
UV radiation.
The tests of IP protection categories for water protection (2nd code number to EN 60 529) cannot
be compared with an enclosure sited outdoors or
under similar conditions.
Upon request, rain canopies of sheet steel, stainless steel or aluminium can also be produced for
other enclosures.

for AE, sheet steel version

For

Material:
Sheet steel

Enclosure width Enclosure depth
mm
mm

Surface finish:
Powder-coated, textured paint
Colour:
RAL 7035

380

210

2501.500

600

210

2502.500

600

350

2511.500

for AE, stainless steel version

For

Material:
Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304)

Enclosure width Enclosure depth
mm
mm

Surface finish:
Brushed, grain 240

25

15.5

50

T1

38

1.25

23

T2

Model No. SZ

Model No. SZ

200

155

2470.000

300

210

2361.000

380

155

2471.000

380

210

2472.000

500

210

2362.000

600

210

2473.000

760

300

2474.000

800

300

2475.000

1000

300

2363.000

B1

Possible
alternative:

23

Compact enclosures Hygienic Design,
see page 153.

B1 = Enclosure width + 11 mm
T1 = Enclosure depth + 25 mm
T2 = Enclosure depth – 90 mm, from enclosure
width 600 mm: Enclosure depth – 115 mm
for CM, sheet steel version

1

25

1 Enclosure

6.5

depth

6.5

12.5

13

32.5

Benefits:
● Mounting via the two holes in the top of the CM
● At the front, with integrated ventilation holes at
the top

Width
mm

Depth
mm

600

400

5001.310

800

400

5001.330

1000

400

5001.350

1200

400

5001.360

Model No. CM

Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Powder-coated, textured paint
Colour:
RAL 7035

2

6.5

2 Enclosure

width

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

431

Roof/wall mounting
Roof
Dust guard trim
for AE, CM, EB, KL and BG
To protect against deposits on the upper edge of
the door and between the enclosure and the door/
lid. Cut the door protection strip to length according to the enclosure width. Drill the enclosure and
mount the strip using the adhesive strips and
screws.

For
enclosure

Length
mm

AE

A
mm

Model No.
SZ

25

CM

1200

KL, EB, BG

20

2426.500

20.5

60

Material:
Plastic, UV-resistant

6

A

Colour:
Similar to RAL 7024
Ø5

Dust guard trim
for TS, ES
To protect against dust deposits on the upper
edge of the door and between the door and upper
horizontal enclosure section. The dust guard trim
provides space for texts or company logos.
Colour:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
Clear plastic strip for text labels (height 29.5 mm).

432

Length mm

Model No. SZ

600

2424.100

800

2425.100

1000

2427.100

1200

2426.100

Note:
Also suitable for use in conjunction with top
baying cover, see page 399.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Roof/wall mounting
Roof
Top mounting module

For enclosures

for TS
As a cable chamber for cable infeed from above
or for power distribution with busbar systems
across bayed enclosures. The TS cover plate is
used as standard to finish off at the top. The
enclosure height is increased by 200 mm with the
top mounting module fitted.
The top baying cover cannot be fitted. Installation
accessories for top and bottom, see diagram and
explanations below.

Width (B)
mm

Depth
mm

Model No. TS

600

600

8801.735

800

600

8801.745

1000

600

8801.755

1200

600

8801.765

Supply includes:
− 1 frame module
− 2 trim panels (front and rear)
− 8 retainers with automatic
potential equalisation
− 4 tapped rods with eyebolts

Material:
Sheet steel, 1.5 mm
Surface finish:
Spray-finished, textured paint
Colour:
RAL 7035
Protection category:
IP 55 to IEC 60 529, compliant with NEMA 12
(in conjunction with side panel for top mounting
module, see page 433).

B-

3

150

200

6
60

B-

88

2
51

Accessories:
Designation

11

1

2

3

10

1

6

7

8

TS punched rail 18 x 38 mm

462

2

PS punched rail 23 x 23 mm
with angle bracket

463

3

PS punched rail 23 x 23 mm
with support bracket

463

4

PS punched section without
mounting flange 23 x 73 mm,
with support bracket PS

464

5

PS punched section
with mounting flange 23 x 73 mm

464

6

Support rail

466

7

System support rails

466

8

C rail 30/15
with support bracket or spacer

465

9

Cable clamp rail

527

10

TS punched rail 25 x 38 mm

461

11

TS punched section without
mounting flanges, 45 x 88 mm

461

5

4

Page

1

9

Side panel
for top mounting module
To finish off the side of a top mounting module or
bayed suite.

Packs of

Model No. TS

2

8801.775

Material:
Sheet steel, 1.5 mm
Surface finish:
Spray-finished, textured paint
Colour:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
− 2 side panels
− 8 retainers with automatic potential equalisation

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

433

Roof/wall mounting
Roof
Roof plates

IP 55, solid

for SV-TS
For SV-TS 8 enclosures without roof plate and in
exchange for the standard roof plate for other TS
enclosures.

For enclosures
Width
mm

Depth
mm

Packs of

Model No. SV

300

600

1

9671.636

Material:
Sheet steel, 1.5 mm

400

600

1

9671.646

600

600

1

9671.666

Surface finish:
Textured paint

800

600

1

9671.686

300

800

1

9671.638

Colour:
RAL 7035

400

800

1

9671.648

600

800

1

9671.668

Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

800

800

1

9671.688

IP 43 with ventilation hole
Build height: 93 mm
For enclosures
Width
mm

Depth
mm

Packs of

Model No. SV

300

600

1

9671.736

400

600

1

9671.746

600

600

1

9671.766

800

600

1

9671.786

300

800

1

9671.738

400

800

1

9671.748

600

800

1

9671.768

800

800

1

9671.788

Extended delivery times.
IP 2X with ventilation hole
Build height: 72 mm

For cable entry glands
For enclosures

For enclosures

Width
mm

Depth
mm

Required
number
of glands

Packs
of

Model No. SV

Width
mm

Depth
mm

Packs of

Model No. SV

600

400

2

1

9665.943

400

600

1

9671.8461)

850

400

3

1

9665.953

600

600

1

9660.235

1100

400

4

1

9665.963

800

600

1

9660.245

300

600

2

1

9671.536

1000

600

1

9660.255

400

600

3

1

9671.546

1200

600

1

9660.265

600

600

4

1

9665.903

400

800

1

9671.8481)

800

600

8

1

9671.586

600

800

1

9659.5251)

850

600

6

1

9665.913

800

800

1

9659.5351)

1100

600

8

1

9665.923

1000

800

1

9659.5451)

300

800

2

1

9671.5381)

1200

800

1

9659.5551)

400

800

4

1

9671.548

600

800

8

1

9671.5681)

800

800

8

1

9671.5881)

Model No. SV

1) Extended

delivery times.

1) Extended

delivery times.

With pressure relief valve
Build height: 25 mm
For enclosures

Also required:
Cable entry gland,
see page 435.

Width
mm

Depth
mm

Packs of

400

600

1

9671.446

600

600

1

9660.935

800

600

1

9660.945

1000

600

1

9660.955

1200

600

1

9660.965

400

800

1

9671.448

600

800

1

9671.468

800

800

1

9671.488

Extended delivery times.

434

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Roof/wall mounting
Roof
Cable entry glands
● Including seal
● External dimensions 250 x 160 mm
● Protection category IP 55
Design

Material

Colour

Packs of

Model No. SV

1 14 x M25/32

Insulating
material

RAL 7032

1

9665.750

2 2 x M25/32/40, 1 x M32/40/50, 2 x M40/50/63

Insulating
material

RAL 7032

1

9665.760

Insulating
material

RAL 7032

1

9665.770

Insulating
material

RAL 7032

1

9665.780

Sheet steel,
spray-finished

RAL 7035

4

9665.785

3

With sealing membranes
32 x Ø 7 – 16 mm, 4 x Ø 10 – 20 mm, 3 x Ø 14 – 26 mm

4 With entry glands up to 66 mm diameter
5 Solid

1

2
4.

223

135

5

138

Ø

R2
5

3

226

Cut-out dimensions for
SV 9665.750 to SV 9665.785

4

5

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

435

Roof/wall mounting
Roof
Roof plate
for cable entry, two-piece
for DK-TS
In exchange for the standard roof. Equipped
with a sliding angular bracket in the rear section.
Rubber cable clamp strip on both sides for
attaching cable bundles and bunched cables.
Thanks to the symmetrical design of the TS 8
frame, side cable entry can also be achieved by
rotating the roof plate.
The two-piece design additionally allows easy
retro-fitting, by simply removing the front part of
the plate for retrospective cable entry.
For active ventilation, a fan mounting plate may be
fitted in the front section of the enclosure (not in
conjunction with 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frames).
To this end, the roof plate must be raised by at
least 20 mm using spacers.
Material:
Sheet steel
Colour:
RAL 7035

For enclosures
Width
mm

Depth
mm

Model No. DK

600

400

7826.6451)

600

600

7826.665

600

800

7826.685

600

1000

7826.605

600

1200

7826.625

800

400

7826.845

800

600

7826.865

800

800

7826.885

800

1000

7826.805

1200

400

7826.245

800

1200

7826.825

1) Extended

delivery times.

Accessories:
− Fan mounting plate,
see page 221.
− Spacers,
see page 438.
Detailed drawing:
Available on the Internet.

Roof plate, multi-piece
for side cable entry in TS
The roof plate allows side cable entry on both
sides across the entire enclosure depth. Sliding
brackets at the sides allow variable adaptation of
the entry opening. Additional rubber cable clamp
strips secure the inserted cable bundles and
cable sections.
The multi-piece design allows convenient retrofitting, as the roof plate is removable even with the
cables already inserted.
Passive ventilation is supported by raising the roof
with spacers.

For enclosures
Model No. DK

Width
mm

Depth
mm

800

1000

7526.807

800

1200

7526.8271)

1) Extended

delivery times.

Accessories:
Spacers,
see page 438.

Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Spray-finished
Colour:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

436

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Roof/wall mounting
Roof
Roof plate
for cable entry on all sides
for DK-TS
The roof plate has sliding plates for cable entry
on all four sides, and therefore allows individual
selection of cable routing tailored to the specific
requirements. After cable entry, the sliding plate is
closed again as far as possible, and the rubber
cable clamp strips supplied loose then seal the
cable entry area.

For enclosures
Width
mm

Depth
mm

Model No. DK

800

800

7826.588

Detailed drawing:
Available on the Internet.

Material:
Sheet steel
Colour:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Roof plate, vented
for DK-TS
In exchange for the standard roof.
Variant 1:
72 mm high roof plate, all-round vent slots, optionally with clamp strip for cable entry. The two-piece
design with cable entry allows easy retro-fitting,
by simply removing the front part of the plate. The
cables are held in position via a guide at the side.
Material:
Sheet steel
Colour:
RAL 7035

One-piece without cable entry
For enclosures
Width
mm

Depth
mm

Model No. DK

600

600

7826.766

600

800

7826.768

600

1000

7826.7601)

800

600

7826.786

800

800

7826.788

800

1000

7826.780

1) Extended

delivery times.

Two-piece with cable entry
For enclosures

Variant 2:
Ventilation holes (Ø 5 mm) are incorporated allround into the 97 mm high roof plate. In conjunction with the vented glazed and sheet steel door,
the roof plate matches the door design to perfection.
Material:
Sheet steel

Width
mm

Depth
mm

Model No. DK

600

600

7826.669

600

800

7826.689

800

600

7826.869

800

800

7826.889

800

1000

7826.809

For enclosures
Width
mm

Depth
mm

Model No. DK

800

600

7826.866

800

800

7826.886

800

1000

7826.8061)

1) Extended

delivery times.

Colour:
RAL 7035
Accessories:
Fan mounting plate,
see page 221.
Detailed drawing:
Available on the Internet.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

437

Roof/wall mounting
Roof
Roof mounting screw

Packs of

Model No. PS

20

4198.000

For screw-fastening the roof plate instead of
eyebolts. With the TS 8, the contact washers for
potential equalisation may be taken from the eyebolts included with the supply of the enclosures.
Material:
Steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated

Spacers
for roof plate TS
To raise the TS 8 roof for ventilation purposes,
in three different heights.
Not suitable for crane transportation!

Height mm

Packs of

Model No. SZ/DK

10

4

2422.000

20

4

2423.000

50

4

7967.000

Material:
Hexagonal sectional steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Eyebolts
for TS, ES
For crane transportation of enclosures, where
not already included in the supply.
Thread: M12

Eyebolts
for CM
For crane transportation of enclosures, with
reinforcement plate to be inserted underneath.
Mounting via the two holes in the top of the CM.
Thread: M12

Packs of

Model No. PS

4

4568.000

Packs of

Model No. CM

2

2509.500

Packs of

Model No. SZ

4

2509.000

Supply includes:
− Eyebolts
− Reinforcement plates

Eyebolts
for AE
For crane transportation of enclosures, with
reinforcement plate to be inserted underneath.
Thread: M12
Supply includes:
− Eyebolts
− Reinforcement plates

438

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Roof/wall mounting
Wall mounting
Wall mounting bracket

Material

Wall distance
mm

Packs
of

Model No.
SZ

Brass,
nickel-plated

8

4

1580.000

Sheet steel
zinc-plated,
passivated

8

4

1590.000

Stainless steel
1.4301 (AISI 304)

8

4

1594.000

For the attachment of KL, EB, BG and EL enclosures as well as DK wall-mounted distributors.
Supply includes:
Assembly parts for mounting on the enclosure.
Note:
For hygiene reasons, and in view of the protection category, the stainless steel enclosures do
not have any drilled holes for the wall mounting
brackets.

20
25

Ø 8.2

20

10

10

8

20

Wall mounting bracket
for AE
For attaching to the enclosure from the outside.
Simply insert the expandable dowel into the
enclosure hole from the outside, and screwfasten the wall bracket from the outside.

Wall distance
mm

Packs of

Model No. SZ

15

4

2508.100

Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Wall bracket pre-fitted with seal and expandable
dowel.

Wall mounting bracket

Supply includes:
Assembly parts for mounting on the enclosure.
Possible
alternative:

Wall distance
(A) mm

Packs
of

Model No.
SZ

40

4

2503.010

10

4

2508.010

Stainless steel
1.4301 (AISI 304)

10

4

2433.000

Stainless steel
1.4404 (AISI 316L)

10

4

2433.500

Material
Sheet steel
zinc-plated,
passivated

Wall spacer bracket Hygienic Design,
see page 156.

29
54

A

Ø 10.2

20

15

15

For the attachment of KL, EB, BG, AE, CM and
EL enclosures, TP consoles as well as DK wallmounted distributors and small fibre-optic distributors.

20

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

439

Roof/wall mounting
Wall mounting
Wall mounting bracket
for KS
For attachment to the wall, only possible from the
outside of the enclosure.

Colour

Packs of

Similar to RAL 7035

4

1483.010

Similar to RAL 9011

4

9266.0001)

1) With

Model No. KS/KE

graphite additive for Ex applications.

Material:
Fibreglass-reinforced polyamide1)
Supply includes:
Assembly parts for mounting on the
enclosure.

30

35

Ø 8.5

50

11.5

For compact enclosures (additional holes required
in the enclosure).

Colour
RAL 7035

Packs of Model No. SZ
4

2505.510

Stainless steel
1.4301 (AISI 304)

–

4

2583.010

20

Supply includes:
Assembly parts for mounting on the enclosure.

Material
Sheet steel

35

Wall angle

13

R4

34

6.5

26

2

90

70

Wall bracket
For wall mounting of TS and ES enclosures at the
roof, e.g. with heavy components on the door or
built-in swing frame.
Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated

440

Packs of

Model No. PS

4

4595.000

Possible
alternative:
With TS 8 inside the enclosure
(without mounting plate),
baying bracket TS 8800.470,
see page 398.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Roof/wall mounting
Wall mounting
Wall mounting bracket
for CS wall-mounted enclosures
For mounting on a wall or panel.

Packs of

Model No. CS

4

9765.120

Packs of

Model No. SZ

1 set

2584.000

Packs of

Model No. CP

1 set

6016.200

Material:
Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304)

Pole clamp
for KL, EB, BG, AE, KS and CS wall-mounted
enclosures
For reliable, convenient fastening to round or
square poles.
For pole diameter/size:
− Ø from 40 to 190 mm
− □ from 50 to 150 mm
Material:
− Mounting angles, clamping section:
Sheet steel
− Clamping strap:
Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304)
Surface finish:
Mounting angles, clamping section: Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
− 2 mounting angles, 600 mm long
− 4 clamping sections
− 2 clamping straps
− 4 clamping brackets
− 4 screws and captive nuts M8
for mounting on the enclosure.

Enclosure connectors
Adjustable
Between Command Panels, terminal boxes,
compact enclosures and horizontal or vertical
surfaces.
Pre-mount the connector halves on both sides,
screw together and secure with a locking screw,
and/or adjust the angle of rotation.

Note:
The locking screws may be exchanged for
standard, commercially available clamping
levers (M10 x 50 mm).

5°

10

10

Material:
Die-cast zinc

5°

Rotation range:
±105° adjustable in 7.5° stepped increments.

Colour:
RAL 7035

54 54

Surface finish:
Powder-coated

Supply includes:
Assembly parts for both sides.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

441

Roof/wall mounting
Wall mounting

for Comfort Panel
Between the command panel and keyboard
housing and horizontal or vertical surfaces.

Packs of

Model No. CP

1 set

6005.500

Rotation range:
Adjustable in 8° stepped increments,
see drawing.

–14°/+178°

12

0°

Material:
Die-cast zinc

32°

Surface finish:
Powder-coated

Wall mounting bracket
Vertically hinged
Between the Compact Panel and horizontal or
vertical surfaces.

64

Colour:
RAL 7024
Supply includes:
Assembly parts and clamping levers for both
sides.

47.5

Frame connector, adjustable

104°

Packs of

Model No. CP

1 set

6341.000

Rotation range:
180° adjustable on a 7.2° pitch pattern.
Material:
− Wall mounting bracket:
Sheet steel
− Knurled screw:
Steel with plastic knurled handle
Supply includes:
Locking screw and assembly parts for mounting
on the Compact Panel.

442

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Interior installation
Mounting plates
Mounting plates
for KL and KL-HD
For component installation outside of the enclosure. Assembly screws included as accessories
with the enclosure.
Material:
Sheet steel, 2 mm

Accessories:
Self-tapping screws SZ 2487.000,
see page 478.
Possible
alternative:
Support rails,
see page 467.

Surface finish:
Zinc-plated

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

For size
mm

For Model No. KL and KL-HD

Model No. KL

150 x 150

1500.510, 1514.510, 1521.010, 1527.010, 1670.600, 1671.600

1560.700

200 x 150

1528.510, 1529.510

1575.700

300 x 150

1501.510, 1515.510, 1522.010, 1530.510

1561.700

400 x 150

1589.510

1576.700

200 x 200

1502.510, 1516.510, 1523.010, 1528.010, 1672.600

1562.700

300 x 200

1503.510, 1517.510, 1524.010, 1529.010, 1531.510, 1674.600

1563.700

400 x 200

1504.510, 1518.510, 1525.010, 1532.510, 1675.600

1564.700

500 x 200

1505.510, 1533.510

1565.700

300 x 300

1507.510, 1526.010, 1535.510

1567.700

400 x 300

1508.510, 1530.010, 1536.510, 1676.600

1568.700

500 x 300

1509.510, 1537.510

1569.700

400 x 400

1511.510, 1539.510

1571.700

Mounting plate infill
for TS
For a continuous mounting surface in bayed
suites where the mounting plate is set forward.
Material:
Sheet steel, 2 mm

For enclosure height
mm

Model No. TS

1800

4590.700

2000

4591.700

2200

4592.700

Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

443

Interior installation
Mounting plates
Mounting plate attachment
For additional clamping and to reduce potential
vibration of the mounting plate. Select according
to mounting position, installation type and enclosure.

For TS
Installation options:
● Side, at half height in conjunction with
mounting plate infill
● In the penultimate position
● Set forward (supplied state)
Benefit:
No impairment to the mounting surface, but
mounting is only possible from the enclosure rear.

For TS
Installation options:
● Side
● Rear, flush with enclosure frame

Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Packs of

Model No. TS

10

8800.630

Accessories:
Mounting plate infill,
see page 443.

Packs of

Model No. TS

10

8800.610

Packs of

Model No. TS

10

8800.090

Benefit:
No impairment to the mounting surface, but
mounting is only possible from the enclosure rear.

For TS
Installation options:
● Side
● Rear, flush with enclosure frame
● Set forward on a 25 mm pitch pattern
Benefit:
No impairment to the mounting surface.
May optionally used for attachment or screw
fastening.

Also required:
Punched section with mounting flange
17 x 73 mm for the inner mounting level,
see page 459 (with Fig. 3).

1 Mounting plate screw-fastened in the rear-

most installation position.
2 Mounting plate screw-fastened from the rear

in the rearmost installation position.
3 Mounting plate in a set forward position, either

attached or screw-fastened (not shown).
1

2

3

For TS
Installation options:
● Side
● Rear, flush with enclosure frame

Packs of

Model No. TS

10

8800.050

Slide over the plate at the side and secure with
screws. Additionally, the mounting plate may be
drilled and screw-fastened at the rear C-edge.

444

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Interior installation
Mounting plates
Mounting plate attachment
For additional clamping and to reduce potential
vibration of the mounting plate. Select according
to mounting position, installation type and enclosure.

For TS, ES
Installation options:
● All-round
● Set forward on a 25 mm pitch pattern
Slide in between the bar and plate from below or
above or from the side, and secure with screws.

Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Packs of

Model No. TS

10

4593.000

Also required:
− Support strip (with TS for inner level),
see page 462 or
− Punched section with mounting flange
(with TS for inner level),
see page 459 or
− Punched rails and punched sections without
mounting flange,
see page 463/464.

For TS, ES
Installation options:
● On the top and bottom of the mounting plate
(with ES all-round)
● Rear, flush with enclosure frame

Packs of

Model No. TS

10

4576.000

Packs of

Model No. TS

1 set

8800.280

Screw in the clip behind the plate and secure with
screws.

Installation kit
for mounting plates TS, back-to-back
The minimal distance between the two mounting
plates ensures a maximum installation depth for
installed equipment on both sides.
Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Note:
Build height front and rear
with central installation =
(enclosure depth – 48 mm) : 2
For example:
TS 8806.521 = Depth 600 mm
Build depth = 2 x 276 mm

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

445

Interior installation
Mounting plates
Mounting plate slide block
for CM
In this way, populated mounting plates slide easily
into the mounting position for installation and/or
clip-fastening.

Packs of

Model No. CM

2

5001.070

Benefits:
● Installation without drilling
● Simply screw-fasten to the existing holes in
the mounting plate
● May be reused, unscrew to detach
Material:
Polyamide
Colour:
Similar to RAL 9011
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Slide rails
for mounting plate TS
Slides in from the side.
● Attachment of the mounting plate to the slide
rails via captive nuts and screws.
● Mounting of the slide rails directly on the enclosure frame, depth-adjustable on a 25 mm pitch
pattern.

For enclosure width
mm

Packs of

Model No. TS

600

2

8802.260

800

2

8802.280

1200

2

8802.220

Technical specifications:
Possible mounting depth T6 – 25 mm,
refer to the Internet.
Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Mounting plate adjustment
bracket
for KS
Infinitely adjustable.
Other equipment can also be installed in this way,
instead of the mounting plate.
Material:
Sheet steel

Packs of

Model No. KS

1423.500, 1432.500,
1434.500, 1444.500,
1446.500, 1448.500,
1449.500, 1466.500,
1467.500

For enclosures KS

4

1481.000

1400.500, 1453.500,
1454.500, 1468.500,
1469.500, 1479.500,
1480.500

4

1491.000

Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.
H
B Enclosure width:

– 76 mm (KS 1481.000)
– 104 mm (KS 1491.000)
H Enclosure height:

– 150 mm

446

M8 x 15

B

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Interior installation
Mounting plates
Mounting plate attachment
for CM, TP one-piece console, TP pedestal
for high dynamic loads
For example, if a direct connection between the
mounting plate and the enclosure is required
(cranes etc.).
Tested as per DIN EN 60 721 severity 4M4, with
a weight of 150 kg evenly distributed over the
mounting plate.
Simply screw-fasten to the existing holes in the
mounting plate to pre-assemble for:

Packs of

Model No. CM

1 set

5001.075

For enclosure width
mm

Model No. TS

1200

4333.120

1600

4333.160

1800

4333.180

Wall mounting from the inside
Direct using a bracket and wall/support mounted
enclosure.
Wall mounting from the outside
Screws for wall mounting brackets (see page 439)
can easily be screwed into the plate nuts from the
outside.
Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Cross-brace
for mounting plates
for TS, ES
Additional horizontal rigidity for vibration resistance and/or stabilisation of wide mounting plates.
This brace may also be used as an attachment
aid for heavy components.

Other widths available on request.

Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
− 2 sections
− 4 clamping sections
− 4 grub screws M10 x 16 mm

Transport handles
for mounting plates

Packs of

Model No. SZ

2

2415.500

for TS, ES
May be used at any given position in the side
C-fold
Benefits include:
● Can be used for people of different heights
● Optimised force transmission
● Easy handling

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

447

Interior installation
Mounting plates
Material:
Sheet steel, 2.5 mm

Partial mounting plates
for TS, CS Toptec
For
● Universal interior installation, also in conjunction with punched sections with mounting
flanges and support strips. Defective assemblies are quickly and easily replaced
● Additional mounting levels.

Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Partial mounting plates are fastened directly onto
the vertical enclosure sections via the inner mounting level using the assembly parts supplied loose.
In this mounting position (in both the width and
the depth) they form one level with TS punched
sections with mounting flanges 17 x 73 mm and
TS support strips for the inner mounting level.

Accessories:
− TS punched section with mounting flange
17 x 73 mm for the outer mounting level,
see page 459.
− TS support strip, see page 462.
− Hinge attachment, see page 449.
− Self-tapping screws, SZ 2487.000,
see page 478.

For installation in
Enclosure width mm
400


600

800

1000

Enclosure depth (side) mm
1200



400



500 x 300

1

8614.640





500 x 400

1

8614.650



800















































500 x 500

1

8614.660

500 x 700

1

8614.680
8614.6751)

500 x 775

1



700 x 300

1

8614.840



700 x 400

1

8614.850




Model No. TS

600





Packs
of

500




Size
mm

700 x 700

1

8614.880

900 x 300

1

8614.040

900 x 400

1

8614.050

900 x 500

1

8614.060

1100 x 300

1

8614.240

1100 x 400

1

8614.250

1100 x 500

1

8614.260

1) Also

suitable for installing in
– PC enclosures based on TS behind the lower front door
– IW enclosures, height 900 and 1000 mm

1
2

When installing around corners due to collision
between the assembly components
1 At least 75 mm (adjustable on a 25 mm pitch

pattern).

Set forward installation position
Quickly and easily achieved wtih four TS punched
sections with mounting flanges 17 x 73 mm for the
outer mounting level, see page 459.

Maximum space utilisation
2 1 mm (adjustable on a 25 mm pitch pattern).

Partial installation
Partial utilisation of the enclosure depth or
width is also possible. In this example, using a
PS punched section without mounting flange
23 x 73 mm, see page 464.
448

Continuously flush
In bayed enclosures, the partial mounting plate is
in the rearmost position flush with the standard
mounting plate. This facilitates continuous component mounting.
Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Interior installation
Mounting plates
Hinge attachment

Packs of

Model No. TS

1 set

8614.100

for partial mounting plate TS
Material:
Steel

Also required:

Surface finish:
Zinc-plated

Depending on the installation position
1 Installation kit for swing frame, small,
for enclosure width
600 mm, Model No. SR 2377.860,
800 mm, Model No. SR 2377.880,
see page 543.
2 PS punched section without mounting flange
23 x 73 mm according to the enclosure depth,
see page 464.
Support brackets TS 8800.330,
see page 473.

Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Examples
In the highest or lowest position
At the front

Set back
1

1
2

1

1
2

In a central position
At the front

Side installation:
In conjunction with hinge, for side panel,
see page 387, for an enclosure depth of 600 or
800 mm, side installation is identical to installation
parallel to the front.

Side installation
Set back
1

1

2
2
2

1

2

1
1
1

Partial mounting plates
for ES, CS Basic and modular enclosures
For additional mounting levels.
Material:
Sheet steel, 2.5 mm

For
Width x height
enclosure width
mm
mm

Packs
of

Model No.
PS

600

492 x 373

2

4131.700

600

492 x 573

2

4132.700

800

692 x 573

2

4137.700

Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Accessories:
− PS punched section without mounting flange,
23 x 73 mm,
see page 464.
− Self-tapping screws, SZ 2487.000,
see page 478.

449

Interior installation
Mounting plates
Partial mounting plates,
locatable into rails
for TP
For installation in:
● Console and desk unit on the interior installation system rails
● Punched sections with mounting flanges or
support strips fitted to the side of the pedestal
in the depth
● Other enclosures mounted on rails with 25 mm
pitch pattern punchings
For easy mounting on pre-fitted assembly screws.
Bayable by screw-fastening at the sides.

Width
mm

Height
mm

Packs of

200

437

1

6730.310

500

437

1

6730.330

700

437

1

6730.340

For console/desk unit
Width mm

Max. partial mounting plate
installation

600

1 x TP 6730.330

800

1 x TP 6730.340

1200

2 x TP 6730.310
1 x TP 6730.340

1600

3 x TP 6730.330

Material:
Sheet steel

1 From width

200/500/700

500 mm

150/450/650

Ø

10

Support rail, locatable

10

425

350

5
6.

Ø

5
6.

437

Ø

6.5

1

Packs of

Model No. TS

1 set

8612.200

Accessories:
PS punched section without mounting flange,
see page 464.

2

32

204

114

75

(6 x 25 = 150)

37.5

50

Ø 4.5

Ø7

50

for TS, CM, PC, TP
To fit:
● Internal mounting behind the mounting compartment, small, of the PC enclosure,
● Mounting on the vertical TS enclosure section,
● Mounting in CM and TP on the interior installation rail.
Integral 25 mm pitch pattern of holes to accommodate:
– Mounting plate, small
– PS punched section without mounting flange
via support brackets PS as a second mounting
level, if due to an installed:
– Mounting plate infill
– Cable duct, vertical
no punched sections or other assemblies can be
mounted in the depth.

6.5

1

Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

425

Surface finish:
Zinc-plated

Model No. TP

16
14

Static load: max. 15 kg.
Material:
Sheet steel, 2.0 mm
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Model No. TS

1

8612.600

Accessories:
− TS punched section with mounting flange,
see page 459.
− Self-tapping screws, SZ 2487.000,
see page 478.

114

Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

250
30

250

Ø 4.5

50

Surface finish:
Zinc-plated

Packs of

600

1.5

Material:
Sheet steel, 1.5 mm

Enclosure width
mm

Ø6

For external mounting on:
● Support rail TS, locatable, depth-adjustable on
a 25 mm pitch pattern,
● Punched sections with mounting flanges,
attached to the outer mounting level.

58

Mounting plate, small

557 (757)

450

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Interior installation
Mounting plates
Mounting plate

For enclosure height mm

for TS, 400 mm wide
Depth-adjustable on a 25 mm pitch pattern.

Model No. TS

1800

8614.180

2000

8614.200

Material:
Sheet steel, 3 mm

Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

23

24.5

23

48

23

73

299

Surface finish:
Zinc-plated

42

Accessories:
− TS 18 x 38 mm punched rail, used as mounting
plate slide rail, see page 462.
− TS width divider, for installation in wider enclosures, see page 376.

Mounting plates

1696/1896

17

23

24.5

48

23

73

F
23

for CS Toptec, Basic and modular enclosures
For the configuration of mounting levels.
The mounting plates are depth-adjustable on a
25 mm pitch pattern.

42
17

Material:
Aluminium, 3 mm
G

Supply includes:
Assembly parts.
Note:
For an enclosure width of 1200 mm,
partial installation with one or two 600 mm wide
mounting plates is possible.

For enclosure
Width mm

Height mm

F

G

Model No. CS

600

800

499

696

9765.090

600

1200

499

1096

9765.092

800

800

699

696

9765.097

800

1200

699

1096

9765.095

800

1600

699

1496

9765.096

1200

1200

1099

1096

9765.191

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

451

Interior installation
Rail systems
AE installation examples with TS system rails
1 Rails for interior installation AE (preparing for installation)
For enclosure depth mm
Model No. SZ

Packs
of

210

250

300

350

Page

4

2373.210

2373.250

2373.300

2373.350

459

Interior installation in the width and height
2 TS punched
section with
mounting flange,
17 x 73 mm

AE from enclosure
width/height mm

A1)
mm

Packs
of

380

225

4

8612.130

8612.130

8612.130

8612.130

325

4

8612.140

8612.140

8612.140

8612.140

375

4

8612.040

8612.040

8612.040

8612.040

425

4

8612.150

8612.150

8612.150

8612.150

475

4

8612.050

8612.050

8612.050

8612.050

525

4

8612.160

8612.160

8612.160

8612.160

575

4

8612.060

8612.060

8612.060

8612.060

725

4

8612.180

8612.180

8612.180

–

775

4

8612.080

8612.080

8612.080

–

875

4

8612.090

8612.090

8612.090

–

925

4

–

–

8612.100

–

500
600
760

1000
1

1200

975

4

–

–

8612.000

–

1125

4

–

–

8612.120

–

1175

4

–

–

8612.020

–

400

325

20

4694.000

4694.000

4694.000

4694.000

500

425

20

4695.000

4695.000

4695.000

4695.000

600

525

20

4696.000

4696.000

4696.000

4696.000

800

725

20

4697.000

4697.000

4697.000

4697.000

1400
3 TS support strips

1)

Model No. TS

459

462

A = Rail mounting distance

1

2

2

A

3
3

A

X

1
X

452

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Interior installation
Rail systems
CM installation examples with TS system rails
1

Rails for interior installation (preparing for installation)
Packs
of

For enclosure width/height mm

4

Model No. CM
2

600

800

1000

1200

1400

5001.050 5001.051 5001.052 5001.053 5001.054

Page
459

Base configuration rail (preparing for installation)
Packs
of

For enclosure depth

2

Model No. CM

300

400

5001.371 5001.370

–

–

–

–

–

–

461

Installation in the width
Packs
of

Model No. TS

For enclosure width mm

600

800

1000

1200

1400

A1) mm

575

775

975

1175

–

3

TS punched section with mounting flange,
17 x 73 mm

4

8612.060 8612.080 8612.000 8612.020

–

459

4

TS support strips

20

8800.130 4579.000

–

–

–

462

slotted

4

4396.000 4398.000

–

–

–

466

unslotted

–

–

–

466

5

Support rail

4

4396.500 4398.500

6

System support rails

2

4361.000 4362.000 4347.000 4363.000

–

466

7

C rails 30/15

6

4944.000 4945.000 4946.000 4947.000

–

465

8

Cable clamp rail

2

4191.000 4192.000 4336.000 4196.000

–

527

1

2

Installation in the height (individual installation e.g. with)
TS punched section with mounting flange,
17 x 73 mm

see page 459

TS support strips

see page 462

Installation in the depth
For enclosure
depth mm

A1)
mm

Packs
of

Model No. TS/PS

TS punched section
with mounting
flange, 17 x 73 mm

300

225

4

8612.130 8612.130 8612.130 8612.130 8612.130

400

325

4

8612.140 8612.140 8612.140 8612.140 8612.140

10

TS support strips

400

325

20

4694.000 4694.000 4694.000 4694.000 4694.000

462

11

TS punched rail
18 x 38 mm

400

325

4

8612.240 8612.240 8612.240 8612.240 8612.240

462

12

PS punched rail,
23 x 23 mm

400

275

12

4169.000 4169.000 4169.000 4169.000 4169.000

463

24

8800.370 8800.370 8800.370 8800.370 8800.370

472

9

With mounting bracket TS (2 per rail)
1)

459

A = Rail mounting distance

A

X

12

1
9

1

3
10
4

X
5

8
A

11

7

2

10

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

6

453

Interior installation
Rail systems
TP pedestal
Installation examples with TS system rails
1 Rails for interior installation (preparing for installation)
Packs
of

For enclosure width mm

600

800

1200

1600

675

675

675

675

5001.050

5001.050

5001.050

5001.050

For enclosure height mm
4

Model No. CM

Page

459

Installation in the width
Packs
of

Model No. TS

For enclosure width mm

600

800

1200

1600

A1) mm

575

775

1175

1575

2 TS punched section with mounting flange,
17 x 73 mm

4

8612.060

8612.080

8612.020

–

459

3 TS support strips

20

8800.130

4579.000

–

–

462

Installation in the height (individual installation e.g. with)
1

TS support strips

see page 462

TS punched rail 18 x 38 mm

see page 462

Installation in the depth
For
enclosure
depth mm

A1)
mm

Packs
of

400

325

4

8612.140

8612.140

8612.140

8612.140

500

425

4

8612.150

8612.150

8612.150

8612.150

400

325

20

4694.000

4694.000

4694.000

4694.000

500

425

20

4695.000

4695.000

4695.000

4695.000

6 TS punched rail
18 x 38 mm

400

325

4

8612.240

8612.240

8612.240

8612.240

500

425

4

8612.250

8612.250

8612.250

8612.250

7 PS punched rail
23 x 23 mm

400

325

12

4169.000

4169.000

4169.000

4169.000

500

425

12

4170.000

4170.000

4170.000

4170.000

24

8800.370

8800.370

8800.370

8800.370

4 TS punched section
with mounting
flange, 17 x 73 mm
5 TS support strips

With mounting bracket TS (2 per rail)
1)

Model No. TS

459
462
462
463
472

A = Rail mounting distance

A

X
6

1

7

4
1

2
5
3

X

4

454

A

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Interior installation
Rail systems
TP pedestal
Installation examples with TS system rails
1 Rails for interior installation (preparing for installation)
For enclosure width mm
Model No. CM

Packs
of

600

800

1200

1600

Page

4

5001.050

5001.051

5001.053

–

459

600

800

Installation in the height
A1)
mm

Packs
of

For enclosure width mm

Model No. TS
1200

1600

2 TS punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm
For cover

375

4

8612.040

8612.040

8612.040

8612.040

459

For enclosure

425

4

8612.150

8612.150

8612.150

8612.150

459

For cover

375

4

4309.000

4309.000

4309.000

4309.000

462

For enclosure

425

4

4695.000

4695.000

4695.000

4695.000

462

425

4

8612.250

8612.250

8612.250

8612.250

462

3 TS support strips
1

4 TS punched rail 18 x 38 mm
For enclosure
1)

A = Rail mounting distance

Console
4

1

X

A

2

A

3
1
X

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

455

Interior installation
Rail systems
TS installation examples with TS system rails

Installation between vertical sections
in the width/depth
Installation in the roof
and base frame
in the width/depth

Internal level

External level

A

A

A

A

A

TS punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm
For
Packs
enclosure width/depth
of
mm

A

A

1)

A1)
mm

Model No. TS

A1)
mm

Model No. TS

A1)
mm

Model No. TS

300

4

–

–

275

8612.030

225

8612.130

400

4

–

–

375

8612.040

325

8612.140

500

4

–

–

475

8612.050

425

8612.150

600

4

–

–

575

8612.060

525

8612.160

800

4

–

–

775

8612.080

725

8612.180

1000

4

–

–

975

8612.000

925

8612.100

1200

4

–

–

1175

8612.020

1125

8612.120

Page

459

A = Rail mounting distance

TS punched section with mounting flange, 23 x 73 mm
A

For
Packs
enclosure width/depth
of
mm

1)

A1)
mm

Model No. TS

A1)
mm

Model No. TS

A1)
mm

Model No. TS

500

4

–

–

425

8612.550

–

–

600

4

–

–

525

8612.560

–

–

800

4

–

–

725

8612.580

–

–

1000

4

–

–

925

8612.500

–

–

1200

4

–

–

1125

8612.520

–

–

Model No. TS

A1)
mm

Model No. TS

Page

460

A = Rail mounting distance

TS punched section without mounting flanges, 45 x 88 mm
For
Packs
enclosure width/depth
of
mm

A

1)

A1)
mm

Model No. TS

A1)
mm

500

2

375

8612.650

–

–

375

8612.650

600

2

475

8612.660

–

–

475

8612.660

800

2

675

8612.680

–

–

675

8612.680

Page

461

A = Rail mounting distance

A

456

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Interior installation
Rail systems
TS installation examples with TS system rails
Installation between vertical sections
in the width/depth
Installation in the roof
and base frame
in the width/depth

Internal level

External level

A

A

A

A

A

TS punched rail 25 x 38 mm (with snap-on nut M8)
For
Packs
enclosure width/depth
of
mm

1)

A1)
mm

Model No. TS

A1)
mm

Model No. TS

A1)
mm

Model No. TS

500

2

–

–

435

8612.750

–

–

600

2

–

–

535

8612.760

–

–

800

2

–

–

735

8612.780

–

–

A1)
mm

Model No. TS

A1)
mm

Model No. TS

A1)
mm

Model No. TS

Page

A

461

A = Rail mounting distance

TS punched rail 18 x 38 mm
For
Packs
enclosure width/depth
of
mm
400

2

335

8612.240

–

–

335

8612.240

500

2

435

8612.250

–

–

435

8612.250

600

2

535

8612.260

–

–

535

8612.260

800

2

735

8612.280

–

–

735

8612.280

A

Page

462

1) A

= Rail mounting distance
Two TS punched rails 18 x 38 mm are included in the supply of enclosures with a mounting plate. After installing the
mounting plate, the TS punched rail may be inserted, as shown here.

TS support strips
For
Packs
enclosure width/depth
of
mm

A1)
mm

Model No. TS

A1)
mm

Model No. TS

A1)
mm

Model No. TS

400

20

–

–

–

–

325

4694.000

500

20

–

–

–

–

425

4695.000

600

20

–

–

–

–

525

4696.000

800

20

–

–

–

–

725

4697.000

400

20

–

–

375

4309.000

–

–

500

20

–

475

4596.000

–

–

600

20

–

575

8800.130

–

–

–

20

–

675

4598.000

–

–

800

20

–

775

4579.000

–

–

–

20

–

875

4599.000

–

–

Page

462

A

A

1)

A = Rail mounting distance
Alternatively, the TS support strip for the inner mounting level may also be used for mounting on the door.

PS punched rails 23 x 23 mm
(for installation options, see support bracket TS/PS, angle bracket, mounting bracket)
For
Packs
enclosure width/depth
of
mm

1)

A

A1)
mm

Model No. PS

A1)
mm

Model No. PS

A1)
mm

Model No. PS

400

12

275

4169.000

275

4169.000

–

–

500

12

375

4170.000

375

4170.000

–

–

600

12

475

4171.000

475

4171.000

–

–

800

12

675

4172.000

675

4172.000

–

–

1000

12

875

4173.000

875

4173.000

–

–

1200

6

1075

4174.000

1075

4174.000

–

–

1400

6

1275

4393.000

1275

4393.000

–

–

1600

6

1475

4175.000

1475

4175.000

–

–

1800

6

1675

4176.000

1675

4176.000

–

–

2000

6

1875

4177.000

1875

4177.000

–

–

2200

6

2075

4178.000

2075

4178.000

–

–

Page

463

A = Rail mounting distance

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

457

Interior installation
Rail systems
TS installation examples with TS system rails
Installation between vertical sections
in the width/depth
Installation in the roof
and base frame
in the width/depth

Internal level

External level

A

A

A

A

A

PS punched section without mounting flange 23 x 73 mm (installation option with support bracket TS)
For
Packs
enclosure width/depth
of
mm

A

1)

A1)
mm

Model No. PS

A1)
mm

Model No. PS

A1)
mm

Model No. PS

400

4

275

4374.000

275

4374.000

–

–

500

4

375

4375.000

375

4375.000

–

–

600

4

475

4376.000

475

4376.000

–

–

800

4

675

4377.000

675

4377.000

–

–

1000

4

875

4382.000

875

4382.000

–

–

1200

4

1075

4378.000

1075

4378.000

–

–

1800

4

1675

4379.000

1675

4379.000

–

–

2000

4

1875

4380.000

1875

4380.000

–

–

2200

4

2075

4381.000

2075

4381.000

–

–

Page

464

A = Rail mounting distance

PS punched section with mounting flange 23 x 73 mm
(installation options with TS adaptor rail when mounting on the vertical TS enclosure section)
For
Packs
enclosure width/depth
of
mm

A

1)

A1)
mm

Model No. PS

A1)
mm

Model No. PS

A1)
mm

Model No. PS

400

4

335

8800.640

–

8800.640

–

–

500

4

435

8800.650

–

8800.650

–

–

600

4

535

4364.000

–

4364.000

–

–

800

4

735

4365.000

–

4365.000

–

–

1000

4

935

4373.000

–

4373.000

–

–

1200

4

1135

4367.000

–

4367.000

–

–

A1)
mm

Model No. PS

A1)
mm

Model No. PS

A1)
mm

Model No. PS

Page

464

A = Rail mounting distance

A

Support rails, slotted
A

For
Packs
enclosure width/depth
of
mm
400

4

335

4394.000

–

–

–

–

500

2

435

4395.000

–

–

–

–

600

2

535

4396.000

–

–

–

–

800

2

735

4398.000

–

–

–

–

400

4

335

–

–

–

–

–

500

2

435

–

–

–

–

–

600

2

535

4396.500

–

–

–

–

800

2

735

4398.500

–

–

–

–

Page

466

Support rails, unslotted

466

1)

A = Rail mounting distance
Alternatively, the support rail (slotted and unslotted) can also be fitted with snap-on nut M8, adaptor rail or
TS punched rail 25 x 38 mm on the vertical TS enclosure section.

458

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Interior installation
Rail systems
Rails for interior installation
for AE
For mounting in the enclosure, no machining
required. Suitable for all-round mounting on the
sides, base and roof areas.
Variable with 2 rows of system punchings,
creates additional mounting space e.g. for:
● TS punched section with mounting flange
● Enclosure lights
● Door-operated switch
● Door stay
● Cable conduit holder
Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated

For enclosure depth
mm

Packs of

210

4

2373.210

250

4

2373.250

300

4

2373.300

350

4

2373.350

Model No. SZ

Note:
Other mounting options:
− Mounting plates, locatable,
TS 8612.400, see page 469.
− Mounting plates, screw-fastening, large,
TS 8612.410, see page 469.
− Mounting plates, screw-fastening, small,
PS 4532.000, see page 470.
− Mounting brackets,
PS 4597.000, see page 470.
Configuration examples:
See page 452.

Rails for interior installation
for CM, TP
For mounting on the existing threaded bolts.
With TS system punchings on three sides.
Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Width
mm
CM

Height
mm

TP1)

CM

TP2)

Packs
of

Model No.
CM

600

600

–

675

4

5001.050

800

800

800

–

4

5001.051

1000

–

1000

–

4

5001.052

1200

1200

1200

–

4

5001.053

–

–

1400

–

4

5001.054

1) Only

with TP console and desk unit
(cover or rear panel/base).
2) Only with TP pedestal.

Configuration examples:
See page 453.

TS punched section with
mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm

For the outer mounting level
For
enclosure width/depth
mm

Packs of

Model No. TS

300

4

8612.130

400

4

8612.140

500

4

8612.150

600

4

8612.160

800

4

8612.180

1000

4

8612.100

1200

4

8612.120

For
enclosure width/depth
mm

Packs of

Model No. TS

Surface finish:
Zinc-plated

300

4

8612.030

400

4

8612.040

Supply includes:
Assembly screws.

500

4

8612.050

600

4

8612.060

800

4

8612.080

1000

4

8612.000

1200

4

8612.020

Variable, with 5 rows of holes for universal skeleton structures or partial assembly. Simply locate
into the TS punchings and secure.
Installation options:
● On the vertical TS enclosure section
− On the outer mounting level, all-round,
at the same height
− On the inner mounting level, all-round,
height-offset
● In CM and TP via rail for interior installation
− In the depth, for outer mounting level
− In the width, for inner mounting level
Material:
Sheet steel

Also required:
For installation in CM, TP:
Rail for interior installation, see page 459.
Accessories:

For the inner mounting level

Configuration examples:
See from page 453.

− Screws, see page 478.
− Cable tie for fast assembly SZ 2597.000,
see page 530.
Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

459

Interior installation
Rail systems
Attachment TS

Packs of

Model No. TS

12

8612.010

for TS punched section with mounting flange,
17 x 73 mm
Benefits:
● For attaching the TS punched section with
mounting flange where access to installed
equipment, such as mounting plates, is
blocked by the screw fastening.
● May also be screw-fastened onto the punched
section with mounting flange or enclosure frame
and used as a support for contact hazard protection covers or master switch trim panels.

Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated

TS punched section with
mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm
Depth-variable for mounting frames
for DK-TS, TE
For designing flexible interior installation, and/or
to accommodate additional built-in components.
The punched sections with mounting flanges may
be located in the enclosure depth between two
mounting frames. An additional screw fastening
secures the unit. The depth variability of the rails
facilitates flexible adaptation of their length to the
existing attachment distance between the two
482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frames. An additional
punched section centre piece may be slid flexibly
along the rail in the depth and secured to slots.
This facilitates flexible attachment at any point
between the mounting frames in the enclosure
depth.

TS punched section with
mounting flange, 23 x 73 mm
The alternative to the TS punched section with
mounting flange 17 x 73 mm, see page 459,
with punchings for captive nuts/threaded blocks
instead of the slotted holes top and bottom.
Simply locate and secure.
Installation options:
● On the vertical TS enclosure section

Length
mm

Packs of

300 – 4701) 2)

2

7000.676

530 – 7001)

2

7000.678

Model No. HP

1) Distance

between 482.6 mm (19˝) levels =
length + 120 mm
< 420 mm, without centre piece

2) L

Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
− 2 variable punched sections with mounting
flanges
− One sliding centre part each
− Assembly parts

For the inner mounting level
For
enclosure width/depth
mm

Packs of

Model No. TS

500

4

8612.550

600

4

8612.560

800

4

8612.580

1000

4

8612.500

1200

4

8612.520

Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly screws.

Accessories:
− Screws,
see page 478.
− Threaded blocks, captive nuts,
see page 477.
Configuration examples:
See page 456.

460

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Interior installation
Rail systems
TS punched section without
mounting flanges, 45 x 88 mm
Heavy top-mounted equipment mounted directly
on the internal surfaces (e.g. roof) is supported.
Mounted on the side or rear, the enclosure can
then be screw-fastened securely to the machine.
The twin profile with 11 rows of holes offers
numerous additional opportunities for interior
installation.
Installation options:
● On the vertical and horizontal TS enclosure
section

For the inner mounting level
For
enclosure width/depth
mm

Packs of

Model No. TS

500

2

8612.650

600

2

8612.660

800

2

8612.680

Accessories:

Material:
Sheet steel

− Screws,
see page 478.
− Threaded blocks, captive nuts,
see page 477.

Surface finish:
Zinc-plated

Configuration examples:
See page 456.

Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

TS punched rail 25 x 38 mm

For
enclosure width/depth
mm

Packs of

Model No. TS

Installation options:
● On the vertical TS enclosure section

500

2

8612.750

600

2

8612.760

With 9 mm round holes on a 25 mm pitch pattern
on all sides, for mounting:
● Support rails, see page 466
● System support rails, see page 466
● C rails 30/15, see page 465
● Cable clamp rails (right angle section),
see page 527
● Own assemblies.

800

2

8612.780

For heavy installations, with attachment holes.

Also required:
Snap-on nut M8, TS 8800.808,
see page 471.

Material:
Sheet steel, 3.0 mm

Note:
In conjunction with the snap-on nut, particularly
well-suited for dynamic connections.

Surface finish:
Zinc-plated

Configuration examples:
See page 457.

Supply includes:
Assembly screws.

Base configuration rail
for CM
For mounting in the enclosure depth, on the
existing threaded bolts, no machining required.
TS system punchings on 2 sides.
Creates additional installation options.

For enclosure depth
mm

Packs of

Model No. CM

400

2

5001.370

300

2

5001.371

Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

461

Interior installation
Rail systems
TS punched rail 18 x 38 mm
Simply locate and secure with a screw.
The location system makes assembly and dismantling easier. It only needs to be secured on
one side, but may be secured on both sides if
required.
Installation options:
● On the vertical TS enclosure section
− On the outer mounting level
● On the horizontal TS enclosure section
● On base configuration rail for CM
Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly screws.
Note:
In enclosures with a mounting plate, 2 punched
rails are already included with the supply.

TS support strips

For
enclosure width/depth
mm

Packs of

Model No. TS

400

4

8612.240

500

4

8612.250

600

4

8612.260

800

4

8612.280

Accessories:
− Screws,
see page 478.
− Cable tie for fast assembly SZ 2597.000,
see page 530.
− Cable clamps,
see page 529.
Configuration examples:
See from page 453.

For the outer mounting level

Installation options:
● On the vertical and horizontal TS enclosure
section
− On the outer mounting level, all-round,
at the same height
− On the inner mounting level, all-round,
height-offset
● On the tubular door frame TS, ES
● On the perforated door strip CM, TP
● On the ES system punchings, in the enclosure
depth

For
Length Packs
Model No. TS
enclosure width/depth
mm
of
mm
400

340

20

4694.000

500

440

20

4695.000

600

540

20

4696.000

800

740

20

4697.000

Accessories:
− Screws,
see page 478.
− Cable tie for fast assembly SZ 2597.000,
see page 530.

Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated

Configuration examples:
See from page 452.

Supply includes:
Assembly screws.

For the inner mounting level and for mounting on doors

462

For enclosure width/depth
mm

For door width
mm

Length
mm

Packs of

Model No. TS

–

400

290

20

4594.000

400

500

390

20

4309.000

500

600

490

20

4596.000

600

–

590

20

8800.130

–

800

690

20

4598.000

800

900

790

20

4579.000

–

1000

890

20

4599.000

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Interior installation
Rail systems
TS assembly block
Installation in the vertical TS enclosure sections
for mounting PS-compatible individual components.
Material:
Die-cast zinc
Supply includes:
Assembly screws.

Adaptor rail
for PS compatibility
Installation in the vertical TS enclosure sections
(across the entire enclosure height or in sub-sections) to create compatibility with:
− PS punched rail, 23 x 23 mm
− PS punched section without mounting flange,
23 x 73 mm
− PS punched section with mounting flange
23 x 73 mm
Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly screws.

PS punched rails 23 x 23 mm

Packs of

Model No. TS

4

8800.310

Possible
alternative:
Snap-on nut,
see page 471.

For
enclosure height
mm

Packs of

1800

4

8800.380

2000

4

8800.300

2200

4

8800.320

Model No. TS

Accessories:
Screws,
see page 478.
Possible
alternative:
Snap-on nut,
see page 471.

Length mm

For WHD mm Packs of

Model No. PS

for TS, ES

295

400

12

4169.000

Installation options:
● On the vertical enclosure section
− Directly via support brackets TS
− Via adaptor rail for PS compatibility in
conjunction with angle brackets, mounting
brackets or support brackets PS
● On the horizontal enclosure section
− Directly via angle brackets, mounting
brackets or support brackets PS

395

500

12

4170.000

495

600

12

4171.000

695

800

12

4172.000
4173.000

Material:
Sheet steel

895

1000

12

1095

1200

6

4174.000

1295

1400

6

4393.000

1495

1600

6

4175.000

1695

1800

6

4176.000

1895

2000

6

4177.000

2095

2200

6

4178.000

Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Also required:
− U nuts, see page 477.
− Mounting brackets TS/PS,
see page 472 or
− Angle brackets, support brackets TS/PS,
see page 473.
Accessories:
− Cable attachment, see page 530.
− Screws, see page 478.
− Cable tie for fast assembly SZ 2597.000,
see page 530.
Configuration examples:
See from page 453.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

463

Interior installation
Rail systems
PS punched section without
mounting flange, 23 x 73 mm
for TS, ES
Installation options:
● On the vertical enclosure section
− Directly via support brackets TS
− Via adaptor rail for PS compatibility in
conjunction with support brackets PS
● On the horizontal enclosure section
− Directly via support brackets PS
Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated

Length mm

For WHD mm Packs of

Model No. PS

295

400

4

4374.000

395

500

4

4375.000

495

600

4

4376.000

695

800

4

4377.000

895

1000

4

4382.000

1095

1200

4

4378.000

1695

1800

4

4379.000

1895

2000

4

4380.000

2095

2200

4

4381.000

Also required:
Support brackets PS/TS,
see page 473.
Accessories:
− Screws, see page 478.
− Cable tie for fast assembly SZ 2597.000,
see page 530.
− U nuts, see page 477.
Configuration examples:
See page 458.

PS punched section with
mounting flange 23 x 73 mm
for TS, ES
Variable, with 5 rows of holes for universal skeleton structures or partial assembly. Simply locate
into the system punchings and secure.
Installation options:
● On the vertical TS enclosure section
− Via adaptor rail for PS compatibility
● On the horizontal TS enclosure section
● On the ES system punchings, in the enclosure
depth
Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly screws.

Installation in
enclosure width/depth
TS
mm

Packs of

Model No. PS
8800.640

400

4

500

4

8800.650

600

4

4364.000

800

4

4365.000

1000

4

4373.000

1200

4

4367.000

Installation in
enclosure depth ES,
TP universal console,
CS modular enclosures
mm

Packs of

Model No. PS

400

4

4369.000

500

4

4370.000

600

4

4371.000

800

4

4372.000

Also required:
Adaptor rail for PS compatibility
(when mounting on the vertical enclosure section),
see page 463.
Configuration examples:
See page 458.

464

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Interior installation
Rail systems
C rails 30/15
to EN 60 715 for TS, ES
Installation options:
● On the vertical TS enclosure section
− Via snap-on nut TS 8800.808 (Fig. 1)
− Via adaptor rail for PS compatibility
● On the horizontal TS enclosure section (Fig. 2)
● On the ES system punchings
● On base configuration rail for CM
Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated

For
Length Packs
Model No. PS
enclosure width/depth
mm
of
mm
500

455

6

4943.000

600

555

6

4944.000

800

755

6

4945.000

1000

955

6

4946.000

1200

1155

6

4947.000

Accessories:
− Cable clamps,
see page 529.
− Support bracket or spacer,
see page 474.
− Quick-assembly block,
see page 474.
− Snap-on nut M8, TS 8800.808,
see page 471.
− Adaptor rail,
see page 463.

1

2

Possible
alternative:
Rail for EMC shielding bracket and strain relief,
see page 498.

C rails
for DK-TS, CS Toptec
For direct mounting on the vertical enclosure
section. Thanks to the universally designed
attachment piece, the C rails may optionally be
attached to the inner or outer level of the TS 8
frame.
Material:
Sheet steel

For
Length Packs
Model No. DK
enclosure width/depth
mm
of
mm
400

298

4

7828.040

500

398

4

7828.050

600

498

4

7828.060

800

698

4

7828.080

1000

898

4

7828.100

1200

1098

4

7828.120

Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

C rails
for DK-TS
Installation options:
● On the horizontal enclosure sections
● On the vertical TS enclosure section
− Via adaptor rail for PS compatibility
Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Accessories:
Cable clamps,
see page 529.

For
Length Packs
Model No. DK
enclosure width/depth
mm
of
mm
400

290

6

7091.000

600

490

6

7095.000

800

690

6

7096.000

1000

890

6

7100.000

1200

1090

6

7102.000

Also required:
Adaptor rail for PS compatibility
(when mounting on the vertical enclosure section),
see page 463.
Accessories:
Cable clamps,
see page 529.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

465

Interior installation
Rail systems
System support rails
For heavy installed equipment such as transformers. T-head screw and slot in the support rail
for any mounting position.
Installation options:
● On the vertical TS enclosure section
− Via snap-on nut TS 8800.808 (Fig. 1)
− Via adaptor rail for PS compatibility
− Offset in the height, via TS punched rail
25 x 38 mm (Fig. 2)
● On the horizontal TS enclosure section
− in width
− In the depth (without mounting plate)
● On the ES system punchings
− In the enclosure depth
● On base configuration rail for CM
1

2

Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated

For
enclosure width
mm

Packs of

600

2

4361.000

800

2

4362.000

1000

2

4347.000

1200

2

4363.000

Model No. PS

Accessories:
− Width divider e.g. for the installation of
2 system support rails (for 600 mm width)
in 1200 mm wide enclosures,
see page 376.
− Snap-on nut M8, TS 8800.808,
see page 471.
− Adaptor rail,
see page 463.
− TS punched rail 25 x 38 mm,
see page 461.

Supply includes:
− 2 system support rails (45 x 25 mm)
− 4 T-head screws M12 x 60 mm
− Assembly parts

Support rails
for TS, ES, CM
For heavy installations. Particularly suitable for the
installation of base isolators.
Installation options:
● On the vertical TS enclosure section
− Via snap-on nut TS 8800.808 (Fig. 1)
− Via adaptor rail for PS compatibility
− Offset in the height, via TS punched rail
25 x 38 mm (Fig. 2)
● On the horizontal TS enclosure section
− in width
− in depth
● On the ES system punchings, in the enclosure
depth
● On base configuration rail for CM
1

2

Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated

For
enclosure
width/depth
mm

Model No. PS

Model No. TS

Packs
of

slotted

unslotted

400

4

4394.000

–

500

4

4395.000

–

600

4

4396.000

4396.500

800

4

4398.000

4398.500

Accessories:
− Snap-on nut M8, TS 8800.808,
see page 471.
− Adaptor rail,
see page 463.
− TS punched rail 25 x 38 mm,
see page 461.
Configuration examples:
See from page 453.

Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Support rail 65 x 42 mm
for TS, ES

For
enclosure width
mm

Packs of

Model No. TS

600

2

8612.960

800

2

8612.980

Benefits:
● For heavy assemblies up to 5000 N per
support rail.
Permissible static load:
10000 N per enclosure
Material:
Steel

28.5

Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

20
535/735
575/775

466

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Interior installation
Rail systems
Support rails TS 35/15
to EN 60 715 for TS, ES
Mounting on the TS vertical section via
− Snap-on nut M8, TS 8800.808,
see page 471
− Assembly block see page 463 or
− Adaptor rail, see page 463.

Support rails TS 35/7.5
and TS 35/15
to EN 60 715 for KL, KL-HD, AE
Length sized to the enclosure width

Support rails
to EN 60 715
Standard length 2 m

Mounting clip

For
enclosure
width/depth
mm

for EL
For infinite adjustment of the mounting angles in
the depth.
Material:
Sheet steel
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Model No.
PS

500

455

6

4933.000

600

555

6

4934.000

800

755

6

4935.000

1200

1155

6

4937.000

For
enclosure
width
mm

Support
rails
length
mm

150
200
300

287

400

387

10

2317.000

500

487

10

2318.000

600

587

10

2319.000

Model No.
SZ

Packs
of

Model No.
SZ

137

10

2314.000

187

10

2315.000

10

2316.000

Design

TS 35/7.5

TS 35/15

Design

Length

Packs
of

TS 35/15

2m

6

2313.150

TS 35/7.5

2m

6

2313.750

Packs of

Model No. SZ

30

2309.000

for support rails
For fast, secure attachment of:
● Cable ducts
● Mounting plates
● Mounting angles
on support rail TS 35/7.5 and TS 35/15 to
EN 60 715.
Simply pre-assemble the mounting clip on the
part to be installed, then snap into position on the
support rail.

C rails

Support rails
Packs
length
of
mm

For
centre part depth
mm

Packs of

Model No. EL

216

4

2238.0001)

316

4

2239.000

416

4

2237.000

1) Extended

delivery times.

Accessories:
Cable clamps,
see page 529.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

467

Interior installation
Rail systems
TS punched rail 17 x 17 mm

For horizontal
busbar space separation

for TS
Mounting angle with TS pitch on three sides.
Suitable for
● building an auxiliary construction for dividing
the busbar space,
● individual use as mounting frame for low and
medium loads,
● fastening to the internal or external mounting
level of the TS 8 enclosure.

For functional
space depth
mm

Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
1)

− Frame connector piece,
see page 475.
− T-connector piece,
see page 475.
− Corner connector,
see page 475.

62.5

12

9673.915

600

137.5

12

9673.920

Packs Model No.
of
SV

For functional
space height
mm

Length
mm

450 – 5001)

487.5

12

9673.953

650 – 8001)

787.5

12

9673.983

Rails should be shortened where necessary.
For vertical separation
with busbar system
in the bottom rear section

1)

Packs Model No.
of
SV

425

For vertical separation
with busbar system
in the top rear section

Material:
Sheet steel, 1.5 mm

Also required:

Length
mm

Packs Model No.
of
SV

For functional
space height
mm

Length
mm

350

412.5

12

9673.951

400

462.5

12

9673.960

450

512.5

12

9673.961

550 – 6501)

712.5

12

9673.981

700 – 8001)

862.5

12

9673.995

Rails should be shortened where necessary.
For external mounting level
Packs Model No.
of
SV

For enclosure
width/depth
mm

Length
mm

400

262.5

12

9673.940

500

362.5

12

9673.950

600

462.5

12

9673.960

For internal mounting level

468

Packs Model No.
of
SV

For enclosure
width/depth
mm

Length
mm

400

312.5

12

9673.941

500

412.5

12

9673.951

600

512.5

12

9673.961

800

712.5

12

9673.981

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Interior installation
Rail systems
C rails
for cable chamber enclosures
For attaching cables and lines and for mounting
stacking insulators.
Material:
Sheet steel

For TS enclosures
width/depth
mm

Length (L) Packs
Model No. SV
mm
of

600

600

4

9660.210

800

800

4

9660.220

Supply includes:
− 4 C rails
− 8 brackets
− Assembly parts
L

Punched sections
with mounting flanges
for coupling section
For assembling a Maxi-PLS or Flat-PLS busbar
system directly beneath or above the circuitbreaker. This punched section with mounting
flange may be used without conflict in conjunction with the compartment space side panel
modules. It is attached to the outer level of the
TS 8 enclosure system, but thanks to the PS
punchings allows a mounting level as in the roof
or base frame, thereby facilitating the use of busbar system attachment for the roof/base section.

For TS enclosures
width/depth
mm

Packs
of

Model No.
SV

600

2

9674.056

800

2

9674.058

Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Mounting plates
Locatable
on
● the vertical TS enclosure section
● TS punched section with mounting flange,
17 x 73 mm
● at the rear on the TE 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting
frame

Packs of

Model No. TS

4

8612.400

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly screws.

Mounting plates
Screw-fastened, large
On all enclosures and mounting parts with system
punchings on a 25 mm pitch pattern.
Material:
Sheet steel

Packs of

Model No. TS

4

8612.410

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly screws.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

469

Interior installation
Rail systems
Mounting plates
Screw-fastened, small
Material:
Sheet steel

Packs of

Model No. PS

4

4532.000

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly screws.

Mounting plate TS
with integral top-hat rail
For direct snap-mounting of components such as
speed control, enclosure internal thermostat and
hygrostat.

Packs of

Model No. DK

1

7526.964

Packs of

Model No. PS

4

4597.000

Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Mounting plate (mounting accessories included).

Mounting bracket
May be screw-fastened onto all enclosures and
mounting parts with system punchings on a
25 mm pitch pattern.
Material:
Sheet steel

Accessories:
− Screws,
see page 478.
− Cable tie for fast assembly SZ 2597.000,
see page 530.

Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly screws.

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

Mounting bracket
for interior installation
For installing punched sections with mounting
flanges and support strips in:
● Comfort Panel horizontal/vertical from 74 mm
installation depth

Packs of

Model No. CP

4

6205.100

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

or for installing in:
● Optipanel from an installation depth of 100 mm
Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.
Comfort Panel
Front plate width 482.6 mm (19˝)
Punched sections with mounting
flanges
Support strips

470

Horizontal
Vertical
Horizontal
Vertical

Page

8612.150

459

4695.000

462

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Interior installation
Assembly components
Snap-on nut TS
Metric thread for vertical TS enclosure section.
To install, insert into slot and clip into position.
The snap-on nut is then secure. By tightening the
screw, it is securely tightened against the section,
and potential equalisation is automatically created.
Installation options:
● On the vertical TS enclosure section
− with metric thread M6 or M8
− the alternative to metal screws
− particularly well-suited for dynamically loaded
connections.

Thread

Packs of

Model No. TS

M6

20

8800.806

M8

20

8800.808

Accessories:
Multi-tooth screw M6 x 12 or M8 x 12,
see page 478.

Material:
Precision-cast stainless steel
Accessories for interior installation
1 Support rails,

1

2

3

4

see page 466
2 Cable clamp rails,

see page 527

3 C rails 30/15,

see page 465
4 System support rails,

see page 466

5 TS punched rail 25 x 38 mm,

see page 461

5

Adaptor bracket TS
For external mounting of
● System lights
● Cable ducts
on the vertical TS enclosure section.

Packs of

Model No. TS

6

8800.360

Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly screws.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

471

Interior installation
Assembly components
Mounting bracket TS
Offers variable mounting options for the punched
rail 23 x 23 mm, e.g. for supporting external
surfaces or creating an additional internal level.
Material:
Die-cast zinc
Supply includes:
24 screws 5.5 x 13 mm.

Packs of

Model No. TS

24

8800.370

Accessories:
U nuts (recommendation: M6),
see page 477.

Installation options:
● On the vertical TS enclosure section
− flush with the outer edge of the enclosure or
− flush with the enclosure clearance width.

1 Support of the external surfaces with two

1

mounting options:
● Without mounting plate (photo)
● With mounting plate (drawing)

Two installation options for the inner mounting
level:

2

2 If there is no divider panel fitted.

3 With a divider panel fitted, and without or with

3

a mounting plate in a set forward position.

Mounting bracket PS
For variable attachment of punched rail
23 x 23 mm.
Installation options:
● Optionally flush with:
− Outer enclosure edge or
− Enclosure clearance width
● On the vertical TS enclosure section via
− Adaptor rail for PS compatibility,
see page 463
● On the horizontal TS enclosure section
● On enclosures and rails with rectangular
system punching 12.5 x 10.5 mm.

Packs of

Model No. PS

24 set

4182.000

Also required:
− U nuts for punched rails (recommended: M6),
see page 477.
− Multi-tooth screws M6 x 12 mm,
see page 478.

Material:
Die-cast zinc
Supply includes:
1 set =
1 mounitng bracket,
1 screw M6 x 12 mm,
1 cage nut M6.

472

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Interior installation
Assembly components
Angle bracket PS
For quick attachment of punched rails
23 x 23 mm.
Installation options:
● On the vertical TS enclosure section via
− Adaptor rail for PS compatibility,
see page 463
● On the horizontal TS enclosure section
● On enclosures and rails with rectangular
system punching 12.5 x 10.5 mm.

Packs of

Model No. PS

12 set

4181.000

Also required:
− U nuts for punched rails (recommended: M6),
see page 477.
− Multi-tooth screws M6 x 12 mm,
see page 478.

Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
1 set =
1 angle bracket, left,
1 angle bracket, right,
2 metal screws 5.5 x 13 mm.

Support bracket TS
For the attachment of punched sections without
mounting flange 23 x 73 mm or punched rails
23 x 23 mm.
Installation options:
● On the vertical TS enclosure section
− on a 25 mm pitch pattern
− in 2 mm increments.
Material:
Die-cast zinc

Packs of

Model No. TS

6 set

8800.330

Also required:
− U nuts for punched rails (recommended: M6),
see page 477.
− Multi-tooth screws M6 x 12 mm,
see page 478.

Supply includes:
1 set =
1 support bracket,
1 stay,
3 metal screws 5.5 x 13 mm.

Support bracket PS
For the attachment of punched sections without
mounting flange 23 x 73 mm or punched rails
23 x 23 mm.
Installation options:
● On the vertical TS enclosure section via
− Snap-on nut TS 8800.806,
see page 471 or
− Adaptor rail for PS compatibility,
see page 463
● On the horizontal TS enclosure section
● On enclosures and rails with rectangular
system punching 12.5 x 10.5 mm.

Packs of

Model No. PS

24 set

4183.000

Also required:
− U nuts for punched rails (recommended: M6),
see page 477.
− Multi-tooth screws M6 x 12 mm,
see page 478.
− Adaptor rail for PS compatibility (when
mounting on the vertical enclosure section),
see page 463.

Material:
Die-cast zinc
Supply includes:
1 set =
1 support bracket,
2 countersunk screws,
2 serrated lock washers.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

473

Interior installation
Assembly components
Bracket/spacer
For fastening C rails, punched rails or cable
clamp rails (angle section). On the sides,
to accommodate square sections or tubes
(Ø 20 mm).
Attachment points with M8 thread.
Installation options:
● On the vertical TS enclosure section via
− Snap-on nut TS 8800.808,
see page 471, or
− Adaptor rail for PS compatibility,
see page 463
● On the horizontal TS enclosure section
● On enclosures and rails with rectangular
system punching 12.5 x 10.5 mm.

Packs of

Model No. TS

6 set

4199.000

Accessories:
Angle piece TS 4134.000,
see page 474.

Material:
Die-cast zinc
Supply includes:
1 set =
1 bracket/spacer,
2 screws M8 x 16 mm,
2 spring lock washers,
2 cage nuts M8,
2 serrated lock washers,
2 metal screws.

Quick-assembly block

Packs of

Model No. TS

For a variety of installation options.

12

4133.000

Packs of

Model No. TS

12 set

4134.000

Installation options:
● On the vertical TS enclosure section via
− Snap-on nut TS 8800.808,
see page 471, or
− Adaptor rail for PS compatibility,
see page 463
● On the horizontal TS enclosure section
● On enclosures and rails with rectangular
system punching 12.5 x 10.5 mm.
Material:
Die-cast zinc
Supply includes:
− 12 quick-assembly blocks
− 12 threaded blocks M8
− 24 screws M8 x 12 mm
− 24 square nuts M8

Angle piece
For assembling punched rails and mounting
surfaces with a 45° incline.
Installation options:
● On the vertical TS enclosure section via
− Snap-on nut TS 8800.806,
see page 471 or
− Adaptor rail for PS compatibility,
see page 463
● On the horizontal TS enclosure section
● On enclosures and rails with rectangular
system punching 12.5 x 10.5 mm.
Material:
− Angle pieces: Die-cast zinc
− Insulating pieces: Plastic
Supply includes:
1 set =
1 angle piece,
1 insulating piece,
1 insulating screw,
2 assembly screws,
1 threaded block M6.

474

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Interior installation
Assembly components
Frame connector piece
for TS punched rail 17 x 17 mm
Mounting part with integral M4 threads for attaching the TS punched rail 17 x 17 mm to the horizontal and vertical TS frame section (external
level). The frame adaptor piece can be used as a
self-holding construction aid in the TS pitch and
fastened with a screw to the frame. Can also be
used for fastening other sections with TS pitch.

Packs of

Model No. SV

24

9673.901

Packs of

Model No. SV

24

9673.903

Packs of

Model No. SV

10

9673.902

Material:
Die-cast zinc
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

T-connector piece
for TS punched rail 17 x 17 mm
Mounting piece with integral M4 threaded holes
for attaching the TS punched rail 17 x 17 mm
● to horizontal and vertical TS chassis
● to TS punched rail 17 x 17 mm
● to the vertical TS frame section (internal level).
The T-connector piece can be used as a self-holding construction aid in the TS pitch and fastened
with a screw to the frame. Can also be used for
fastening other sections with TS pitch.
Material:
Die-cast zinc
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Corner connector
for TS punched rail 17 x 17 mm
Mounting part with integral M4 threads for connecting two TS punched rails 17 x 17 mm at an
angle of 90° across the corner. Required for building the auxiliary construction for the busbar space
separation.
Material:
Die-cast zinc
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

475

Interior installation
Assembly components
Universal bracket

Packs of

Model No. SZ

6

2373.000

For installing
● Enclosure lights in
− Compact enclosures AE
● Door-operated switches in
− Compact enclosures AE
− TopConsole system TP
● Cable conduit holders SZ 2593.000 and
SZ 2591.000 in
− Compact enclosures AE
● Support rails for terminals in
− Command panels and command panel
housings with door.
Mounting screws are concealed when the door
is closed. Existing holes for mounting blocks or
hinges may be used with AE.

Ø 4.2
8

28

Material:
Sheet steel, zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.
45

Rail mounting bracket
For individual rail mounting.
Material:
Sheet steel, zinc-plated

Rail mounting bracket

Packs of

Model No. SZ

flat

20

2365.000

inclined

20

2366.000

35
M5

47

35°

30

M6
Ø7

Ø7

60

60

73

81

Mounting block
for AE
As an accessory for additional interior installation,
e.g. mounting of cable ties, PS punched rails,
top hat rails and C rails (e.g. for a second pair of
mounting angles).

Packs of

Model No. SZ

20

2574.000

Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

476

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Interior installation
Assembly components
U nuts
For
● Punched rail 23 x 23 mm
● Punched section without mounting flange,
23 x 73 mm
● Punched section without mounting flange,
45 x 88 mm
● Punched section with mounting flange,
23 x 73 mm
For mounting punched rails and punched sections without mounting flanges on angle brackets,
mounting brackets and support brackets, we
recommend U nuts with M6 thread (PS 4179.000).

Captive nuts/threaded blocks
Installation options:
On enclosures and rails with rectangular system
punching 12.5 x 10.5 mm, such as:
● TS enclosure section
− vertically, via adaptor rail for PS compatibility
− horizontally, direct
● ES enclosure body, all-round
● Punched rail 23 x 23 mm
● Punched section without mounting flange,
23 x 73 mm
● Punched section without mounting flange,
45 x 88 mm
● Punched section with mounting flange,
23 x 73 mm

Captive nuts
The compression spring, designed as an insertion aid, ensures reliable mechanical and electrical connection in the system punchings.

Threaded block
With snap-off insertion aid, die-cast zinc.

Captive nuts
The nuts are inserted from the same side as
screw-fastening takes place. Consequently,
attachment points in the same height or width may
also be used around corners.
The spring cage also ensures electrical connection in the system punchings.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Thread

Packs of

Model No. PS

M4

20

4119.000

M5

20

4157.000

M6

20

4179.000

M8

20

4180.000

Accessories:
Multi-tooth screws M6 x 12 mm, (for PS 4179.000),
see page 478.

Possible
alternative:
On the vertical TS enclosure section
TS snap-on nuts, see page 471.

Thread

Packs of

Model No. TS

M5

50

4166.000

M6

50

4164.000

M8

50

4165.000

Thread

Packs of

Model No. TS

M6

50

4162.000

M8

50

4163.000

Thread

Packs of

Model No. TS

M6

50

8800.340

M8

50

8800.350

477

Interior installation
Assembly components
Spring nut M5
For
● Comfort Panel from an installation depth of
74 mm
● Optipanel from an installation depth of 100 mm
● Compact Panel
The spring ensures reliable protection against
unintentional displacement.
Further interior installation, e.g. with mounting
bracket PS 4597.000 (see page 470) or mounting
bracket CP 6205.100 (see page 470).

Packs of

Model No. CP

50

6108.000

Packs of

Model No. KS

20

1482.000

Material:
Sheet steel, zinc-plated

Threaded inserts M6
for KS
For securing installed equipment to the moulded
bosses in the door and in the enclosure rear
panel.
Screw length available for insertion: 8 mm.

Multi-tooth screws
M6 x 12 to fit:
● Snap-on nuts (TS 8800.806)
● U nuts for punched rails (PS 4179.000)
● Captive nuts (PS 4164.000)
● Threaded blocks (TS 4162.000)

Multi-tooth drive for optimum transmission of
torques, an extended tool life and increased
safety and reliability when tightening and loosening screw connections.
Dimensions
mm

Packs
of

Model No.
SZ

Multi-tooth screws

M6 x 12
M8 x 12

300
300

2504.500
2504.800

Metal multi-tooth screws

Metal multi-tooth
screws

5.5 x 13

300

2486.500

For the round holes 4.5 mm diameter in the
enclosure section, punched rails and punched
sections without mounting flanges.

Metal multi-tooth
screws for stainless
steel

5 x 13

300

2486.300

● Hex screws
● Posidrive raised
countersunk
screws
● Pan-head screws,
posidrive
● Multi-tooth
pan-head screws

M5 x 10
M5 x 12

500
500

2504.000
2488.000

M5 x 12

500

2489.000

M5 x 12

500

2489.500

Self-tapping screws

ST 4.8 x 16

300

2487.000

M8 x 12 to fit:
● Snap-on nuts (TS 8800.808)

Type of screw

Self-tapping screws:

Self-tapping screws
For the round holes 4.5 mm diameter in the
enclosure section, punched rails and punched
sections without mounting flanges.

Self-tapping screws
Mark, drill and tighten in a single operation using
electric or pneumatic tools.
For metal thickness: 0.8 – 3 mm
Length: 16 mm
Usable length: 9.5 mm
Width across flats: 8 mm

478

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Interior installation
Assembly components
TS adaptor for wiring systems
Adaptor rail for the Lütze LSC wiring system.
Supply includes:
1 set =
6 adaptor rails,
24 spring lock washers,
24 metal screws 5.5 x 13 mm.

For
enclosure depth
mm

Packs of

500

Model No. TS
8800.150

600

1 set

800

8800.160
8800.180

Note:
Mounting parts for the LCS wiring system not
included with the supply.

Installation kit for the Moeller MR 25 wiring
system.
Supply includes:
1 set =
2 baying clamps,
4 mounting rails, assembly parts.

Kit
for separate frame TS
Every TS 8 frame is easily converted to a rack
suitable for dismantling. To this end, the frame
sections in the roof and base frame are separated, optionally in the width or depth. The four
connection components are inserted into the
frame section and screw-fastened. The external
dimensions of the frame remain unchanged.

For
enclosure depth
mm

Packs of

Model No. TS

400

1 set

8800.240

Packs of

Model No. DK

4

7829.400

Supply includes:
Assembly parts.
Note:
The maximum achievable IP protection category
is restricted by separation of the frame.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

479

Interior installation
Component shelves for frame attachment
Component shelf
for frame attachment

Material:
Sheet steel

Enclosure width 600 and 800 mm for TS
For installation in enclosures without 482.6 mm
(19˝) accommodation.
Max. depth of component shelves =
Enclosure depth – 100 mm.

Colour:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Technical specifications:
− Mounting bolts or mounting rails may be
installed on a 25 mm pitch pattern in the
enclosure depth.
− Mounting hole for handles provided.

4
3

1
2

1 Fastening bolts

Enclosure width 600 mm
Load capacity kg
(static surface load)

50

50

50

50

100

100

100

100

Component shelf depth mm

400

500

600

700

400

500

600

700

Component shelf height mm

29

29

29

29

45

45

45

45

Model No. DK, slotted

7164.035 7165.035 7166.035 7166.735 7464.035 7465.035 7466.035 7466.735

Model No. DK, unslotted

7264.035 7265.035 7266.035

–

–

–

–

–

2 Mounting rails
3 Installation kit
4 Telescopic slides

Enclosure width 800 mm
Load capacity kg
(static surface load)

50

50

50

50

100

100

100

100

Component shelf depth mm

400

500

600

700

400

500

600

700

Component shelf height mm

29

29

29

29

45

45

45

45

Model No. DK, slotted

7184.035 7185.035 7186.035 7186.735 7484.035 7485.035 7486.035 7486.735

Also required:
TS punched section
with mounting flange,
17 x 73 mm, as installation kit for enclosure
depth, see page 459

500 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050 8612.050
600 8612.060 8612.060 8612.060 8612.060 8612.060 8612.060 8612.060 8612.060
800 8612.080 8612.080 8612.080 8612.080 8612.080 8612.080 8612.080 8612.080
1000 8612.000 8612.000 8612.000 8612.000 8612.000 8612.000 8612.000 8612.000
1200 8612.020 8612.020 8612.020 8612.020 8612.020 8612.020 8612.020 8612.020

Accessories:
Telescopic slides,
see page 489

7061.000 7081.000 7161.000 7161.700 7064.000 7065.000 7066.000 7066.700

Handles for component shelves,
see page 490

3636.010 3636.010 3636.010 3636.010 3636.010 3636.010 3636.010 3636.010

Hinged cable support

see page 490

Component shelf, pull-out

For enclosures1)

for TS, PC-TS, IW
For direct mounting on the vertical TS enclosure
section.

Width
mm

Load capacity:
40 kg surface load, static
Material:
Sheet steel

Depth
mm

Support area
Width
mm

Depth
mm

Model No.
IW

600

600

465

545

6902.9602)

600

800

465

745

6902.980

1) For

enclosures without a mounting plate.
2) May also be installed in 800 mm deep enclosures
based on TS (pull-out rear attachment).

Colour:
RAL 7015
Supply includes:
2 telescopic slides.

480

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Interior installation
Component shelves for frame attachment
Component shelf,
static installation

For enclosures
Depth mm

600

600

600

800

7828.680

600

1000

7828.6001)

800

600

7828.680

800

800

7828.880

800

1000

7828.800

for TS
Locate the mounting pieces in the frame and
attach the component shelf. Attachment in the
TS enclosure section offers the greatest possible
support surface.
Dimensions:
− Height: 25 mm
− Width: Enclosure width minus 44 mm
− Depth: Enclosure depth minus 44 mm
Load capacity:
75 kg surface load, static
Material:
Sheet steel

Model No. DK

Width mm

1) Extended

7828.660

delivery times.

Note:
− Combined use with vertically divided doors
is not possible.
− Not suitable for combination with telescopic
slides.

Colour:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Component shelf,
static installation
for TS, PC-TS, IW
prepared for fan expansion kit
For direct mounting on the vertical TS enclosure
section. Simply located into 4 pre-fitted screws
and secure.
Load capacity:
40 kg surface load, static
Material:
Sheet steel

For enclosures1)

Support area

Model No.
PC

Width
mm

Depth
mm

Width
mm

Depth
mm

600

600

507

550

8800.900

600

800

507

750

8800.910

1) For

enclosures without a mounting plate.

Accessories:
Fan expansion kit DK 7980.XXX,
see page 222.

Colour:
RAL 7015
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Drawer tray
pull-out
For enclosures with TS frame construction in
series IW, PC-TS.
Width 600 mm and depth 600 – 800 mm.
Tray height: 83 mm

Packs of

Model No. IW

1

6902.700

Load capacity:
40 kg surface load, static
Material:
Sheet steel
Colour:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
2 telescopic slides.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

481

Interior installation
Component shelves for attachment to the 482.6 mm (19˝) section
Component shelf,
482.6 mm (19˝) installation

Also required:
− Adaptor for L-shaped mounting angles TS,
see page 488.
− Installation kit, depth-variable, for installation
on mounting frames and L-shaped mounting
angles, see page 488.

Enclosures with two 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting
levels
Depending on their depth, the component shelves
have several attachment points, so the distance
between the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles is
variable within certain limits. Each component
shelf secured in this way can be retrospectively
upgraded to full withdrawal using telescopic
slides. For this purpose, the telescopic slides are
screw-fastened in place of the spacers.

Possible
alternative:
Component shelves, heavy-duty,
for 482.6 mm (19˝) installation,
see page 483 – 484.

Load capacity:
50 kg surface load, static

T
200 (T 500)

Material:
Sheet steel

100
50

50

29

Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

T = Depth
Component shelf width mm

409

409

409

409

409

409

409

409

Component shelf depth mm

300

400

500

600

700

500

600

700

Distance between levels (X)
Colour

348/448/ 448/548/ 548/648/ 348/448/ 448/548/ 548/648/
498
598
698
498
598
698

298

348/398

RAL 7035











–

–

–

RAL 9005

–

–

–

–

–







Model No. DK

7143.035 7144.035 7145.035 7145.635 7145.735 7145.005 7145.605 7145.705

Accessories:
Telescopic slides for 50 kg,
see page 489

7051.000 7061.000 7081.000 7161.000 7161.700 7081.000 7161.000 7161.700

Handles for component shelf,
see page 490

3636.010 3636.010 3636.010 3636.010 3636.010 3636.010 3636.010 3636.010

Hinged cable support

see page 490

For TS:
Note for installation in network enclosures
based on TS, cranked mounting angle:
The component shelves are mounted on the sides
of the 482.6 mm (19˝) cranked mounting angles
with spacers on a U pitch pattern.

For TS:
Note for installation in network enclosures
based on TS, L-shaped mounting angle:
If L-shaped mounting angles are used,
adaptor DK 7827.300 is required, see page 488.
X

X
2

2
3
1

1

For TE, TS, 482.6 mm (19˝) system punchings:
Note for installation between two mounting
frames or L-shaped mounting angles:
May be mounted directly on the 482.6 mm (19˝)
system punchings using the depth-variable installation kit, see page 488.

1 Spacers
2 Telescopic slides
3 Adaptor
4 Installation kit, depth-variable
X Distance between angles

4

2

482

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Interior installation
Component shelves for attachment to the 482.6 mm (19˝) section
Component shelf,
static installation
on the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame
for TE, TS
The component shelf is attached directly to the
front and rear 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles.
Load capacity:
30 kg surface load, static
Material:
Sheet steel

Width
mm

Height
mm

Depth
mm

Distance
between
482.6 mm (19˝)
levels
mm

Model No.
DK

511

22

413

495

7000.620

Note:
Not suitable for combination with telescopic
slides.

Colour:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Component shelf, heavy-duty
for network enclosures TS
with cranked mounting angles
For static installation between two 482.6 mm (19˝)
mounting levels.
The component shelf is located directly onto the
cranked mounting angles.
Zinc-plated version:
Load capacity:
75 kg surface load, static
Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.
Spray-finished version:
Load capacity:
100 kg surface load, static
Material:
Sheet steel
Colour:
RAL 7035

Zinc-plated version:

Width
mm

Dimensions
Height
mm

Depth
mm

Distance
between
levels (X)
mm

Model No.
DK

452.5

20

478

498

7828.950

452.5

20

578

598

7828.960

452.5

20

678

698

7828.970

Spray-finished version:
Dimensions

X

Width
mm

Height
mm

Depth
mm

Distance
between
levels (X)
mm

453

44

470

498

Model No.
DK
7145.535

Note:
Not suitable for combination with telescopic
slides.
Possible
alternative:
Component shelf, heavy-duty, for 482.6 mm (19˝)
configuration, see page 484, may be combined
with telescopic slides, see page 489.

Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

483

Interior installation
Component shelves for attachment to the 482.6 mm (19˝) section
Component shelf, heavy-duty
for network enclosures TS with L-shaped
mounting angles
For static installation between two 482.6 mm (19˝)
mounting levels.
The component shelf is located directly onto the
L-shaped mounting angles.
Load capacity:
75 kg surface load, static
X

Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated

Width
mm

Dimensions
Height
mm

Depth
mm

Distance
between
levels (X)
mm

Model No.
DK

507.5

20

480

498

7828.951

507.5

20

580

598

7828.961

507.5

20

680

698

7828.971

Note:
Not suitable for combination with telescopic
slides.
Possible
alternative:

Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Component shelf, heavy-duty, for 482.6 mm (19˝)
configuration, see page 484, may be combined
with telescopic slides, see page 489.

Component shelf, heavy-duty

Colour: RAL 7035

482.6 mm (19˝)
for TE, TS
● L-shaped mounting angles
● Mounting frame 482.6 mm (19˝)
Load capacity:
100 kg surface load, static
Material:
Sheet steel
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Width
mm

Height
mm

Depth
mm

Model No.

409

45

500

7063.895

409

45

700

7063.897

Colour: RAL 9005
Width
mm

Height
mm

Depth
mm

Model No.

409

45

500

7063.8351)

45

700

7063.837

409
1) Extended

delivery times.

Also required:
Installation kit, depth-variable DK 7063.890,
see page 488.
Accessories:
− Telescopic slides (100 kg) for 482.6 mm (19˝)
component shelf, see page 489.
− Handles for component shelf, see page 490.

484

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Interior installation
Component shelves for attachment to the 482.6 mm (19˝) punchings
Component shelf 2 U
482.6 mm (19˝) for 482.6 mm (19˝)
system punchings
Suitable for installation in all enclosures with only
one 482.6 mm (19˝) recess and all swing frames
with flange mounting, 482.6 mm (19˝).
Load capacity:
25 kg surface load, static
Material:
Sheet steel

Width
mm

Depth
mm

Model No. DK

390

300

7148.035

Accessories:
− Telescopic slides for component shelf,
see page 489.
− Handles for component shelf,
see page 490.

Colour:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Component shelf 1 U,
depth-variable
482.6 mm (19˝) for 482.6 mm (19˝) system
punchings
For mounting between the front and rear 482.6 mm
(19˝) levels. The component shelf is infinitely
depth-adjustable from 488 mm to 750 mm.

Distance between levels
mm

Model No. VR

488 – 750

3861.580

Note:
Not suitable for combination with telescopic
slides.

Load capacity:
50 kg surface load, static
Material:
Sheet steel
Colour:
RAL 7035

Component shelf 1/2 U,
depth-variable
482.6 mm (19˝) for 482.6 mm (19˝) system
punchings
For mounting between the front and rear 482.6 mm
(19˝) levels. The component shelf is infinitely
depth-adjustable from 488 mm to 750 mm.
Load capacity:
50 kg surface load, static
Material:
Sheet steel

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Distance
between levels
mm

Colour

400 – 600

RAL 7035

7063.710

600 – 900

RAL 7035

7063.720

600 – 900

RAL 9005

7063.725

Model No. DK

Note:
Not suitable for combination with telescopic
slides.

485

Interior installation
Component shelves for attachment to the 482.6 mm (19˝) punchings
Component shelf,
complete set, pull-out
482.6 mm (19˝) for 482.6 mm (19˝) system
punchings
Tailored to the distance between levels in enclosures as per their supplied state of 495 mm, this
complete set contains a vented component shelf,
telescopic slides and a mounting kit for direct
attachment.
The mounting kit also offers depth-variable attachment within 395 – 645 mm on a 25 mm pitch pattern.

Base depth
mm

Packs of

Model No. DK

500

1 set

7000.625

Accessories:
Handles for component shelf,
see page 490.

Load capacity:
50 kg, static
Material:
Base: Sheet steel
Surface finish:
− Base: Spray-finished
− Mounting kit/telescopic slides: Zinc-plated
Colour:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
− 1 component shelf
− Telescopic slides
− Installation kit

Component shelf 1 U,
static installation
482.6 mm (19˝)/535 mm (metric) for
482.6 mm (19˝) system punchings
The ideal support surface for small active
components such as modems or mini-hubs in
482.6 mm (19˝) or metric levels.
Load capacity:
10 kg surface load, static
Material:
Sheet steel
Colour:
RAL 7035

486

Component
shelf depth
mm

482.6 mm (19˝)

Metric

140

7119.140

7119.1551)

1) Extended

Model No. DK

delivery times.

Note:
Not suitable for combination with telescopic
slides.
Also required:
− Captive nuts,
see page 477.
− Screws,
see page 478.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Interior installation
Component shelves for attachment to the 482.6 mm (19˝) punchings
Component shelf 2 U,
static installation
482.6 mm (19˝)/535 mm (metric)
for 482.6 mm (19˝)/metric system punchings
If only one 482.6 mm (19˝) or metric mounting
level is available for mounting a component shelf,
this variant offers a particularly cost-effective solution.
Load capacity:
25 kg surface load, static
Material:
Sheet steel
Colour:
RAL 7035

Component
shelf depth
mm

482.6 mm
(19˝)

Metric

Model No.
DK

250



–

7119.250

400



–

7119.400

250

–



7119.255

400

–



7119.455

Also required:
− Captive nuts,
see page 477.
− Screws,
see page 478.

Note:
Not suitable for combination with telescopic
slides.

Utility table
for location in the 482.6 mm (19˝) level
for 482.6 mm (19˝) system punchings
The utility table may be attached directly between
the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles without any
additional assembly work. The utility table has a
height of 3 U and a support area of 450 x 295 mm;
it can be used as a support for measuring devices
or splicing equipment during maintenance and
wiring work.

Support surface mm

Model No. DK

450 x 295

7183.100

Note:
Installation in enclosures with a TS trim frame is
not possible.

Material:
Sheet steel
Colour:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Shelf
for AE with pull-out frame
The vented shelf is inserted into the pull-out frame
of wall-mounted distributor DK 7644.000 and may
additionally be screw-fastened. In this way, an
additional support surface can be created with
very little effort. Captive nuts may be clipped into
the punchings of the frame, even after the shelf
has been inserted.

Width mm

Depth mm

Model No. DK

430

195

7644.400

Extended delivery times.

Material:
Sheet steel
Colour:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

487

Interior installation
Installation kits for component shelves
TS punched section with
mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm

Installation
in enclosure depth
mm

Packs of

Model No. TS

as installation kit for component shelves
Simply locate and secure. One pack is sufficient
for 2 component shelves.

500

4

8612.050

600

4

8612.060

800

4

8612.080

Load capacity:
100 kg surface load, static

1000

4

8612.000

1200

4

8612.020

Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Installation kit, depth-variable
for 482.6 mm (19˝) component shelf
In conjunction with
● L-shaped mounting angles or
● Mounting frame 482.6 mm (19˝)
Infinitely adjustable to the spacing between the
two pairs of 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles.
Suitable for all 482.6 mm (19˝) component shelves
in 409 mm width.
Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated

Length mm

Load capacity

U

390 – 590

50 kg

1

7063.858

490 – 710

100 kg

1.5

7063.8921)

Model No. DK

590 – 790

50 kg

1

7063.860

706.5 – 1006.5

100 kg

1.5

7063.890

1)

Max. depth of component shelves: 500 mm

Accessories:
Telescopic slides,
see page 489.

Supply includes:
1 set =
2 mounting rails including assembly parts.

Adaptor for L-shaped
mounting angles

Packs of

Model No. DK

4

7827.300

for TS network enclosures
For mounting component shelves and slide rails
on L-shaped mounting angles.
Material:
Sheet steel
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Installation kit
for component shelves and drawers,
with 482.6 mm (19˝) installation in TS
For installation between the front and rear adaptor sections or adaptor pieces, 482.6 mm (19˝) in
600 mm wide enclosures.
Material:
Sheet steel, zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

488

For
enclosure depth
mm

Packs of

Model No. TS

600

1 set

8800.560

800

1 set

8800.580

Max. depth of component shelves =
Enclosure depth minus 100 mm.

Also required:
− Mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝),
see page 551.
− Adaptor pieces, 482.6 mm (19˝),
see page 552.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Interior installation
Accessories for component shelves
Side parts 3 U
for static installation of component shelves,
482.6 mm (19˝)
For the attachment of component shelves to a
single pair of 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles.
The component shelves are screw-fastened to the
3 U side part.
Either one or two component shelves may be
secured.
Load capacity:
30 kg surface load, static

Depth of
For
Component
Model No.
side parts component shelf shelf depth
DK
mm
DK
mm
400

7143.035

300

400

7144.035

400

400

7145.035

500

7147.035

Note:
Component shelves, 482.6 mm (19˝),
see page 482.

Material:
Sheet steel
Colour:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
2 side parts.
Note:
Not suitable for combination with telescopic
slides.

Telescopic slides
for component shelves
Fixed component shelves are easily converted
to full withdrawal. For this purpose, the existing
fastening bolts or mounting rails (heavy-duty
version) are exchanged for the telescopic slides.
Technical specifications:
For installation and locking on a 25 mm pitch
pattern in the enclosure depth.
Load capacity:
50 kg/100 kg per set
Material:
Sheet steel, zinc-plated

Load capacity 50 kg
For
component shelf depth
mm

Packs of

Model No. DK

300

2

7051.000

400

2

7061.000

500

2

7081.000

600

2

7161.000

700

2

7161.700

3
Load capacity 100 kg
For
component shelf depth
mm

Packs of

Model No. DK

400

2

7064.000

500

2

7065.000

600

2

7066.000

700

2

7066.700

2
1

1 Fastening bolts
2 Mounting rails
3 Telescopic slides

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

489

Interior installation
Accessories for component shelves
Cable support

For enclosure depth mm

Model No. DK

< 600

7163.500

> 600

7163.550

For enclosure depth mm

Model No. DK

< 600

7163.560

> 600

7163.565

hinged, with clamp
For secure routing of connection cables from the
component shelf to the clamping point.
The attachment may be released on both sides
thanks to clamps.
Material:
Sheet steel, zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Cable support
hinged, with anti-kink device and clamp
For secure routing of connection cables from the
component shelf to the clamping point. Kink-free
cable routing in the central part via mobile chain
links. The attachment may be released on both
sides, thanks to clamps.
Material:
− Sheet steel, zinc-plated
− Centre part: Plastic
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Handles
for pull-out component shelves
The component shelves are prepared for the
attachment of handles.

Packs of

Model No. RP

2

3636.010

Packs of

Model No. DK

4

7115.000

Material:
Die-cast zinc
Surface finish:
Spray-finished, silver-grey
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Fastening bolts
for slotted component shelves
For non-slip attachment of your components.
The bolts are screwed into the slots of the component shelf support surface. Consequently, they
are infinitely adjustable and can be adapted to
suit any appliance.

490

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Interior installation
System lights
System lights
● for direct attachment in all large enclosures
● for mounting on compact enclosures,
wall-mounted enclosures and in the console
system with system accessories.

Accessories:

Protection category:
IP 20 to IEC 60 529

− Adaptor bracket,
see page 471.
− Universal bracket,
see page 476.
− Rail for interior installation,
see page 459.

Technical comparison/equipment
Page
Voltage
supply

Installation
type

Mounting
options

LED
system
light
494

492

493







–

120 V AC, 60 Hz



–

–

–

–

230 V AC, 50 Hz



–

–

–

–

24 V DC

–

–

–





–







–





–

–

–

Compact fluorescent lamp, base G24q-3

–

–



–

–

Fluorescent lamp T5

–

–

–



–

LEDs, cold white

–

–

–

–



II (all-insulated)

–

–

–



–

III (SELV)

–

–

–

–



Screw-fastening











Clip attachment

–

–

–





Magnetic attachment (accessory)

–

–

–





TS roof frame
(horizontal
section)

direct











with adaptor bracket







–

–

direct

–

–

–





with universal bracket







–

–

with magnetic
attachment

–

–

–





TS
vertical section

with rail for interior
installation

Infeed/connection cable







–

–







3)



Door-operated switch





–





Through-wiring
(series connection of several lights)







–


–1)

UL/cUL

2)

–

2)

2)

ENEC

2)



–

2)

–

–

–

2)

–

–

Light cover

–









Light cone adjustment

–

–



–



Integral sockets, earthing-pin

2)





–

–

Integral sockets, USA

2)

–

–

–

–

–

–



–

–

2)

2)

–

–

–

VDE

Equipment

Compact
light

492

AE

Approvals

Universal
light

–

AE, CM, TP

Connection
options

Courtesy
light

492

Fluorescent lamp, base G13

Protection
category

Standard
light

100 – 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz

Full-electronic ballast

Light

Also required:
Connection accessories,
see page 496.

Integral motion detector
Integral door-operated switch
1)

Safety extra-low voltage, not required by the standard.
2) Depending on the equipment.
3) Integral

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

491

Interior installation
System lights
Standard light
Without door-operated switch
Technical specifications

Socket

Width
mm

Height
mm

Depth
mm

Model No. SZ

Approvals

14 kW, 230 V, 50 Hz

Earthing-pin

452

117

50

4138.140

ENEC

18 kW, 230 V, 50 Hz

Earthing-pin

682

117

50

4138.180

ENEC

30 kW, 230 V, 50 Hz

Earthing-pin

987

117

50

4138.300

ENEC

14 kW, 120 V, 60 Hz

USA

452

117

50

4138.240

cURus

18 kW, 120 V, 60 Hz

USA

682

117

50

4138.280

cURus

30 kW, 120 V, 60 Hz

USA

987

117

50

4138.400

cURus

Technical specifications

Socket

Width
mm

Height
mm

Depth
mm

Model No. SZ

Approvals

14 kW, 230 V, 50 Hz

Earthing-pin

452

117

50

4138.150

ENEC

18 kW, 230 V, 50 Hz

Earthing-pin

682

117

50

4138.190

ENEC

30 kW, 230 V, 50 Hz

Earthing-pin

987

117

50

4138.350

ENEC

14 kW, 120 V, 60 Hz

USA

452

117

50

4138.250

cURus

18 kW, 120 V, 60 Hz

USA

682

117

50

4138.290

cURus

30 kW, 120 V, 60 Hz

USA

987

117

50

4138.450

cURus

Technical specifications

Socket

Width
mm

Height
mm

Depth
mm

Model No. SZ

Approvals

14 W, 100 – 240 V, 50/60 Hz

Earthing-pin

452

117

50

4139.140

ENEC

18 W, 100 – 240 V, 50/60 Hz

Earthing-pin

682

117

50

4139.180

ENEC

30 W, 100 – 240 V, 50/60 Hz

Earthing-pin

987

117

50

4139.300

ENEC

Technical specifications

Socket

Width
mm

Height
mm

Depth
mm

Model No. SZ

Approvals

14 W, 100 – 240 V, 50/60 Hz

Earthing-pin

452

117

50

4139.150

ENEC

18 W, 100 – 240 V, 50/60 Hz

Earthing-pin

682

117

50

4139.190

ENEC

30 W, 100 – 240 V, 50/60 Hz

Earthing-pin

987

117

50

4139.350

ENEC

Socket

Width
mm

Height
mm

Depth
mm

Model No. SZ

Approvals

With door-operated switch

Also required:
Connection accessories,
see page 496.

Courtesy light
Without door-operated switch

With door-operated switch

Also required:
Connection accessories,
see page 496.

Universal light
With integral motion detector
Technical specifications
26 W, 110 – 240 V,
50 – 60 Hz

Earthing-pin

345

95

55

4155.100

VDE

–

345

95

55

4155.000

VDE

–

345

95

55

4155.500

UL

Also required:
Connection accessories,
see page 496.

492

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Interior installation
System lights
Compact light

Colour:
Similar to RAL 7035

Slimmer – Faster – Brighter
● Slimmer: Around 50% less height and depth
and also around 75% less volume than conventional lights.
● Faster: Universal fast attachment via clips,
screws, or powerful magnets (optional).
Simply slide in at the side or rear, fit the light,
and it's done!
● Brighter: Up to 75% greater luminous efficiency
from the lamp with the same power helps to cut
electricity costs.
● Door-operated switch can also be connected
via a 2-pole connection.

Model No. SZ

ENEC 24

Protection category:
IP 20 to IEC 60 529
Supply includes:
Compact light with clip and screw mounting kits,
including assembly parts.
Accessories:
− Mounting kit magnet,
see page 493.
− Door-operated switch with connection cable,
see page 496.

4140.010

–

4140.020

–

4140.110

4140.120

–

4140.2101)

–

4140.2201)

–

–

cURus

Rated voltage

100 – 240 V AC ±10% at 50 – 60 Hz

Wattage

8

24 V DC ±10%

14

Protection category

8

14

II (all-insulated)

Width (B1) mm

455

705

455

705

Mounting distance (B2) mm
Clip/magnet

400

650

400

650

Mounting distance (B3) mm

475

725

475

725

Yellow

Yellow

–
–
0.35

–
–
0.57

Connection cable

3 m (open end)

Cover colour

Yellow

Rated current (A)
– at 230 V AC
– at 110 V AC
– at 24 V DC

Grey

0.045 – 0.088
0.083 – 0.149
–

Light

Grey

0.073 – 0.127
0.149 – 0.216
–
Fluorescent lamp T5

Operating unit

Wide-range electronic ballast

Circuit-breakers

Electronic ballast

Integral, on/off/door-operated switch mode

Light cover

Transparent, grooved on the inside

Cable deflector across rear
1) Only

Yellow





–



–



for the North American market

B1

Clip/magnet
attachment

Screw
attachment

59

24

B
.5

B

B

Ø6

B

A
B2

A

B3

A

A Rear fastening
B Side attachment

Mounting kit magnet
For reliable adhesion on all sheet steel surfaces.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Packs of

Model No. SZ

2

4140.000

493

Interior installation
System lights
LED system light
in 24 V DC version
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●

Max. EMC capacity
Safe, thanks to use with safety extra-low voltage
Economical energy use
Low-maintenance thanks to the use of LEDs
May be connected to a door-operated switch
Integral through-wiring
Universal attachment options
Vertically hinged light cone

Model No. SZ

Material:
− Light body: Extruded aluminium
− Light cover: Polycarbonate (halogen-free)
− Light ends: PC-ABS
Colour:
Similar to RAL 7035
Protection category:
IP 20 to IEC 60 529
Supply includes:
System light with clip and screw mounting kits,
assembly parts.
4140.810

Rated voltage

4140.820

4140.830

4140.840

24 V DC (± 10%)

No. of LEDs

10

20

Protection category

30

40

III (SELV)

Width (B1) mm

230

330

430

530

Mounting distance CLIP (B2) mm

175

275

375

475

Mounting distance, screw attachment (B3) mm

250

350

450

550

Rated current (A)1)

0,04

0,08

0,12

0,16

Circuit-breakers
1) Maximum

Integral on/off/door-operated switch mode

baying up to a total rated current strength of 2 amps.

Also required:
− LED connection cable, see page 495 or
− Door-operated switch with LED connection
cable, see page 495.

Note:
Only intended for use in enclosures and sealed
cases!
When using on customer-supplied power packs,
it is important to obtain the requisite approvals
depending on the application!

Accessories:
− Mounting kit magnet, see page 493.
− Door-operated switch with LED connection
cable, see page 495.
− LED connection cable, see page 495.
− Adaptor power pack, see page 495.

20.64

B2

8.2

32.8

B3

B1

494

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Interior installation
System lights
Connection accessories
for LED system light
Length
mm

Packs of

Model No. SZ

LED connection cable

3000

1

4315.800

Door-operated switch

Length
mm

Packs of

Connection cable
1

1
Model No. SZ

2

With LED connection cable

3000

1

4315.810

3

With LED interconnecting cable

1000

1

4315.820

Length
mm

Packs of

Model No. SZ

Interconnecting cable

4

5

600

1

4315.830

1000

1

4315.840

3000

1

4315.850

Adaptor power pack

Technical specifications

Packs of

Model No. SZ

Adaptor power pack

230 V AC/24 V DC, 1 A

1

4315.860

LED interconnecting cable

2

3

Layout diagram for LED system light 24 V DC:
4

1 Connection cable
2 Door-operated switch with LED connection cable (open end/cable bush)
3 Door-operated switch with LED connection cable
4 LED connection cable for through-wiring

1

3

5

2

4

+U
GND

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

495

Interior installation
System lights
Connection accessories

Accessories:

The following components can be used for timesaving and simple installation of the lights:

1

2

Connection cable
for

Cable ties for quick assembly,
see page 530.

UL

Model No. SZ

Length
mm

Packs
of

Orange

3000

5

4315.100

–

–

4315.150

1

Power supply (with socket, without connector)

1

Power supply (with socket and strain relief,
without connector)



3000

1

2

Through-wiring (with socket and connector)



600

1

2

Through-wiring/power supply via
connection component SZ 2507.500
(with socket and connector)

600

5

1000
4000

1

Grey

–

4315.450

4315.400

–

4315.200

–

4315.600

–

3

Door-operated switch
With mounting accessories

3

4
4

UL

With connection cable
(not required for universal lights
and standard/courtesy lights
with integral door-operated
switch)



Without connection cable



With connection cable
(for compact light)



Length
mm

Model No. SZ

Packs
of

Orange

Yellow

Grey

600

1

4315.520

–

–

1000

1

4315.320

–

–

1

–

–

4315.550

1

–

–

4315.350

600
1000
–

Technical
specifications

240 V AC, 6 A
125 V DC, 8 A
24 V AC, 6 A
24 V DC, 6 A

1

4127.010

600

1

–

4315.710

–

600

1

–

–

4315.720

Also required
Model No. FR

Mounting kit for installation in TE

5

7952.100

Door-operated switch
With toggle

5

Without connection cable, for TS enclosures with installed
large swing frame.
The toggle is actuated via the tubular door frame of the
sheet steel door, or in the case of glazed doors,
via an adaptor included with the supply.

UL

Technical
specifications

Packs of

Model No. SZ



240 V AC, 6 A
125 V DC, 8 A
24 V AC, 6 A
24 V DC, 6 A

1

4127.210

Packs of

Model No. SZ

1

2507.500

Connection component with circuit-breaker 10 A

6

6

Reduce assembly costs:
Power is supplied rapidly and reliably to system and workstation lights
via connection cables.
For self-configured cables, connector SZ 2507.200 must be used.
Connection component to be snapped onto the top hat rail.

Packs of

For self-assembly

7

Model No. SZ

Sockets for power supply through-wiring

5

2507.100

Connectors for connection component through-wiring

5

2507.200

T distributor with 2 sockets, 1 connector

5

2507.300

Connector for door-operated switch cable

5

2507.400

7
1 Connection cable for infeed
2 Connection cable for through-wiring/infeed
3 Door-operated switch with connection cable

1

2
3

496

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Interior installation
System lights
Enclosure light, 48 V DC
With connection cable
Robust light. For attachment vertically or horizontally in the frame section via spring brackets, or
may be used as a direct light source during maintenance work by inserting the plastic swivel hook.
Impact-resistant lamp housing of PMMA
(polymethylmethacrylate) protection category II.
Protection category:
IP 64
Supply includes:
− 2 spring clips
− Assembly parts

Light 1 U
Complete ready-to-connect light for installation in
the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles. The slot
attachment additionally allows it to be fastened to
the 25 mm system punchings.

Packs of

Model No. CS

1

9765.150

Technical specifications:
− Luminosity: 11 W
− Luminous efficiency: 900 lm
− Fluorescent tube: TC-SEL 11 W, 4-pin
− Ambient temperature: –20°C to +40°C
− Voltage: 48 V DC ±10%
− Supply lead 3000 mm, H05RN – 2 x 1 mm,
without connectors, with crimped ferrules
− Length:
450 mm overall
Protective tube 320 mm
− Light outlet 195 mm
− Diameter:
62 mm overall
Protective tube 38 mm

Packs of

Model No. DK

1

7109.200

Technical specifications:
− Fluorescent tube 8 kW, 230 V, 50 Hz
− Mains switch
− 2.5 m connection cable
− Earthing-pin connector
Material:
− Aluminium, anodised
− Plastic

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

497

Interior installation
EMC
Rail
for EMC shielding bracket and strain relief
Combined rail for strain relief and EMC contacting of inserted cables.
Mounting options:
● On the horizontal/vertical TS, PC, ES enclosure
section
● On a mounting plate
May also be fitted without a retaining bracket.
Additional contacting on the left or right of the rail
via existing holes (9 mm diameter).

Width mm

Packs of

Model No. SZ

600

1

2388.600

800

1

2388.800

1000

1

2388.000

1200

1

2388.120

Also required:
− EMC shielding bracket,
see page 498.
− Cable clamps for strain relief,
see page 529.

Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated

Accessories:
− Earth straps,
see page 501.
− Earthing strap,
see page 501.

Supply includes:
− 1 rail
− 2 retaining brackets
− Assembly parts

Rail
12
31
5

13
Ø

20

5

80

9

2.5

6.5

25

Ø

43

6.

10

479/679/879/1079
525/725/925/1125
535/735/935/1135
553/753/963/1153

Retaining bracket

Mounting position

45
25

95

15

75

86.5

80

19 25 25

.5
Ø4

Ø7

95

EMC shielding bracket
Quick assembly without the use of tools:
Press the EMC shielding bracket against the
cable shield and clip into the rail.
Diameter changes are compensated in full by
the spring of the EMC shielding bracket.

For shield diameter
mm

Packs of

Model No. SZ

3 – 10

10

2388.100

4 – 15

10

2388.150

10 – 20

10

2388.200

15 – 28

10

2388.280

Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated

498

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Interior installation
EMC
EMC gland plates
For shielded cables with a maximum diameter of
20 mm.
Combined EMC/IP seal provides low-resistance
contact between cable shield and gland plate.
For all 400, 500, 600 and 800 mm deep enclosures in conjunction with standard gland plates.

1) For

Width mm

Packs of

Model No. TS

600

1 set

8800.660

800

1 set

8800.680

1000

1 set

8800.6001)

1200

1 set

8800.6201)

one enclosure half only

Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
− 1 gland plate with T-head punching
− 1 sliding gland plate
− 2 IP/EMC gaskets

EMC cable glands
The cable sheathing may optionally be interrupted at the contact point or removed completely inside the enclosure.
The cable shield in the enclosure is retained.
The supplied lock nut cuts automatically into the
paint when screwed down, thus creating a conductive connection.

Cable glands, metric
Size

Cable
diameter
mm

Minimum1)
shield
diameter
mm

Packs
of

M16

4.5 – 10

3

5

2843.160

M20

6 – 12

5

5

2843.200
2843.250

Model No.
SZ

M25

11 – 17

8

5

Protection category:
IP 68 to IEC 60 529
IP 69K to DIN 40 050-9

M32

15 – 21

10

1

2843.320

M40

19 – 28

15

1

2843.400

M50

27 – 38

19

1

2843.500

Possible
alternative:

M63

34 – 44

30

1

2843.630

Cable gland Hygienic Design,
see page 521.

1) Minimum

shield diameter =
cable diameter minus cable sheathing

Cable glands, PG
PG
size

Cable
diameter
mm

Minimum1)
shield
diameter
mm

Packs
of

Model No.
SZ
2411.090

9

4–8

3

5

11

5 – 10

4

5

2411.110

13.5

6 – 12

5

5

2411.140

16

10 – 14

8

5

2411.160

21

13 – 18

10

1

2411.210

29

18 – 25

15

1

2411.290

1) Minimum

shield diameter =
cable diameter minus cable sheathing

EMC shield bus
Made of clear chromated steel strip,
75 mm2 cross section, for cable shield contact.
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Rail length
mm

Connections

Packs
of

Model No. SZ

375

10

1

2413.375

550

16

1

2413.550

499

Interior installation
EMC
EMC earth clamps
The clamps may be used directly on the device
or operating equipment on the mounting plate for
cable shield contact.
Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
1) 2

Size
mm

Packs of

Model No. SZ

4

50

2367.040

6

50

2367.060

8

50

2367.080

12

50

2367.120

16

50

2367.160

20

25

2367.2001)

assembly brackets

EMC baying seal
for TS
For baying enclosure systems.
Seal with all-round, electrically conductive
sheathing.

Cross section
mm

Model No. TS

6.3 x 6.3

8800.690

Packs of

Model No. SZ

1

4348.000

Supply includes:
3 seals, length 2 m each.

EMC divider panel seal
This seal ensures optimum contact in bayed EMC
enclosure systems and when using a zinc-plated
divider panel.
Material:
PU foam with electrically conductive sheathing.
Supply includes:
1 roll (12.7 x 12.7 x 5300 mm).

Contact cutter
The contact cutter enables EMC-compatible preparation of the contact point e.g. for earthing
straps.
Plastic-bound abrasive with guide pin for round
system punchings.
With location point for drill, grinder etc.

Contact paint
Contact paint prevents the corrosion of conductive, unprotected contact points.

1) Not

For

Model No. SM

Frame section

2414.000

Earthing bolts1)

2414.500

necessary with TS

Packs of

Model No. SZ

1

2415.000

Contents:
12 ml

500

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Interior installation
Earthing
Earth straps
For configuring a reliable earthing connection with
perfect contact.
● With ring terminals in M6 and M8 to match the
earthing screw
● Length-optimised and ready to install
Connection facility
Enclosure

Door/lid

Enclosure

Mounting
plate

KL

M6

M6

M8

EB/BG

M6

M6/M81)

–

AE

M6

M62)/M8

M8

KE/KEL

M8

M8

M8

AP/CM/TP

M6

M8

M8

TS/ES

M8

M8

M8

PC

M8

M8

–

1) M8
2) M6

Connection

Crosssection
mm2

Length
mm

Packs
of

Model No.
SZ

M8 – M8

4

170

5

2564.000

M8 – M8

16

170

5

2565.000

M8 – M8

25

170

5

2566.000

M6 – M6

10

200

5

2565.100

M8 – M8

4

300

5

2567.000

M6 – M8

10

300

5

2565.110

M8 – M8

10

300

5

2565.120

M8 – M8

16

300

5

2568.000

M8 – M8

25

300

5

2569.000

Model No.
SZ

with BG 1050.900
with AE 1032.XXX/AE 1035.XXX

Earthing strap
Tin-plated copper, in various lengths and crosssections with press-fitted contact rings. Earthing
straps counteract the current displacement effect
at high frequencies, whilst at the same time offering highly flexible connection opportunities.

For

Crosssection
mm2

Length
mm

Packs
of

M6

10

200

10

2412.210

M8

16

200

10

2412.216

M8

25

200

10

2412.225

M6

10

300

10

2412.310

M8

16

300

10

2412.316

M8

25

300

10

2412.325

Assembly parts

Size

Packs of

Model No. SZ

for system punchings
For fastening the earth straps and earthing braids
to:
● Horizontal TS enclosure sections
● PS rail system
● ES system punchings.

M6

10 set

2570.000

M8

10 set

2559.000

Also required:
For mounting on the horizontal TS enclosure
section: Captive nut, see page 477.

Assembly parts

Size

Packs of

Model No. SZ

for gland plates
For fastening the earth straps and earthing braids
to:
● Gland plates
Fast assembly thanks to self-tapping screws.

M8

10 set

2570.200

Contact washers

Size

Packs of

Model No. SZ

Serrated contact washers facilitate secure PE
conductor connection. As a result, there is no
need to manually strip paint in the connection
area.

M5

100

2343.000

M6

100

2334.000

M8

100

2335.000

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

501

Interior installation
Earthing
Earthing plate
For installation in:
● Comfort Panel
● Optipanel
● TS
● ES

Packs of

Model No. SZ

1

2570.500

Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

One earthing cable can be screw-fastened to
the threaded bolt and can be distributed to up to
8 components via 6.3 mm flat-pin connectors.

Central earthing point
For connecting
● Earth straps
● Earthing braids
to the vertical and horizontal enclosure profile.
The connection bracket is connected to the
enclosure frame with 2 screws and is securely
contacted.
Earth connection is carried out via the threaded
bolt M8 x 20 mm.

Packs of

Model No. DK

1

7829.200

Supply includes:
− 1 connection bracket
− 2 screws 5.5 x 13 mm
− 2 serrated washers
− 1 nut M8
− 1 contact washer M8
− 1 washer

Material:
Sheet steel, zinc-plated

Potential equalisation star
for 8 mm earthing bolt
The earthing connector is used for simple potential equalisation on an 8 mm earthing bolt,
or in conjunction with central earthing point
DK 7829.200. Up to five flat connectors (6.3 mm)
may be contacted on one earthing point.

Complete earthing kit
for TS
To DIN EN 60 950/VDE 0805, Ø 4 mm2, Imax. 40 A.
For system-compatible earthing of all enclosure
parts on the enclosure frame according to VDE.
The earth conductors are pre-assembled ready
for connection with connectors and cut to the
right length.

Extension kit
for complete earthing kit
for TS
To DIN EN 60 950/VDE 0805, Ø 4 mm2, Imax. 40 A.
To extend the complete earthing kit DK 7829.150,
in order to keep additional components potentialfree.
Conductor length 300 mm in each case.
For 6.3 mm flat-pin connectors, 8 mm earthing
bolts or for attachment with contact washers and
screw.

502

Packs of

Model No. DK

10

7548.210

Supply includes:
− 10 earthing connectors
− Assembly parts

Packs of

Model No. DK

1 set

7829.150

Supply includes:
− 8 earth straps
− Central earthing point and assembly parts

Packs of

Model No. DK

1 set

7829.152

Supply includes:
− 5 earth straps
− Assembly parts and identification labels

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Interior installation
Earthing
Complete earthing kit
for TE
To DIN EN 60 950/VDE 0805, Ø 4 mm2, Imax. 40 A.
For system-compatible earthing of all enclosure
parts on the enclosure frame according to VDE.
The earth conductors are pre-assembled ready
for connection with connectors and cut to the right
length.

Earthing kit KE
For producing the required external potential
equalisation for painted series enclosures
● KL
● AE
● TS
For applications in Unit Group II, Category 3, in
compliance with Directive 94/9 EU-Appendix VIII,
internal production control.

Earthing kit
for KL
Consisting of all the screws, nuts, contact washers and earthing strip needed to earth the cover;
length 250 mm, cross-section 4 mm2.

Earthing kit
for QuickBox
Earth straps in the appropriate lengths to match
the enclosure depth are included in the earthing
set, for earthing all enclosure panels on the wall
mounting part. The earth strap is a fast-on connector which is quickly disconnected and conveniently accessible when the door is open.
In this way, the enclosure cover can be removed
completely.

PE busbar
699 mm long PE busbar with pre-fitted screws,
including terminal clamps up to 6 mm2 (fine wire
conductors), 10 mm2 (single wire or multi-wire
conductors) and main terminal clamp up to
35 mm2.

Packs of

Model No. TE

1 set

7000.675

Supply includes:
− Earthing strip
− 4 earth straps, 300 mm
− 4 earth straps, 550 mm
− Assembly parts

Packs of

Model No. KE

5

9214.000

Packs of

Model No. KL

5

2570.100

For
enclosure depth
mm

Packs of

Model No. QB

300/400

1 set

7502.240

500/600

1 set

7502.260

Supply includes:
− 5 earthing leads 1.5 mm2
− 4 cable retention clips
− Assembly parts

Packs of

Model No. SZ

1

2364.000

Accessories:
Rail mounting bracket,
see page 476.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

503

Interior installation
Earthing
Earth rail, horizontal

Length mm

Packs of

Model No. DK

450

1

7113.000

for TS
Potential equalisation rail
Current carrying capacity approx. 200 A.
Supply includes:
− Earth rail made from E-Cu 57 to DIN 12 163,
DIN EN 13 601, 15 x 5 mm
− 20 connection points with M5 screws
− 2 earth connections 25 mm2
− 2 isolators, including assembly parts

Earthing kit, pre-assembled
for TS
For star earthing. With the pre-assembled earth
conductors on a potential equalisation rail, star
potential equalisation is easily integrated into network enclosures.

For TS enclosures
up to W x H x D mm

Packs of

Model No. DK

800 x 2000 x 800

1 set

7829.100

800 x 2200 x 1000

1 set

7829.110

Model No.
DK

Supply includes:
− Earth rail made from E-Cu 57 to
DIN EN 12 163, DIN EN 13 601
− 16 earthing leads 6 mm2
− 2 isolators
− Assembly parts

Earth rail, vertical
for TS
Easily fitted to the 25 mm DIN pitch pattern of
distributors or to the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting
angles. The supplied earth conductors facilitate
star earthing of the cable clamp straps in the
patch panels.
The earth terminals are fully adjustable.
Current carrying capacity of rail approx. 200 A.
Supply includes:
− Earth rail made from E-Cu 57 to
DIN 12 163, DIN EN 13 601, 15 x 5 mm
− 16 conductor connection clamps 2.5 – 16 mm2
− 15 earthing leads 6 mm2, L = 500 mm
− Assembly parts

Extension kit
for earth rail, vertical
For system-compatible expansion of the star
earthing on the vertical potential equalisation rail.

For
enclosure
height
mm

Length
mm

Packs of

800

600

1 set

7541.000

1000

800

1 set

7542.000

1200

1000

1 set

7543.000

1400

1200

1 set

7544.000

1600

1400

1 set

7545.000

1800

1600

1 set

7546.000

2000

1800

1 set

7547.000

2200

2000

1 set

7548.000

Packs of

Model No. DK

10

7549.000

Packs of

Model No. DK

1

7752.950

Supply includes:
− 15 earthing leads 6 mm2, L = 500 mm,
− Preassembled, with ring terminal and wire end
ferrule
− Earth terminals, 2.5 – 16 mm2
− Assembly parts

ESD connection point
Dangerously high potential differences can occur
during maintenance or conversion work on the
enclosure. To protect sensitive electronic components, this standardised connection point (pushbutton) provides potential equalisation. The connection point is directly conductively connected
to the enclosure frame via two screws.

504

Material:
Sheet steel, zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Voltage supply
Socket strips
Technical specifications:
− Rated voltage: 250 V
− Rated current: 10/16 A
− Connection cable: 2 m long H05VV-F3G1.5

Socket strips
The socket strips in the aluminium channel are
available in various lengths with different functional elements. Special attention has been
devoted to practical, universal fastening:
With a bracket which may be used in four positions, there is a range of attachment options.
Hence, for example, the 482 mm long socket strip
may optionally be mounted on 482.6 mm (19˝)
mounting angles, the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting
frame, on the enclosure frame, or in the rear
section of the wall-mounted distributor. Without
additional mounting accessories, the socket strip
may be inserted into all sections with a 25 mm
pitch pattern. This makes selection much easier,
as well as providing additional flexibility and
saving on warehousing. Provision has also been
made for cable routing of the infeed, and when
mounting in the 482.6 mm (19˝) section there is
adequate space to route the infeed between the
socket strip and the mounting angle without kinks.
The arrangement of the sockets at a 45° angle
allows unrestricted use of angular connectors.

Material:
− Aluminium section: Natural-anodised
− Socket inserts: Polycarbonate
Supply includes:
− Socket strip
− Two mounting brackets
− Assembly parts
Standards:
− Sockets:
DIN VDE 0620-1
− Sockets B/F:
UTE NFC 61-303, CEE 7/NV
− Overvoltage protection for low voltage:
DIN EN 61 643-11 (VDE 0675 Part 6-11)
− EMC interference suppression filter:
DIN EN 60 939-2 (VDE 0565 Part 3),
DIN VDE 0620-1 (VDE 06204-1)
Detailed drawings and further information:
Available on the Internet.

T1

44

T2

44

31

.75

Attachment
Design

Without rocker switch

With rocker switch

Number
Connector
Connecof
type
tion
sockets

Frame

WallLength
mounted 482.6 mm (T1)
distribu(19˝)
mm
tor, horilevel
zontal

Mounting
dimenModel No.
sion
DK
(T2)
mm1)

3

Earthing-pin



–

–

262.6

232.5

7240.110

7

Earthing-pin







482.6

452.5

7240.210

12

Earthing-pin



–

–

658.6

628.5

7240.310

3

Earthing-pin





–

306.6

276.5

7240.120

Cable

Cable

7

Earthing-pin







482.6

452.5

7240.220

5

Earthing-pin







482.6

452.5

7240.230

9

Earthing-pin



–

–

658.6

628.5

7240.330

Cable

5

Earthing-pin







482.6

452.5

7240.240

Cable

1+3

Earthing-pin







482.6

452.5

7240.250

C14

7

Earthing-pin







482.6

452.5

7240.260

RCCB

Cable

5

Earthing-pin







482.6

452.5

7240.280

RCCB and line protection

Cable

5

Earthing-pin







482.6

452.5

7240.290

For IEC 320 connectors,
10 A

Cable

12

C13







482.6

452.5

7240.200

For IEC 320 connectors
with IEC 320 input, 10 A

C14

9

C13







482.6

452.5

7240.201

For IEC 320 connectors
with overvoltage protection and interference
suppressor filter, 10 A

Cable

6

C13







482.6

452.5

7240.205

With 2 circuits

Cable

6+6

Earthing-pin



–

–

720.6

690.5

7240.370

B/F sockets
(Belgium, France)

Cable

7

Earthing-pin







482.6

452.5

7240.510

B/F sockets
(Belgium, France)

Cable

12

Earthing-pin



–

–

658.6

628.5

7240.512

Overvoltage protection
and interference
suppression filter

Cable

Miniature circuit-breaker
Master-slave
UPS strip

1) Variable

attachment distance within a range of 5 mm, the distance given is hole centre – hole centre of
mounting bracket.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

505

Voltage supply
Socket strips
Socket strips

Detailed drawing:
Available on the Internet.

With C13/19 sockets
Socket strips with 2 m connection cable
H05VV-F3G6 1.5 (PVC) with wire end ferrules.

Attachment
Number of
sockets

C13 IEC 320 socket3)
C13 IEC 320 socket3)
with 22) infeeds
C19 IEC 320 socket4)

Length
mm

Mounting
Model No.
dimension
DK
mm1)

Frame

Wall-mounted
distributor,
horizontal

482.6 mm
(19˝) level

15



–

–

9+9



–

–

764.6

734.5

7240.150

6







482.6

452.5

7240.160

C19 IEC 320 socket4)
with overvoltage
protection device

4







482.6

452.5

7240.170

C19 IEC 320 socket4)
with 22) infeeds

3+3







478.6

448.5

7240.190

Design

592.6

562.5

7240.130

All socket strips may also be ordered with a Wieland GST infeed.
1) Variable attachment distance within a range of 5 mm, the distance given is hole centre – hole centre of
mounting bracket.
2) In order to make allowance for the higher output density e.g. in an IT environment, the socket strips are equipped
with 2 independent infeeds. This means it is possible to supply 2 x 16 A/250 V with one socket strip.
3) With IEC 320 socket to standard F EN 60 320-2-2
4) With IEC 320 socket to standard J EN 60 320-2-2

Socket strips 230 V

Material:
− Plastic, halogen-free
− Connection cable, 2 m long, without connector
H05VV-F3G1 (CH)
H05VV-F3G1,5 (GB)
− Unrestricted use, including angular connectors, thanks to the long row arrangement of
plug-type contacts.

Technical specifications:
− Rated voltage 250 V AC
− Max. load
CH 10 A,
GB 13 A.

Number of sockets

Length
mm

6

4701)

12

793

18

1153

6

4701)

12

793

1) The socket strips can be
2) Extended delivery times.

Model No. DK
7404.000

GB

7408.510
7412.5102)
7604.0002)

CH

7608.5102)

mounted horizontally at the rear of the DK wall-mounted distributor based on EL/AE.

Socket strip TE
8-way socket strip for earthing-pin plug/version D.
The strip is made of plastic and may be mounted
vertically on the TE frame or in the rear 482.6 mm
(19˝) section. In the 482.6 mm (19˝) section, more
than 2 U of space is required. The sockets are
arranged at an angle of 45° so that angular connectors are also easily used. The socket strip is
supplied with a 2 m connection cable. The connection cable is contacted in a terminal slot in the
strip.
The terminal slot has a separate cover. The socket
strip has external terminals for separate earthing.

506

Design

Socket strip TE

Model No. DK

8-way, earthing-pin

7000.630

Technical specifications:
− Rated voltage: 230 Volt AC
− Rated current: Max. 16 A
− Connection cable: Length 2 m, H05VV-F3G1,
1.5 mm2, without connectors, with wire end
ferrules

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Voltage supply
Socket strips
Socket strip, 482.6 mm (19˝),
with fuse
with optional locking of the cable outlets
The socket strip constructed from an aluminium
channel, is 482.6 mm (19˝) wide and 1 U high,
and may be integrated into all standard 482.6 mm
(19˝) mounting frames.
Special attention has been devoted to practical,
universal fastening. The universal mounting
bracket creates variable mounting opportunities.
For example, the 439 mm long socket strip may
optionally be mounted on the 482.6 mm (19˝)
mounting angle or on the punched section with
mounting flange and enclosure frame.

Design

Model No. DK

12 x C13

7240.600

Technical specifications:
− 10 A fuse/slow
− Cable type: H05VV
− Mains voltage: 250 V
− Rated current: 10/10 A
− Connection cable: 1.5 m
Supply includes:
− Socket strip
− Two mounting brackets
− Assembly parts

Additionally, a locking option for the outgoing
cables to the equipment has now been integrated. This protects the cables from unintentional loosening, which in turn increases the security and availability of applications.

Accessories:
PSM cable lock,
see page 204.

Socket strips

Material:
− Aluminium section: Natural-anodised
− Socket inserts: Polycarbonate

with ammeter
The socket strip with ammeter measures the
active power of the connected equipment.
The two variants “earthing pin contact” and
“IEC 320 socket C13” provide the most commonly used plug-in contacts in data centres. The
482.6 mm (19˝) long socket strip may optionally
be mounted on the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting
angles, on the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame,
on the enclosure frame or in the rear section of
wall-mounted distributors. The installation bracket
may be mounted in four different positions for
variable mounting. Without additional mounting
accessories, the socket strip may be inserted into
all sections with a 25 mm pitch pattern.

Supply includes:
− Socket strip
− Two installation brackets
− Assembly parts
− 1.5 m connection cable with open ends
Technical specifications:
− Mains voltage: 250 V
− Rated current: 16 A
− Connection cable: 1.5 m

Attachment
Design

Number of
sockets

Frame

Wall-mounted
distributor,
horizontal

482.6 mm
(19˝) level

Length
mm

Mounting
Model No.
dimension
DK
mm1)

Earthing-pin

6







482.6

464.1

7240.300

C13 IEC 320 socket

8







482.6

464.1

7240.305

1) Variable

attachment distance within a range of 5 mm, the distance given is hole centre – hole centre of
mounting bracket.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

507

Voltage supply
Socket strips
Socket strip CMC-TC
With integral
● interference suppressor filter
● Overvoltage protection
● Alarm contact
In the event of interference caused by overvoltage, the connected active network components
are protected. With the relay message contact,
undervoltage and any malfunctions caused by
overvoltage can be reported via the CMC-TC in
the network (SNMP trap). A green light on the strip
indicates that the device is operational. The second protective device is the interference suppressor filter which protects valuable equipment as a
passive component.

Packs of

Model No. DK

1

7200.630

Technical specifications,
overvoltage protection:
− Arrester application category: D
− Surge current resistance per conductor: 2.5 kA
− Maximum surge current resistance: 8 kA
Also required:
For connecting the socket strip, the CMC III or
CMC III Compact and an RJ 10 connection cable
are required.

Technical specifications:
− Number of sockets: 9
− Length of strip: 650 mm
− Rated voltage: 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz
− Rated current: 16 A
− Relay alarm output: RJ 10 jack
− Relay load capacity: 50 Volt DC 100 mA

Junction box
with multi-functional bracket
The angle bracket can be installed in all network
enclosures in a system-compatible design. The
junction box serves as a transfer point for the
power supply to all equipment (fans, lamps and
socket strips). As well as being used as a junction box or interchange point, the bracket may
also accommodate the enclosure internal thermostat (SK 3110.000) or the hygrostat (SK 3118.000)
thanks to its integral holes.

Socket
● For mounting on support rails TS 35/7.5 and
TS 35/15 to EN 60 715
● Screw terminals uniformly from one side
● Enclosure width 45 mm

Packs of

Model No. DK

1 set

7280.035

Material of bracket:
Sheet steel
Colour of bracket:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
− 1 bracket
− 1 junction box
− 6 m connection cable 3 x 1.5 mm2 (flexible)

Design

Packs of

Model No. SZ

Germany

2

2506.100

Technical specifications:
− Rated voltage: 250 V AC
− Rated current (AC): 16 A
Material:
Polyamide
Colour:
Grey
Standards:
− DIN VDE 0620-1
− DIN 49 440-1

508

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Voltage supply
Socket strips
Service socket

Packs of

Model No. DK

1 set

7280.100

For enclosure frame attachment/16 A
Integration of a service socket within a separate
supply circuit, independently of the IT network
and UPS.
Simple installation via an angle bracket for attaching to the enclosure frame.
Material:
− Angle bracket: Sheet steel
− Socket: Plastic
Surface finish:
Angle bracket: Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
− Angle bracket
− Damp-proof socket (IP 44)
− Assembly parts

Energy-Box, 482.6 mm (19˝)
Technical specifications:
A depth-variable top hat rail for installed equipment to DIN 43 880, sizes 1 – 3 (e.g. to accommodate built-in sockets, miniature circuit-breakers
etc.). Cable clamping at the rear, one N and one
PE rail on an insulated plinth. Plastic cover including extension cover (UL 94-V0), maximum accommodation of 22 installed devices (width 18 mm).
Maximum accommodation capacity = 22 HP
(22 x 18 mm = 396 mm).

Packs of

U

Model No. DK

1

3

7480.035

Colour:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
Energy-Box with plastic blanking covers.
Note:
Individual population with circuit-breakers at the
factory available on request.

Energy-Box, 482.6 mm (19˝)

U

Model No. DK

Pull-out
This Energy-Box is designed to accommodate
both DC and AC components. The pull-out component front affords optimum access to the wiring
space from above and below.

3

7480.300

Connection clamps for DC current:
2 clamps 35 mm2,
9 clamps 16 mm2 (per rail)

Colour:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
Energy-Box with plastic blanking covers.

for AC current:
1 clamp 16 mm2 (PE or N),
20 clamps 4 mm2 (per rail)
Technical specifications:
Depth-adjustable top hat rail for snap-in attachment of installed equipment to DIN 43 880 in sizes
1 – 3 (e.g. to accommodate built-in sockets, miniature circuit-breakers etc. or entire installation
assemblies such as the ABB “smissline” system).
Cable clamping at the rear, two power distribution
rails with connection clamps on isolated base/
plinth. Plastic cover including extension cover,
maximum accommodation of 22 items of installed
equipment (width 18 mm).
Maximum accommodation capacity = 22 HP
(22 x 18 mm = 396 mm).
Depth: 220 mm.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

509

Voltage supply
Socket strips
Rittal Power Control Unit (PCU)
Socket strip, IP-compatible, 1 U
Featuring 8 current outlets with IEC 320 C13 slots.
Each of the 8 slots is individually switchable (via
the CMC III system). Furthermore, a current indicator, circuit display and thermal overload protection are integrated into the module. Installation on
the enclosure frame or in the 482.6 mm (19˝) section (1 U) of a rack.
Operate the socket strip without CMC:
For operation of the socket strip, power pack
DK 7201.210 and a connection cable are
required. Up to 4 socket strips may be operated
with one power pack.
Available functions: Current display, circuit display, automatic selective activation.
Operate the socket strip with CMC:
No additional power pack is required: The PCU
is supplied via the CMC III system. You will need
the CMC III or CMC III Compact, plus a CMC III
CAN bus unit. See page 581 for details.
Available functions: Current display, automatic
selective activation via CMC III in the network:
Individual switching of the 8 current outlets,
current limit monitoring, delayed switching of the
individual current outlets, status display of the
module.

Designation

1)

510

Pin pattern

Description of functions:
● 2-digit local LED 7-segment current display on
the PCU. Legibility rotates according to the
installation position.
● Measuring and monitoring of the current per
PCU. Min./max. limits may be set.
Measurement range 0 – 16 A.
● Alarm notifications via a flashing display.
● Monitoring of the thermo-fuse.
● PCUs may be combined via the bus system,
thereby enabling selective activation.
● In conjunction with the CMC III, the 8 individual
current outlets of the PCUs may be activated
and deactivated individually via HTTP and
SNMP.
● Remote administration of the power supply,
editing and monitoring of remote limits, SNMP
trap messages in case of alarm.
● 8 IEC 320 C13 slots per PCU.
● User administration.
Dimensions:
Width: 465 mm (19˝)
Height: 44.5 mm (1 U)
Material:
Aluminium section with plastic cover
Supply includes:
− 1 socket strip PCU 1 U
(max. 10 A per socket strip)
− 1 bus cable
− 1 infeed cable 24 V DC
− 1 adaptor for power pack 24 V DC
− 1 connector for power supply
− 1 connection cable 0.3 m with Wieland
connector

Number
of slots

Switchable
outputs

With individual
current
measurement

Depth
mm

Model No. DK

IEC 60 320

C13

8

yes

–

60

7200.001

Earthing contact

Earthing pin/C13

4/2

yes

–

60

7856.2031)
7856.2041)

IEC 60 320

C19/C13

4/2

yes

–

60

Earthing contact

Earthing pin/C13

4/2

yes



160

7859.215

IEC 60 320

C13

8

yes



160

7859.225

IEC 60 320

C19/C13

4/2

yes



160

7859.235

Also required: PSM busbars, see page 202.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Cable management
Cable entry
Cable entry plates
For
● Cable entry grommets
● Connector grommets
instead of segments of the standard divided
gland plates.
Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

For installation in TS and PC enclosures
Enclosure
width
mm

Cut-outs
per plate

Packs
of

Model No.
TS

600

5

2

8800.060

800

8

2

8800.080

1000

4

4

8800.100

1200

6

4

8800.120

For installation in CM enclosures and
TP TopConsole system
Enclosure
width
mm

Cut-outs
per plate

Packs
of

Model No.
CM

600

5

1

5001.226

800

8

1

5001.227

1000

4

1

5001.228

1200

6

1

5001.229

1600

8

1

5001.237

For installation in ES enclosures and TP universal
console, CS Basic enclosure
Enclosure
width
mm

Cut-outs
per plate

Packs
of1)

Model No.
TS

600

5

2

4320.700

800

8

2

4321.700

1000

10

2

4323.700

1) Incl.

For TS stainless steel
Material:
Stainless steel 1.4301 (AISI 304)

compensating plate

For installation in TS, stainless steel
Enclosure
width
mm

Cut-outs
per plate

Packs
of

Model No.
TS

600

5

2

8700.600

800

8

2

8700.800

1200

6

4

8700.120

Accessories:
Cable entry grommets,
see page 512.
Three examples from a wide range of
possibilities
The diagrams show three TS examples for the
positioning of cable entry plates instead of segments of the three-piece gland plates supplied as
standard. This facilitates positioning to fit the
mounting plate.
Thanks to the enclosure symmetry, where dimensions permit, cable entry plates may also be
inserted in the enclosure depth, right and left,
analogous to the gland plates.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

511

Cable management
Cable entry
Cable entry grommets
In conjunction with the cable entry plate, simple
and fast sealing of cables inserted in the base
area of enclosures.
Material:
− Body: Polypropylene
− Cover: Thermoplastic elastomer

Cables
per grommet

Max. Ø mm

Packs
of

Model No.
PS

8

13

25

4316.000

3

21

25

4317.000

1

47

25

4318.000

Protection category:
IP 55 subject to correct mounting.

Connector grommets
Suitable for cable diameters from 8 to 36 mm.

Packs of

Model No. PS

10

4311.000

Material:
− Outer cover: Polypropylene covered with
thermoplastic elastomer
− Seal: Cellular rubber
Protection category:
IP 55 subject to correct mounting.

Section for cable entry, centre
for TS, CM, TP
For top-mounting on gland plates. A superior
alternative to the foam rubber cable clamp strip,
thanks to:
● Easier mounting
● Full-surface support
● High level of sealing of cables inserted into the
enclosure
Material:
− Extruded aluminium section
− Seal: PU foam
− Cross-section: 30 x 25 mm
Protection category:
IP 55 subject to correct mounting.

Packs of

Model No. TS

600

1 set

8802.060

800

1 set

8802.080

1000

2 sets

8802.100

1200

2 sets

8802.120

1600

2 sets

8802.160

Accessories:
− Cable clamp rails (right angle section),
see page 527
− C rail 30/15,
see page 465.

24.5

Y

129.5

30 x 25

25.5

5

Note:
1 set is sufficient for one base opening up to an
enclosure width of 800 mm.
From an enclosure width of 1000 mm, two base
openings are provided. 2 sets per enclosure may
be fitted.

For
enclosure width
mm

Y = Mounting plate depth-adjustable
on a 25 mm pitch pattern (final pitch 30 mm).

512

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Cable management
Cable entry
Section for cable entry, rear
for TS, CM, TP
Unlike the section for cable entry, centre, the rear
section is mounted directly onto the base opening. In this way, when installing the mounting plate
in the rearmost position (TS) or with CM, the
cables may be routed directly on a cable clamping rail with no large radii. In conjunction with the
cable clamp rail, optimum adjustment between
the cable entry and mounting plate can be
achieved.
Material:
− Extruded aluminium section
− Seal: PU foam
− Cross-section: 30 x 25 mm
Protection category:
IP 55 subject to correct mounting.

For
enclosure width
mm

Packs of

Model No. TS

600

1 set

8802.065

800

1 set

8802.085

1000

2 sets

8802.105

1200

2 sets

8802.125

1600

2 sets

8802.165

Note:
1 set is sufficient for one base opening up to an
enclosure width of 800 mm.
From an enclosure width of 1000 mm, two base
openings are provided. 2 sets per enclosure may
be fitted.
Accessories:
Cable clamp rail,
see page 527.

Foam rubber cable clamp strip
For sealing the cable entry between the gland
plates. Particularly suitable for identical cable
cross-sections.

Packs of

Model No. SZ

3m

2573.000

Material:
− PU foam
− Cross-section: 30 x 30 mm
Protection category:
IP 55 subject to correct mounting.

EMC gland plates
see page 499.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

513

Cable management
Gland plates
Plastic gland plates

Size

Packs of

Model No. SZ

With metric knockouts
With pre-punched holes for cable glands.
Used for sealing standard gland plates.

1

10

2560.010

3

10

2561.010

4

5

2562.010

Temperature range:
May be used from –40°C to +70°C.

5

5

2563.010

Colour:
RAL 7035
Note:
The applicable size may be taken from the
respective product ordering page.
Size 1

Size 3
330
160

M12

120

M16

7.5

120

90

M20
M25

75

56

70

7

25

45

110

M32
M40

Size 4

M50

Size 5
530

339
45

Size
2

Temperature range:
May be used from –40°C to +70°C.

PG

Qty.

Packs of

Model No. KL

13.5

12

5

1581.000

13.5
16
21

6
2
2

5

1582.000

KL 1581.000

Material:
ABS

220
202
Ø5

Colour:
RAL 7035
90

PG
13.5
72

Note:
The applicable size may be taken from the
respective product ordering page.

110

76

With PG knockouts
With pre-punched PG holes for cable glands.
Used for sealing standard gland plates.

149

149

133

Plastic gland plates

110

110

110

8

120

133

120

8

49.5

KL 1582.000
PG
13.5
PG
13.5

514

PG
21
PG
13.5

PG
16
PG
16

PG
13.5
PG
21

PG
13.5
PG
13.5

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Cable management
Gland plates
Plastic gland plates
with membranes
Simply pierce the plastic with a sharp object,
and pull through the cable.

Size

Packs of

3

1

2561.500

4

1

2562.500

5

1

2563.500

Model No. SZ

Material:
Plastic to UL 94-V0
Diameter
mm

Colour:
Similar to RAL 7035
Protection category:
IP 65 with careful cable entry.
Note:
The applicable size may be taken from the
respective product ordering page.

Size 3
330
45

120

120

90

75

Ø6

Number of cable entries for
Model No. SZ
2561.500

2562.500

2563.500

5–9

–

–

18

6 – 11

17

–

–

7 – 12

–

24

16

10 – 15

27

48

36

15 – 21

2

4

–

15 – 24

–

–

6

15 – 25

–

8

–

16 – 25

4

–

–

19 – 34

2

–

–

23 – 30

–

–

2

26 – 35

–

4

2

26 – 54

–

–

4

50 – 110

–

–

1

7.5

Size 5

Size 4

534
339

49.5

120

47
120

110

110

110

110

Ø6

8

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

149

133

149

133

Ø6

8

515

Cable management
Gland plates
Metal gland plates

Size

Packs of

With metric knockouts
Simply knock out the holes for the cable glands
using a screwdriver.

2

1

1581.100

3

1

2561.100

4

1

2562.100

Material:
Sheet steel

5

1

2563.100

Colour:
RAL 7035

Model No. SZ

Number of cable entries

Protection category:
IP 66 when mounting in the usual position at the
bottom.
Note:
The applicable size may be taken from the
respective product ordering page.

Model No.
SZ

Diameter
M12

M16

M20

M25

M32

–

–

12

–

–

–

1581.100

–

–

9

4

2

–

2561.100

–

2

5

13

2

2

2562.100

1

–

12

11

8

4

2563.100

Size 2

M40

221
9.5

101

9

7

72

76

101

90

Accessories:
Cable glands made from polyamide or brass,
see page 519.

Size 3
330
120

120

75

90

7.5

45

315

7.5

Size 5

Size 4

534

339
47

120

120

110

110

110

149
323

133

8
133

149

8

516

110

8

49.5

8

518

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Cable management
Gland plates
Metal gland plates
As spare/replacement part for the standard gland
plates supplied loose.
Material:
Sheet steel
Colour:
RAL 7035

Accessories:
Cable glands made from polyamide or brass,
see page 519.
Size

Design

Packs of

Model No.
SZ/IN/KL
2560.400

1

Solid

1

Protection category:
IP 66 when mounting in the usual position at the
bottom.

2

Solid

6

1158.500

3

Solid

1

2561.400

4

Solid

1

2562.400

Note:
The applicable size may be taken from the
respective product ordering page.

5

Solid

1

2563.150

IN 2563.150

SZ 2560.400

500

149

113

70

534

133

43

160

1
1

SZ 2561.400
330

KL 1158.500

303

90

63

220
192

90

62

1

SZ 2562.400
339

R9

303

149

113

1 Area available for population

1

Gland plate
solid, for QuickBox
To conceal the cable entry openings. In exchange
for the brush strip at the top and bottom that is
used as standard.

Packs of

Model No. QB

2

7502.310

Packs of

Model No. DK

1

7705.235

Material:
Sheet steel
Colour:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

599

Material:
Sheet steel, 1.5 mm

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

27

Protection category:
IP 55 to IEC 60 529

20.5
(7 x)
133.5

Colour:
RAL 7035

12.5
(4 x)

32.5
(2 x)

28

for metric cable glands, for EL
Folded gland plate with foamed-in seal and prepunched, knock-out holes for metric cable glands
M12, M20, M25, M32, M40.

19

Gland plate

40.5
(2 x)

25.5
(5 x)

517

Cable management
Gland plates
Gland plate
solid, for EL
Folded gland plate for the base box, with foamedin seal.

Packs of

Model No. EL

1

2235.135

Extended delivery times.

Colour:
RAL 7035

133.5

Material:
Sheet steel, 1.5 mm

19

599

Gland plate

Colour:
RAL 7035

Model No. DK

1

7705.035

40

Material:
Sheet steel, 1.5 mm

Packs of

133.5

with brush insert, for EL
Folded gland plate with foamed-in seal and
plastic brush inserts for simple cable entry.

390

19

599

Brush strip
For individual installation of enclosure panels,
gland plates and panels. Cut-outs for cable
routing at any given positions in the side panel,
rear panel, doors, roof and gland plate may be
finished off attractively by simply attaching the
brush strip.

Packs of

Model No. DK

2m

7072.200

Technical specifications:
− For metal thickness: 0.6 – 1.5 mm
− Bristle length: 30 mm
− Plastic sheathing: 18 mm
− Snap-on surface: 10 mm
− Maximum cut-out height: 38 mm

Brush strip, super-airtight

Packs of

Model No. DK

For individual installation of enclosure panels,
gland plates and panels. Cut-outs for cable
routing at any position in the side panel, rear
panel, doors, roof and base plate.
These special brush strips may be used to create
airtight entries for cable sections and conductors.
The brush strips arranged in an offset configuration ensure good sealing from the routed cables
even with large quantities of cables. In this way,
unwanted system losses may be reduced to a
minimum.

2x1m

7825.375

Technical specifications:
− For metal thickness: 1.5 – 2 mm
− Bristle length: 58 mm
− Plastic sheathing: 14 mm
− Snap-on surface: 11.5 mm
− Cut-out width: 88 – 90 mm
Material:
Plastic, UL 94-V0
Supply includes:
1 brush strip each, 1 m in length,
right-hand and left-hand version.

518

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Cable management
Cable glands
Cable gland, brass
Benefits:
● Because the gland and lock nut are sold
together in a single pack, this saves additional
ordering and storage.
● Clamping membranes for even tightening and
strain relief which protects the cables.
● Insulation via plastic insert.
● Optimum seal on the connection thread,
thanks to O-ring.
● The lock nut cuts automatically into the sprayfinish, thereby creating a conductive connection.
Material:
− Brass
− Seal: Neoprene
Surface finish:
Nickel-plated
Protection category:
− IP 68 (5 bar, 30 min.) to IEC 60 529
− IP 69K to DIN 40 050-9
Approval:
VDE tested to EN 50 262

Cable diameter
mm

Packs
of

Model No.
SZ

M12 x 1.5

3 – 6.5

15

2411.800

M16 x 1.5

4.5 – 10

15

2411.810

M20 x 1.5

6 – 12

10

2411.820

M25 x 1.5

11 – 17

10

2411.830

M32 x 1.5

15 – 21

5

2411.840

M40 x 1.5

19 – 28

4

2411.850

M50 x 1.5

27 – 38

2

2411.860

M63 x 1.5

34 – 44

1

2411.870

Size

1

Possible
alternative:

2

Cable gland Hygienic Design,
see page 521.

3

Accessories:

4

− Sealing bungs,
see page 520.
− Multi-seal inserts,
see page 520.

5

1 Cap nut
2 Neoprene seal
3 Plastic insert
4 O-ring
5 Lock nut

Cable gland, polyamide
Benefits:
● Because the gland and lock nut are sold
together in a single pack, this saves additional
ordering and storage.
● Clamping membranes for even tightening and
strain relief which protects the cables.
● Spray-moulded sealing lip ensures an optimum
seal against the enclosure.
● Trapezoid thread for secure screw-fastening of
the cap nut.

Cable diameter
mm

Packs
of

Model No.
SZ

M12 x 1.5

3 – 6.5

50

2411.600

M16 x 1.5

4.5 – 10

50

2411.610

M20 x 1.5

6 – 12

50

2411.620

M25 x 1.5

11 – 17

25

2411.630

M32 x 1.5

15 – 21

15

2411.640

M40 x 1.5

19 – 28

5

2411.650

M50 x 1.5

27 – 38

5

2411.660

M63 x 1.5

34 – 44

3

2411.670

Size

Material:
Polyamide 6, neoprene seal
Colour:
RAL 7035
Protection category:
IP 68 (5 bar, 30 min.) to IEC 60 529
Approval:
− VDE tested to EN 50 262
− CSA for USA and Canada

1

Accessories:
− Polyamide reducers,
see page 520.
− Sealing bungs,
see page 520.
− Multi-seal inserts,
see page 520.

2
3

4
5

1 Cap nut
2 Neoprene seal
3 Trapezoid thread
4 Sealing lip
5 Lock nut

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

519

Cable management
Cable glands
Polyamide reducers

Thread
Exterior

Inside

M16 x 1.5

M12 x 1.5

50

2411.550

M20 x 1.5

M12 x 1.5

50

2411.551

Benefit:
Reducer and locking nut are sold together in a
single pack; this saves additional ordering and
storage.

M20 x 1.5

M16 x 1.5

50

2411.552

M25 x 1.5

M16 x 1.5

50

2411.553

M25 x 1.5

M20 x 1.5

50

2411.554

M32 x 1.5

M16 x 1.5

50

2411.555

Material:
Polyamide 6 GF30

M32 x 1.5

M20 x 1.5

50

2411.556

M32 x 1.5

M25 x 1.5

50

2411.557

Colour:
RAL 7035

M40 x 1.5

M25 x 1.5

25

2411.558

M40 x 1.5

M32 x 1.5

25

2411.559

Note:
Polyamide cable gland,
see page 519.

M50 x 1.5

M40 x 1.5

5

2411.560

M63 x 1.5

M40 x 1.5

5

2411.561

M63 x 1.5

M50 x 1.5

5

2411.562

for polyamide cable glands
For adapting metric cable glands to larger diameter holes or threads.

Sealing bung
for cable glands M20 x 1.5

Packs of Model No. SZ

Packs of

Model No. SZ

25

2411.532

For use in all situations where pre-installed cable
glands M20 x 1.5 must be kept free for future
installations but properly sealed. Simply loosen
the cap nut, mount the sealing bung, and
retighten.
Material:
Polyamide 6
Colour:
RAL 7035

Multi-seal inserts
For the secure entry of several individual cables
into a single cable gland.
Material:
Neoprene

520

Size

M25

Cable
diameter
mm

Number
of cables

Packs
of

Model No.
SZ

3

7

25

2411.504

4

6

25

2411.505

5

4

25

2411.506

6

3

25

2411.507

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Cable management
Cable glands
Cable gland HD

Standard version

Applications:
● Manufacturing and packaging of foodstuffs etc.
● Clean room technology (e.g. pharmaceuticals)
● Biotechnology
● Chemical industry
Benefits:
● Smooth, solid exterior surfaces effectively prevent the depositing of harmful micro-organisms.
● Much easier, and therefore cheaper to clean
compared with conventional cable glands.
Material:
− Cap nut: Stainless steel 1.4305 (AISI 303)
− Seal: Conforms to FDA 21 CFR 177.2600
Protection category:
− IP 68 (5 bar, 30 min.) to IEC 60 529
− IP 69K to DIN 40 050-9

Cable
diameter
mm

Packs
of

Model No.
HD

M12 x 1.5

3 – 6.5

5

2410.000

M16 x 1.5

4.5 – 10

5

2410.010

M20 x 1.5

6 – 12

5

2410.020

M25 x 1.5

11 – 17

5

2410.030

Size

Cable
diameter
mm

Packs
of

Model No.
HD

M16 x 1.5

5 – 10

5

2410.110

M20 x 1.5

6 – 12

5

2410.120

3

M25 x 1.5

12 – 17

5

2410.130

4

Size

EMC version
1
2

5
6
7

Why hygiene-compatible cable glands?
Critical points
with conventional
solutions
1 Cable entry in front

1 Seal

Hygiene-compatible
design features

1
2

of seal

1

1 Seal directly at the

2

2 Compliance with

cable entry

2 No minimum radii

on the hexagon
3 External thread
4 Gap caused by

O-ring on the
enclosure surface

minimum radii on
the hexagon

3

3

3 No external thread

4

4 Flush termination

4

Stainless steel lock nut

Size

Packs of

Model No. HD

M12 x 1.5

10

2410.200

Material:
Stainless steel 1.4305 (AISI 303)

M16 x 1.5

10

2410.210

M20 x 1.5

10

2410.220

M25 x 1.5

10

2410.230

for HD cable glands
For attaching HD cable glands in an internal
thread or using lock nuts. This can be achieved
either from the inside or from the outside using an
Allen key.

3 Gripper jaws
4 Shield spring

(EMC version only)
5 Clamping ring
6 Enclosure seal
7 Base with locator for

assembly tool

between the cap nut
and the enclosure

To match HD cable glands.

Assembly tool

2 Cap nut

Packs of

Model No. HD

1 set

2410.290

Supply includes:
1 set = Adaptor for sizes from M12 – M25.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

521

Cable management
Cable glands
Cable glands
for fibre-optic technology
The common size PG 13.5 has a slotted interior
seal. This allows super-easy cable entry. Ideal for
routing break-out cables, as this eliminates
unnecessary bending of the fibre-optic cables.

Fibre-optic
cable gland

Cable
diameter
mm

Packs
of

Model No.
DK

PG 13.5

2x3

12

7455.030

Material:
− Cable gland: Brass
− Inner seal: Soft PVC insert
Surface finish:
Cable gland: Nickel-plated

Connector gland
for connector cut-outs (24-pole)
For the entry of 2 pre-assembled cables in the
connector cut-out, without dismantling the connector.
For cable diameter from 8 – 36 mm.
Material:
− Enclosure: Plastic
− Clamps: Sheet steel

Packs of

Model No. SZ

1 set

2400.000

Supply includes:
1 set =
2 half-shells, including seals,
with fastening clamp.

Surface finish:
Clamps: Zinc-plated

Cable gland
for IW worktops
To fit drilled holes Ø 60 mm. For the entry of
cables with pre-assembled connectors, the
rotating flap and cover are easily removed.

Packs of

Model No. IW

1

6902.770

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

Material:
Plastic
Colour:
RAL 7035

Edge protector
For covering sharp edges of cut-outs. Provides
protection from injuries and prevents damage
to inserted cables. The edge protector is suitable
for material thicknesses of approx. 1.0 – 2.0 mm,
and may be cut to length individually.

Packs of

Model No. DK

10 m

7072.100

Material:
Plastic PVC
Colour:
Black

522

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Cable management
Cable glands
The Rittal connector gland proves that sometimes
“less is more”: significantly faster installation, a
flexible sealing system for different cable diameters, and simple cable entry with pre-assembled
cables. Low installation costs, a high degree of
protection and flexible cable management –
added value guaranteed with the latest generation of cable entry solutions from Rittal.
Benefits:
● Cable diameters 4 – 16 mm
● Simple cable entry for pre-assembled cables
● Individual cables can be added or replaced
without dismantling the sealing frame
● Sealing modules remain safely attached to
their cables

Sealing frame
For pre-assembled cables with connectors.
Mounting over 24-pole or 16-pole connector
cut-outs in:
● Module plates for TS divider panels
● Metal gland plates
Material:
− Front panel: Polyamide
− Flat seal: CR

For modules
20 x 20 mm

For
cut-out

Packs
of

Model No.
SZ

10

24-pole

1

2400.900

8

16-pole

1

2400.910

Accessories:
Module plates for TS divider panel,
see from page 390.

130

36

112

86

Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

103

Protection category:
IP 64 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 12.
36
M4
32

M4
32

16-pole

Sealing module
To seal cables in conjunction with a sealing frame.
It is possible to combine 20 x 20 mm and
40 x 40 mm sealing modules.
Material:
− Hard shell: Polyamide
− Seal: TPE 2
Protection category:
IP 64 to IEC 60 529, complies with NEMA 12.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

24-pole

Sealing modules 20 x 20 mm
Diameter range
Packs of

Model No. SZ

4 – 6 mm

10

2400.920

6 – 9 mm

10

2400.930

Solid

10

2400.970

Sealing modules 40 x 40 mm
Diameter range
Packs of

Model No. SZ

9 – 12 mm

10

2400.940

12 – 16 mm

10

2400.950

Solid

10

2400.960

523

Cable management
Cable glands
Connector gland, small
For pre-assembled cables with connectors.
● For use with material thickness of up to 4 mm.
● Strain relief of the pre-assembled cables can
be achieved with cable ties.

To fit

Packs of

Model No. SZ

2 cables Ø 6 to Ø 8 mm

1

2400.300

3 cables Ø 4 to Ø 6 mm

5

2400.500

Material:
Plastic
Colour:
RAL 9005
Protection category:
IP 65 subject to correct mounting.
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.
36

55

55

11
8

6

35

21.5

Ø

35

Ø

SZ 2400.300

3
25

SZ 2400.500
41.5

41.5

4

4

22

Mounting cut-out

42

Cable gland module

Model No. CP

1

6052.500

10 – 39
100

Ø 82

35

Material:
Sheet steel

Packs of

120

100 – 134

CP-L, Ø 130 mm
Use of the support arm cut-out CP-L, round, with
enclosures mounted on the wall, for sealed cable
entry. May also be mounted retrospectively with
the cables already inserted.
Fitted with T-heads for cable clamping. Particularly well-suited to cables with identical crosssections.

25

70

Surface finish:
Zinc-plated

38.5

Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

66

Stepped collar
For wall thicknesses from 1.5 to 4.5 mm
For cable entry, simply cut off at the required level
to match the cable diameter.
Material:
Plastic to UL 94-HB

For hole

Sealing range
mm

Packs of

Model No. SZ

M20

5 – 16

100

2899.200

M25

5 – 21

50

2899.250

M32

13 – 26.5

25

2899.320

M40

13 – 34

20

2899.400

Protection category:
IP 54 with careful cable entry.

524

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Cable management
Cable duct
for vertical TS section
For direct mounting on the vertical enclosure
section.
Width 50 mm
For assembly on a vertical enclosure section in
the area of the side panel.
Width 100 mm
For assembly on two bayed enclosure profiles in
the baying area. Baying brackets and baying
clamps which have already been fitted can be
covered over with the cable duct.
The nominal break points of the members are
also oriented towards combination with the cable
ducts for mounting plates; in addition a further
nominal break at the level of the mounting plate
enables direct insertion into the cable duct.
The cable duct fastening points are co-ordinated
with the TS system hole pattern; elaborate drilling,
as in the case of DIN ducts, is dispensed with.

Width
mm

Height
mm

Packs of

Model No. TS

50

1600

8 sets

8800.570

50

1800

8 sets

8800.520

100

1600

4 sets

8800.540

100

1800

4 sets

8800.510

Technical specifications:
− Depth: 80 mm
− Length:
1600 mm (for enclosure height 1800 mm)
1800 mm (for enclosure height 2000 mm)
May be shortened for other enclosure
dimensions
− Bar width: 5.5 mm
− Slot width: 4.5 mm
Material:
− Hard PVC
− Flame-resistant, self-extinguishing
− Temperature resistant to +60°C
Colour:
Similar to RAL 7030
Supply includes:
1 set =
1 cable duct with cover.
Accessories:
Aluminium rivet for attachment,
see page 526.

72

2

71

1

5.5

100

5.5

48

4.5

4.5

1 TS 8800.570/TS 8800.520

5
6.5

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

25

50

14
6.5
8

1600/1800

1550 = 62 x 25/1750 = 70 x 25

8
14

50
25

1600/1800

1550 = 62 x 25/1750 = 70 x 25

2 TS 8800.540/TS 8800.510

5

525

Cable management
Cable duct
for mounting plate
● To fit the cable ducts for vertical TS sections.
If the TS mounting plate is installed in the rearmost position, the horizontally mounted cable
ducts are flush with the vertical ones.
● For external mounting on surfaces.
For enclosure width mm

Fixed length
2000 mm

Length (L) mm
Width (B) mm

Packs of

Model No. TS

30

24 sets

8800.750

40

20 sets

8800.751

60

18 sets

8800.752

80

12 sets

8800.753

100

12 sets

8800.754

Material:
− Hard PVC
− Flame-resistant, self-extinguishing
− Temperature resistant to +60°C
Colour:
Similar to RAL 7030
Supply includes:
1 set =
1 cable duct with cover.
Technical specifications:
− Depth: 80 mm
− Length: 2000 mm, may be cut to length
− Bar width: 5.5 mm
− Slot width: 4.5 mm

Width 30, 40 and 60 mm
50
25

80

6.5

4.5

B

25

14

8

L

8

25

80

B

14

4.5

6.5

50

Width 80 and 100 mm

25
50

L

Aluminium rivet
For secure assembly of cable ducts in conformity
with the relevant standards. Also suitable for
mounting support rails and punched rails.
To fit:
● TS system punchings
● Drilled hole Ø 4.5 mm.

526

Packs of

Model No. TS

100

8800.531

Accessories:
− Cable ducts for vertical TS section,
see page 525.
− Cable ducts for mounting plate,
see page 526.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Cable management
Cable clamp rails
Mounting angle for TS, ES, PC,
TP universal console, base/plinths
For strain relief with cable entry. Depth-variable
mounting on a 25 mm pitch pattern on the horizontal enclosure section or in side base/plinth trim
panels with assembly bolts.

Enclosure width
mm

Length
mm

Packs
of

Model No.
PS

400

385

2

4193.000

600

585

2

4191.000

800

785

2

4192.000

1000

985

2

4336.000

1200

1185

2

4196.000

1600

1585

2

4338.000

1800

1785

2

4339.000

Material:
Steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Accessories:
Assembly bolts for base/plinth,
see page 364.

Cable clamps,

For
cable diameter
mm

for cable clamp rails
For fastening the cables to the cable clamp rails.

Packs of

Model No.
SZ
2350.000

6 – 12

25

Material:
Sheet steel

12 – 16

25

2351.000

14 – 18

25

2352.000

Surface finish:
Zinc-plated

18 – 22

25

2353.000

22 – 26

25

2354.000

Supply includes:
Plastic insert.

26 – 30

25

2355.000

30 – 34

25

2356.000

34 – 38

25

2357.000

38 – 42

25

2358.000

42 – 46

25

2359.000

46 – 50

25

2360.000

Possible
alternative:
Rail for EMC shielding bracket and strain relief,
see page 498.

Cable clamp rails
C section
for TS, CM, TP
For strain relief with cable entry.
The length of the cable clamp rail is tailored to the
width of the mounting plate. The mounting bracket
included with the supply supports three different
installation situations on the mounting plate:

For
enclosure width
mm

Length
mm

Packs
of

Model No.
CM

600

499

1

5001.080

800

699

1

5001.081

1000

899

1

5001.082

1200

1099

1

5001.083

1 straight, at a distance of 23 mm from the

mounting plate
2 straight, at a distance of 10 mm from the

mounting plate

Accessories:
Cable clamps for C rails,
see page 529.

3 tilted, towards the mounting plate

Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Two mounting brackets and assembly screws.

1

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

2

3

527

Cable management
Cable clamping bracket
For installing in the operating housing with
mounting cut-out CP-L and CP-XL.
Cable clamping optionally via:
● Cable clamps
or
● Cable tie SZ 2597.000
● Commercially available cable ties.
Bracket height = 25 mm with fitted C rail 40 mm.

Packs of

Model No. CP

1 set

6052.000

Accessories:
− Cable clamps,
see page 529.
− Cable ties,
see page 530.

Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
C rail and screws.

Cable clamp rails
see page 532.

Combination rails
for QuickBox
For cable clamping and routing.
Cables and leads can be fastened to the hammer
heads top and bottom with cable ties. In addition,
the C section of the combination rail will accommodate cable clamps with inserts. For producing
a contacting connection, the anodised coating of
the rail must be broken.
Material:
Aluminium
Surface finish:
Anodised
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

528

For
enclosure depth
mm

Length
mm

Packs
of

Model No.
QB

300/400

200

6

7502.302

500/600

400

6

7502.304

For
enclosure width
mm

Length
mm

Packs
of

Model No.
QB

600

400

6

7502.304

Accessories:
− Cable clamps,
see page 529.
− Cable ties,
see page 530.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Cable management
Cascade cable routing
for chassis mounting
for TS
Professional cable routing system for cascading
of cables in several levels of the enclosure depth.
The cables are attached to the C rail by means of
clamps. Suitable for installation on the inner enclosure level.
Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
− 6 mounting brackets
− 3 C rails
− Assembly parts

Cable clamps
for C rails
For attaching the cables to the C rails.

For
enclosure width
mm

Packs of

Model No. DK

600

3

7831.570

800

3

7831.571

Accessories:
− TS punched section with mounting flange
for the inner mounting level,
see page 459.
− PS punched section without mounting flange
for vertical mounting in the enclosure frame,
see page 464.
− Cable clamps,
see page 529.

For
cable diameter
mm

Packs of

Model No. DK

6 – 14

25

7077.000

Material:
Sheet steel

12 – 18

25

7078.000

18 – 22

25

7097.000

Surface finish:
Zinc-plated

22 – 26

25

7097.220

26 – 30

25

7097.260

Supply includes:
Plastic insert.

30 – 34

25

7097.300

34 – 38

25

7097.340

Note:
C rails,
see from page 465.

38 – 42

25

7098.000

42 – 56

25

7098.100

56 – 64

25

7099.000

Internal Ø mm

Packs of

Model No. SZ

16

25 m

2595.000

29

25 m

2589.000

36

25 m

2596.000

48

25 m

2590.000

For cable conduit
Ø mm

Packs of

Model No. SZ

16

20

2593.0001)

29

20

2591.0001)

36

20

2594.000

48

20

2592.000

Cable conduit and
cable conduit holder
For secure cable routing e.g. from the enclosure
or mounting plate to the door.
Attachment facility for standard commercially
available cable ties is provided on the cable conduit holder, so that cables may be attached upon
entry to/exit from the cable conduit.
Material:
− Cable conduit: Polythene
− Cable conduit holder: Polyamide

Cable conduit

Cable conduit holder

1) Installation

in compact enclosures AE
with universal bracket SZ 2373.000, see page 476.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

529

Cable management
Cable attachment
For professional, secure fastening of cables and
conduits.
For fastening:
● Slide into the mounting rail 23 x 23 mm,
● Screw-fasten onto the round punchings of the
enclosures, as well as all punched rails and
punched sections.
As the fastening attachments are bayable, several fastening attachments, even those of different sizes, can be assembled by using just
2 screws.
Material:
Polyamide
Note:
Punched rail 23 x 23 mm,
see page 463.

For
cable diameter
from – to
mm

Packs of

Model No. PS

Colour:
Black
Supply includes:
Quick-release fastener.

Nylon loop
For tidy cable routing.
Supplied on a reel for cutting to the required
length.

4319.090

50

4319.120

12 – 16

50

4319.160

16 – 20

50

4319.200

Also required:

The super-fast solution for fastening cables to the
enclosure profile or mounting system parts.
Simply clip into the round system punchings.

With the nylon loop, secured cables are easily
released, allowing individual cables to be added
or removed. Ideal for sensitive data cables
(fibre-optic/Cu), as it avoids indentations on the
cable sheathing.
In addition, the nylon loop may be screw-fastened to the round system punchings or attached
using a quick-release fastener.

50

Posidrive raised countersunk screw M5 x 12 mm,
SZ 2488.000, for screw-fastening to the round
system punchings,
see page 478.

Cable ties

Nylon loop

6–9
9 – 12

Length
mm

Packs of

Model No. SZ

150

100

2597.000

Width
mm

Length
mm

Max. cable
diameter
mm

Packs
of

Model No.
DK

20

130

30

10

7072.220

20

200

50

10

7072.230

20

300

90

10

7072.240

Also required:
Screw SZ 2486.500 for screw-fastening to the
round system punchings,
see page 478.

Length
mm

Width
mm

Packs
of

Model No. IN

5000

16

1

2203.400

Unlike cable ties,
● protects the cable sheathing
● easily reopened
● reusable

530

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Cable management
Nylon loop cable holder
self-adhesive
Suitable for universal use in all network enclosures and server racks, wall-mounted enclosures,
mounting plates and gland plates.

Size
length x width
mm

Packs of

Model No. DK

70 x 16

10

7111.350

Material:
Woven polyamide 6.6
Colour:
Black

Cable tie fastener
for round system punchings and VIP 6000

Packs of

Model No. CP

100

6059.000

Packs of

Model No. CP

100

6059.500

For all commercially available cable ties up to a
tie width of 4.8 mm.
Simply insert into the screw channel and secure
by hammering down the split rivet.
Material:
Polyamide 6.6

Cable tie fastener
for Comfort Panel, Optipanel and
Compact Panel
For secure cable routing of all standard commercially available cable ties up to a tie width of
4.0 mm.
Simply insert into the T channel and secure by
rotating through 45°.
Material:
Polyamide 6.6

Snap-in cable routing

Design

Packs of

Model No. DK

for clipping into the system punchings
Cable routing suitable for universal use,
for toolless, fast assembly, in two variants:

For locking for
system punchings 6.2 mm

10

7111.300

For twisting for
system punchings 4.7 mm

10

7111.310

For locking:
● User-friendly opening for cable management
via locating points
● For cable diameters 14 – 19 mm
● For system punchings 6.2 mm
For twisting:
● User-friendly opening for cable management
● For cable diameters 10.2 – 12.7 mm
● For system punchings 4.7 mm
Material:
Polyamide 6.6, self-extinguishing to UL 94-V2
Colour:
Natural

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

531

Cable management
Cable clamp rails
for TS and 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frames
The cables may be attached to the cable clamp
rails with cable ties or nylon tapes. The cable
clamp rails are simply located onto the frame
section and may additionally be secured with
a screw.
Material:
Sheet steel
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

For the inner mounting level
For enclosures

Packs of

Model No. DK

600

4

7828.061

800

4

7828.081

1000

1000

4

7828.101

1200

1200

4

7828.121

Packs of

Model No. DK

Width mm

Depth mm

600
800

For the outer mounting level
For enclosures
Width mm

Depth mm

600

600

4

7828.062

800

800

4

7828.082

1000

1000

4

7828.102

1200

1200

4

7828.122

Accessories:
− Cable ties,
see page 530.
− Nylon loop,
see page 530.

Cable clamp rails,
depth-variable
for TS and 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frames
For strain relief of the routed cables. The cables
may be attached to the cable clamp rails with
cable ties or nylon tapes.
The cable clamp rails may be located directly on
a 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame horizontally at
the rear or in the enclosure depth between two
mounting frames. An additional screw fastening
secures the unit.
The depth variability of the rails facilitates flexible
adaptation of their length to the existing attachment distance between the two 482.6 mm (19˝)
mounting frames.

Mounting dimension1)
mm

Packs of

Model No. DK

325 – 575

4

7858.160

500 – 895

4

7858.162

1) Mounting

dimensions + 120 mm =
distance between 482.6 mm (19˝) levels

Accessories:
− Cable ties,
see page 530.
− Nylon loop,
see page 530.

Material:
Sheet steel
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Cable clamp, variable
for enclosure-independent mounting
Variable attachment from 450 to 800 mm for flexible cable clamping in two variants.

1

Design

Packs of

Model No. DK

C rail

1

7016.140

T-head rail

1

7016.150

Supports attachment to punched sections with
and without mounting flanges and direct screwfastening onto mounting plates and other flat
surfaces.
Material:
Sheet steel, zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.
1 C rail
2 T-head rail

2

532

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Cable management
Cable manager

Material:
Plastic, UL 94-V0

Model No. DK

8

7064.100

Maxi kit

20

7064.110

75

Packs of
Basic kit

50

For system-compatible cable deflection while
complying with minimal bending radii and to
accommodate surplus cables and excess length.
The elements may optionally be used individually
or in combination for cable routing. They may be
combined into semi-circular or circular elements.
As the mounting distance between the elements
grows larger, the deflection radius of the cables
may optionally be enlarged, or the cable route
designed individually. The option of securing elements on their straight-edge side supports the
use of corners and edges, to allow protected
cable routing around them.
Mounting clips for use above the arc hold the
routed cables back within the elements. The elements are also bayable in an axial direction to
allow U-based cable routing to the mounting level,
or channelling of the cable sections.

50
44

75

Colour:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
Mounting clips and assembly parts.

Shunting ring, plastic
For flexible cable routing, in two materials and
three size variants.
Option of mounting on the 482.6 mm (19˝) enclosure and swing frame section of the data distributor, on all patch panels, on the Rittal Data Rack
and all components on a 25 mm DIN pitch pattern.

Polyamide version:
Infinitely variable mounting thanks to a longitudinal slot. The shunting ring DK 7218.035 may also
be used on 1 U patch panels.
Colour:
RAL 7035

Dimensions
mm

Packs
of

Model No.
DK

1 Polyamide

70 x 44

10

7218.035

1 Polyamide

105 x 70

10

7219.035

2 Polycarbonate

95 x 50

10

7228.035

Material

1

Polycarbonate version:
Variable mounting. With 45° attachment, the cable
shunting ring may be attached to a 1 U panel.
Colour:
RAL 7035

Possible
alternative:
Cable management panel, 1 U,
see page 539.

2

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

533

Cable management
Cable shunting ring
For flexible, system-compatible cable routing at
the side of the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame or
on 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles.
Material:
Sheet steel, zinc-plated

Dimensions
mm

Packs of

125 x 85

10

7111.900

125 x 65

10

7111.000

85 x 43

10

7112.000

Model No. DK

Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Anti-twist guard
for cable shunting rings
For individual attachment of cable shunting rings
(DK 7111.000, DK 7111.900, DK 7112.000) to
mounting angles, mounting frames or enclosure
panels. May be mounted on a 25 mm pitch pattern of system punchings on mounting angles
and on the 10.5 x 12.5 mm system punchings of
the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame. It may be
variably mounted and rotated on the system
punchings in 90° increments.
Form-fit accommodation of the shunting ring into
the integral channel allows large forces to be
accommodated in all directions.

Packs of

Model No. DK

10

7111.100

Material:
Plastic
Colour:
RAL 7035

Shunting ring
To accommodate large quantities of cables.
Shunting ring for side attachment to 482.6 mm (19˝)
sections and mounting frames in 800 mm wide
network enclosures.
The ring is attached asymmetrically providing
approx. 110 mm free space in front of the
482.6 mm (19˝) level. This allows even large
quantities of cables to be effectively managed.

Dimensions
mm

Packs of

Model No. DK

330 x 90/70

4

7220.600

Material:
Round steel, zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

534

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Cable management
Fibre-optic shunting rings
The inner body is grooved, and fibre-optic shunting or jumper cables can be inserted into these.
A rubber ring holds different fibre-optic cables
with diameters of up to 4.5 mm. Strain relief and
bending radius are ensured.
Length: 120 mm.
Material:
Dual compound plastic

Packs of

Model No. DK

2

7116.500

Possible
alternative:
Fibre-optic cable management panel, 1 U,
see page 541.

Colour:
− Exterior: RAL 7035
− Interior: Black
Supply includes:
− 2 rubber rings
− Baying kit
− Mounting accessories
Assembly:
The supplied mounting brackets are suitable for
universal use; the fibre-optic cables can be routed
to the patch panel in all directions in various
mounting positions:

1

2

3

4

1 At the side, directly on the patch panel
2 In front of the patch panel
3 At the side next to the patch panel
4 In front of the patch panel

Cable clamp strap
for patch panels
To provide strain relief of incoming or outgoing
data cables. Optionally available with spring
brackets for accommodating and contacting the
cable screen. Connection to the patch panel is by
means of bolts on the panel itself.

Design

Packs of Model No. DK

Without cable screen contact

1

7610.000

With spring clips for
contacting the cable screen

1

7611.000

Material:
Sheet steel, 2 mm, zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

System supports
for cable routes
for TS
The depth-variable support system may be
attached to all 800 – 1200 mm deep TS enclosures with external screw-fastening of the roof
plate. The integral system punchings, for screws
or captive nuts, support the attachment of most
common cable route systems.
Material:
Sheet steel

Packs of

Model No. DK

2

7831.472

Accessories:
− Metal multi-tooth screws 5.5 x 13 mm,
SZ 2486.500,
see page 478.
− Captive nuts M6, TS 8800.340,
see page 477.

Surface finish:
Powder-coated
Colour:
RAL 7035

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

535

Cable management
Cable route on the
mounting frame
The mounting kit facilitates rear, side attachment
of a cable tray to mounting frames inside enclosure systems TE 7000, TS. This allows the integration of vertical cable management independently
of the enclosure frame.

Packs of

Model No. DK

1

7000.685

Supply includes:
1 cable route 100 mm wide, 1700 mm high,
including mounting kit.

Material:
Sheet steel, zinc-plated

Cable route, vertical
for TS
For direct attachment between the roof and base
frame of a 2000 mm high frame structure.
Installation position optionally on the inner or outer
mounting level. Route width 200 mm.
With integral system punchings for the attachment of various cable routing aids and hammerhead attachment for nylon loops and cable ties.

Packs of

Model No. DK

1

7858.200

Packs of

Model No. DK

1

7827.050

Material:
Sheet steel, zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Cable route
for TS
For cable routing between two 482.6 mm (19˝)
mounting angles in bayed enclosure suites
(enclosure width 800 mm, mounting angles fitted
centrally). Suitable for L-shaped and cranked
mounting angles.
Material:
Sheet steel
Colour:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Surplus cable holder

W x H x D mm

Packs of

Model No. DK

For fastening at the rear area of the enclosure,
or at the side of network enclosures. The surplus
cable holder can be attached to all depth stays or
to punched sections and rails with a 25 mm pitch
pattern – mounting dimension 150 mm. Units may
also be fastened to each other.

280 x 151 x 75

1

7220.500

Material:
Sheet steel
Colour:
RAL 7035

536

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Cable management
Cable routing 482.6 mm (19˝)
Cable routing bars
For structured routing of entire cable bundles,
the cable bars may be secured to a variety of
different positions inside the enclosure.

Material:
− Support: Sheet steel
− Cable routing bars, connection combs: Plastic
Colour:
RAL 9005
Supply includes:
− Cable routing bars
− Connection combs

482.6 mm (19˝) attachment
For horizontal cable routing within the distributor
level.
Thanks to their open mounting holes, they can also
be retrospectively slotted onto the 482.6 mm (19˝)
system punchings of the mounting level at any time
and secured with the existing mounting screws of
the installed components.

All-round attachment for universal use
For vertical and horizontal cable routing inside the
enclosure or within the distributor level.

Cranked attachment
For mounting angles and mounting frames.
Horizontal, U-based cable routing to the distributor level.

U

No.
of connection
combs

4
1

Packs of

Model No. DK

2

4

7111.224

5

10

7111.214

U

No.
of connection
combs

Packs of

Model No. DK

4

2

4

7111.222

1

5

10

7111.212

U

No.
of connection
combs

Packs of

Model No. DK

4

2

4

7111.220

1

5

10

7111.210

Connection comb
For connecting individual cable routing bars into
complete systems (included with the supply).

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

537

Cable management
Cable routing 482.6 mm (19˝)
Cable duct
for TS/TE
For laying cable in particularly high packaging
densities (high density network nodes), in the
optical fibre or copper cabling sector.
Large capacity. A wide range of cable routing,
cable clamping, channelling and cross-cabling
options creates the requirements for maximum
port density in the minimum possible space.
Individual U-based cable routing makes it possible to dispense with additional cable routing via
patch panels within the distributor level, thereby
equipping every U with connection points. This
increases port density by up to 50%.
The removable duct cover, hinged on both sides,
facilitates user-friendly access at any time. The
cable sections are held back by removable crossbars to protect them against falling out. Mounting
is either on mounting rails at the sides, and on
mounting angles and mounting frames in the
482.6 mm (19˝) distributor level. Two ducts may
also be secured back-to-back.

Size
W x D mm
95 x 235

No. of
U

Packs
of

24

1

7827.310

42

1

7827.320

Model No. DK

Note:
When using the duct in conjunction with
482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frames and TS 8,
the inner mounting level in the vicinity of the
cable duct is not available.
Within the duct, additional cable ties may be
attached to accommodate spare cables and for
system-compatible cable deflection.
Accessories:
Cable ties for spare cables:
1

Packs of

Model No. DK

4

7827.330

Material:
− Cable duct: Sheet steel, spray-finished
− Cable routing components: Plastic
− Front trim panel: Aluminium, spray-finished
Colour:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
Hinged front trim panel and assembly parts.

1

Distributor clip
Material:
Sheet steel

Packs of

Model No. DK

1

4

7111.252

2

4

7111.250

Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
1

Supply includes:
Assembly parts.
1 Distributor clip

For structured cable routing of entire cable
bundles, the distributor clip may be secured
to a variety of different positions inside the
enclosure. It may be used for both horizontal
and vertical distribution of the cables.
2 Distributor clip, horizontal
2

538

For mounting angles and mounting frames.
Distribution of cables among the various
height units of the patch level.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Cable management
Cable routing 482.6 mm (19˝)
Drawer 482.6 mm (19˝)
to accommodate surplus cables
The 1 U drawer offers a convenient opportunity for
storing surplus cables in an organised, compact
and secure way within the 482.6 mm (19˝) levels.
● With brush strip at the front for cable entry
● T-head rail in the rear section for cable clamping
● Ring-shaped kink-free routing of the conductors on adjustable elements in the interior
● May be fitted between two 482.6 mm (19˝)
levels at a distance of 435 – 750 mm
● Independent from the enclosure system
● Both on L-shaped and cranked mounting
angles and mounting frames.

Distance between levels
mm

Packs of

Model No. DK

435 – 750

1

7063.200

Material:
Sheet steel
Colour:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
Drawer including telescopic slides and
assembly parts.
Accessories:
Nylon loop DK 7072.220/DK 7072.230,
see page 530.

Cable management panel
482.6 mm (19˝)
For horizontal management of the patch cables,
with 5 cable shunting rings.

Material:
− Panel: Sheet steel
− Ring: Polyamide
Colour:
RAL 7035

Material:
− Panel: Sheet steel
− Ring: Polycarbonate
Colour:
RAL 7035

Material:
− Panel: Sheet steel
− Ring: Steel
Surface finish:
Ring: Zinc-plated

U

Ring size mm

Packs of

Model No. DK

1

70 x 44

1

7159.0351)

1) Cable

shunting rings supplied loose.

U

Ring size mm

Packs of

Model No. DK

1

95 x 50

1

7255.0351)

1) Cable

shunting rings supplied loose.

U

Ring size mm

Packs of

Model No. DK

1

105 x 43

1

7257.035

2

125 x 85

1

7257.100

1

43 x 55

1

7257.200

U

Ring size mm

Packs of

Model No. DK

1

105 x 43

1

7257.005

2

125 x 85

1

7257.1051)

Colour:
RAL 7035

Material:
− Panel: Sheet steel
− Ring: Steel
Surface finish:
Ring: Zinc-plated
Colour:
RAL 9005

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

1) Extended

delivery times.

Note:
The sizes given are external dimensions.

539

Cable management
Cable routing 482.6 mm (19˝)
Cable management panel
with cable routing bars
482.6 mm (19˝)
For horizontal management of the patch cables
with cable routing bars. Opening the individual
cable routing bars allows user-friendly modification and extension of the cabling.

U

Bar depth
mm

No. of
bars/U

Packs of

Model No.
DK

1

Approx. 80

5

1

7257.050

2

Approx. 80

4

1

7257.150

Material:
− Panel: Sheet steel, spray-finished
− Cable routing bars: Plastic
Colour:
− Panel: RAL 7035
− Cable routing bars: Black

Cable management panel, 2 U

U

Depth mm

Packs of

Model No. DK

482.6 mm (19˝)
The cable routing chamber has cut-outs from
above, into which the patch cables can be
inserted. The cable management panel is
equipped with a flap and quick-release fasteners
at the front, for optimum access to the cables.
From the rear, the cables can be inserted via a
cut-out with brush strips. With accommodation
facility for cable clamp straps DK 7610.000 or
DK 7611.000.

2

85

1

7158.035

Model No. DK

Accessories:
Cable clamp strap,
see page 535.

Material:
Sheet steel
Colour:
RAL 7035

Cable routing channel

U

Depth mm

Packs of

482.6 mm (19˝)
To hold the patching cables.

1

85

1

7149.135

3

100

1

7149.035

Material:
Sheet steel
Colour:
RAL 7035

Cable management panel, 2 U

U

Packs of

Model No. DK

To accommodate fibre-optic and copper cables.
Fibres from the patch panels are placed into the
tray via openings and may be distributed at the
sides. Rounded openings protect the cable
sheathing.

2

1

7269.135

Material:
Sheet steel
Colour:
RAL 7035

540

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Cable management
Cable routing 482.6 mm (19˝)
Cable management duct,
horizontal

U

Packs of

2

1

7158.100

482.6 mm (19˝)
The duct facilitates concealed, simple cable
routing of large quantities of cables to equipment
within the 482.6 mm (19˝) attachment level.
Large cut-outs ensure convenient, kink-free cable
routing to the components top and bottom.
For simple handling, the entire front panel may be
removed via quick-release fasteners. After attaching the cables, these are held in position via nylon
ties, whilst the duct may be resealed.

3

1

7158.1501)

1) Extended

Model No. DK

delivery times.

Material:
Sheet steel
Colour:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
5 nylon loops.

Cable tray, 2 U

U

Packs of

Model No. DK

For side routing and distribution of fibre-optic and
copper cables. In this way, cables inserted into
the roof area may be routed at the side of the
mounting angles in the upper section of the rack.
Depth 85 mm.

2

1

7269.235

U

Packs of

Model No. DK

1

1

7256.035

Material:
Sheet steel
Colour:
RAL 7035

Fibre-optic cable management
panel, 1 U
482.6 mm (19˝)
The four fibre-optic cable shunting rings integrated into the front permit optimum management
of up to 48 fibres.
Material:
− Panel: Sheet steel
− Ring: Dual compound plastic

Possible
alternative:
Fibre-optic support guide DK 7116.500,
see page 535.

Colour:
− Panel: RAL 7035
− Cable shunting rings on the outside: RAL 7035,
black interior

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

541

Cable management
Cable routing 482.6 mm (19˝)
Cable entry panel

U

Packs of

Model No. DK

482.6 mm (19˝)
Cut-out 390 x 40 mm (2 U) or 390 x 20 mm (1 U)
with brush insert. With accommodation facility for
cable clamp straps DK 7610.000 or DK 7611.000.

1

1

7140.535

2

1

7150.535

Material:
Sheet steel
Colour:
RAL 7035

1
2

3

Cable routing across the
482.6 mm (19˝) mounting level
There are various different cable clamping
systems available for system-compatible cable
routing in 482.6 mm (19˝) systems with one or
two pairs of mounting angles:

1 C rail

for mounting between all pairs of
482.6 mm (19˝) mouting angles.

Accessories:
Cable clamp strap,
see page 535.

Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated

C rail

Depth
in mm

Packs
of

Model No.
DK

482.6 mm (19˝) level

–

6

7016.100

Cable clamp rail

Depth
in mm

Packs
of

Model No.
DK

482.6 mm (19˝) level

–

6

7016.110

Cable clamp strap for

Depth
in mm

Packs
of

Model No.
DK

Data Rack and
large swing frame

250

6

7016.120

DK-TS mounting angles

100

6

7016.130

4
2 Cable clamp rails

for mounting between all pairs of
482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles,
for cable ties.

3 Cable clamp straps for large swing frames,

and Data Rack,
the cable clamp straps are mounted on the
frame at the rear, whilst the cables are
clamped 250 mm behind the 482.6 mm (19˝)
mounting angles.
4 Cable clamp strap for DK-TS mounting

angles,
with side lugs for suspending from the
cranked 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles.
Cable clamping is via cable ties.

542

Also required:
With L-shaped TS mounting angles,
adaptor DK 7827.300 is additionally required,
see page 488.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

482.6 mm (19˝) installation system
Swing frame
Swing frame, small

Material:
Sheet steel

Installation for 600 mm and 800 mm wide
enclosures
For mounting 482.6 mm (19˝) equipment.

Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Cam with double-bit lock insert and parts
for attaching to the installation kit.
Technical information:
Available on the Internet.
Front,
top/bottom

Installation

Set back,
top/bottom

Set back/front,
centre

1

1

1

2

1
2
1

2

2
1

U

Packs
of

Model No. SR

3

1

2377.030

6

1

2377.060

9

1

2377.090

12

1

2377.120

15

1

2377.150

18

1

2377.180

Also required:
For enclosure width
1 Installation kit

PS punched
section without
2
mounting flange,
2 or 4 required

1 set

600

800

2377.860

2377.880

For
enclosure depth
mm

Page

400

4

4374.000

464

500

4

4375.000

464

600

4

4376.000

464

800

4

4377.000

464

6 sets

8800.330

473

Support bracket,
2 required per PS punched
section without mounting flange
Accessories
Lock inserts, type D

2484.000

421

Note:
The swing frame stay is required to lock the open swing frame,
see page 548.

Installation kit
for swing frame, small
in ES, TP universal console.

Enclosure width mm

Packs of

Model No. SR

600

1 set

2377.460

Accessories:
Depending on the installation position:
− Support bracket PS 4183.000,
see page 473 and
− PS punched section without mounting flange
in accordance with the enclosure depth,
see page 464.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

543

482.6 mm (19˝) installation system
Swing frame
Vario swing frames
Installation for ES and CS modular enclosures,
800 mm wide enclosures
For the installation of 482.6 mm (19˝) equipment.

Supply includes:
Double-bit lock insert and assembly parts.
Technical information:
Available on the Internet.

Material:
Sheet steel
Colour:
RAL 7035

Front1),
top

Installation

Set back/front1),
centre

Set back,
top

4
3

3

3

U

Packs
of

Model No. SR

6

1

2004.235

12

1

2008.235

18

1

2011.235

3 400 depth

4

8800.640

464

3 500 depth

4

8800.650

464

4 800 width

4

4365.000

464

2484.000

421

Also required:
For enclosure
mm
PS punched section
with mounting flange

Page

Accessories
Lock inserts, type D
1) Max.

installation depth for enclosure depth 400 mm: 305 mm
Max. installation depth for enclosure depth 500 mm: 405 mm

544

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

482.6 mm (19˝) installation system
Swing frame
Swing frame, large
Without trim panel, for 600 mm and 1200 mm
wide enclosures
For mounting 482.6 mm (19˝) equipment.

Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Cam with double-bit lock insert and parts for
attaching to the installation kit.
Technical information:
Available on the Internet.

Installation

Full installation,
front/set back

Partial installation
top,
front/set back

1

1

Partial installation
centre,
front/set back

1
2

2
2

2

2

1

1
1

For enclosure width mm

600

1200

U

For min. enclosure height
mm

Packs of

Model No. SR

22

1200

1

2322.700

31

1600

1

2331.700

36

1800

1

2336.700

40

2000

1

2340.700

45

2200

1

2345.700
Page

Accessories
Lock inserts, type D

2484.000

421

Also required:
1 Installation kits
For enclosure
TS

ES

CM

Hinge

Load
capacity

Packs of

–

–



< 800 N

1985.500

–

1 set





–

< 1500 N2)

1994.835

–

1 set





–

< 1500 N2)

–

1996.835

1 set



–

–

< 1500 N1)

–

1996.535

1 set

130°

1) Installation

only possible with the mounting plate slide rail dismantled.
2) Maximum load 800 N with the TS mounting plate slide rail dismantled.
2 For TS:
TS punched section with mounting flange 23 x 73 mm,
2 or 4 required
Installation in
enclosure depth
mm

1) TS

Packs
of

Model No. TS

2 For ES:
PS punched section with mounting flange 23 x 73 mm,
2 or 4 required

Page

Installation in
enclosure depth
mm

Packs
of

Model No. TS

Page

400

4

8612.1401)

459

400

4

4369.000

464

500

4

8612.550

460

500

4

4370.000

464

600

4

8612.560

460

800

4

8612.580

460

1000

4

8612.500

460

1200

4

8612.520

460

punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Note:
The swing frame stay is required to lock the open
swing frame,
see page 548.

545

482.6 mm (19˝) installation system
Swing frame
Swing frame, large

Colour:
RAL 7035

With trim panel, for 800 mm wide enclosures
For mounting 482.6 mm (19˝) equipment.

Supply includes:
Locking rod system with double-bit lock insert
and parts for attaching to the installation kit.

Material:
Sheet steel

Technical information:
Available on the Internet.

Surface finish:
− Front panel: Zinc-plated
− Trim panel: Spray-finished

Partial installation
top,
width 800 mm,
front/set back

Full installation,
width 800 mm,
front/set back

Installation

Partial installation
centre (in the height),
width 800 mm
front/set back

1

1

1

1

2
2

2

2

1

1

side

central

Mounting position

With hinge

130°/180°

180°

For enclosure width mm

800

U

For min. enclosure height
mm

Packs of

22

1200

1

2323.235

31

1600

1

2332.235

–

36

1800

1

2337.235

2338.235

40

2000

1

2341.235

2342.235

45

2200

1

2346.235

2347.235

Model No. SR
2324.235

Heavy-duty version1)
U

For enclosure height mm

Packs of

40

2000

1

Model No. SR
7858.100

–

Accessories
Ergoform-S lock systems

see page 419

Lock inserts, version A

see page 421

Also required:
1 Installation kits
For enclosure
TS

ES

CM

Hinge

Load
capacity
< 800 N

1986.500

1 set

130°

< 1500 N3)

1995.235

1 set
1 set

Packs of

–

–







–



–

–

< 1500 N2)

1995.835

–

–



< 800 N

1986.500 + 1978.200

1 set





–

< 1200 N3)

1997.235

1 set



–

–

1997.835

1 set

180°

< 1200 N2)

1) Load capacity 350 kg, including installation kit, for enclosure height 2000
2) Installation only possible with the mounting plate slide rail dismantled.
3) Maximum

load 800 N with the TS mounting plate slide rail dismantled.

2 For TS: TS punched section with mounting flange
23 x 73 mm, 2 or 4 required

2 For ES: PS punched section with mounting flange
23 x 73 mm, 2 or 4 required

Installation in
Packs
enclosure width/depth
of
mm

Installation in
Packs
enclosure width/depth
of
mm

1) TS

546

mm.

Model No.
TS

Page

Model No.
TS

Page

400

4

8612.1401)

459

400

4

4369.000

464

500

4

8612.550

460

500

4

4370.000

464

600

4

8612.560

460

800

4

8612.580

460

1000

4

8612.500

460

1200

4

8612.520

460

punched section with mounting flange, 17 x 73 mm

Note:
The swing frame stay is required to lock the
open swing frame,
see page 548.
Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

482.6 mm (19˝) installation system
Swing frame
Compact swing frames

Width mm

600

600

600/760

for AE
For mounting slide-in electronic equipment,
482.6 mm (19˝), across the entire height.

Height mm

380

600

760

U

6

11

14

Packs of

1

1

1

Technical specifications:
Torsionally stiff frame, welded from rectangular
tube and triple-folded support section.

Model No. SR

2026.200

2027.200

2034.200

Material:
Sheet steel

Accessories:
41 mm lock insert, version C,
see page 421.

Colour:
RAL 7035

Detailed drawings:
Available on the Internet.

Supply includes:
Double-bit lock insert and assembly parts.

Pull-out frame, 482.6 mm (19˝)

U

Packs of

Model No. DK

for TS
For the installation of a pull-out 482.6 mm (19˝)
front. For 600 and 800 mm wide TS enclosures,
from a depth of 800 mm.

12

1

7124.035

Note:
The slide rail DK 7963.310 (see page 560) can be
mounted directly in the pull-out frame to support
heavy equipment.

− Overall depth: 525 mm
− Extension piece: 500 mm
− Distance: 300 mm
Load capacity:
50 kg
Colour:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
Telescopic slides and assembly parts.

Divider kits
for pull-out frame

1

For enclosure width
Enclosure depth
mm

Packs of

600 mm

800 mm
Model No. TS

1
2

TS punched section
with mounting flange
Depth stays

800

4

8612.080

1000

4

8612.000

–

800

4

–

7827.800

1000

4

–

7827.000

–

2

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

547

482.6 mm (19˝) installation system
Swing frame
Swing frame stay

Packs of

Model No. SR

Holds the swing frame in the open position.

with 130° hinge

5

1979.200

For mounting on:
Swing frame, large
● SR 1979.200, at the top of the enclosure
● SR 1980.200, at the bottom of the enclosure
(with safety stop at 160°)

with 180° hinge

1

1980.200

For slide-in equipment
with max. installation depth

Packs of

Model No. SR

D max. < 190 mm

10

1962.200

D max. > 190 mm

10

1963.200

For mounting on:
Swing frame, small
● SR 1979.200, may be mounted at the top or
bottom of the installation kit.

Slide rails
To support heavy slide-in electronic equipment,
482.6 mm (19˝) in the swing frame.
Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated

548

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

482.6 mm (19˝) installation system
Mounting angles
Mounting angles,
482.6 mm (19˝)

Cranked
Full installation
rack height
mm

for TS, CS Toptec

U

Packs of

Model No. DK

800

15

2

7827.080

1000

20

2

7827.100

1200

24

2

7827.120

1400

29

2

7827.140

1600

33

2

7827.160

1800

38

2

7827.180

2000

42

2

7827.200

2200

47

2

7827.220

Full installation
rack height
mm

U

Packs of

Model No. DK

600

11

2

7827.061

800

15

2

7827.081

1000

20

2

7827.101

Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

1200

24

2

7827.121

1400

29

2

7827.141

Explanation of the mounting dimensions in
interior installations: See page 550.

1600

33

2

7827.161

1800

38

2

7827.181

2000

42

2

7827.201

2200

47

2

7827.221

Available in two versions:
Cranked
The integral U markings in the front facilitate
systematic assembly within the 482.6 mm (19˝)
attachment level.
L-shaped
The L-shaped mounting angles accommodate the
installation kits of server systems. The integral U
markings in the front facilitate systematic assembly within the 482.6 mm (19˝) attachment level.
Technical specifications:
− 2 mm sheet steel
− Integral 482.6 mm (19˝) punchings
(EIA standard)
− Side round and square punchings
− Clear chromated for conductive connection of
the 482.6 mm (19) installed equipment.

L-shaped

Note:
The mounting angles can also be used to accommodate 21˝, 23˝ and 24˝ attachment dimensions.
Also required:
− TS punched sections with mounting flanges
or depth stays as installation kit for
mounting angles,
see page 555 – 556.
− For L-shaped mounting angle variant:
for mounting slide rails or component shelves:
Adaptor DK 7827.300,
see page 488.

Mounting angles, metric

Full installation
rack height
mm

for TS
The L-shaped mounting angles accommodate
metric assemblies and components. Depending
on the installation kit, mounting dimensions
465 mm and 515 mm can be configured.

SU

Packs of

Model No. DK

–

17

2

7831.6111)

1000

37

2

7831.6211)

1200

43

2

7794.4201)

Material:
Sheet steel

1600

59

2

7794.7401)

2000

76

2

7831.631

Surface finish:
Zinc-plated

2200

84

2

7831.6411)

1)

Extended delivery times.

Supply includes:
Assembly parts.
Explanation of the mounting dimensions in
interior installations: See page 550.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Also required:
TS punched sections with mounting flanges or
depth stays as installation kit for mounting angles,
see page 555 – 556.

549

482.6 mm (19˝) installation system
Mounting angles
Mounting frame, 482.6 mm (19˝)
for TS, CS Basic and modular enclosures
The welded 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame
may be attached with complete depth variability
and is used to structure the front and rear
482.6 mm (19˝) level.
The mounting frame has the same system punchings as the TS 8 enclosure section at the sides
and rear, and therefore supports the mounting of
various TS 8 system accessories such as cable
clamp rails, cable shunting rings etc.
Load capacity:
Up to 1000 kg static load, with even load distribution on two 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frames,
with full installation.
Material:
Sheet steel

For enclosures
Width
mm

U

Height
mm

Packs
of

Model No.
DK

600

600

11

1

7856.710

600

1200

24

1

7856.713

600

1800

38

1

7856.716

600

2000

42

1

7856.719

600

2200

47

1

7856.722

800

1200

24

1

7856.725

800

1800

38

1

7856.728

800

2000

42

1

7856.731

800

2200

47

1

7856.734

Accessories:

Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.
Note:
A combination of 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame
plus fan mounting plate is not possible. For active
ventilation, we recommend use with modular fan
roof.
Explanation of the mounting dimensions in
interior installations: See page 550.

− Captive nuts,
see page 567.
− Assembly screws,
see page 478.
− Cable clamp rails TS,
see page 532.
− C rails,
see page 465.
− Component shelves,
see from page 480.
− Fan roof, modular,
see page 223.
− TS divider kit, heavy-duty, width/depth-variable,
see page 555.

Explanation of the mounting dimensions in interior installations
Cranked section

Mounting frame

A

A

B

B

C

C

A = Clearance width
B = Mounting dimension
C = External dimension of the

rack-mounted equipment or
of the front panels
L-shaped section

Installation
width

A
mm

B
mm

C
mm

> 19˝
> 21˝
> 23˝
> 24˝
> 10˝/39 HP
> 1/2 19˝/42 HP
> 9.5˝
> 18 SU
> 20 SU

450

465

482.6

500

515

533.4

552

567

584.2

577

592

609.6

221.4

236

254

236.6

251.2

269.2

208.7

223.3

241.3

450

465

485

500

515

535

A
B
C

550

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

482.6 mm (19˝) installation system
Mounting angles
Adaptor sections,
482.6 mm (19˝)

Accessories:
−
−
−
−

Infill panels, see page 552.
Captive nuts, see page 477.
Assembly screws, see page 478.
Slide rails with one-sided mounting,
see page 561.
− Slide rails with two-sided mounting,
see page 561.
− Drawer installation kit, see page 563.
− Component shelf installation kit, see page 488.

for TS
For the installation of subracks and other equipment.
Adaptor sections are easily shortened for partial
assemblies.
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.
Note:
The 482.6 mm (19˝) measurement is obtained
when mounting on the TS frame for enclosures
with width 600 mm.
For enclosure system TS1)
For enclosure height
mm

Material

U

Packs of

Model No. TS
8613.060

1600

33

4

1800

38

4

8613.080

42

4

8613.000

2000

Extruded aluminium section

2200

47

4

8613.020

For PC enclosure2)

17

4

8613.070

1) For the
2) Behind

rear of electronic enclosures, see page 552.
bottom door.

Assembly examples of TS:
Drawing 1

Drawing 1 and 2:
Adaptor section or adaptor
piece fitted in the foremost
installation position, directly
on the vertical section.
When installing slide rails with
two-sided mounting (see
page 561), the same adaptor
sections or adaptor pieces
must also be mounted on the
vertical section at the rear.

Drawing 2

63

43

63

3

75.5

1

1

4

Drawing 3

Drawing 3:
Mounting on two vertically
installed PS punched sections
permits fully flexible use of the
enclosure depths.

Drawing 5
5

Drawing 4 and 5:
Greater distance from the door
is achieved by mounting on
adaptor rails for PS compatibility.
In this position, the slide rails
can be fitted with one-sided
mounting.

1

Drawing 4
1

86

66

86

3

98.5

2

2

4

1 Adaptor section/piece

4 TS glazed door

2 Adaptor rail

5 Punched section without

3 TS sheet steel door
Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

mounting flange
551

482.6 mm (19˝) installation system
Mounting angles
Adaptor pieces, 482.6 mm (19˝)
for TS, ES
The “1 U” sub-section of adaptor sections.
For the installation of individual subracks and
other equipment.
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.
Assembly examples:
May be found on page 551.
Note:
The 482.6 mm (19˝) measurement is obtained
when mounting on the TS/ES frame for enclosures with width 600 mm.
Adaptor set (DK 7246.100) for 800 mm wide
enclosures, see page 562.

Adaptor sections,
482.6 mm (19˝)
for rear installation in TS electronic enclosures
For installing subracks at the front and back,
and for attaching the slide rails TS 8613.150,
TS 8613.160 and TS 8613.180 (see page 561).
Assembly is carried out on the inner mounting
level.
The outer mounting level can, e.g. still be used
for cable routing on depth-mounted TS punched
sections with mounting flange.
Material:
Extruded aluminium section
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.
Note:
Design similar to adaptor sections, 482.6 mm (19˝)
(see page 551), but asymmetrical height, suitable
for TS electronic enclosure.

For TS
U

Packs of

Model No. TS

1

4

8613.010

U

Packs of

Model No. PS

1

8

4547.000

For ES

Accessories:
− Captive nuts,
see page 477.
− Assembly screws,
see page 478.
− Slide rails with two-sided mounting,
see page 561.
− Drawer installation kit,
see page 563.
− Component shelf installation kit,
see page 488.

For
enclosure height
mm

U

Packs of

1600

33

2

8613.360

2000

42

2

8613.300

Model No. TS

Accessories:
− Captive nuts,
see page 477.
− Assembly screws,
see page 478.
− Slide rails with two-sided mounting,
see page 561.
− Drawer installation kit,
see page 563.
− Component shelf installation kit,
see page 488.
Possible
alternative:
Adaptor pieces, 482.6 mm (19˝),
see page 552.

Infill panels, 482.6 mm (19˝),
horizontal
for adaptor sections
To infill between installed 482.6 mm (19˝) equipment positioned in the full enclosure height and
the enclosure clearance height.

For enclosure height
mm

Packs of

Model No. TS

1600/2000

2

8613.040

1800/2200

2

8613.030

Material:
Extruded aluminium section
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

552

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

482.6 mm (19˝) installation system
Mounting angles
Mounting angles,
482.6 mm (19˝)
for CS basic and modular enclosures
For mounting 482.6 mm (19˝) components in Outdoor enclosures. The mounting angles are depthadjustable on a 25 mm pitch pattern. An installation bracket is required to attach the mounting
angles.
Material:
Sheet steel

Enclosure height
mm

U

Packs
of

Model No. DK

800

15

2

7685.000

1200

24

2

7688.000

Also required:
Installation bracket PS,
see page 553.

Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.
Explanation of the mounting dimensions in
interior installations: See page 550.

Depth stay for PS
For mounting angles 482.6 mm (19˝)
Material:
Sheet steel

Enclosure width
mm

Packs of

Model No.
DK

600/1200

2

7696.000

800

2

7698.000

Surface finish:
Zinc-plated

Mounting angles,
482.6 mm (19˝)

U

Packs of

Model No. DK

6

2

7705.706

for DK-EL
This mounting angle kit allows you to integrate a
second 482.6 mm (19˝) level into EL enclosures.

9

2

7705.709

12

2

7705.712

15

2

7705.715

18

2

7705.718

21

2

7705.721

Material:
Sheet steel
Colour:
RAL 7035

Extended delivery times.

Supply includes:
Assembly parts.
Explanation of the mounting dimensions in
interior installations: See page 550.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

553

482.6 mm (19˝) installation system
Mounting angles
Mounting angles,
482.6 mm (19˝)
for QuickBox
For the installation of 482.6 mm (19˝) rackmounted equipment.
Material:
Sheet steel

For enclosures
U

Packs of

Model No. QB

12

2

7502.203

15

2

7502.204

18

2

7502.205

21

2

7502.206

Colour:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Mounting angles,
482.6 mm (19˝)

U

Packs of

Model No. DK

6

2

7507.706

for FlatBox
L-shaped bracket as 2nd attachment level.

9

2

7507.709

12

2

7507.712

Material:
Sheet steel

15

2

7507.715

18

2

7507.718

Supply includes:
Assembly parts for fast, toolless assembly.

21

2

7507.721

Note:
The 2nd attachment level should always be
ordered in the same height as the basic enclosure. Partial configuration is not possible.

Mounting angles,
482.6 mm (19˝)
for VerticalBox
For mounting at the side of the VerticalBox. With
these mounting angles, instead of 5 U vertically
at the side, up to 10 U may be used horizontally
if only a minimal installation depth is required.
Infinitely depth-variable positioning.

U

Packs of

Model No. QB

12

2

7502.203

Labelling range U

Packs of

Model No. DK

1 – 56

1

7950.100

Note:
10 usable U.

Material:
Sheet steel, spray-finished
Colour:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Adhesive measurement strip,
482.6 mm (19˝)
Made from robust aluminium foil, guarantees easy
handling and durability. With numerical labelling
on a 482.6 mm (19˝) pitch pattern for clear identification of the various height units. The doublesided labelling allows the counting direction to be
freely selected, up to a maximum of 56 U. In this
way, clear documentation of the various mounting
parts is easily achieved.
Material:
Aluminium foil

554

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

482.6 mm (19˝) installation system
Mounting angles/Mounting kits for mounting angles
TS mounting kit, heavy-duty,
width-/depth-variable

Packs of

Model No. DK

1 set

7827.590

Packs of

Model No. DK

2

7284.135

for mounting frame 482.6 mm (19˝) in TS,
CS basic and modular enclosures
Installation in enclosure width 800 mm
The mounting kit allows depth- and width-variable
installation of a 600 mm wide mounting frame,
482.6 mm (19˝), in 800 mm wide enclosures.
Load capacity:
750/1500 kg static load per level/
per enclosure
Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Additional
fastening attachment
for mounting angles
for 800 mm wide TS network enclosures
The additional fastening attachment counteracts
bending of the mounting angles mounted on
installation brackets in case of unevenly distributed loads. It is attached directly to 482.6 mm
(19˝) mounting angles and to the punched section with mounting flange fitted in the depth
(inner mounting level).

Also required:
TS punched section with mounting flange for the
inner mounting level,
see page 459 – 460.

Material:
Sheet steel
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

TS punched section
with mounting flange
as installation kit
For
● Mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝)
● Mounting angles, metric,
Mounting dimension 465 mm

For enclosures
Width
mm

Depth
mm

Packs of

Model No. TS

600

600

4

8612.060

600

800

4

8612.080

600

1000

4

8612.000

600

1200

4

8612.020

Installation in enclosure width 600 mm
The installation kit consists of 4 TS punched sections with mounting flange 17 x 73 mm to accommodate mounting angles. One pack is sufficient
for installing one or two 482.6 mm (19˝) attachment levels. For exceptionally heavy installed
equipment, we recommend the installation of
additional punched sections in the centre.
Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

555

482.6 mm (19˝) installation system
Mounting kits for mounting angles
Depth stays for TS
for mounting angles into TS, 482.6 mm (19˝)

Installation position

Packs of

Model No. DK

central

2

7827.480

side

2

7827.490

Installation in enclosure width 800 mm
Depth stays are screw-fastened to the enclosure
frame in the enclosure width.
The mounting angle is attached to the depth stay
at the top and bottom. The bracket ensures optimum clearance at the sides for cable routing. For
partial enclosure configuration, the depth stays
may be attached to the TS punched sections with
mounting flanges 17 x 73 mm on the outer attachment level of the enclosure frame. Fully depth-variable attachment is facilitated by the attachment
slots. Either cranked or L-shaped mounting
angles may be used.

Accessories:
For partial installation,
− TS punched section with mounting flange,
17 x 73 mm,
see page 459 – 460.
− Mounting angles, cranked or L-shaped,
see page 549.

Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

TS installation kit,
width-variable
482.6 mm (19˝)/metric in TS
Universal depth stays to which both L-shaped and
cranked mounting angles may be variably
mounted in the depth and width.
Divider kit for all width dimensions
● Imperial mounting dimensions 19˝/21˝/23˝/24˝
● Metric mounting dimensions 18/20 SU
Load capacity:
200 kg static load per level

For enclosure depth
mm

Packs of

Model No. DK

800

1 set

7827.550

1000

1 set

7827.560

1200

1 set

7827.570

1 set = 4 stays

Accessories:
Mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝),
see page 549.

Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Depth stays as installation kit
for mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝)
Installation in enclosure width 800 mm
One installation kit consists of 4 depth stays to
accommodate mounting angles. One pack is
sufficient for installing one or two 482.6 mm (19˝)
attachment levels. For exceptionally heavy
installed equipment, we recommend the installation of an additional depth stay in the centre. The
front cut-out makes cable routing easier with full
configuration

For enclosures
Width
mm

Depth
mm

Packs of

Model No. DK

800

600

4

7827.600

800

800

4

7827.800

800

1000

4

7827.000

Possible
alternative:
Depth stays for TS for mounting angles,
see page 556.

Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

556

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

482.6 mm (19˝) installation system
Mounting kits for mounting angles
Depth stays as installation kit
for mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝),
mounting dimensions 23˝ and 24˝
Installation in enclosure width 800 mm
When using depth stays in 800 mm wide enclosures, attachment spacings of 23˝ and 24˝
are achieved. Either cranked or L-shaped,
482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles may be used.
Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Mounting dimension 23˝
For enclosures
Depth
mm

Packs of

Model No. DK

800

800

4

7827.823

800

1000

4

7827.023

Depth
mm

Packs of

Model No. DK

800

800

4

7827.824

800

1000

4

7827.024

Width
mm

Extended delivery times.
Mounting dimension 24˝
For enclosures
Width
mm

Extended delivery times.

Accessories:
Mounting angles, cranked or L-shaped,
see page 549.

Mounting frame 54 U

For enclosures

for TS
The mounting frame allows configuration of a
side-offset 482.6 mm (19˝) level with 42 U useful
installation space plus the additional integration of
a further 12 U for vertical installation at the side.
The additional side extension is divided into three
installation levels arranged on top of one another,
each with 4 U.
The mounting frame may be installed at either the
front or rear.

Width
mm

Height
mm

Additional
vertical
installation
area

Packs
of

Model No.
DK

800

2000

12 U

1 set

7827.554

Material:
Sheet steel

Extended delivery times.

Also required:
Mounting angles, 482.6 mm (19˝),
see page 549.

Surface finish:
− Mounting bracket: Zinc-plated
− Side trim panel: Spray-finished
Colour:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
12 U mounting trim at the side.

Mounting kit, 2 U
for 482.6 mm (19˝) equipment
Facilitates fast, simple integration of additional 2 U
mounting space within an enclosure by attaching
to the enclosure frame or to the existing mounting
angles at the sides. The flexible slot fastening of
the brackets means that the distance between the
two installation brackets may be freely selected,
so that other 482.6 mm (19˝) attachment dimensions may be implemented. The second row of
holes is used for the optional configuration of
additional mounting surfaces.

Packs of

Model No. DK

2

7246.420

Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

557

482.6 mm (19˝) installation system
Accessories for Data Rack
Second pair of mounting
angles
To accommodate 482.6 mm (19˝) network components or for the attachment of component shelves
and slide rails.
482.6 mm (19˝) punched profile at the front,
hole centre distance 465 (470 mm at the rear),
tailored to the attachment of patch panels and
cable routing rails.
The mounting level may be positioned on a
50 mm pitch pattern.
Minimum distance between levels 150 mm,
maximum distance between levels 350 mm.

U

Packs of

Model No. DK

31

1

7296.000

36

1

7297.000

40

1

7298.000

45

1

7299.000

Detailed drawing:
Available on the Internet.

Material:
Sheet steel, 2 mm
Colour:
RAL 7035
50 mm pitch pattern
min. 150 – max. 350

Supply includes:
− 1 torsionally stiff profile frame
− Mounting accessories

Baying connector

Packs of

Model No. DK

3

7494.000

Packs of

Model No. DK

1

7411.000

For assembling rows of distributor frames,
or for cable routing between data racks.
Technical specifications:
Length: 53 mm
Colour:
RAL 7035

Roof plate with cable route
For optimised use of the Data Rack as a corridor
distributor or cable management rack. The size
of individual cable routes may be individually
dimensioned by sliding the guide plates. On all
Data Racks, the roof plate can be attached with
two mounting levels and a distance between the
levels of 350 mm.

Material:
Sheet steel, spray-finished
Colour:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
− Roof plate
− Mounting accessories

Depth stays
For securing and stabilising two pairs of
482.6 mm (19˝) mounting angles in the Data Rack.
The length of the depth stays is adjustable,
and can accommodate the following spacings
of mounting angles: 250, 300 and 350 mm.

Packs of

Model No. DK

2

7401.000

Material:
Sheet steel, spray-finished
Colour:
RAL 7035

Continuous slide rail

558

Packs of

Model No. DK

2

7402.000

for two pairs of mounting angles,
482.6 mm (19˝)
To support heavy equipment in the Data Rack.
The mounting dimensions of the slide rails were
selected to enable them to be combined with
500 mm deep, 482.6 mm (19˝) component
shelves. The mounting distance of the 482.6 mm
(19˝) mounting angles is 350 mm.

Material:
Sheet steel, zinc-plated

Requirements:
Second pair of mounting angles

Component shelves, 500 mm deep,
see page 482.

Accessories:

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

482.6 mm (19˝) installation system
Slide rails
Slide rails, depth-variable, 1 U
for TE, 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame,
flat mounting angles
The slide rail is pulled out to the required length
and secured between the front and rear mounting
level. Rear location lugs and front screw-fastening enable convenient one-man assembly. The
mounting component to be integrated is inserted
horizontally onto the slide rail and optionally
secured to the mounting level via its attachment
slots.
Load capacity:
80 kg/150 kg, static load
Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated

Length
mm

Load
capacity
kg

Contact
surface
mm

Packs
of

Model No.
DK

390 – 600

80

50

2

7063.882

590 – 930

80

50

2

7063.883

590 – 930

150

25

2

7063.884

Note:
The super-slimline design of the slide rail allows
it to be used in most integration cases for
482.6 mm (19˝) mounting components. Because
it is secured to the standardised mounting level,
it is manufacturer-independent.
The slide rail slightly reduces the installation
space below the slide rail so that the U below it
is only available for limited use.

11

.5

7.5

Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Slide rails, depth-variable, 1 U
for server and network enclosures
with two 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting levels,
without additional loss of U
For mounting both on cranked and flat mounting
angles, 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frames and on
TE. The slide rails are pulled out to the required
length and secured between the front and rear
mounting level on the 482.6 mm (19˝) pitch pattern.
Load capacity:
20 kg static load
Material:
Sheet steel

Distance
between
19˝ levels
mm

Contact
surface
mm

Packs of

Model No. DK

390 – 550

30

2

7063.750

550 – 750

30

2

7063.752

Note:
Thanks to the thin support surface of only around
0.8 mm thickness, exceeding the U pitch pattern
is generally avoided, provided the components do
not exceed a maximum height of 43.5 mm. In this
way, several units may be easily arranged on top
of one another without offset.

Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

559

482.6 mm (19˝) installation system
Slide rails
Slide rails, heavy-duty
for TS network enclosures
with two 482.6 mm (19˝) levels
To support heavy installed equipment. The slide
rails are simply located into the cranked mounting angles and secured with screws. The combined use with additional depth stays or, in case
of 80 mm wide enclosures, with the additional fastening attachment counteracts possible bending
of the mounting angles in case of unevenly distributed loads.
Load capacity:
80 kg, static load
Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Distance
between
19˝ levels
mm

Contact surface
Width
mm

Depth
mm

Packs
of

Model No.
DK

–

55

1521)

2

7063.000

298

55

261

2

7492.300

398

55

361

2

7492.400

498

55

461

2

7492.500

598

55

561

2

7492.060

698

55

661

2

7492.070

1) Side

leg height 72 mm.
Load capacity: 50 kg, static load.

Also required:
For fastening to L-shaped TS mounting angles:
Adaptor DK 7827.300,
see page 488.

Note:
Not suitable for use in 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting
frames.

Slide rails
for TE, 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame
For mounting between a front and a rear pair of
mounting angles. The slide rails can be used to
support heavy 482.6 mm (19˝) components.

Distance
between
19˝ levels
mm

Contact surface
Packs
of

Model No.
DK

324

2

7963.310

424

2

7963.410

85

524

2

7963.510

695

85

624

2

7963.610

795

85

724

2

7963.710

Packs
of

Model No.
DK

2

7063.740

Width
mm

Depth
mm

395

85

495

85

Load capacity:
80 kg, static load

595

Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Slide rails, heavy-duty
for TS, TE
With L-shaped mounting angles or 482.6 mm (19˝)
mounting frame and a clearance between levels
of 740 mm.
Easily and quickly installed thanks to locating
brackets for the rear level.

Possible
alternative:
Slide rail, depth-variable,
see page 559.

Distance
between
19˝ levels
mm
740

Contact surface
Width
mm

Depth
mm

50

734

Load capacity:
100 kg, static load
Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

560

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

482.6 mm (19˝) installation system
Slide rails
Slide rails
for TS mounting angles
With two-sided mounting between the
482.6 mm (19˝) front and rear adaptor sections
or 482.6 mm (19˝) adaptor pieces.
Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Slide rails
for TS mounting angles
With one-sided mounting on the 482.6 mm (19˝)
adaptor sections.

For
enclosure depth
mm

Packs of

Model No. TS

500

10

8613.150

600

10

8613.160

800

10

8613.180

Also required:
− Adaptor sections, 482.6 mm (19˝),
see page 551, or
− Adaptor pieces, 482.6 mm (19˝),
see page 552.

Length
mm

Packs of

Model No. PS

185

10

4530.000

270

10

4531.000

Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Also required:
Adaptor sections, 482.6 mm (19˝),
see page 551.

561

482.6 mm (19˝) installation system
482.6 mm (19˝) installation
Adaptor kit, 3 U
for 800 mm wide TS enclosures
For fastening individual 482.6 mm (19˝) components, or as an additional mounting facility at the
rear of the enclosure. The mounting level in the
adaptor angle can be adjusted in 25 mm increments by up to 100 mm in the depth, leaving
sufficient space for baying where patch panels
or splicing boxes are used. Attachment is on
the inner mounting level of the frame section or
a suitable chassis in the enclosure depth.

Height

Mounting
position

Packs of

Model No.
DK

3U

central

2

7246.100

Material:
Sheet steel
Colour:
RAL 7035

Adaptor, 3 U
Depth offset 100 mm
This adaptor is used to recess 482.6 mm (19˝)
mounting of equipment inside enclosures with
482.6 mm (19˝) installation in the foremost position, such as server or electronic enclosures. In
this way, sufficient space can be gained in front
of the mounting equipment to integrate patch
panels or switches, whilst at the same time
exploiting the maximum enclosure depth.

Packs of

Model No. DK

2

7246.400

Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Adaptor, metric to 21˝/19˝
With this adaptor, 482.6 mm (19˝) assemblies may
be fastened to metric (535 mm) mounting angles,
or combined systems may be configured.

SU

U

Packs of

2

1

2

7246.010

6

3

2

7246.030

11

6

2

7246.060

Model No. DK

Material:
Extruded aluminium section
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

562

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

482.6 mm (19˝) installation system
482.6 mm (19˝) installation
Drawer, 2 U, 3 U
for a 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting level
For front attachment to mounting angles,
482.6 mm (19˝). With cover and telescopic slides
to accommodate assignment lists, operating
manuals and small parts. The small version of the
2 U variant is also suitable for mounting inside a
swing frame.

Height

Clearance
openings

Installation
Packs Model No.
depth
of
DK
mm

Width
mm

Depth
mm

2U

411

244

250

1

7282.135

2U

411

419

427

1

7282.035

3U

411

419

427

1

7283.035

Material:
Sheet steel
Colour:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
Fully assembled, including assembly parts.

Drawer for 482.6 mm (19˝)

U

Packs of

with adaptor sections
For keyboards, operating manuals etc. The perforated plate in the base helps air to circulate in
the enclosure. Load capacity 50 kg. The 1 U
drawer can be installed rotated through 180°
about its longitudinal axis, allowing it to be used
as a utility table.

1

1

4541.000

3

1

4542.000

Material:
− Drawer: Aluminium
− Telescopic slides: Sheet steel

Model No. PS

Also required:
Installation kit for enclosure system,
see page 563.

Surface finish:
− Drawer: Anodised
− Telescopic slides: Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Telescopic slides.

Installation kit
for component shelves and drawers,
with 482.6 mm (19˝) installation in TS
For installation between the front and rear adaptor sections or adaptor pieces, 482.6 mm (19˝) in
600 mm wide enclosures.
Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Installation kit, depth-variable
for 482.6 mm (19˝) component shelves
Depending on the distance between the two
482.6 mm (19˝) mounting levels, the installation kit
is screw-fastened in the depth between the
cranked, L-shaped mounting angles or 482.6 mm
(19˝) mounting frame. Also suitable for TE.

For enclosure system TS
For enclosure depth
mm

Packs of

Model No. TS

600

1 set

8800.560

800

1 set

8800.580

Also required:
− Adaptor sections, 482.6 mm (19˝),
see page 551, or
− Adaptor pieces, 482.6 mm (19˝),
see page 552.

Distance between
19˝ levels
mm

Packs of

Model No. DK

550 – 850

2

7063.850

Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.
Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

563

482.6 mm (19˝) installation system
482.6 mm (19˝) installation
Blanking plate, 482.6 mm (19˝)

U

Packs of

For installation in electronic enclosures or
housings.

1

3

1931.200

2

3

1932.200

Material:
Aluminium

3

3

1933.200

4

3

1934.200

Surface finish:
Natural-anodised

6

3

1936.200

7

3

1935.200

9

3

1939.200

12

3

1937.200

Blanking plate,
horizontally hinged

Model No. VC

Width

U

Packs of

Model No. EL

482.6 mm (19˝)

6

1

1945.000

For installation in electronic enclosures or
housings.
Material:
− Blanking plate: 3 mm aluminium
− Hinge: Die-cast zinc
Surface finish:
− Blanking plate: Natural-anodised
− Hinge: Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Blanking plate,
vertically hinged
For installation in electronic enclosures or
housings.

Width

U

Packs of

Model No. EL

482.6 mm (19˝)

3

1

1940.000

482.6 mm (19˝)

6

1

1941.000

Material:
− Blanking plate: 3 mm aluminium
− Hinge: Die-cast zinc
Surface finish:
− Blanking plate: Natural-anodised
− Hinge: Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Hinge

Packs of

Model No. EL

2

1950.000

for blanking plates
Material:
Die-cast zinc
Surface finish:
Zinc-plated
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Ventilated front panels

Width

U

Packs of

For venting enclosures and housings.

482.6 mm (19˝)

1

3

2231.000

Material:
Aluminium

482.6 mm (19˝)

2

3

2232.000

482.6 mm (19˝)

3

3

2233.000

Model No. EL

Surface finish:
Natural-anodised

564

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

482.6 mm (19˝) installation system
482.6 mm (19˝) installation
Air baffle plates
for TS
Targeted air routing to the components. To prevent bridges between hot and cold air. Energy
efficiency is boosted while retaining cooling output.
Mounted all-round on the 482.6 mm (19˝) installation between the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame
and modular LCP, LCP rack, side panel or partition.
The width-variable air baffle plates may be individually adapted to suit the requirements.
In the variant for 800 mm wide enclosures, vertical
482.6 mm (19˝) mounting holes of 3 x 1 U are
additionally integrated, which may be used for
configuration with additional components. Cable
glands with stepped collars distributed across
the height facilitate shielded cable routing between
the front and rear section.
In its delivered state, these openings are sealed
with a 1 U blanking panel with snap-in attachment.

For enclosures
Width
mm

Height
mm

Packs of

Model No. DK

600

2000

2

7151.206

800

2000

2

7151.208

Material:
− Air baffle plates: Sheet steel, spray-finished
− Stepped collar: Plastic, to UL 94-V0
− Blanking panel: Plastic, to UL 94-V0
Colour:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
− 2 air baffle plates, side, width-variable
− 1 air baffle plate, top, horizontal
− With 800 mm width including blanking panel
and stepped collar
Note:
Mounting on the inner and outer mounting level
in the enclosure depth is not possible.

Infill panel, hinged
for 800 mm wide TS network enclosures
To cover the side cable chamber. The infill panel
is attached to the vertical enclosure frame at the
front. The generous curved design will conceal
even large quantities of cables, and facilitates
combined use with large-scale shunting rings
DK 7220.600, see page 534.
The infill panel has a hinged design and allows
easy access to the cabling level by simply swinging it out. Locating points keep the panel in its
open and closed state.
With an offset 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting level the
panel may likewise be offset in the enclosure
depth and secured to TS punched sections with
mounting flange on the inner mounting level.
For mounting the 482.6 mm (19˝) attachment level
in the foremost mounting position, choose the version with straight trim panel.
Material:
Sheet steel
Surface finish:
Spray-finished
Colour:
RAL 7035
Supply includes:
Assembly parts.

Rittal Catalogue 33/System accessories

Trim panel curved
For installation height
U

1)

Packs of

Model No. TS

38

2

7827.5321)

42

2

7827.534

47

2

7827.536

Packs of

Model No. TS

2

7827.5201)

Extended delivery times.

Trim panel straight
For installation height
U
42
1)

Extended delivery times.

Accessories:
− TS punched section with mounting flange
17 x 73 mm for the inner mounting level,
see from page 459.
− PS punched section without mounting flange,
23 x 73 mm,
see page 464.
Note:
The installation of depth stays,
e.g. DK 7827.600/.800, is not possible.

565

482.6 mm (19˝) installation system
482.6 mm (19˝) installation
Brush strip, vertical
for TS, TE
Within the network distributor, this serves as a flexible infill panel which stylishly conceals the cable
management area to the side of the 482.6 mm (19˝)
mounting level. The brush strip facilitates convenient cable routing from the side and rear
distributor area to the front connection level.
The clearance required in front of the mounting
level is at least 75 mm.
Within the TS, the brush strip is mounted at the
side on the vertical frame section, on horizontal or
vertical punched sections. It may also be mounted
directly on the mounting level of the TS or TE 7000.
For direct mounting on the 482.6 mm (19˝) mounting frame of the TS or TE, the brush strip should
be cut to length accordingly.

For enclosure height
mm

Packs of

Model No. DK

2000

1 set

7827.544

Material:
A